mm^mmmmm i>w iyiitii| ii >f ii i I iiiiiBiiiia( yamm ifmii nm UNITED STATES COAST PILOT ATLANTIC COAST Section A ST. CROIX RIVER TO CAPE COD FOURTH (1941) EDITION tmmmmmmmmmmi ^'^^ Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from LYRASIS members and Sloan Foundation http://www,archive.org/details/unitedstatescoasOOunse U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE JESSE H. JONES, Secretary COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY LEO OTIS COLBERT, Director Serial No. 640 UNITED STATES COAST PILOT ATLANTIC COAST SECTION A ST. CROIX RIVER TO CAPE COD Fourth (1941) Edition UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1941 For sale by the Coast and Geodetic Survey and its Sales Agents ------ Price $1.00 CONTENTS Number in parenthesis immediately following any item in this Contents ia number of the largest scale U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey chart on which that feature appears. Page Index map facing viii Preface -- ix Important facing 1 Chapter 1.—GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 1 Charts 2 Tides and currents 4 Wind currents , 5 Distances between ports 6 Planimetric maps 6 Army Engineers " 7 Hydrographic Office 8 Weather Bureau 9 Coast Guard 9 Aids to navigation . 9 Instructions to mariners in case of shipwreck 13 Customs 15 Marine Inspection and Navigation 15 Shipping Commissioners 16 Quarantine and health 16 Radio 17 Legal responsibility 17 Weather reports 18 Time signals 21 Navigational warnings : 21 Ships in distress 22 Radio bearings 22 Publications 25 Protection of navigable waters 29 Some factors affecting the use of the magnetic compass 29 Distress signals used by submarines and aircraft 31 Chapter 2.—LOCAL GENERAL INFORMATION Local services 32 Fish weirs 33 Lobster pots 33 Weather 33 Inland waterways 35 Chapter 3.—GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION Offshore shoals and banks 37 Currents, Gulf of Maine 40 General description of coast 42 Surveys 44 Chapter 4.—ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Approaching or standing along the coast of Maine, eastward of Portland -. 47 Approaching or standing along the coast between Portland and Cape Cod _ 48 III IV CONTENTS Page Sailing directions 50 Table 1, Cape Cod Canal to Boston Lightship—north-bound 50 Table lA, Boston Lightship to Cape Cod Canal—south-bound 50 Table IB, Cape Cod to Boston Lightship 50 Table IC, Cape Cod Canal to Cape Ann 50 Table ID, Cape Cod to Cape Ann 51 Table IE, Entrance Broad Sound North Channel to Cape Ann 51 Table 2, Boston Lightship to Cape Ann 51 Table 3, Cape Ann to Portland Lightship 51 Table 3A, Cape Ann to Portsmouth 51 Table 3B, Portsmouth to Portland Lightship 52 Table 3C, Cape Ann to Matinicus Rock direct 52 Table 3D, Cape Ann to Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy 52 Table 3E, Portland Lightship to Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy. 52 Table 4, Portland Lightship to West Quoddy Head 53 Table 5, Portland to Cow Island 53 Table 5A, Cow Island to Cape Small 54 Table 5B, Cape Small to Fisherman Island Passage 55 Table 5C, Fisherman Island Passage to Davis Straits 55 Table 5D, Davis StrMts to Owls Head via Muscle Ridge Channel 56 Table 5E, Owls Head through Fox Islands Thorofare 57 Table 5F, Through Deer Island Thorofare to Casco Passage 58 Table 5F1, Merchant Row to Casco Passage 59 Table 5F2, Owls Head to Casco Passage via Eggemoggin Reach 59 Table 5G, Through Casco Passage to Bass Harbor Bar 60 Table 5H, Bass Harbor Bar to Petit Manan via direct route 61 Table 5H1, Bass Harbor Bar to Petit Manan via Western Way 61 Table 51, Petit Manan through Moosabec Reach 62 Table 5J, Moosabec Reach to West Quoddy Head 63 Chapter 5.—CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (CHART 831) Quoddy Roads to St. Croix River (801) 65 South of Campobello Island (801) 65 North of Campobello Island (801) 69 Passamaquoddy Bay (801) 70 St. Croix River (801) 71 Cobscook Bay (80 1) 72 Currents, St. Croix River and approaches 73 Sailing directions 75 Table 6, West Quoddy Head to Eastport, via Lubec Channel (801) 75 Table 7, West Quoddy Head to Eastport, via Head Harbor Passage (801) 76 Table 8, Eastport to Calais (801) 76 Chapter 6.—WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (CHART 12ni) West Quoddy Head to Moose Cove (1201) 77 Off-lying dangers in southern approaches to Grand Manan Channel (303) _ 77 Off-lving dangers (1201) 78 Off-lying dangers (C. and G. S. 1106; H. O. 1057) 78 Moose Cove to Englishman Bav (303) 78 Machias Bay and River (303) 80 Directions, Machias Bav and River (303) 83 Englishman Bay to Nash Island (304) '. 84 Englishman and Chandler Bavs (304) 84 Chandler Bay to Nash Island' (304) 88 Islands and channels south of Moosabec Reach (304) 90 Nash Island to Petit Manan (305) 1 - - 93 Chapter 7.—PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY (CHART 1202) Petit Manan to Schoodic Island (305) 101 Schoodic Harbor and Island (306) ! 105 CONTENTS V Page Mount Desert Rock (1202) 105 Frenchman Bay, General information (306) 106 Winter Harbor (317) 107 Frenchman Bay, East Side, Winter Harbor to Sullivan Harbor (306) . - 109 Sullivan Harbor (306) 111 Sullivan Harbor to Eastern Bay (306) 112 Mount Desert Narrows (307) 113 Eastern Bay to Bar Harbor (306) 114 Bar Harbor (318) 114 Bar Harbor to Otter Cove (306) 115 Directions, Frenchman Bay (306) 116 Southwest Harbor and approaches (306)— , 117 Directions, Southwest Harbor (306) 121 Islands off Blue Hill Bay (308) 122 Jericho Bay (308) 125 Casco Passage and York Narrows (227) 127 Blue Hill Bay (307) 127 Blue Hill Bay, East Side (307) 128 Blue Hill Bay, West Side (307) 130 Directions, Blue Hill Bay (307 and 308) 134 Chapter 8.—JERICHO BAY TO EAST PENOBSCOT BAY (CHART 309) Eggemoggin Reach (309) 137 Deer Island Thorofare (227) 140 Islands between Deer Island Thorofare and Merchant Row (227) 142 Merchant Row (309) 143 Isle au Haut and off-lying dangers (309) 144 Chapter 9.—PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (CHART 1203) Islands and rocks southward off Penobscot Bay (225) 147 Islands and rocks southwestward off Penobscot Bay (312) 149 East Penobscot Bay to Cape Rosier (309) 151 Directions, East Penobscot Bay 154 Foxislands Thorofare (235) 156 West Penobscot Bay, East side (310) 159 Southwest side, Vinalhaven Island (310) 159 North coast. North Haven Island (310) 162 Long Island (Islesboro) (310) 163 Long Island (Islesboro), North End (311) 165 Two Bush Channel and Muscle Ridge Channel (312) 166 West Penobscot Bay, West side (310) 168 Owls Head Bay (320) 168 Rockland Harbor (320) 168 Rockport and Camden (321) 170 Camden to Saturday Cove (310) 173 Directions, West Penobscot Bay _^ 173 Penobscot Bay, North End (311) 175 Belfast Bay and Passagasawakeag River (319) 175 Searsport and Stockton Harbors (311) 176 Bagaduce River and Castine Harbor (311) 178 Penobscot River (311) 179 Coast from Muscle Ridge Channel to Georges Islands (312) 184 St. George River and Thomaston (312) 186 Directions, St. George River 188 Chapter 10.—MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (CHART 1204) Muscongus Bay (313) 190 West side of Muscongus Bay (313) 192 Directions, Muscongus Bav (313) 193 -Johns Bay (313) ., 1 : 195 VI CONTENTS Page Damariscotta River (313) 196 Directions, Damariscotta River (313) 199 Booth Bay and Linekin Bay (314) 200 Boothbay Harbor (230) 202 Directions, Boothbay Harbor 203 Inside Passage from Boothbay Harbor to Bath (230) 204 Sheepscot River (314) 206 Sheepscot River (230) 207 Sheepscot River, Northern part (314) 209 Directions, Sheepscot River 210 Kennebec River 211 Kennebec River to Bath (314) 211 Bath (230) ^ 214 Kennebec River, Bath to Abagadasset Point (314) 215 Kennebec River, Abagadasset Point to Courthouse Point (288) 215 Kennebec River, Courthouse Point to Augusta (289) 216 Directions, Kennebec River 217 Casco Bay, Eastern part (315) 219 Casco Bay, Western part (315) 225 Directions, Casco Bay 229 Portland Harbor (325) 230 Directions, Portland Harbor 234 Chapter 11.—CAPE ELIZABETH TO PORTSMOUTH (CHART 1206) Saco Bay and vicinity (231) 236 Saco Bay to Cape Neddick Harbor (1205) 239 Offshore dangers in northern approach to Portsmouth (1205) 241 Cape Neddick Harbor to York River (228) 242 Chapter 12.—PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER (CHART 1206) Portsmouth Harbor (329) 244 Directions, Portsmouth Harbor 248 Portsmouth to Dover and Exeter (229) 249 Isles of Shoals (330) 250 Coast from Portsmouth to Newburyport Harbor (1206) 251 Merrimack River and Newburyport Harbor (331) 252 Merrimack River to Cape Ann (1206) 256 Ipswich and Essex Bays (243) 257 Annisquam River and Canal (233) 257 Cape Ann (243) 258 Gloucester Harbor (233) 261 Directions, Gloucester Harbor 264 Chapter 13.—GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (CHART 1207) Magnolia Harbor (243) 265 Gloucester Harbor to Lynn Harbor (240) 265 Salem, Beverly, and Marblehead Harbors (240) 266 Directions, Salem, Beverly, and Marblehead Harbors (240) 272 Directions, Salem Harbor (240) 272 Directions, Marblehead Harbor (240) 273 Directions, Beverly Harbor (240) 273 Marblehead to Boston Harbor (240) 274 Boston Lightship (1207) 276 Boston, Outer Harbor and approaches (246) 276 Boston, Inner Harbor (248) 281 Currents, Boston Harbor 287 Weather, Boston 288 Bridges, Boston and locality 288 Bridge regulations 290 General remarks on approaching Boston Harbor : 292 CONTENTS Vn Page Sailing directions, Boston Harbor and vicinity 293 Table 9, Boston Lightship to Deer Island Lighthouse via Broad Sound North Channel 294 Table 9A, Boston Lightship to Deer Island Lighthouse via Broad Sound South Channel . 294 Table 9B, Boston Lightship to Deer Island Lighthouse via The Narrows 295 Table 10, Deer Island Light to Bird Island Anchorage, Boston 295 Table 1 1 , Deer Island Light to Dorchester Bay j 296 Table 12, Deer Island Light to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River) 297 Table 13, Nantasket Roads to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River) via Nantasket Gut 298 Table 14, Boston Lightship to entrance Lynn Channel 298 Table 14A, Entrance Broad Sound North Channel to Lynn Channel.- 298 Table 15, Entrance Lynn Channel to Lvnn 299 Table 16, Boston Lightship to Beverly Harbor 299 Table 17, Boston Lightship to various fishing banks and points in Nova Scotia 300 Dorchester Bav (246) 300 Quincy Bay (246) 301 Hingham Bay (246) 302 Cohasset Harbor (242) 304 Scituate Harbor (232) 305 New Inlet (1207) 306 Chapter M^CAPE COD BAY (CHABT 1208) Plymouth, Kingston, and Duxbury Harbors (245) 307 Directions, Plymouth Harbor 310 Coast, Plymouth to Barnstable (1208) . 312 Barnstable Harbor (339) 313 Wellfleet (581) 313 Provincetown Harbor (580) 314 Approaching Cape Cod (1208) 316 Chapter 15.—CAPE COD CANAL (CBABT 251) General information 318 Regulations 32 1 Chapter 16.—APPENDIX Coast and Geodetic Survey I 325 Coast Pilots ' 325 Field Stations ^ 325 Chart agencies 325 Distance table 326 Planimetric maps 327 Variation of the compass 327 Army Engineers 327 Hydrographic Office 327 Coast Guard 328 Lifeboat stations 329 Customs ports of entry 329 Bureau of Marine Inspection and Navigation Offices 330 Immigration and Naturahzation Offices 330 Shipping Commissioner Office 330 Fish and Wildlife Service Offices and Stations 330 Public Health Service 330 Harbormasters 331 Yacht clubs 331 Marine railways and drydocks 332 Weather Bureau 333 VIII CONTENTS Page Hours of operation of fog signals on account of fog and snow 334 Conversion tables, true to magnetic courses 335 Conversion tables, feet and fathoms to meters, and vice versa 338 Meterological tables 340 Eastport, Maine.. 340 Portland, Maine - 341 Boston , Mass 342 Nantucket, Mass 343 I^dex 345 prefacp: This volume is the fourth edition of Section A of the United States Coast Pilot covering that section of the Atlantic coast of the United States which lies between Calais and Cape Cod, including offlymg islands, and descriptions of the rivers and inlets to the head of navi- gation. It is based on the work of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and includes the results of a special field examina- tion made in 1940. The following system is used in this publication. Chapter 1 gives general information of a character adaptable to all Coast Pilots. It includes a description of the services rendered the mariner by various Government agencies, instructions in case of shipwreck, information on radio facilities and weather reports, and certain facts regarding the use of charts and the factors affecting the magnetic compass. Chapter 2 gives information of a local character, such as pilotao-e, repair facilities, and prevailing weather. It also contains a brief description of the inland waterways of the eastern part of the United States, giving the addresses at which detailed information and charts of these waterways may be obtained. Chapter 3 gives a general description of the area covered in this Pilot. Information of a general character, such as would be of value to a stranger approaching the coast, is included. Descriptions are given of offshore banks and shoals, currents, the general appearance of the coast, wrecks, and anchorages. The present condition of sur- veys in this area is discussed. Chapter 4 describes the routes that are most commonly followed by vessels navigating in these waters. Sailing directions, giving courses and distances to be run, are given in tabular form. Courses and distances are also given from Boston to the various fishing banks Avhich are located off this coast. Chapters 5 to 15 furnish a description of the coast and detailed information of use to the mariner on each port and harbor in the area. This section of the book is linked with the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey charts in the following manner: One chapter is devoted to the description of the area covered by each of the general coast charts, usually of the 1200 series, which are on a scale of 1 : 80,000. The number of the general chart described in each chapter is given at the top of each page in that chapter. Each chapter is divided into sections according to the largest scale charts. Each section is given a title, which incliides the limits of the area, and the number of the largest-scale Coast and Geodetic Survey chart on which that section is shown. The titles are printed as center headings at the beginning of the sections. Each feature indexed is shown in bold-face type. At frequent intervals throughout the text, at the bottom of the pages, are given the latitude and longitude of some indicated feature X PREFACE named on that page, together with the numbers of all the Coast and Geodetic Survey charts on which that feature appears. Chapter 16, or the Appendix, gives general information of a local character in tabular form. This includes the addresses of the offices maintained by different bureaus of the Government to serve the mariner and lists of Coast Guard stations, yacht clubs, drydocks, and marine railways. There are also given meteorological tables for various cities in the area, compass variations in various localities, tables for the conversion of true courses in degrees to magnetic courses in points in this area, tables for the conversion of feet and fathoms to meters, table of distances between the principal ports in this area, addresses of harbormasters, and various other local information. The Index has been enlarged to include the number of the largest- scale Coast and Geodetic Survey chart on which each feature appears. The aids to navigation mentioned in this Pilot are those in existence on the date shown below. Corrections to these aids, as well as to other information affecting the text in this Coast Pilot, are given in the Notice to Mariners as they occur. Supplements to this Coast Pilot, giving the more important changes in the text, are issued from time to time as warranted by the number and importance of the corrections. Each supplement is accumula- tively complete and cancels all previous issues. The date of the latest supplement is given in the List of Coast Pilots published each month in the Notice to Mariners. Wlien using this Coast Pilot, reference should be made to the latest supplement and also to each Notice to Mariners issued subsequently. Due regard should also be given to the possibility of the occurrence of changes since the date of the latest of these publications. The supplements may be obtained free upon application to the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Navigators are requested to notify the Director, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, of any errors or omissions in the Coast Pilots. Leo Otis Colbert, Director. July 1, 1941. IMPORTANT Use of this Coast Pilot will be much simplified by reading the preface, in which the divisions of the text and the methods of linking it with the charts are described in detail. The courses and bearings given in degrees are true, read- ing clockwise from 0° at north to 359°. When a course is given such as "67° true", it is meant that that is the true course to be made good. Distances are in nautical miles. Multiply nautical miles by 1.15 to obtain the approximate statute miles. Currents are expressed in knots, which are nautical miles per hour. The addresses of various offices furnishing service to the mariner, located within the area covered by this Pilot, are tabulated in the Appendix, together with other material of value. To find Coast and Geodetic Survey chart numbers in this Coast Pilot : A Graphic Chart Index is adjacent to this page. In the text the names indexed are printed in bold- faced type and at the top of the page is given the number of the general coast chart on which the fea- tures appear. The number of the largest scale chart on which a feature is shown will be found in the preceding center heading. At frequent intervals a name is marked by an asterisk ("). The approximate latitude and longi- tude of the point so marked, together with the numbers of all the charts on which that point is shown, are given at the bottom of that page. In the Index the number of the largest scale chart on which each feature appears is printed in paren- theses after the name. In the Index under the listing "Chart numbers", the larg- est scale charts and general coast charts are listed by number with the pages on which each chart is described. BRUNSWICK INDEX MAP U. S. COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY CHARTS UNITED STATES COAST PILOT Section A St. Croix River to Cape Cod Fourth (1941) Edition Serial No. 640 No. Price Approiimate UNITED STATES COAST PILOT ATLANTIC COAST SECTION A ST. CROIX RIVER TO CAPE COD Chapter 1.—GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR U. S. COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY This Bureau is charged with (1) the survey of the coasts of the United States and its possessions, to insure the safe navigation of coastal and intracoastal waters; (2) the determination of geograph- ical positions and elevations in the interior of the country, to co- ordinate the coastal survey and provide a framework for mapping and other engineering work; (3) the study of tides and currents to furnish datum planes to engineers and tide and current tables to mariners; (4) the compilation of aeronautical charts, to meet the needs of the pilots of aircraft; (5) observations of the earth's mag- netism in all parts of the country, to furnisli magnetic information essential to the mariner, aviator, land surveyor, radio engineer, and others; and (6) seismological observations and investigations to sup- ply data required in designing structures to reduce the earthquake hazard. The results of these surveys and studies are analyzed in the Wash- ington office and published as nautical and aeronautical charts* annual tables of predicted tides and currents; coast pilots; charts showing magnetic declination; annual lists of United States earth- quakes; ]uiblications of geographic positions and elevations; and other publications. Field stations are located at some of the principal ports as listed in the Appendix. Files of charts, coast pilots, and other publications are maintained at those Field Stations for the use of mariners, who are invited to avail themselves of the facilities afforded. Charts, coast pilots, current tables, and tide tables are kept for sale. Mari- ners observing any changes affecting charts or coast pilots are re- quested to notify the inspector in cliarge of the field station. Reporting of dangers, shoals, changes in channel depths, etc.— Mariners are especially requested to immediately inform the Coast and Geodetic Survey of all important facts relating to changes in 2 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR the coast pilots and charts that may come to their attention. Re- ports of an urgent character should be sent by radio. The Coast and Geodetic Survey must depend in a great measure upon outside sources of information pending a complete revision of a coast pilot volume. Mariners and others will therefore realize the importance and great desirability of cooperation in this work and are urgently requested to forward to the Director, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, directly or through a field station, any information affecting the coast pilots or charts that may come to their notice, as well as any suggestions that they may have for increasing the value of these pulDlications. Agencies for the sale of the Charts, Coast Pilots, Tide Tables, and Current Tables of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are established in many ports of the United States and in some foreign ports. The charts and publications can also be purchased at the office of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, or any of the Field Stations. If ordered by mail, prepa^nnent is obligatory. Remittances should be made by money order, express order, or check, payable to the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Postage stamps cannot be accepted. The sending of money is unsafe except by registered letter. Only the numbers of charts need be mentioned. The catalog of charts and other publications of the Survey may be obtained, free of charge on application at any of the sales agencies or to the Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C. A list of the sales agencies of the Coast and Geodetic Survey is in the catalog and is repeated quarterly in the Notice to Mariners. The sales agents located within the area covered by this Coast Pilot are listed in the Appendix. CHARTS Accuracy of charts.—Each sounding represents an actual measure of depth and location at the time the survey was made. Shores and shoals where sand and mud prevail, and especially bar harbors and the entrances of bays and rivers exposed to strong tidal current and a heavy sea, are subject to continual change of a greater or less extent, and important ones may have taken place since the date of the last survey. In localities which are noted for frequent and radical changes, such as the entrance to a number of estuaries on the Atlantic, Gulf, and Pacific coasts, notes are printed on the charts calling attention to the fact. It should also be remembered that in coral regions and where rocks and boulders abound it is always possible that a survey with lead find line, however detailed, may have failed to find every small obstruc- tion. For these reasons, when navigating such waters, the customary sailing lines and channels should be followed and those areas avoided where the irregular and sudden changes in depth indicate conditions which are associated with pinnacle rocks, coral heads, or boulders. Dredged channels.—These are generally shown upon the chart by two broken lines to represent the side limits of the improvement to- gether with the depth and date. The depth is the controlling depth through the channel on the date charted and does not mean that this depth obtains over the full width of the channel, nor that the depth has not subsequently changed due to either shoaling or dredging. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR .3 Buoys.—Too much reliance should not be placed on buoys always maintaining their exact position, especially when in exposed positions. It is safer, when possible, to navigate by bearings or angles to fixed objects on shore and by the use of soundings. Plane of reference for soundings on charts.—For the Atlantic coast of the United States and Puerto Rico the plane of reference for soundings is the mean of all low waters ; for the Pacific coast of the United States and Alaska, with the one exception noted below, and for the Hawaiian and Philippine Islands, it is the mean of the lower low waters. For the Atlantic coast of the Canal Zone, Panama, the plane of reference for soundings is mean low water, and for the Pacific coast of the same it is low-water springs. For foreign charts many different planes of reference are in use, but that most frequently adopted is low-water springs. Nautical charts bear three dates, which are important to persons using them: (1) The edition date (month and year) of the publica- tion note, printed on most charts, centrally in the lower margin; (2) the print date (year, month, and day), the latest date printed in the lower left-hand corner below the border, which is the date of correc- tion to the printing plate; (3) the date of issue, stamped in the right lower margin and just to the left of the subtitle. Charts con- tain all necessary corrections for aids to navigation, dredged chan- nels, and dangers, which have been received to the date of issue, being corrected by hand for data received after the latest print date. Scales of charts.—The charts are various in character, and are constructed on different scales, to adapt them to varied navigational purposes. The most important distinctions are the following 1. Sailing charts, on scales from 1 : 600,000 to 1 : 4,500,000, which exhibit the approaches to a large extent of coast, contain the offshore soundings, and enable the navigator to fix his position as he approaches the coast from the open ocean, or when sailing between distant coast ports. 2. General charts of the coast, on scales from^ 1: "J 80,000 to 1:400,000, in- tended especially for coastwise navigation, when a vessel's course is offshore but mostly within the sight of land or aids to navigation. 3. Coast charts, on scales from 1 : 80,000 to 1 : 100,000, intended for coastwise navigation, close to shore ; and for entering and navigating the larger bays and harbors. 4. Harbor charts, on scales from 1 : 5,000 to 1 : 40,000, intended for navigation of harbors and constricted waterways. Caution in using small-scale charts.—It is obvious that dangers to navigation cannot be shown with the same amount of detail on small-scale charts as on those of larger scale ; therefore in approach- ing the land or dangerous banks regard should be had to the scale of the chart, and the largest scale chart available should be used. A small error in laying down a position means only yards on a large- scale chart, whereas on a small scale the same amount of displace- ment means large fractions of a mile. For the same reason bearings to near objects should be used in preference to objects farther off, although the latter may be more prominent, as a small error in bear- ing or in laying it down on the chart has a greater effect in misplac- ing the position the longer the line to be drawn. Determination of Compass Error by the Use of Navigational Ranges.—The azimuths of channel ranges, which have been deter- mined with sufficient accuracy for compass error determination, are 4 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO , THE NAVIGATOR indicated in decrees and minutes in the Light Lists and in the Notice to Mariners. Azimuths given only in degrees should not be used for this purpose. TIDES AND CURRENTS Tide Tables for the Atlantic Ocean and for the Pacific Ocean (two volumes) are published in advance nnnually by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, price 25 cents each. The first volume supplies full tidal data for the east coast of North and South America, the west and north coasts of Africa, and all of Europe. The Pacific Ocean Tide Table gives data for the Pacific and Indian Oceans. They contain tables of full daily predictions of the times and heights of high and low waters for certain reference stations along the coasts, with full explanations for the use of this table. The use of Table 2 of the Tide Tables should be known to every navigator. By means of this table the predictions given for the reference ports are extended so as to enable one to obtain the predictions for each day for a large number of other stations. Table 3 enables the height of tide at any time to be computed. Table 4 gives the time of the rising and setting of the sun. Table 6 gives the time of the rising and setting of the moon at certain places. The effect of strong winds, in combination with the regular tidal action, may at times cause the water to fall considerably below the plane of reference of the chart. The water may also rise about the same amount above mean high water due to similar causes. Caution.—In using the Tide Tables, slack water should not be con founded with high or low water. For ocean stations there is usually but little difference between the time of high or low water and the beginning of ebb or flood current; but for places in narrow channels, land-locked harbors, or on tidal rivers, the time of slack current may differ by several hours from the time of high- and low-water stand. The relation of the times of high and low water to the turning of the current depends upon a number of factors, so that no simple or general rule can be given. To obtain the times of slack water, refer- ence should be made either to figures given for various places in this volume of the Coast Pilot or to the Current Tables. Current Tables for the Atlantic Coast and for the Pacific Coast (two volumes) of the United States are published in advance an- nually by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Each vol- ume includes the daily predicted times of slack water and the times and velocities of strength of flood and ebb for certain reference sta- tions and a table of current differences and constants by means of which corresponding daily predictions may be readily obtained for numerous other places. Tables for the velocity of current at any time, duration of slack, and rotary tidal currents at certain offshore locations, together with data on the Gulf Stream and wind currents are included. There are also current diagrams for a number of souncls, bays, and harbors, which show in a gi-aphical form the velocities of the flood and ebb currents and the times of slack and strength over a considerable stretch of the channel of these water- ways. These tables are for sale by the Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, and by authorized sales agencies. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR O Tidal Current Charts are published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey for various localities, see List of Publications. These current charts are good for any year and show the direction and velocity of the tidal current for each hour of the current. They present a CH)inprehensive view of the tidal current movement^ of the area as a whole and also supply a means of readily determining the direction and velocity of the current at vai'iouers, and on the left or port side, spar or can huoys, painted black, and with odd nwiibers; the numbers for each side increase from seaward. Obstructions, with channel ways on either side, are marked with buoys painted with red and hl^wh horizontal hands, which may be left on either side, with due regard as to the position of the buoy with relation to the obstruction, as shown on the chart. In general, obstruction buoys have no distinctive shape, but in the case of buoys with horizontal bands marking obstructions or bifurcations of chan- nels, when it is desired to indicate the main channel, a can buoy with black band at the top is used when the important channel is to the right, for the entering vessel, and a nun buoy with red band at the top when the important channel is to the left. Fairways are indicated, where necessary, by buoys painted with black and white vertical stripes; such buoys are placed in good water in midchannel or approaches, and may be passed close-to on either side. Midchannel buoys have no distinctive shape at present. Offshore Buoys along the Atlantic Coast are colored and numbered from north to south, and along the Pacific coast from south to north, conforming to the order of Light Lists; this does not apply to out- side buoys which have a definite approach signification, and which are colored and numbered to conform to the appro acli. In channels not having a definite approach character, buoys are colored and numbered from north to south or from east to west on the Atlantic coast and from south to north or west to east on the Pacific coast. Bell buoys have a flat-topped float with skeleton superstructure supporting a bell. Gong buoys have a flat top with skeleton frame- work supporting a series of four gongs of varied tone. Whistle buoys are conical, with whistle at top. Spar buoys are long slender buoys of wood or iron. These classes of buoys, as well as lighted buoys, have not at present a shape distinction to indicate the side of channel or entrance, although a shape distinction is being introduced for wood spar buoys. Anchorage Buoys are painted white. Quarantine Anchorage Buoys are painted yellow. Certain Other Special Buoys are in use locally, such as white with green top for dredging buoys. Coast and Geodetic Survey sono -radio buoys, used in radio acoustic ranging, may be found anchored on the continental shelf in areas being surveyed. Some of these buoys are fitted with mechanism to show a white light upon the approach of a vessel. Wlien within about a mile of the buoy the sound of a ship's propeller, or other ship noises, produce the audio mechanical effect resulting in a fluc- tuating illumination. Station Buoys, colored the same as the regular aids, are placed alongside of lightships and important buoy stations to mark them in GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 11 case the regular aid is carried away. Lightship station buoys bear the letters "LS" above the initials of the station. Colors of Lights for Buoys and Beacons.—Red or white lights are placed on the right or starboard side of a channel for the entering vessel, and white or green lights on the left or port side. White lights may be on either or both sides of the channel, but colored lights are only on the sides indicated respectively. The same rules apply to lights on fixed structures serving a purpose similar to that of buoys. Coast lights and lightships near channels or entrances may not conform to this system. Lighted buoys are not at present uniformly differentiated as to shape, with respect to the side of the channel; they have bodies which contain the gas tanks or gas, and are usually surmounted by skeleton superstructures with lanterns; combination buoys have both light and bell, or light and whistle. Significance of light characteristics (FLASHING CHARACTERISTICS ARE USED ON LIGHTED BUOYS TO DISTINGUISH THEIR PRINCIPAL PURPOSES CORRESPONDING IN PART TO THE COLOR DISTINCTIONS THAI ARE MADE ON UNHGHTED BUOYS) Characteristic of flashing Purpose indicated Color of light Color of buoy 1. Flashing: Less than Channel sides and White.. Red or black. 30 light periods per coasts. Green __ Black. minute. Red_._ Red. 2. Quick flashing: Not Sudden constriction White.. Black or red. less than 60 flashes or sharp turns in Green__ Black. per minute. channel; also wrecks when marked by solid color buoys. A dis- tinctly cautionary significance is in- dicated. Red... Red. 3. Interrupted quick Obstructions, middle Horizontally striped flashing (group) : grounds, junctions, buoy. Quick flashing as or wrecks. A dis- White. Top band of buoy above but interrupt- tinctly cautionary either red or black. ed by eclipse periods significance is indi- Green.. Top band of buoy of 4 seconds at regu- cated. black only. lar intervals about 8 Red... Top band of buoy times per minute. red only. 4. Short-long flashes: Midchannels and White.. Black and white ver- Groups of a short and fairways. tical stripes. a long flash. Groups are repeated about 8 times per minute. Note.—While a thorough understanding of the significance of these features will be of material assistance to the navigator, it is not contemplated that they shall be implicitly relied upon without reference to the charts which should always be consulted for guidance. Many conditions do not permit of proper under standing in any other way. Caution regarding buoys.—Buoys are liable to be carried away, shifted, capsized, sunk, etc., lighted buoys may be extinguished, or whistling or bell buoys may not sound, as the result of storm', the accumulation of ice, running ice, or other natural causes, or collision, 12 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR or other accidents. Buoys marking channels subject to frequent changes are moved as may be necessary and should be used only with local knowledge. Such buoys may not be charted. Day beacons are constructed and distinguished with special refer- ence to each locality, and particularly with regard to the background upon which they are projected. Beacons on the sides of channels are, when practicable, colored to conform to the coloring of buoys, subject to the above conditions as to background. Reflectors (red or white) are placed on some buoys or day beacons to enable the navigator, using a searchlight, to readily locate such aids. Radiobeacons.—For information regarding operating schedules, transmitting range, station identification, etc., see "Light List." Lighthouse tenders, when working on buoys in channels or other frequented waters, may display a red flag (international signal code flag B) and a black ball at the fore as a warning to other vessels to slow down in passing. Passing vessels will facilitate the work of the U. S. Coast Guard by a proper observance of the signals. Suggestions as to aids to navigation.—Mariners are also invited to send suggestions as to improvements or changes in aids to naviga- tion directly to the District Commander of the district concerned, or to confer with them, or address Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, D. C. Defects in aids to navigation.—Aids to navigation are protected by law, and mariners in their own interest should use every precaution to avoid collisions with them. Mariners are requested to report defects in the aids to navigation using oiflcial designation identifica- tion in the Light Lists direct to the District Commander, United States Coast Guard of the district concerned by commercial radio, by radio conmiunication with lightships, or other prompt means. Messages may be sent by telegraph collect. Radio reports should be sent using the registered address COGUARD with the name of the city in which the district office is located. Example, "Coguard, Bos- ton"; "Coguard, New York." Lightships under way, or off station, will fly the International Code signal letters "PC" (signifying "lightship is not at anchor on her station") . All lightships on station and all vessels relieving station ships will display the International Code signal of the station whenever a ves- sel is approaching or in the vicinity and there are indications that such vessel is in strange waters or fails to recognize the station, or when the vessel asks for the information. Lightships, where so stated, carry riding lights for the purpose of showing in which direction the ship is riding. Casualties and near casualties to lightships imposes upon the Coast Guard the obligation to CAUTION all shipmasters that courses should invariably be set to pass lightships with sufficient clearance to avoid possibility of collision from any cause. Errors of observation, current and wind effects, other vessels in the vicinity, and defects in steering-gear may and have been the causes of actual collisions, or imminent danger thereof, needlessly jeopardizing the safety of lightships and their crews, and that of all navigation de- pendent on these important aids to navigation. Experience shows GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 13 that lightships cannot be safely used as leading marks to be passed close aboard, but should invariably be left broad off the course, wherever sea-room permits. Caution must be used in approaching radiobeacons on radio bearino-s, and care must be taken to set courses to pass safely clear. The risk of collision will be avoided by insurmg that the radio bear- ing does not remain constant. This caution is applicable to those lightships and stations on submarine sites which are passed close to. INSTRUCTIONS TO MARINERS IN CASE OF SHIPWRECK (INSTRUCTIONS FOE USE OF GUN APPARATUS MUST BE POSTED BY LAW) General information.—Coast Guard (lifesaving) stations and houses of refuge are located upon the Atlantic and Pacific seaboards of the United States, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Lake coasts. . ^ ^ The stations are manned throughout the year by crews of experienced surfmen. All lifesaving stations, except inactive stations, are fully supplied with boats, wreck guns, beach apparatus, and restoratives. , ^ ^ ^ c- i The lifesaving stations are provided with the International Code of Signals, and other means of visual signaling, and vessels can, by opening communica- tion, be reported ; or obtain the latitude or longitude of the station, where determined; or information as to the weather probabilities in most cases; or where facilities for the transmission of messages by telephone or telegraph are available, request for a tug or Coast Guard cutter will be received and promptly forwarded. All services are performed by the lifesaving crews without other compensa- tion than their pay from the Government. Destitute seafarers are provided with food and lodging at the nearest station by the Government as long as necessarily detained by the circumstances of shipwreck. The station crews patrol the beach from 2 to 4 miles each side of their stations between sunset and sunrise, and if the weather is foggy the patrol is continued through the day. A continuous lookout is also maintained at every station night and day. Each patrolman carries warning signals. Upon discovering a vessel standing into danger he ignites one of these, which emits a brilliant red flame of about 2 minutes' duration, to warn her off, or, should the vessel be ashore, to let her crew know that they are discovered and assistance is at hand. If the vessel is not discovered by the patrol immediately after striking, rockets, flare-up lights, or other recognized signals of distress should be used. If the weather be foggy, some recognized sound signal should be made to attract attention, as the patrolman may be some distance away at the other end of his beat. Masters are particularly cautioned, if they should 6e driven ashore anywhere in the neighborhood of the stations, to remain on board until assistance arrives and under no circumstances should they attempt to land through the surf in their own boats until the last hope of assistance from the shore has vanished. Often when comparatively smooth at sea a dangerous surf is running which is not perceptible 400 yards offshore, and the surf when viewed from a vessel never appears as dangerous as it is. Many lives have been lost unnecessarily by the crews of stranded vessels being thus deceived and attempting to land in the ship's boats. The difliculties of rescue by operations from the shore are greatly increased in cases where the anchors are let go after entering the breakers, as is fre- quently done, and the chances of saving life correspondingly lessened. Rescue with the lifeboat or surfboat.—The patrolman after discovering your vessel ashore and burning a warning signal, hastens to his station or the tele- phone for assistance. If the use of a boat is practicable, either the large life- boat is launched from its ways in the station and proceeds to the wreck by water, or the lighter surfboat is hauled overland to a point opposite the wreck and launched, as circumstances may require. Upon the boat reaching your vessel the directions and orders of the officer in charge (who always commands and steers the boat) should be implicitly 14 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR obeyed. Any headlong rushing and crowding should be prevented, and the captain of the vessel should remain on board, to preserve order, until every other person has left. Women, children, helpless persons, and passengers should be passed into the boat first. Goods or baggage will positively not be taken into the boat until all are landed. If any be passed in against the remonstrance of the officer in charge, he is fully authorized to throw the same overboard. Rescue with the breeches buoy or life car.—Should it be inexpedient to use either the lifeboat or surfboat, recourse will be had to the wreck gun and beach apparatus for the rescue by the breeches buoy or the life car. A shot with a small line attached will be fired across your vessel. Get hold of the line as soon as possible and haul on board until you get a tailblock with a whip or endless line rove through it. The tailblock should be hauled on board as quickly as possible to prevent the whip drifting off with the set or fouling with wreckage, etc. Therefore if you have been driven into the rigging, where but one or two men can work to advantage, cut the shot line, and run it through some available block, such as the throat or peak-halyards block, or any block which will afford a clear lead, or even between the ratlines, that as many as possible may assist in hauling. Attached to the tailblock will be a tally board with the following directions In English on one side and French on the other : "Make the tail of the block fast to the lower mast, well up. If the masts are gone, then to the best place you can find. Cast off shot line, see that the rope in the block runs free, and show signal to the shore." As soon as your signal is seen, a 3-inch hawser will be bent onto the whip and hauled off to your ship by the lifesaving crew. If circumstances permit, you can assist the lifesaving crew by manning that part of the whip to which the haw?er is bent and hauling with them. When the end of the hawser is got on board, a tally board will be found attached, bearing the following directions in English on one side and French on the other : "Make this hawser fast about 2 feet above the tailblock, see all clear and that the rope in the block runs free and show signal to the shore." Take particular care that there are no turns of the whip line around the hawser. To prevent this, take the end of the hawser up between the parts of the whip before making it fast. When the hawser is made fast, the whip cast off from the hawser, and your signal seen by the lifesaving crew, they will haul the hawser taut and by means of the whip will haul off to your vessel a breeches buoy suspended from a traveler block, or a life car, from rings running on the hawser. If the breeches buoy be sent, let one man immediately get into it, thrusting his legs through the breeches. If the life car, remove the hatch, place as many per- sons therein as it will hold (four to six) and secure the hatch on the outside by the hatch bar and hook, signal as before, and the buoy or car will be hauled ashore. This will be repeated until all are landed. On the last trip of the life car the hatch must be secured by the inside hatch bar. In many instances two men can be landed in the breeches buoy at the same time by each putting a leg through a leg of the breeches and holding onto the lifts of the buoy. Children when brought ashore by the buoy should be in the arms of older persons or securely lashed to the buoy. Women and children should be landed first. In signalling as directed in the foregoing instruction, if in the daytime, let one man separate himself from the rest and swing his hat, a handkerchief, or his hand ; if at night, the showing of a light and concealing it once or twice will be- understood ; and like signals will be made from the shore. ( See also Wreck Signals, below.) Circumstances may arise, owing to the strength of the current or set or the danger of the wreck breaking up immediately, when it would be impossible to send off the hawser. In such a case a breeches buoy or life car will be hauled off instead by the whip or sent off to you by the shot line, and you will be hauled ashore through the surf. If your vessel is stranded during the night and discovered by the patrolman— which you will know by his burning a brilliant red light—keep a sharp lookout for signs of the arrival of the livesaving crew abreast of your vessel. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 15 Some time may intervene between ttie burning of the light and their arrival, as the patrolman may have to return to his station, perhaps 3 or 4 miles distant, and the lifesaving crevr draw the apparatus or surfboat through the sand or over bad roads to where your vessel is stranded. Lights on the beach will indicate their arrival, and the sound of cannon firing from the shore may be taken as evidence that a line has been fired across your vessel. Therefore upon hearing the cannon, make strict search aloft, fore, and aft, for the shot line, for it is almost certain to be there. Though the movement of the lifesaving crew may not be perceptible to you, owing to the darkness, your vessel will be a good mark for the men experienced in the use of the wreck gun, and the first shot seldom fails. Important.—Remain by the wreck until assistance arrives from the shore, cr as long as jwssible. If driven aloft, the inshore mast is the safest. If not discovered immediately by the patrol, burn rockets, flare-up, or other lights, or if the weather be foggy, fire guns or make other sound signals. Make the shot line fast on deck or to the rigging to prevent its being washed into the sea and possibly fouling the gear. Take particular care that there are no turns of the whip line around the hawser before making the hawser fast. Send the women, children, helpless persons, and passengers ashore first. Make yourself thoroughly familiar with these instructions, and remember that on your coolness and strict attention to them will greatly depend the chances of success in bringing you and your people safely to land. Wreck signals.—The following signals have been adopted by the Coast Guard and will be used and recognized by the oflScers and employees as occasion may require : "Upon the discovery of a wreck by night, the lifesaving force will burn a red pyrotechnic light or a red rocket to signify, ^You are seen; assistance will be given OS soon as possible.' "A red flag waved on shore by day, or a red light, red rocket, or red roman candle displayed by night, will signify, 'Haul away.' "A white flag waved on shore by day, or a white light slowly swung back and forth, or a white rocket, or white roman candle fired by night, will signify, 'Slack away.' "Two flags, a white and red, waved at the same time on shore by day, or two lights, a white and a red, slowly swung at the same time, or a blue pyrotechnic light burned by night, will signify, 'Do not attempt to land in your own boats; it is impossible.' "A man on shore beckoning by day, or two torches burning near together by night, will signify, 'This is the best place to land.' "Any of these signals may be answered from the vessel as follows: In the daytime, by waving a flag, a handkerchief, a hat, or even the hand ; at night, by firing a rocket, a blue light, or a gun, or by showing a light over the ship's gunwale for a short time, and then concealing it." CUSTOMS Collection districts and ports of entry located within the area covered by this volume are tabulated in the Appendix. MARINE INSPECTION AND NAVIGATION The Bureau of Marine Inspection and Navigation under the De- partment of Commerce is charged with general superintendence of the commercial marine and merchant seamen of the United States, except so far as supervision is lodged with other offices of the Government. In addition to various other duties the Bureau is especially charged with the decision of all questions relating to the issuing of registers, enrollments, and licenses of vessels; investigates the operation of the laws relative to navigation; is charged with the enforcement and 16 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR investigation of violations of the navigation and marine inspection laws ; and is charged with the duty of inspecting vessels, the licensing of the officers of vessels, and the administration of the laws relating to such vessels and their officers for the protection of life and prop- erty. The Bureau certificates the able seamen who form the crew of merchant vessels, and the inspectors of the Service, also certificate the lifeboat men. The licensed officer in command of any vessel shall report in writ- ing and in person to the board of local inspectors nearest the port of first arrival any accident to said vessel involving loss of life, or dam- age to property, and shall also report in like manner any casualty or loss of life from whatever cause of any person on board such vessel and any stranding or grounding, whether or not any damage has been sustained by the vessel. For administrative purpose the Supervising Inspectors of the Serv- ice maintain 7 district offices, and Local Inspectors have offices in the more important cities having maritime interests. Offices of local inspectors of the Bureau, within the area cov- ered by this volume, are listed in the Appendix. SHIPPING COMMISSIONERS Offices of U. S. Shipping Commissioners are maintained in vari- ous ports. These officials administer the laws for the protection of seamen, the maintenance of discipline on shipboard, maintain an employment agency for securing seafaring personnel for all ships of American registry and promote Americanization of crews. The offices of the Shipping Commissioners within the area covered by this Coast Pilot are listed in the Appendix. QUARANTINE AND HEALTH The United States Public Health Service is the governmental guardian of the public health, working to prevent the spread of human contagious and infectious diseases. In addition to its other duties, this Bureau administers hospitaliza- tion and out-patient treatment at marine hospitals and many other relief stations to legal beneficiaries of the Government ; it administers the foreign and domestic quarantine laws, supervising the medical examination of immigrants and enforcing interstate quarantine laws. American merchant seamen are entitled to medical relief obtainable through the United States Public Health Service at its established relief stations. An American seaman is one engaged on board in care, preserva- tion, or navigation of any registered, enrolled, or licensed vessel of the United States, or in the service, on board, of those engaged in such care, preservation, or navigation. Relief stations of the Public Health Service are located at the ad- dresses given in the Appendix. Free medical advice is furnished to seamen by radio, see page 22. Quarantine regulations are given in the text under the names of the ports. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 17 In general, where State quarantine is in force, the minimum re- quirements of quarantine are in accordance with the reguLations of the United States Public Health Service. National quarantine regu- lations will be found at the stations of the service and at American consulates, and will be furnished to vessels upon application, either by officers of the service or by the bureau in Washington, D. C. RADIO LEGAL RESPONSIBILITY Radio supervision.—The radio communications in the United States and its possessions, except the Philippine Islands and the Panama Canal Zone, are controlled by the Federal Communications Commission, Washington, D. C. Responsibility of shipmasters.—Shipmasters have the responsi- bility of seeing that the general radio regulations are carried out by the radio operators. Radio inspectors.—Inspectors of the Federal Communications Commission have authority to board ships at United States ports for the inspection of the radio station to determine whether it com- plies with international treaties, Federal laws, and such rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission which may apply. In general, these inspectors operate at the following ports where field offices of the Commission are located and where infor- mation concerning radio regulations and communications may be obtained. Boston, Mass. San Juan, P. R. San Francisco, Calif. New York, N. Y. Tampa, Fla. Portland, Oreg. Philadelphia, Pa. New Orleans, La. Seattle, Wash. Baltimore, Md. Forth Arthur, Tex. Juneau, Alaska. Norfolk, Va. Galveston, Tex. Honolulu, T. H. Savannah, Ga. San Diego, Calif. Miami, Fla. Los Angeles, Calif. Service documents.—The rules and regulations of the Interna- tional Telecommunication Convention require that when a radio- transmitting installation is compulsory equipment on board a ship, the latter must be provided with the following service documents : 1. The radio license. 2. The operators' certificates. 3. Register (radio service log) in which shall be noted, at the time they 0(^ur, service incidents of all kinds, as well as the communications ex- changed with land stations or mobile stations and relating to reports of disaster. If the regulations on board permit, the position of the ship shall be indicated once a day in the said register. 4. Alphabetical list of call letters. 5. List of coast and ship stations. 6. List of stations performing special services. 7. The general radio regulations and the additional radio regulations as well as the provisions of the convention necessary for the operations of radio- communication service on board ships. 8. The telegraph rates of the countries for which the station (ship) most fre- quently accepts radio-telegrams. The rules and regulations of the United States Federal Communi- cations Commission require certain vessels to have additional service 18 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR documents, a complete list of which may be obtained from the Fed- eral Communications Commission, Washington, D. C, or from its suboffices. For further details concerning the above rules and regulations consult the following publications : Ship Radiotelegraph Safety Rules. The Communications Act of 1934, with amendments. Radio Aids to Navigation, H. O. 205. WEATHER REPORTS 1. The major weather bulletins, issued daily via United States Naval Radio Stations (NAA/NSS), Washington, D. C, and (NPG) San Francisco, Calif., includes observations from ships at sea; sur- face weather observations from selected land stations; forecasts, storm warnings, and a summary of general atmospheric pressure distribution. The information contained in these bulletins is suit- able for preparing weather maps at sea. The forecasts included in the Washington, D. C, bulletins are for coastal and contiguous ocean areas of the western North Atlantic Ocean from Eastport to the Florida Straits, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean Sea west of longtitude 75° W. A rebroadcast of parts of these bulletins is made via (NBA) Balboa (Summit), Panama Canal Zone, except that forecasts and warnings for the areas Eastport, Maine, to Jacksonville, Florida, inclusive, are omitted. The broadcasts from San Francisco are for the North Pacific. Re- broadcasts of the San Francisco bulletins and of the bulletins issued by Cavite, P. I., are made daily by Oahu, T. H., with some omissions. Weather reports from stations in the South Pacific are included in the Oahu broadcasts. 2. Local weather bulletins containing forecasts, storm warnings when issued, and the weather summaries for specified areas are broadcast on schedule every day by certain Government and com- mercial radio stations. During the West Indies hurricane season, July 1 to November 15, inclusive (NAU) San Juan, P. R., transmits daily and on schedule a weather bulletin issued for the eastern Caribbean Sea. This bul- letin is rebroadcast by the United States Coast Guard vessel patrol- ling the waters of the United States West Indies when it is in the vicinity of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. 3. Storm warnings, whenever they are issued by the United States Weather Bureau, are the subject of special broadcasts by various Government and commercial radio stations of the mobile service. United States naval shore radio stations concerned with the broadcasting of weather information transmit storm warnings in accordance with the urgency. Warnings of a very urgent nature, such as tidal waves, hurricanes, typhoons, cyclones, etc., when the danger is so imminent as to warrant its prompt divulgence, are broadcast as follows: 1. One transmission immediately upon receiving the message from the United States Weather Bureau. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 19 2. One transmission at the end of the first silent period which follows the preceding- transmission. 3. One transmission during the first ensuing "ON watch" period for ships with only one radio operator in case the two previous trans- missions were both made during the "OFF watch" period. Storm warnings of less urgency than the above and other than those normally included in the scheduled major and the local weather bulletins are broadcast as follows : 1. One transmission at the end of the first silent period which follows the reception of the message from the United States Weather Bureau. 2. One transmission during the first ensuing "ON watch" period in case the previous transmission occurred during an "OFF watch" period. The broadcasting of storm warnings by other than United States Naval Radio Stations is made according to varying procedures. Broadcasts from commercial stations are generally made at hourly intervals on the hour or half-hour. During the West Indies hurricane season, July 1 to November 15 (NAU), San Juan, Puerto Rico, broadcasts storm and hurricane warnings whenever they are issued by the United States Weather Bureau and in their absence the words "weather normal over East- ern Caribbean" are transmitted. These storm warnings are also broadcast and repeated hourly generally on the hour or half-hour by (WPR) Ensenada, Puerto Rico. This last' station also transmits the warnings upon request. Storm warnings are broadcast in plain language and on the fre- quencies assigned to the service (maritime or aeronautical) for which they are intended. Scheduled radiotelegraphic broadcasts of weather information af- fecting the coasts of the United States, Canada, and Alaska, are also made by Mexican and Canadian radio stations. Most Canadian coastal stations of the mobile service supply weather information on request only and without charge. Radiotelephoniq broadcasts of Weather information (United States).—Transmission by voice of weather information from the United States Weather Bureau is made through certain radio stations of the United States Coast Guard. These broadcasts are followed immediately by reports of dangers, obstructions, and changes in aids to navigation. This service gives to yachts, fishing vessels, tugboats, and any ves- sel within range, equipped with an ordinary radio receiving set, hav- ing a band covering the frequency range of 2 to 3 megacycles, direct official weather information from the Weather Bureau, in plain lan- guage, and on regular schedules, such as is available to ships equipped with radiotelegraph apparatus and operator. This service should also prove of value to dock terminals, pilots, yacht clubs, etc. These radiophone broadcasts are made twice daily at definite times and consist of the transmission of weather bulletins issued by the United States Weather Bureau. The bulletins contain forecasts 20 GOVERNMENT SERMCES TO THE NAVIGATOR (and storm Avarnings whenever they are issued) for specified regions and adjacent coastal waters. North of the United States, radiophone weather as well as navi- gational information, is furnished on request and on schedule, with- out charge, by certain Canadian radio stations. West Indies.—Eadiotelephonic broadcasts of storm and hurricane warnings are made by various stations in the West Indies.- Complete details relative to the broadcasting of weather informa- tion are published in "Distribution of Weather Information by Radio (Radio Circular No. 1)." This circular, together with a card descriptive of storm warnings, may be obtained upon application to any United States Weather Bureau office. Details are ialso given in Radio Aids to Navigation (H. O, 206). These publications give the schedules with times and frequencies of weather broadcast, together with tables for decoding as needed. Storm warnings are also broadcast 6 times at 2-hour intervals, whenever they are issued by the United States Weather Bureau. The first of these special broadcasts begins exactly 2 or 4 or 6 or 8 or 10 or 12 hours after the scheduled time of the regular broadcast, depending upon the time the message containing the warnings is received at the radio station. If the warnings are; superseded by another message from the United States Weather Bureau before the completion of the 6 broadcasts, the later information is used and broadcast 6 times unless superseded again. Reports from ships (Weather and Hydrographic).—The master of every ship of the United States equipped with radio transmitting apparatus, on meeting with a tropical storm, dangerous ice, derelict, or any other direct danger to navigation, is required to cause to be transmitted & report of these dangers to ships in the vicinity and to the appropriate Government agencies. Weather reports (United States).—^^Veather reports should not be sent regularly except from ships with which specific arrangements have been made by the United States Weather Bureau, but masters of all ships encountering tropical or other severe storms should send special observations by radio. These reports should be sent in the international meteorological code, preceded by the ship's name, unsigned, and checked collect. If a copy of the international meteorological code is not on ship- board, the code will be found in Radio Aids to Navigation (H, O. 206), or a copy may be obtained on application to the United States Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. If code is impracticable, the message may be sent in plain language. During the West Indies hurricane season, June 1 to November 30, ships in the Gulf of Mexico, Caribbean Sea. and southern North Atlantic Ocean are urged to cooperate with the United States Weather Bureau in order that more complete information may be supplied to ships and for the purpose of warning the inhabitants of coastal areas. Ice reports.—^T\Tien in the vicinity of the Grand Banks during the whole of the ice season (generally from Marcl) to July), mari- ners are requested to report to the United States Coast Guard GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 21 cutter (call letters NIDK) of the International North Atlantic Ice Patrol, any field ice, icebergs, or obstructions sighted or reported sighted, giving the date, time, latitude and longitude, water temper- ature, set, and drift. If ice is sighted when the ice patrol is not in operation, the report should be addressed to the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department. Reporting derelicts.—Reports regarding derelicts should be ad- dressed to the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department, Washington, D. C, and prefixed Hydro. TIME SIGNALS The United States system of broadcasting time signals, as indi- cated in the table below, consists of the transmission of dashes (— ) and the omission of dashes (0) for the seconds of the 5 minutes pre- ceding the final time signal which is on the hour. The final time signal is the beginning of a much longer dash ( ) than the others, being of about 1.3 seconds duration. The number of dashes sounded in the group immediately preceding the four omissions at the end of the first four minutes of the signal, indicates the number of minutes of the signal yet to be sent. There are nine omissions before the final time signal. In all cases, the beginning of a second is on the beginning of a corresponding dash. Minute intervals Seconds of minute intervals preceding hour 1 to28 29 30 to 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 55 to 56 Dash (—) every \ second 1 to 28 incl. f Dash ( ) everv f ° l"o "o "o ~0 "o ~0 ~0 56 to 57 - 57 to 58 ^0 1^ second 30 to 50 58 to 59 I incl. 59 to hour. -_ NAVIGATIONAL WARNINGS Radiotelegraphic navigational warnings affecting the waters of the United States and possessions are compiled by the United States Hydrographic Office, Navy Department; the United States Coast Guard; and the North Atlantic International Ice Patrol (U. S. Coast Guard vessel). These warnings contain information of importance to the safety of navigation, such as the position of ice, derelicts; also defects and changes in aids to navigation, mine fields, etc., which are later published in the Notice to Mariners. Navigational warnings are also available via radiotelephone. Radiotelephone.—Transmission by voice of radio navigational warnings is made immediately after the regular "radiotelephonic broadcast of weather information" by the same stations, following the same schedule and method of procedure. These radiophone warnings contain the latest reports of local changes in aids to navigation such as are later published in the Notice to Mariners and the late and more important reports of ob- structions to navigation in nearby waters as received from the Hydrographic Office of the United States Navy and local sources. 540825' -43- 22 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR Complete details relative to radio telephonic or telegraphic naviga- tional warnings are given in Radio aids to Navigation (H. O. 206). SHIPS IN DISTRESS Radio-equipped vessels requiring assistance may obtain the services of the Coast Guard by transmitting a request on the international distress and calling frequency 500 kilocycles to "Any Coast Guard Unit" (radio call NCU), or to any shore radio station addressed to "Coguard." Shore radio stations will forward to the Coast Guard all information regarding vessels requiring assistance unless such information is contained in a message specifically addressed elsewhere. If the following information is included in the original request for assistance it will place the responsible Coast Guard officer in a position to determine immediately the types and number of vessels required to render adequate aid; thus greatly facilitatiag the work of the Coast Guard and avoiding any unnecessary delay in the dis- patching of assistance. 1. Name, type, and nationality of vessel. 2. Position, course, and speed (including drift). 3. Nature of trouble and condition of vessel, sea, and wind. 4. Number of persons on board. 5. State whether or not Coast Guard assistance is required. Small craft in distress.—Under the provision of the international regulations, which permit the use of any means available to a vessel or aircraft in distress to draw attention and obtain help, small com- mercial and private craft equipped with radiotelegraph or radiotele- phone apparatus that cannot be operated on the international distress frequency of 500 kc. (600 m.) may usually obtain United States Coast Guard assistance by transmitting the distress signal or call and the message on the 2670 kc. (112 m.) frequency. Practically all Coast Guard units maintain a continuous watch on 2670 kc. (112 m.) and will answer emergency calls thereon, if heard. Medical advice by radio.—Arrangements are made in various countries whereby mariners of all nationalities may obtain medical advide by radio. In the United States and its possessions free medi- cal advice is obtainable through Government and commercial radio stations of its mobile service. The advice is given in language intelligible to the layman. RADIO BEARINGS Accuracy of radiobeacon bearings.—No exact data can be given as to the accuracy to be expected in radio bearings taken by a ship, since the accuracy depends to a large extent upon the skill of the ship's operator, the condition of the ship's equipment, and the accuracy of the ship's calibration curve. Mariners are urged to ob- tain this information for themselves by taking frequent radio bear- ings when their ship's position is accurately known, and by recording the results. United States radiobeacons are operated on hourly schedules regardless of weather conditions and at other times upon request (see special operation of radiobeacon stations given in Light GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 23 Lists) , giving mariners opportunity to make such frequent observa- tions, and often to check the results directly with visual bearings. Skill in the operation of the radio direction-finder can be obtained only by practice and by observing the technical instructions for the set in question. For these reasons the operator should study care- fully the instructions issued with the set and should practice taking bearings frequently so that when bearings are needed he can obtain them rapidly and accurately. As the operator obtains bearings by revolving the direction-finder coil until the signal disappears or becomes a minimum, the operator can tell by the size of the arc of silence or of minimum strength ap- proximately how accurately he has taken the bearing. For instance, if the minimum is broad and the residual signal covers about 10° with equal strength, it is doubtful if the bearing can be accurately esti- mated within 3° or 4°. Where direction-finder bearings are not taken by the navigating officer, it will frequently be advantageous for the mariner to have his ship's operator report the probable operator's error of the bearing taken. Radio bearings from other vessels.—Any vessel with a radio direction-finder can give a bearing to a vessel equipped with a radio transmitter. Such service will generally be furnished when requested, particularly by Government vessels. These bearings, however, should be used only as a check, as comparatively large errors may be introduced by local conditions surrounding the radio direction-finder unless known and accounted for. Any radio station, the position of the transmitter of which is definitely known, may serve as a radiobeacon for vessels equipped with a radio direction- finder. However, mariners are cairtioned that stations established especially for maritime service are not reliable and safer for use by the mariner, for numerous reasons. Many navigators are using the ship's radio direction-finder as a help in avoiding collision in fog, detecting with it the presence and observing the direction of approaching vessels. Caution, when taking radio bearings from a ship one should be careful to take the bearing when the vessel is on an even keel. Large errors may be introduced if the vessel is listed when the bear- ing is taken. Conversion of radio bearings to Mercator bearings.—The in- creasing use of radio directional bearings for locations of ships' positions at sea, especially during foggy weather, has made it particularly desirable to be able to apply these radio bearings (taken on shipboard or sent out by the shore stations) directly to the nautical chart. These radio bearings are the bearings of the great circles passing through the radio stations and the ship, and, unless in the plane of the Equator or of a meridian, would be represented on a Mercator chart as curved lines. Obviously it is im- practicable for a navigator to plot such lines on a Mercator chart, so it is necessary to apj)ly a correction to a radio bearing to convert it into a Mercator bearing, that is, the bearing of a straight line on a Mercator chart laid off from the sending station and passing through the receiving station. 24 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR On page 25 a table of corrections is given for the conversion of a radio bearing into a Mercator bearing. It is sufficiently accurate for practical purposes for distances up to 1,000 miles. The only data required are the latitudes and longitudes of the radiobeacons or radio direction-finder station receiver or transmitter, and of the ship by dead reckoning. The latter is scaled from the chart, and the former either scaled from the chart or taken from the list of radiobeacon and radio direction-finder stations found in Hydrographic Office publication No. 205. The table is entered with the differences of longitude in degrees between the ship and station (the nearest tabulated value being used), and opposite the middle latitude between the ship and station, the correction to be applied is read. When bearings are taken from the ship, the sign of the correc- tion (bearings read clockwise from the north) will be as follows: In north latitude, the minus sign is used when the ship is east of the radiobeacon and the plus sign used when the ship is west of the radiobeacon. In south latitude, the plus sign is used when the ship is east of the radiobeacon, and the minus sign is used when the ship is west of the radiobeacon. To facilitate plotting, 180 degrees should be added to the corrected bearing, and the result plotted from the radiobeacon. Should the position by dead reckoning differ greatly from the true position of the ship as determined by plotting the corrected bear- ings, a retrial should be made, using the new value as the position of the ship. When the bearing is from a radio direction-finder shore station, the sign of the correction will be reversed to that given when the bearing is taken from the ship, and the position of the radio direc- tion-finder station receiver is used "in plotting the bearing. Example.—A ship in latitude 39°51' N., longitude 67°35' W., by dead reckon- ing, obtains a radio bearing of 299° true on the radiobeacon located in latitude 40°37' N., and longitude 69°37' W. Radiobeacon station Latitude-- 40°37' N. Dead reckoning position of ship Latitude 39°51' Middle latitude 40°14' Radio station Longitude— 69°37' W. Dead reckoning position of ship Longitude__ 67°3.5' Longitude difference 2°02' Entering the table with difference of longitude equals 2°, which is the nearest tabulated value, and opposite 40° middle latitude, the correction of 39' is read. The ship being east of the radiobeacon, the correction is minus. The Mer- cator bearing will then be 299°—0°39'=298°21'. To facilitate plotting, add 180° and plot from the position of the radiobeacon, the bearing (298°21'-f 180°) or 478°21' or 118°21' (Mercator bearing reckoned clockwise from north true). GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 25 Table of corrections, in minutes [difference of longitude in degrees] 1-i 6 H° 1° VA" 2° 2^° 3° 3^° 4° 4H° 5° 5J.^° 6° 6}^° 7° 7H° 8° 8H° 9° 9J^° 10° 15° 4 8 12 16 19 23 27 31 35 40 43 47 £0 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 16° 4 8 12 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 79 83 17° 4 9 13 18 22 26 31 35 39 44 48 53 57 61 66 70 75 79 83 88 18° 5 9 13 19 23 28 32 37 42 46 51 56 60 65 70 74 79 83 88 93 19° 5 10 15 20 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 63 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 20° 5 10 15 21 26 31 36 41 46 51 56 62 67 72 77 82 87 92 98 103 21° 5 11 16 21 27 32 38 43 48 54 59 64 70 75 81 86 91 97 102 108 22° 6 11 17 22 28 34 39 45 51 56 62 67 73 79 84 90 96 101 107 112 23° 6 12 18 23 29 35 41 47 53 59 64 70 76 82 88 94 100 105 111 117 24° 6 12 18 24 31 37 43 49 55 61 67 73 79 85 92 98 104 110 116 122 25° 6 13 19 25 32 38 44 51 57 63 70 76 82 89 95 101 108 114 120 127 26° 7 13 20 26 33 39 46 53 59 66 72 79 85 92 99 105 112 118 125 131 27° 7 14 20 27 34 41 48 54 61 68 75 82 89 95 102 109 116 123 129 136 28° 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84 92 99 106 113 120 127 134 141 29° 7 15 21 29 36 44 51 58 65 73 80 87 95 102 109 116 124 131 138 145 30° 7 15 22 30 38 45 53 60 68 75 83 90 98 105 113 120 127 135 143 150 31° 8 15 23 31 39 46 54 62 70 77 85 93 100 108 116 124 131 139 147 155 32° 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 79 87 95 103 111 119 127 135 143 151 159 33° 8 16 25 33 41 49 57 65 74 82 90 98 106 114 123 131 139 147 155 163 34° S 17 25 34 42 50 59 67 75 84 92 101 109 iir 126 134 143 151 159 168 35° 9 17 26 34 43 52 60 69 77 86 95 103 112 120 129 138 146 155 163 172 36° 9 18 26 35 44 53 62 71 79 88 97 106 115 123 132 141 150 159 168 176 37° 9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 126 135 144 153 163 172 181 38° 9 IS 28 37 46 55 65 74 83 92 102 111 120 129 139 148 157 166 175 185 39° 9 19 28 38 47 57 66 75 85 94 104 113 123 132 142 151 160 170 179 189 40° 10 19 29 39 48 58 68 77 87 96 106 116 125 135 145 154 164 174 183 193 41° 10 20 30 39 49 59 69 79 89 98 108 118 128 138 148 157 167 177 187 197 42° 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 151 161 171 181 191 201 43° 10 20 31 41 51 61 72 82 92 102 113 123 133 143 153 164 174 184 194 205 44° 10 21 31 42 52 63 73 83 94 104 115 125 135 146 156 167 177 188 198 208 45° 11 21 32 42 53 64 74 85 95 "106 117 127 138 149 159 170 180 191 201 212 46° 11 22 32 43 54 65 76 86 97 108 119 129 140 151 162 173 183 194 205 216 47° 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 110 121 132 143 154 165 176 186 197 208 219 48° 11 22 33 45 56 67 78 89 100 111 123 134 145 156 167 178 190 201 212 223 49° 11 23 34 45 57 68 79 91 102 113 125 136 147 158 170 181 192 204 215 226 50° 11 23 34 46 57 69 SO 92 103 115 126 138 149 161 172 184 195 207 218 230 51° 12 23 35 47 58 70 82 93 105 117 128 140 152 163 175 186 198 210 221 233 52° 12 24 35 47 59 71 83 95 106 118 130 142 154 165 177 189 201 213 225 236 53° 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 i08 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240 54° 12 24 36 49 61 73 85 97 109 121 133 146 158 170 182 194 206 218 231 243 55° 12 25 37 49 61 74 86 98 111 123 135 147 160 172 184 197 209 221 233 246 56° 12 25 37 50 62 75 87 100 112 124 137 149 162 174 187 199 211 224 236 249 57° 13 25 38 50 63 75 88 101 113 126 138 151 164 176 189 201 214 226 239 252 58° 13 25 38 51 64 76 89 102 115 127 140 153 165 178 191 204 216 229 242 254 59° 13 26 39 51 64 77 90 103 116 129 141 154 167 180 193 206 219 231 244 257 60° 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156 169 182 195 208 221 234 247 260 PUBLICATIONS The following resume of the United States Government publica- tions of navigational value is included for the ready reference of the mariner: The Catalog of United States Coast and Geodetic Survey Nautical Charts, Coast Pilots, Tide Tables, Current Tables, Tidal Current Charts, and Aeronautical Charts is distributed free by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and its authorized agents. The List of Publications of the Department of Commerce lists the publications of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and 26 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR may be secured free on application from the offices of the Depart- ment of Commerce and its field agencies, or from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Certain libraries have been designated by the Congress of the United States to receive prints, as issued, of all publications printed by the Government for public distribution. These publications may be consulted by anyone during business hours. NAUTICAL CHARTS Coasts of the United States, Territories, and Possessions: Issued by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. For sale by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. 0., field stations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. Mississippi River from the Head of Passes to Cairo : Issued and for sale by the Mississippi River Commission, Vicksburg, Misissippi. Illinois Waterway System: Issued and for sale by the United States Engineers, Chicago, Illinois. Ohio River: Issued and for sale by the United States Engineers, Cincinnati, Ohio. Great Lakes, Lake Champlain, New York State Canals, and the St. Lawrence River, St. Regis to Cornwall, Canada : Issued and for sale by the United States Lake Survey, Detroit, Michigan. New York State Canal System : Issued and for sale by the Superintendent of Public Works, Albany, New York. Foreign countries: Issued by the Hydrographic OflSce, United States Navy Department. For sale by the Hydrographic Office, Washington, D. C, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. COAST PILOTS Coasts of the United States, Territories, and Possessions : Published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. For sale by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, field stations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. Foreign countries : Published by the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department. For sale by the Hydrographic Office, Washington, D. C, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. TIDE TABLES Atlantic Ocean, and Pacific and Indian Oceans—Two volumes :, Published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. For sale by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, field stations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. CURRENT TABLES Atlantic Coast, North America, and Pacific Coast, North America, and Philippine Islands—Two volumes : Published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. For sale by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, field stations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and authorized sales agents in the various ports. TIDAL CURRENT CHARTS Boston Harbor, Narragansett Bay to Nantucket Sound, Long Island and Block Island Sounds, New York Harbor, San Francisco Bay—Five volumes : Published by the United Sttaes Coast and Geodetic Survey. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 27 For sale by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, or its agents. NOTICE TO MARINERS Issued by the United States Coast Guard and by the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department. Notices to Mariners are published vpeekly and may be secured free of charge from the United States Coast Guard and from the Hydrographic Office. Notice to Mariners, Philippine Islands, is compiled quarterly by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and may be secured free of charge from the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, Washington, D. C, or Manila, P. I., Pacific Coast field stations of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, and authorized sales agents in the various Philippine ports. LIGHT LISTS North Atlantic Coast, South Atlantic Coast, Intraeoastal Waterway, Pacific Coast : Published by the United States Coast Guard. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C, and by authorized sales agents in the various ports. Philipine Islands : Published by the Department of Finance, Bureau of Customs, Manila, Phil- ippine Islands. Copies of the List of Lights, Buoys, Beacons, and Daymarks of the Philip- pine Islands may be secured free on application to the Insular Collector of Customs, Manila, P. I. A limited number of Philippine Notice to Mariners and List of Lights, etc., are available for free distribution at the Coast and Geodetic Survey field stations at Seattle, Wash., San Francisco, Calif., and Honolulu, T. H. Foreign Countries : Published by the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department. For sale by the Hydrographic Office, Washington, D. C., and authorized sales agents in the various ports. RADIO Charts of Radiobeacon System, Atlantic and Gulf Coasts, Pacific Coast, and Great Lakes: Free on application to the United States Coast Guard. Radio Circular No. 1, Distribution of Weather Information by Radio : Free on application to the Weather Bureau, United States Department of Commerce, Washington, D. C. Radio Aids to Navigation (H. O. Publ. No. 206) : Published by the Hydrographic Office, United States Navy Department. For sale by the Hydrographic Office, Washington, D. C. Radiobeacons and Radiobeacon Navigation : Published by the United States Coast Guard. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. List of radiobeacons : See Light Lists published by the United States Coast Guard. Hydrographic Bulletin : Issued weekly by the U. S. Hydrographic Office. International Code of Signals (American Edition) Vol. II (Radio) : For sale by U. S. Hydrographic Office. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, London, 1929 (affecting radio), Extracts From: May be obtained from Federal Communications Commission, Washington, D. C. Communications Act of 1934 : For sale by Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Ship Radio Telegraph Safety Rules : From the Commission or the Superintendent of Documents. The International Bureau of Telecommunication Union, Berne, Switzerland : Publishes and sells the following: 1. List of Frequencies. 2. List of Coast Stations and Ship Stations. 28 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 3. List of Aircraft and Aeronautical Stations. 4. List of Broadcasting Stations. 5. List of Stations Performing Special Services. 6. List of Call Letters of Fixed Land and Mobile Stations. 7. List of Fixed Stations. 8. The Telegraph Rates. Radio Service Bulletin : Lssued by U. S. Federal Communications Commission. MISCELLANEOUS American Practical Navigator (Bowditch) : Published by the Hydrographic OflBce, United States Navy Department. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers, United States Army : Part 1.—Report upon river and harbor improvement work, including flood- control operations. Part 2.—Commercial Statistics, Water-borne Commerce of the United States. These volumes may be consulted at the libraries which are public deposi- tories. General Rules and Regulations Prescribed by the Board of Supervising Inspec- tors—four volumes : Published by and issued free on application to the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce, Wash- ington, D. C. Laws Governing Steamboat Inspection : Published by and free on application to the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce, Washing- ton, D. C. List of Bridges Over the Navigable Waters of the United States: Published by the United States Engineers. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Navigation Laws of the United States : Published by the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Pilot Rules for Certain Inland Waters of Atlantic and Pacific Coasts and Coast of Gulf of Mexico : Published by and free on application to the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce, Washing- ton, D. C. Pilot Rules for Rivers whose Waters Flow into the Giilf of Mexico and Their Tributaries and Red River of North : Published by and free on application to the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce, Washing- ton, D. C. Pilot Rules for Great Lakes and Their Connecting and Tributary. Waters : Published by and free on application to the Bureau of Navigation and Steamboat Inspection, United States Department of Commerce, Wash- ington, D. C. Port and Terminal Charges at United States Ports : Prepared by the Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors, War Depart- ment, in cooperation with the United States Maritime Commission. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Port Series—of the United States—25 volumes : Prepared by the Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors, War Depart- ment, in cooperation with the United States Maritime Commission. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. Rules and Regulations; The Navigable Waters of the United States: Prepared by the United States Engineers. Shipping Charges at United States and Foreign Ports ; Consular Services and Charges : Prepared by the Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors, War Depart- ment, in cooperation with the United States Maritime Commission. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. The American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac: Published by the United States Naval Observatory. For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 29 PROTECTION OF NAVIGABLE WATERS Protection of Navigable Waters.—There are given below extracts from the laws of the United States for the protection and preserva- tion of the navigable waters of the United States. That it shall not be lawful to throw, discharge, or deposit, or cause, suffer, or procure to be thrown, discharged, or deposited either from or out of any ship, barge, or other floating craft of any kind, or from the shore, wharf, manu- facturing establishment, or mill of any kind, any refuse matter of any kind or description whatever other than that flowing from streets and sewers and passing therefrom in a liquid state, into any navigable water of the United States, or into any tributary of any navigable water from which the same shall float or be washed into such navigable water; and it shall not be lawful to deposit, or cause, suffer, or procure to be deposited material of any kind in any place on the bank of any navigable water, or on the bank of any tributary of any navigable water, where the same shall be liable to be washed into such navigable water, either by ordinary or high tides, or by storms or floods, or otherwise, whereby navigation shall or may be impeded or obstructed. That it shall not be lawful to tie up or anchor vessels or other ' craft in navigable channels in such a manner as to prevent or obstruct the passage of other vessels or craft; or to voluntarily or carelessly sink, or permit or cause to be sunk, vessels or other craft in navigable channels ; or to float loose timber and logs, or to float what is known as sack rafts of timber and logs in streams or channels actually navigated by steamboats in such manner as to obstruct, impede, or endanger navigation. And whenever a vessel, raft, or other craft is wrecked and sunk in a navigable channel, accidentally or otherwise, it shall be the duty of the owner of such sunken craft to immediately mark it with a buoy or beacon during the day and a lighted lantern at night, and to maintain such marks until the sunken craft is removed or abandoned, and the neglect or failure of the said owner so to do shall be unlawful ; and it shall be the duty of the owner of such sunken craft to commence the immediate removal of the same, and prosecute such removal diligently, and failure to do so shall be con- sidered as an abandonment of such craft, and subject Ihe same to removal by the United States as hereinafter provided for. That, except in case of emergency imperiling life or property, or unavoidable accident, collision, or stranding, and except as otherwise permitted by regula- tions prescribed by the Secretary as hereinafter authorized, it shall be unlawful for any person to discharge, or suffer, or permit the discharge of oil by any method, means, or manner into or upon the coastal navigable waters of the United States from any vessel using oil as fuel for the generation of propulsion power, or any vessel carrying or having oil thereon in excess of that necessary for its lubricating requirements and such as may be required under the laws of the United States and the rules and regulations prescribed thereunder. The Secretary is authorized and empowered to prescribe regulations permitting the discharge of oil from vessels in such quantities, under such conditions, and at such times and places as in his opinion will not be deleterious to health or sea food, or a menace to navigation, or dangerous to persons or property engaged in commerce on such waters, and for the loading, handling, and unloading of oil. SOME FACTORS AFFECTING THE USE OF THE MAGNETIC COMPASS Compass, change in the variation of.—The gradual increase or decrease of the variation must not be forgotten in laying down posi- tions by bearings on charts. The magnetic compass roses placed on the charts to facilitate plotting become in time slightly in error as a result of this change, and in some cases, such as with small-scale charts or when the lines are long, the displacement of position from neglect of this change may be of importance. The compass roses are replotted for every new edition of the cha^rt if the error is appre- ciable. Means for estimating the magnitude of this error are pro- vided by stating for each compass rose the year for which it is 30 GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR constructed and the annual rate of change in the locality for that period. From time to time there has been considerable uncertainty in the rates of change prevailing in various parts of the coastal waters of the United States and its possessions and dependencies. The sparsity of the older observations, coupled with the lack of a suitable nonmag- netic vessel and the virtual suspension of magnetic work in some regions, has* introduced uncertainties in the values of variation as compared with those shown on the charts, amounting to perhaps as much as one degree for some of the outlying possessions. The systematic differences in the magnetic variation encountered in going from place to place, i. e., the differences ascribed to the gen- eral pattern of the earth's magnetization, are quite pronounced along some parts of the coast line of the United States. Unless properly and continuously taken into account, these differences are apt to affect materially the course of a vessel. This is particularly so in New England and parts of Alaska, where the lines of equal magnetic variation are close together, denoting rapid changes in magnetic vari- ation from place to place, as indicated by the large differences in variation given on neighboring compass roses. On certain of the sailing and general charts the magnetic varia- tion is shown by isogonic lines in addition to the compass roses. These lines depict the distribution of the magnetic variation over the entire navigable area of the chart. Local magnetic disturbance.—The synonymous terms "local mag- netic disturbance" and "local attraction" have reference only to the effects on the compass of magnetic masses external to the ship. They may be sufficient to cause noticeable deflections of the compass in passing over certain spots. Such disturbances are of fairly common occurrence in shallow waters ; they are never encountered over oceanic depths. However, it must not be inferred from this that the source of a given disturbance noted on board ship is situated in the direction of the visible land. Rather is it to be expected that the magnetic masses responsible are distributed in the nearest solid matter, which is naturally (in most cases) the bed of the sea under the ship. In this connection it may be noted that the ordinary irregularities of the magnetic field in close proximity to the earth's crust are known to diminish rapidly with increasing distance from the disturbing mat- ter, so that in the absence of positive evidence, it is not believed that such irregularities would noticeably affect a ship's compass where the depths are upwards of 500 fathoms. Despite the common use of the term "magnetic attraction," the actual effect of a magnetic body may be to deflect the compass either toward or away from it, depending on how the body is magnetized and the vessel's position with respect to the body. It is unlikely that all the areas of magnetic disturbance have been located. When such an area is discovered, the position should be fixed and the facts reported as far as they can be ascertained. It is particularly important to note the time at which the disturbance wag encountered, so as to rule out the possibility that the effects were caused by a magnetic storm rather than by local irregularity. Deviation.—The magnetic field of the earth is also modified by the presence of the ship itself. This effect combines with any instru- GOVERNMENT SERVICES TO THE NAVIGATOR 31 mental error of the compass to cause the deviation^ which is de- fined as the angle between magnetic north, as indicated by a given compass on a given heading of the ship, and the direction of mag- netic north which would be observed at the same time and place with a compass free from error on a completely nonmagnetic vessel. It is denoted "easterly" or "westerly" according as the needle points east or west of the direction it would assume if the deviation were zero. The deviation varies with the heading of the ship and with the magnetic latitude. It is customary to counteract the deviation as far as is conveniently possible by soft iron and permanent magnets, suitably placed in or on the binnacle. See Special Publication No. 96 of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, entitled "Instruc- tions for Compensation of the Magnetic Compass." DISTRESS SIGNALS USED BY SUBMARINE AND AIRCRAFT Distress signals by submarines.—The following signals are made by submarines of the United States Navy in cases of necessity. A submarine in need of assistance releases a red smoke bomb. A submarine compelled to surface in the vicinity of surface craft releases a yellow smoke bomb. Surface vessels should keep clear of these yellow smoke bombs. Any person sighting red smoke bombs rising from the surface of the water should report the time and location to the nearest Naval authority or Coast Guard unit. Distress signals by aircraft.—^The attention of all navigators of surface vessels is called to the procedure which will be followed by the planes of a Naval squadron when a plane is forced down at sea, in order that assistance may be rendered as quickly as possible. A plane will fly several times across the bow of the nearest surface vessel, opening and closing the throttle, and then will fly in the direc- tion of the plane in distress. The signal will be repeated until the ship has acknowledged by following the plane. If possible, the plane will remain in sight of the surface vessel until the latter sights the plane in distress. All planes will resort to the use of available pryo- technics as necessary to attract the attention of surface vessels. Chapter 2.—LOCAL GENERAL INFORMATION LOCAL SERVICES Pilots and Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory in the State of Maine, except for the port of Portland. See "Pilots" under heading Portland Harbor. Local pilots can be had for all other localities. Pilotage is not compulsory for enrolled or registered vessels of the United States in ports of New Hampshire, and is compulsory for other vessels only when a pilot offers his service. Pilotage is compulsory for ports in Massachusetts, except for coastwise steam vessels not sailing under register, vessels regularly employed in the coasting trade, fishing vessels other than whalers, and vessels of less than 7 feet draft. All other vessels are obliged to pay pilotage, (See also "Pilots," under different headings.) Pilots are always available at Gloucester, Boston, and Cape Cod Canal. Towboats are available at Stonington, Rockland, Bangor, Bath, Portland, Portsmouth, Gloucester, and Boston. At a number of other places power fishing boats and launches can be secured for handling smaller vessels, such as 2- and 3-mast schooners engaged in the coasting trade. Harbor masters are appointed for the principal ports, and they have charge of the anchorage and berthing of vessels in their re- spective harbors. The anchorage regulations for the port of Boston are given on page 286. The laws prohibit the dumping of ashes or other materials in the channels. Addresses of local Harbor Masters are listed in Appendix. Repairs.—Boston is the only port where repairs of any magnitude to large vessels can be made. Portland is equipped for repairing vessels up to about 800 tons, while schooners, towboats, and fishing vessels can be repaired in Gloucester, Rockland, and Camden. Small motor boats and yachts can be hauled out, and ordinary repairs to machinery can be made at several other places. The details of the largest dry docks and marine railways are given in the Appendix. Bridge regulations.—Regulations for the operation of drawbridges are prescribed by the Secretary of War, and extracts from these regulations are given in the description of the waters affected under the heading "Bridge regulations." Massachusetts Humane Society lifesaving stations.—All the lifesaving stations have been discontinued by the Society. - Miscellaneous.—For information of any particular kind about a definite locality refer to that locality in the text. In the Appendix are tables giving meteorological data, etc., as well as the addresses of local offices in which the ship's master is interested. 32 LOCAL GENERAL INFORMATION 33 FISH WEIRS These are numerous along the outside coast. The stakes often be- come broken oflf and form a danger to navigation, especially at night. Regulations limiting the areas within which fish weirs may be estab- lished have been prescribed by the Secretary of War (see Rules and Regulations relating to Namgable Waters) and the supervision of the fishing structures is controlled by the Chief of Engineers, United States Army. Strangers should proceed with caution when crossing areas of possible fish weirs, and should avoid crossing such areas at night, whenever possible. Regulations prescribe that fishing structures and appliances in navigable waters of the United States shall be lighted for the safety of navigations, as follows: The lights shall be displayed between sunset and sunrise. They shall be placed at each end of the structure excepting where the inner end terminates in such situation that there is no practicable navigation between it and the high- water line of the adjacent coast, in which case no inner light shall be dis- played. The outer light shall be white, and the inner light shall be red. The size, capacity, and manner of maintenance of the liglits shall be such as may be specified in the War Department permit authorizing the erection of the structure or appliance. When several structures or appliances are placed on one line with no navi- gable passage between them, they will be considered, for 'lighting purposes, as one structure. LOBSTER POTS The inland waters described in this Pilot, particularly those from St. Croix River to the vicinity of Portland, contain numerous lobster pots. Painted wooden buoys, secured by small lines, float on the sur- face. These buoys extend from the shore out to, and in many cases across the sailing routes. Small yachts and motorboats are cautioned against fouling, which is liable to result in a fouled wheel or sprung shaft or propeller. WEATHER Prevailing winds.—The prevailing winds are southwesterly during the summer and northerly during the winter. At all seasons the heaviest gales are generally from northeastward or eastward. (See also the meteorological tables in the appendix.) Fogs are the dread of the navigator on this coast in summer and may occur at any season. They are liable to set in at any time, often with almost no warning. They are of frequent occurrence during June, July and August, and the months of May and September are not free from them. Some portion of this period invariably has much thick w^eather, while other portions may be free from it. Fogs have been known to last 3 weeks, almost without intermission. At the heads of the bays and within the rivers it is often compara- tively clear when thick outside. The fog of such interior waters usually clears throughout the middle of the day. Winds from east to southwest, by the way of south, are those which bring in fog; westerly and northerly winds clear it away. Under this heading scarcely any rule can be made that is not sub- ject to frequent exceptions, and those who have the most experience in the matter are the least apt to make predictions. It is usually the case, however, that a fall of the barometer below 30 inches during 34 XOCAL GENERAL INFORMATION a fog will be followed by the lifting of the fog. If a wisp of mist is to be seen hanging over Mount Desert or over the Camden Hills, whether otherwise clear or not, the following day is usually foggy. Ice.—The extent to which the harbors of Maine are closed to navi- gation by ice varies greatly in different years. During some winters most of the harbors are open, while in others the only harbors avail- able for anchorages are Quoddy Roads, Eastport, Little River, Ma- chias Bay (above Avery Rock Lighthouse), Mistake Harbor (not much used) , Winter Harbor, and Boothbay Harbor. Portland Har- bor generally has an open channel in winter, kept so by steamers and tugs. The mouths of the rivers are generally avoided for anchorage in winter and early spring on account of running ice. In the bays and harbors the ice formation is mostly local ; begmning at the head, in sheltered places along the shore, it extends outward. During a calm or light winds from northward the local formations rapidly increase, while strong winds break them up and force them as drift; ice onto the lee shore. The tidal currents do not prevent the forma- tion of ice or influence its movement in strong winds except in the larger rivers. In severe winters some of the harbors south of Cape Ann are closed to navigation by ice, and there is more or less drift ice in all the har- bors, in Cape Cod Bay, and on Monomoy and Nantucket Shoals. In the principal harbors, steamers and tugs usually keep a channel open. See "Ice" under the different headings. Storm warnings are displayed by the United States Weather Bureau at numerous places on the coasts of the United States and the Great Lakes. They are also displayed by the United States Coast Guard cutters and patrol boats operating in harbors and offshore areas from New London, Conn., to Cape May, N. J. All storm warning display stations in the area covered by this coast pilot are tabulated in the Appendix. Northeast storm warning.—A red pennant above a square flag with black center displayed by day, or two red lanterns, one above the other, displayed by night, indicate the approach of a storm of marked violence with winds beginning from the northeast. Southeast storm warning.—A red pennant below a square red flag with black center displayed by day, or one red lantern displayed by night, indicates the ap- proach of a storm of marked violence with winds beginning from the southeast. Southwest storm teaming.—A white pennant below a square red flag with black center displayed by day, or a white lantern below a red lantern displayed by night, indicates the approach of a storm of marked violence with winds beginning from the southwest. Northwest storm warning.—A white pennant above a square red flag with black center displayed by day, or a white lantern above a red lantern displayed by night, indicates the approach of a storm of marked violence with winds beginning from the northwest. Hurricane, or whole gale warning.—Two square flags, red with black centers, one above the other, displayed by day, or two red lanterns, with a white lantern between, displayed by night, indicate the approach of a tropical hurricane, or one of the extremely severe and dangerous storms which occasionally move across the Great Lakes and Atlantic coast. Small-craft warning.—A red pennant indicates that moderately strong winds that will interfere with the safe operation of small craft LOCAL GENERAL INFOR]MATION 35 are expected. Small-craft warnings are flown at night (as well as during the day) to insure a visual display at dawn. INLAND WATERWAYS The Intracoastal Waterway affords a protected route, with the exception of various sections, for vessels between Boston, Mass., and the Rio Grande, a distance of approximately 3,100 miles. No toll is charged for passage as the waterway is under Federal jurisdiction. Navigation is restricted, however, by the limiting depths, and hori- zontal and vertical clearances in the various sections of the waterway. Boston to New York Harbor.—Information regarding the water- ways between the Cape Cod Canal and New York Harbor is given in detail in the text of volume B, Coast Pilot, Cape Cod to Sandy Hook, New York Harbor to Delaware Bay.—An outside run between New York Bay and Delaware Bay is now necessary. Vessels whose draft permits use of the New Jersey Inland Waterway may shorten the run outside. The Intracoastal Waterway formerly extended from New York Bay through the Raritan River, the Delaware and Raritan Canal, and the Delaware River to Delaware Bay. This route is discontinued due to the permanent closing of the Delaware and Raritan Canal. Inside Route Pilot.—The Intracoastal Waterway from New York to Key West is described in the Inside Route Pilot published by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Intracoastal Waterways.—For the benefit of commercial naviga- tion, yachting interests and others, an annual pamphlet giving prevail- ing conditions in the Intracoastal Waterways from Boston, Mass., to the Rio Grande, Tex., is published by the Chief of Engineers, War Department, Washington, D. C. Monthly bulletins giving existing conditions in the Cape Cod Canal, Chesapeake and Delaware Canal, the various sections of the Intracoastal Waterway southward of Norfolk, Okeechobee Cross- Florida Waterway, and sections of the Intracoastal Waterway along the Gulf coast, are published by the various District Engineers having the supervision and charge of maintenance and improvement of these waterways. These bulletins may be had upon application, from the United States District Engineer offices located at Boston, Philadel- phia, Norfolk, Wilmington (N. C.) , Charleston, Savannah, Jackson- ville, Mobile, New Orleans, and Galveston. New York State Canal System.—The New York State Barge Canal, known as the Erie Canal, affords an all-water route from the Hudson River on the east to Lake Erie. The canal is free for the use of both commercial and pleasure vessels. The canal was constructed for a depth of 12 feet throughout. Barges loaded to about 11 feet use the canal with safety. There are 35 locks, the usable dimensions being 300 feet in length, 441/^ feet in width, and 12 feet over the sills. The controlling clear- ance under fixed bridges is about 14^/2 feet. If bound to Lake Ontario, the Erie Canal is followed to Three Rivers Point where the canalized Oswego River is entered and fol- 36 LOCAL GENERAL INFORMATION lowed to Oswego on Lake Ontario. There are seven locks in the Oswego Canal, which is 24 miles in length. The locks are the same dimensions as those in the Erie Canal. Troy to St. Lawrence River.—The Champlain Canal, Lake Cham- plain, and the Richelieu River afford an all-water, route from Troy to the St. Lawrence River. The size of vessels using this route is limited by the locks in the Chambly Canal (Canadian), which have usable dimensions of 118 feet in length, 22 feet in width, and 6V2 fe^t of water over the sills. The locks of the Champlain Canal are the same design as those in the Erie Canal. The distance from Albany to Montreal via this route is 309 statute miles. The Canadian Gov- ernment requires permits or let-passes from pleasure boats entering Canadian waterways, which may be obtained at their canal statistical offices at St. Johns and Prescot. American vessels when leaving Canada should report at the customs office. Charts of the Erie Canal, Champlain Canal, Lake Champlain, and Great Lakes are published by the United States Lake Survey Office, Detroit, Mich., and sections of the New York State canals by the Superintendent of Public Works, Albany, N. Y. Ice.—Navigation in the upper Hudson River and the New York State Canal System is usually obstructed by ice from the middle of December to the latter part of March. The Lakes to Gulf Waterway by way of the Illinois Waterway System and the Mississippi River affords passage for vessels from Chicago on Lake Michigan to the Gulf of Mexico, a distance of 1,630 statute miles. Charts of the Mississippi River may be obtained from the office of the Mississippi River Commission, Box 665, Vicksburg, Miss. Ice.—Navigation of the Illinois Waterway System is stopped by ice from about December 1 to March 1, and in the section of the Mississippi River between Grafton and Cairo usually between De- cember 15 and February 15. Chapter 3.—GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION OFFSHORE SHOALS AND BANKS (CHARTS 70, 1000, 1106) l"he great indentation of the coast between the British Province of Nova Scotia on the northeast and Massachusetts on the southwest, which includes the Bay of Fundy and Massachusetts Bay as subsidiary features, has received the general designation "Gulf of Maine." It is shown on charts 70, 1000, 1106, and 1107. On account of its changeable weather, frequent fogs, and strong tidal currents, this locality has a bad reputation among mariners. (For offshore current observations see page 40 and charts 70, 1107, 3075, and 3076.) The bottom in the Gulf of Maine is irregular, and the depths are so variable that it is quite impossible to determine a vessel's position by soundings alone, but the navigator will find a frequent use of the lead of the greatest assistance in approaching both Georges and Brown Banks from southward and eastward, the bottom slope on that side being well defined. The principal offshore dangers are Nantucket Shoals, Georges and Cultivator Shoals, both a part of Georges Bank; and Ammen Rock, a part of Cashes Ledge. Nantucket Shoals (chart No. 1107) is the general name of the numerous different broken shoals which lie southeastward of Nan- tucket Island and make this one of the most dangerous parts of the coast of the United States for the navigator. These shoals extend 23 miles eastward and 39 miles southeastward from Nantucket Island, are shifting in their nature, and the depths vary from 3 and 4 feet on some to 4 and 5 fathoms on others, while sloughs with depths of 10 fathoms or more lead between those farthest offshore. The easterly edge of the shoals has depths of 4 and 41/2 fathoms in places, and trends 166° true from latitude 41°18' N., longitude 69°29' W., to lati- tude 40° 57' N., longitude 69° 22' W. Asia Rip, the southeasternmost danger, has a least depth of 6 fathoms in latitude 40°48' N., longitude 69°22' W. Deep-draft vessels should pass southward and eastward of Asia Rip, and eastward of the easterly edge of the shoals as defined above. For a distance of 15 miles eastward and southeastward and 17 miles southward from Nantucket Island, the shoals have depths less than 16 feet, and this area should be avoided by all vessels. The tidal currents are strong, and variable in direction, forming extensive rips and broken water over the shoals. Nantucket Shoals Lightship, the leading mark for vessels passing southward of Nantucket Shoals, is moored in 30 fathoms off the south- ern end of the shoals. The light is 65 feet above the water and visible 14 miles. The fog signal is an air oscillator. There is a submarine oscillator. A radiobeacon is operated at the lightship. The radiobea- 540825°— 43 4 37 38 GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION (chart looo) con and the submarine oscillator are synchronized for distance finding purposes. For details, see the Atlantic Light List. The station receives and transmits radio messages call letters "WPS. Weather signals are flown during daytime. Georges Bank (Chart 1107) (also shown on special charts for fish- ing industry, Nos. 3075 and 3076) is an extensive bank with depths of less than 50 fathoms, extending for over 150 miles northeastward from the offshore end of Nantucket Shoals. In heavy weather the danger area may be considered to be the oval- shaped top of the bank which is about 80 miles long in a northeast and southwest direction and which has a maximum width of about 50 miles. The bottom within this area is extremely broken and ir- regular, with a great number of ridges and shoal spots with depths of less than 10 fathoms. Between these shoals are channels of vary- ing widths in which depths of about 20 fathoms may be found. All of this area lies within the 30-fathom curve and so much of it has depths of less than 20 fathoms that it may practically all be con- sidered to lie within a generalized 20-fathom curve. On the southeast side of the bank, outside the 20-fathom curve, the water deepens gradually and with such regularity that soundings would be of considerable value in approaching the bank. On the northwest side the water deepens more rapidly. The bottom is generally of sand, sometimes with shell, and in places pebbles. Bottom samples as obtained during surveys are described in a great many places on Charts 3075 and 3076. Fewer are shown on Chart 1107. The two principal dangers on the bank are Georges Shoal and Cul- tivator Shoal, which are located near the center of the area referred to above. Cultivator Shoal is a ridge nearly 15 miles long, on which depths of from 3 to 10 fathoms are found. The 3-fathom spot is near the north end of the shoal and is marked by a black whistle buoy lo- cated in approximate latitude 41 "dO' and longitude 68° 12'. About 20 miles east of Cultivator Shoal is Georges Shoal, which is another ridge about 13 miles long and on which there are several shoal sound- ings of 214 fathoms and 3 fathoms. In the locality of these shoals the sea in heavy weather breaks in 10 fathoms and the locality should be avoided by deep draft vessels. The entire area within the 20-fathom curve has an extremely broken bottom. There are numerous ridges and shoal spots on which depths dangerous to navigation, particularly in heavy weather, may be found. These shoal spots generally have steep sides and very little or no indication is given by soundings. Tide rips and swirls, as well as overfalls, are common in the locality of these spots. These tidal swirls, etc., are not always visible. They show best with a smooth sea and with the current flowing in certain directions. These dis- turbances are not usually over the shoalest depths but are commonly alongside them. Small, detached overfalls may be seen in 20 fathoms of water. Caution.—A navigator must bear in mind while navigating in an area of this character that it is impossible for the surveyor, without a vast expenditure of time, to determine and locate all of the shoalest spots on the many dangerous shoals found. Sudden shoaling on a (CHART 1000) GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION 39 bank of this character must be considered an indication of possibly dangerous water. This bank has not been wire-dragged. Special charts for the fishing industry, Nos. 3075 and 3076, show Georges Bank on a considerably larger scale and in much more detail than it is shown on Chart No. 1107. Current diagrams are given on all three charts. The fishing charts do not include any land areas. Courses and distances are shown on them from different parts of the Bank to Peaked Hill Bar Lighted Whistle 'Buoy. These charts also show, in their margins, the true bearings from five radio direction finder stations that are available for use in this locality. Offshore canyons (Chart 1107).—The navigator who has available for use some means of echo sounding should have in mind the various canyons found in the edge of the continental shelf in this locality. To the eastward of Georges Bank are Corsair Canyon and Atlantis Canyon. To the south and southwestward of the bank there are the Lydonia Canyon, Gilbert Canyon, Oceanographer Canyon, Welker Canyon, and Hydrographer Canyon. These canyons are indenta- tions in the edge of the continental shelf which indent the 100- fathom curve. The soundings in crossing them are very characteristic in each case and such soundings may be used to deter- mine the vessel's position with considerable accuracy. Brown Bank (Chart 1000) lies between the northeast end of Georges Bank and Cape Sable. The bank is about 50 miles long in a northwest direction and its greatest width is nearly 30 miles. Depths on it vary from 14 to 50 fathoms, the i4-fathom spot lying near its western end. German Bank (Chart 1106), lying about 30 miles westward of Cape Sable, has depths of from 25 to 30 fathoms. Cape Sable (Chart 1000) is well lighted, and the principal dangers off it, Brazil Rock and Blonde Rock, are marked by lighted buoys. There is a light on the southern Seal Island to the westward of the cape. Lurcher Shoal (Chart 1106), marked by a lightship, lies about 15 miles west of Yarmouth and has a least found depth of li/^ fathoms. It is the most westerly danger off the coast of Nova Scotia in the approach to the Bay of Fundy. Grand Manan Bank (Chart 1106), lying off the entrance to the Bay of Fundy and midway between the coast of Nova Scotia and the coast of Maine, has depths of from 16 to 36 fathoms. Shoaler depths have been reported. A good check on the position of a vessel may be obtained by soundings on this bank and the bank just south of it. Grand Manan Channel.—This channel leads along the coast of Maine, between it and Grand Manan Island, and is an approach from westward to Quoddy Roads and Passamaquoddy Bay, and the most direct passage for vessels bound up the Bay of Fundy from along the coast of Maine, The channel varies in width from 5i/^ miles abreast Campobello Island to 10 miles abreast Southwest Head, the southwestern point of Grand Manan Island. Its western approach is marked by Machias Seal Island Lighthouse, which also marks the westernmost of the rocks and ledges which lie southwestward of Grand Manan Island. With the exception of the dangers between 40 GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION (chart looo) Machias Seal Island and Grand Manan Island, the channel is free and has a good depth of water. The tidal currents have a velocity of 21/2 to 3 knots and follow the general direction of the channel. Off West Quoddy Head the currents set in and out of the roads, form- ing strong rips. Sailing vessels should not approach West Quoddy Head too closely with a light wind. It is reported that the fogs often hang close in to the Maine coast between Machias Bay and West Quoddy Head, extending about one third the way across Grand Manan Channel, while the rest of the passage may be entirely clear of fog. Cashes Ledge, with depths less than 30 fathoms, is about 6 miles long. Ammen Rock, with 4^^ fathoms over it, is near the middle of the ledge in latitude 42°53' N., longitude 68°55' W. There is a whistling buoy on the east side. The sea breaks over this rock in heavy weather, Fippennies Ledge, with a least known depth of 39 fathoms, lies about 16 miles west of Ammen Rock. Jeffreys Bank has a least found depth of 46 fathoms, and lies about 26 miles southward of Matinicus Rock Lighthouse. Less depths have been reported by fishermen. Platts Bank has a least found depth of 29 fathoms. Banks with depths, of 45 to 50 fathoms have been reported by fishermen about 10 miles northwestward, 10 miles northeastward, and 15 miles eastward of the shoalest part of Platts Bank. Jeffreys Ledge makes northeastward from Cape Ann, and has gen- eral depths on it of from 18 to 30 fathoms and more. The northeast- ern point of the ledge is 22 miles eastward of Boon Island Lighthouse. There is a red whistling buoy located on the ledge about 32 miles east-northeastwurd of Cape Ann. Stellwagen Bank lies northward of Cape Cod and off the entrance to Massachusetts Bay; the least found depths over it are from 9 to 20 fathoms, but fishermen have reported a depth of 7 fathoms at the north end. CURRENTS, GULF OF MAINE Offshore.—The current over the region extending westward and northward of a line from Georges Bank to Lurcher Shoal is very nearly simultaneous. The current movement is generally rotary in character, the direc- tion of flow changing continuously in a clockwise direction with no period of slack water. The maximum flood sets northward about 3 hours after the time of low water at Boston. The maximum ebb sets southward about 3 hours after the time of high water at Boston. The minimum cur- rent before flood sets westward about the time of low water at Boston, and the minimum current before ebb sets eastward about the time of high water at Boston. Over Georges Bank the velocity at strength varies from about 1 knot to 2 knots. The velocity of the minimum current which occurs midway between the times of strength is usually about one-half the velocity at strength. The hourly velocities and directions of the tidal current for a number of locations in the vicinity of Georges Bank are given in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables and are also (CHART 1000) GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION 41 shown by means of current roses on Coast and Greodetic Survey Charts Nos. 70, 1107, 3075, and 3076. The hourly velocities and directions given in the current tables and indicated by the current roses are referred to the times of maximum flood at Pollock Rip Channel, daily predictions for which are included in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables. Between Georges Bank and Brown Bank the velocity at strength is about iy2 knots, with a like velocity between Brown Bank and Cape Sable Bank. Off Nova Scotia, outside the 50-fathom curve, the velocity at the time of strength is about lyn knots; inside the 50-fathom curve the velocity is between li^ and 2i/^ knots. At the entrance of the Bay of Fundy, 5 miles southeastward of Gannet Rock, the strength of the flood current occurs about 3 hours before high water at St. John, New Brunswick, has an average velocity of about 2i/^ knots, and sets 40° true. The strength of ebb occurs about 3 hours before low water at St. John, has an average velocity of about 4 knots, and sets 230° true. Slack water before the flood occurs about i/^ hour after low water at St. John. Slack water before the ebb occurs about the time of high water at St. John. In Grand Manan Channel the average velocity at strength is about 21/2 knots, the flood setting northeastward and ebb southwestward, approximately parallel to the channel. Slack water before the flood occurs at about the time of low water at St. John, and slack water before the ebb about % hour after high water at St. John. The predicted times of slack water and times and velocities of strength of flood and ebb for every day in the year are given in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables. In the Bay of Fundy slack water before the flood occurs about % hour after low water at St. John. Slack water before the ebb occurs about % hour after high water at St. John. The velocity at strength is between li/o to 2 knots, the flood setting northeastward and the ebb southwestward. Eastward of Mount Desert the currents have a greater velocity than farther west, but are more regular in their ebb and flow, con- forming more exactly to the rise and fall of the tides. Along the coast between Mount Desert and Portland the effect of the westerly (ebb) set is more marked as compared with the flood than is the case farther east. With easterly or southeasterly winds the currents have more of a tendency on shore than at other times, but they are not affected much by northerly, westerly, or southerly winds. No systematic current observations have been made along the coast of Maine, except at Portland Lightship. Portland Lightship.—The tidal current is weak, being on the aver- age less than 14 knot at time of strength, setting 335° true on the flood and 140° true on the ebb. Since the iWial current is weak, cur- rents of 1 knot or more occur only with strong winds. Boston Lightship.—The tidal current is weak, averaging less than 14 knot. Because of the weak character of the tidal currents the 42 GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION (chabt looo) winds greatly influence the direction of the current. The greatest velocity observed during summer and autumn was less than 1 knot. The currents along the eastern side of Cape Cod and across Mono- moy and Nantucket Shoals are described in Atlantic Coast Pilot, Section B. Over Stellwagen Bank, and in the channel between it and Cape Cod, the flood currents sets westward and the ebb northeastward to eastward. The velocity at strength increases from about i/4 knot at the northern end of the bank to over 1 knot at the southern end. Alongshore.—On the coast of Maine eastward of Portland the flood sets eastward and has greater velocity than the ebb, which sets westward. In passing from one headland to another it is always necessary to make allowance for the current setting into or out of the bays or rivers, according to the stage of the tide; such allowance frequently amounts to as much as i^ point. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COAST The coast from West Quoddy Head to Penobscot Bay is generally rocky and indented by numerous large bays and many excellent har- bors. Numerous islands lie along the shore, among which are pas- sages that are much used by vessels, usually of less than 12 feet draft, as they afford anchorage in a head wind, or in thick weather. The many boulders, rocks, and ledges which lie along and off this coast require the closest attention of the navigator, as in many cases they lise abruptly from deep water and the lead does not generally give indication of their proximity until too late to avoid them. The navi- gator should also remember that the average rise of spring tide at Eockland is 11 feet, at Millbridge 13 feet, and at Eastport 21 feet, and that a vessel may sometimes pass over places at high water on which she would bring up at low water. Between Penobscot Bay and Cape Elizabeth the coast is rocky and very much broken by numerous bays and rivers, many of which are excellent harbors. In Muscongus and Casco Bays good chan- nels lead between the islands, affording inside passages that are much used by the smaller class of vessels passing along the coast. Great caution is necessary when standing along this stretch of the coast in thick weather, on account of the numerous dangers which in some cases lie nearly 10 miles off shore. Between Cape Elizabeth and Portsmouth there are fewer harbors and marked indentations. The shore is more thickly settled than farther eastward, several of the beaches being popular summer re- sorts. The outlying dangers are well marked and fewer in number. Southward of Portsmouth the coast is low and generally a sandy beach, with a few outcropping ledges and outlying dangers, but the northern shore of Cape Ann is high and rocky. Between Cape Ann and Plymouth entrance the coast is rocky, generally bold, with numerous islands, dry rocks, boulders, and sunken ledges lying near the shore, with deep channels between. The shores of Cape Cod Bay are generally sandy, with extensive sand shoals ex- tending out well from the shore in many places. Boulders also occur in places in Cape Cod Bay. Appearance of coast.—The coast between West Quoddy Head and Little River presents no special features; westward of Little River (CHAHT 1000) GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION 43 the shore is broken by bays and islands, and continues to be so to Whitehead. Grand Manan Island has nearly perpendicular, dark, rocky faces about 200 feet high on its western side. Pigeon Hill on the western side of Pigeon Hill Bay, near the head, is 307 feet high. Schoodic Head, near the south end of Schoodic Peninsula, the eastern point at entrance to Frenchman Bay, is 437 feet high. Cadillac Mountain, the highest on Mount Desert Island, is 1,532 feet high and the most prominent landmark on this part of the coast ; there are other mountains nearly as high near it. Isle au Haut is 556 feet high near its northern end and is on the eastern side of the entrance to East Penobscot Bay. The Camden Hills (Mount Me- gunticook), 1,380 feet are on the western side of Penobscot Bay, above the town of Camden. Monhegan Island, lying 9^ miles from the mainland, is 160 feet high and a mark for all vessels bound into Penobscot Bay from westward. Seguin Island lies about 2i^ miles from the mainland off the mouth of the Kennebec River; the island is about 145 feet high and a mark for vessels bound into the river or standing along the coast. Cape Elizabeth, the southern point at the entrance to Portland Harbor, is about 90 feet high and marked by a lighthouse and an unused light tower. A tall elevated water tank near the mouth of the Saco River, is the most prominent landmark between Portland and Portsmouth. Agamenticus Mountain is 673 feet high and the most prominent land feature between Portland and Cape Ann. It is about 41^ miles inland and 9 miles northeastward of Portsmouth. The Isles of Shoals, lying about 5l^ miles from the coast and south- eastward of Portsmouth Harbor entrance, can be seen a long dis- tance, the large hotels being conspicuous marks. Boon Island Light- house is about 9 miles northeastward of the Isles of Shoals and about 6^ miles offshore. Cape Ann, at its northern end, is high, but its eastern end is comparatively low. The two light towers on Thacher Island are the most conspicuous marks seen when approaching the cape The land southward of Cape Ann is comparatively low, well set- tled, and has numerous artificial^ marks. The prominent objects visible in approaching Cape Cod are described on page 315. In the approaches to Boston Harbor the most prominent land- marks are : two radio towers Nantasket Beach, tower Nantasket Hill, standpipe Winthrop Head, Boston Customhouse tower, and gas tanks at Chelsea and Dorchester. Wrecks.—An examination of the record of wrecks occurring on the coast of Maine eastward of Portland shows that wrecks have oc- curred on practically all of the offlying islands and rocks between Portland and Machias Bay, most of them in thick weather, either fog or snow. Many of the wrecks could have been prevented if frequent soundings had been taken. During thick weather great caution is necessary when approaching the coast, especially eastward of Petit Manan, where the tidal cur- rents have considerable velocity. If one of the offshore lighthouses has not been made and the position accurately determined before the fog shuts in, it is advisable to keep well outside until it clears. East of Seguin Island, except southward and eastward of Grand Manan Island, in clear weather the land will always be made before any of the outlying dangers are encountered, and by keeping 3 miles 44 GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION (chart iooo> outside of the headlands and outlying islands vessels will clear all unmarked dangers. South of Portland the wrecks have occurred most frequently on the prominent headlands or the shoals off them, viz, Cape Elizabeth, Cape Ann, and the north side of Cape Cod, with less frequent wrecks on the less prominent headlands. Numerous wrecks have also occurred on the dangers in the approaches to Boston Harbor, more frequently on the south side, from Scituate to Point Allerton. Most of the wrecks have occurred during thick weather. Between Portland and Boston the most dangerous points for coast- ing vessels are the dangers off Cape Elizabeth, Boon Island, Isles of Shoals, Cape Ann, and the dangers in the entrance of Boston Harbor. Vessels must depend upon making the fog signals or the whistling and bell buoys, and when approaching them should pro- ceed slowly, using the lead, and if necessary stop until the looked- for aid is found and recognized before contmuing for the next aid. The soundings in the vicinity of Cape Ann are very irregular and cannot be depended upon to locate even approximately the vessel's position. The numerous strandings on the north end of Cape Cod, between Cape Cod Lighthouse and Race Point Lighthouse, have usually oc- curred to vessels approaching Massachusetts Bay or Cape Cod Bay from southward or eastward in thick weather. Keeping in a greater depth than 20 fathoms will insure giving the eastern side of Cape Cod a berth of 21^ miles, and if this depth is followed will lead to Peaked Hill Bar lighted whistle buoy, northeastward of the end of the cape. Anchorages.—Between West Quoddy Head and Portland, anchor- ages are numerous, those most frequently used by coasting vessels be- ing Little River, Starboard Cove, Englishman Bay, Narraguagus Bay, Winter Harbor, Southwest Harbor, Rockland Harbor, Port Clyde, Boothbay Harbor, and Portland Harbor. Southward of Portland the only anchorages available for large vessels are in the harbors of Portsmouth, Gloucester, Salem, Boston, Plymouth, and Provincetown. There are other harbors available for small vessels and motorboats, as mentioned under the description. SURVEYS Character of the bottom.—The entire area within the limits of this volume is a region of ledges and boulders. The ledges rise abruptly from deep water and the boulders ordinarily lie singly or in clusters on an otherwise flat bottom, so that the navigator cannot depend on the lead to avoid them. As a measure of safety, vessels should avoid broken ground where abrupt changes in depth are indi- cated by the chart to depths less than 10 or I'B fathoms; and in plajces dangers have been fownd where least depth of as much as W fathoms were the only indicatiorts found by the lead line survey. It is ul- ways safest, therefore^ to select a sailing line from the chart which leads in the deepest water and well clearr of broken ground. There is little natural change in the shore or shoals, except in places in Cape Cod Bay, where the shores are generally sandy and sand shoals extend off from them in places. Boulders also occur in places, however, in Cape Cod Bay. (CHART 1000) GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION 45 Wire-drag surveys.—In all areas mentioneed above as rocky or regions of boulders the ordinary survey with the lead line cannot be relied upon to locate all dangers. In such areas a wire-drag sur- vey, in which a horizontal wire is suspended at a known depth below the surface and dragged across the area, is the only means of locating all dangers. At the end of 1940 the areas examined by means of a wire drag were as follows : Friar Roads to Shackford Head, Head Harbor Passage to sea, Western Pas- sage and area to Navy Island, and all of Passamaquoddy Bay. The sea approaches from West Quoddy Head to the entrance of Head Harbor Passage. Winter Harbor and the main part of Frenchman Bay from just southward of Egg Rock Lighthouse to the entrance of the tributaries at the head. Parts of Blue Hill Bay and Jericho Bays. The main channels through Eggemoggin Reach, Deer Island Thorofare, and Merchant Row. An irregular area southward of Great Wass and Head Harbor Islands and extending from off Libby Islands to within 5 miles of Southeast Rock. Penobscot Bay from southward of Matinicus Island to the entrance of Penob- scot River, including the main channels through Fox Islands Thorofare. Muscle Ridge and two Bush Channels and the channel westward from them to Mosquito and Metinic Islands. Portland Harbor and approaches from Fort Gorges out to the general 18-fathom curve, the eastern limit being 3 miles eastward of Halfway Rock. The main channel of Portsmouth Harbor and the broken ground off the entrance. A section along the coast extending from about 5 miles south of Isles of Shoals to Cape Elizabeth and a short distance eastward of Isles of Shoals and Boon Island Ledge. Broken ground along the coast from Cape Ann to the entrance of the Cape Cod Canal, out to a distance varying from 4% to 7 miles offshore and including the approaches to the harbor of Beverly and Salem. A part of the approaches to Boston Harbor. The wire drags used by the Coast and Geodetic Survey in sweeping for dangers to navigation may be crossed by vessels without danger of fouling at any point except between the towing launches and the large buoys near them, where the towline approaches the surface of the water. Steamers passing over the drag are requested to change course so as to cross it approximately at right angles, as a diagonal, course may cause the propeller to foul the supporting buoys and attached wires. No attempt should be made to pass between the wire drag launches while the wire is being set out or taken in, unless it would endanger a vessel to do otherwise. In setting out or taking up the wire drag, the tension on the bottom wire is released and the floats at each 100-foot section may cause the wire to be held near the surface. At the time the launches are usually headed either directly toward or away from each other and the operation of taking up or setting out may usually be clearly seen. Special signals for surveying vessels.—The following signals have been prescribed for vessels of the United States engaged in hydrographic surveying : By day a surveying vessel of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, under way and employed in hydrographic surveying, may carry in a vertical line, one over the other not less than 6 feet apart where they can best be seen, three shapes not less than 2 feet in diameter of which the highest and lowest shall be globular in shape and green in color and the middle one diamond in shape and white. 46 GULF OF MAINE, GENERAL DESCRIPTION (chart looo) Vessels of the Coast and Geodetic Survey shall carry the above described marks while actually engaged in hydrographic surveying and under way, includ- ing drag work. Launches and other boats shall carry the prescribed marks when necessary. By night a surveying vessel of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, under way and employed in hydrographic surveying, shall carry the regular lights pre- scribed by The Rules of the Road. A vessel of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, when at anchor in a fairway on surveying operations, shall display from the mast during the daytime two black balls in a vertical line and 6 feet apart. At night two red lights shall be displayed in the same manner. In the case of a small vessel the distance between the balls and between the lights may be reduced to 3 feet if necessary. Such vessels, when at anchor in a fairway on surveying operations, shall have at hand and show if necessary in order to attract attention a flare-up light in addition to the lights which are, by this regulation, required to be carried. In addition to the signals described, vessels of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey when engaged in survey work often hoist one of the following International Code signals : "HD" signifying "I am engaged in submarine work, you should keep clear of me." "HF" signifying "I have a sweep out, you should keep clear of it." "ONA" having the same meaning as the two letter hoist "HD." Chapter 4.—ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS APPROACHING OR STANDING ALONG THE COAST OF MAINE, EASTWARD OF PORTLAND This section of the coast is a dangerous one for navigators on account of the strong tidal currents, frequent fog, and numerous off- lying dangers. For information concerning currents see page 40, and for information concerning fog see page 33 and the meteoro- logical tables in the appendix. The lead is of little assistance to locate the position, but should be in constant use to prevent too close an approach to dangers. See a discussion of the character of the bottom on page 44. Coming from the vicinity of Cape Sable.—Vessels bound to Machias or ports eastward of it should make Machias Seal Island Lighthouse and pass westward of it. If bound to Eastport or Calais, the route through Grand Manan Channel is preferable to passing eastward of Grand Manan, as in case of bad weather coming on an anchorage may be made either at Little River or in Machias Bay. It is not advisable for a stranger to pass eastward of the Machias Seal Island or between it and Grand Manan, where there are a number of ledges on which the sea breaks in heavy weather, including Bull Rock, an unmarked danger with 2 feet over it. If bound to ports in Penobscot Bay, vessels should steer so as to make either Mount Desert Lighthouse or Matinicus Rock Lighthouse. In the former case, on a clear day, Cadillac Mountain, the highest part of Mount Desert Island, may be sighted before the lighthouse. When steering for Matinicus Rock Lighthouse, Isle au Haut, 556 feet high, on a clear day may be sighted about the same time as the rock. Coming from the vicinity of Cape Cod or Cape Ann.—Vessels, both steamers and large tows, bound into Penobscot Bay, including those coming from Boston and Cape Cod Canal, and also those gassing eastward of Cape Cod, usually make the lighted whistling uoy off Cape Ann and then shape the course for Manana Island lighted whistling buoy and enter through Two Bush or Muscle Ridge Channels. In the winter and in bad weather the smaller class of vessels follow the coast, sighting the principal lighthouses, and mak- ing an anchorage on approach of bad weather. Vessels bound from Cape Cod or Cape Ann to points eastward of Penobscot Bay usually shape the course from Cape Ann to either Monhegan Island or Matinicus Rock Lighthouses. On all the banks in or near the Gulf of Maine a number of fishing vessels may be found at anchor. They are sometimes very numerous on the Georges Bank, and Jeffreys Ledge. In the summer a large fleet of mackerel fishermen will often be met near the coast between Mount Desert Rock and Cape Ann. 47 48 ROUTES A^D SAILING DIRECTIONS Boston to Yarmouth.—Vessels of the Eastern Steamship Co. ply- ing between Boston and Yarmouth make a practice of passing south- ward of Cashes Ledge on tlie outward trip and northward of Cashes Ledge on the homeward or southward trip. Standing along the coast. -In clear weather, vessels stand along the coast close enough to make the lighthouses and to recognize the principal landmarks on shore. In thick weather they aim to make the fog signals or the whistling or bell buoys ; these buoys are placed close enough to one another and to the fog signals to be readily fol- lowed up by vessels if not set too much off their course by the tidal currents. When running in thick weather a vessel should verify her position as often as possible by the aids, and when approaching a fog signal or buoy should proceed slowly, using the lead, and if nec- essary stop until the looked-for aid is found and recognized before she continues for the next aid. There are three good harbors for which a stranger standing along the coast in their vicinity can make in thick weatlier and enter. with ordinary precaution—Machias Bay, AVinter Harbor, and Boothbay Harbor. Vessels equipped with radio should make free use of the radio- beacons and direction ftnder stations. In addition, the Canadian Government maintains radiobeacon stations at Seal Island Light and Lurcher Lightship, and a radio direction finder station at Yarmouth, call letters VAU. APPROACHING OR STANDING ALONG THE COAST BETWEEN PORTLAND AND CAPE COD Approaching Massachusetts Bay from sea.—The approach to the coast of Massachusetts north of Cape Cod is through the Gulf of Maine, the body of water lying westward of a line drawn from Cape Cod to Cape Sable. Between these points, and forming the south- eastern limit of the Gulf, lie Nantucket Shoals, Georges Bank, and Brown Bank, areas over which there is a depth of less than 50 fathoms. Nantucket Shoals and Georges Bank, on account of their many shoal spots and the strong tidal currents setting over them, are a menace to navigators approaching the coast or standing from Canadian ports to New York. As far as the navigator is concerned, Brown Bank need not be avoided ; it may even assist, from soundings, to approximately locate a vessel's position. The part of Georges Bank lying between latitude 41°05' N., and 42°00' N., and longitude 67°17' "W. and 68°35' W. should be avoided; in heavy weather the sea breaks on the spots with 10 fathoms or less, and strong tide rips are encountered, the latter, however, not always indicating shoal water. For current information see page 40. Vessels passing south of the dangerous part of Georges Bank should not shoal the water to less than 25 fathoms. Approaching this part of the bank from eastward or southward, the water shoals gradually. Approaching from westward, the depths are irregular and the water shoals abruptly in places of 20 fathoms or less. On thfe north side of Georges Bank, i)etween longitude 66°00' W. and 68°00' W., the 100-fathom and 50-fathom curves are but a few miles apart, and when approaching the dangerous part of the bank from ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 49 iiorrlnvard 50 fathoms may be taken as a good depth to avoid the shoals. Duriiic: the recent survey of Georges Bank, numerous large steam- ers Avere observed on tracks which lead dangerously close to the shoals on the bank. Vessels equipped with echo sounding and following the 100-fathom curve along the south side of Georges Bank, can frequently verify their position when crossing the several submarine gorges which were discovered and charted during the recent survey of the Banks. The only known outlying danger in the Gulf of Maine to be avoided by vessels bound to ports in Massachusetts is Ammen Rock, with 41/4 fathoms, in latitude 42° 53' N. and longitude 68° 55' W. It is a part of Cashes Ledge, which is about 6.5 miles long in a north-northeast direction, with depths less than 30 fathoms. Vessels from ports in northern Europe or the British Provinces and bound to ports in the United States north of Cape Cod approach the coast passing betw^een Cape Sable and Georges Bank, between latitude 42°00' N. and 43°10' X. If bound to Boston, they cross Brown Bank and shape the course for Boston Lightship. Vessels approaching the Gulf of Maine from southward some- times endeavor to make the 50-fathom curve on the southern edge of Georges Bank, in latitude 40^20' N. and longitude 68° 50' W., then stand 0° true on soundings of over 30 and less than 50 fathoms for about 50 miles, and then shape a 523° true course, taking care to keep in a greater depth than 20 fathoms until the course is laid to sight Cape Cod Lighthouse. This lighthouse; Nauset Beach Lighthouse, the skeleton radio towers, and the Pilgrim Monument at Province- town are the most prominent marks on Cape Cod. The passage across Georges Bank between the easternmost of the Nantucket Shoals and the westernmost shoal spots of Georges Bank, about 30 miles wide, and has been called Great South Channel. Vessels coming from Cape Hatteras, Chesapeake Bay, Delaware Bay, or New York make Nantucket Shoals Lightship. A great many vessels use the -Cape Cod Canal, see page 318. Vessels of less than 24 feet draft may, when coming from south- ward or alongshore, enter the Gulf of Maine through Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds. This route avoids Nantucket Shoals, and is the one followed by vessels in the coasting trade. Directions for all of the various routes from southward to the north end of Cape Cod are given in Atlantic Coast Pilot, Section B, Cape Cod to Sandy Hook. Standing along the coast between Portland and Cape Cod.— The lighthouses and other aids to navigation are sufficiently nimier- ous to enable a stranger to run either at night or the daytime in clear weather. There are numerous anchorages where a vessel with good ground tackle can ride out any gale. Of these, Provincetown Harbor is the harbor of refuge most frequently used by vessels approaching Massachusetts Bay from seaward. The navigator, when crossing the banks and when approaching the coast, should not neglect to take soundings at frequent intervals, and vessels equipped with radio and radio direction finders should make use of the several radiobeacons and the radio direction finder stations along the coast. 50 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Sailing Directions Table 1.—CAPE COD CANAL TO BOSTON LIGHTSHIP—NORTH-BOUND (This table gives recommended route for north-bound vessels. Another route is recommended for south- bound vessels. See next table.) CHARTS 1208 AND 1207 Position Reverse directiom in italics—read upward Distance 1. Just eastward of the bell buoy off the canal breakwater: Course 2. 0.2 mile eastward of lighted bell buoy: Course 3. 0.5 mile eastward of vertical striped buoy: Course 4. 0.5 mile eastward of Humarock Outer Lighted Bell Buoy: Note.—Change to Chart 1207. Course 5. 0.5 mile eastward of Boston Lightship. (If bound to Boston Harbor, see Directions, page 294 to page 295.) Nautical miles 2.4 12.8 8.5 15.0 Table lA.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO CAPE COD CANAL—SOUTH-BOUND CHARTS 1207 AND 1208 1. 0.5 mile southwestward of Boston Lightship: Course 2. 0.5 mile eastward of Humarock Lighted Whistle Buoy: Note.—Change to Chart 1208. Course 3. 0.5 mile eastward of lighted gong buoy off Manomet Point: Course 4. 0.2 mile westward of lighted bell buoy off canal entrance: Course 6. To entrance range of canal at bell buoy off jetties. 138 14.6 168 14.2 174 6.5 199 2.2 Table IB.—CAPE COD TO BOSTON LIGHTSHIP CHART 1207 1. 0.5 mile northward of Peaked Hill Bar Lighted Whistle Buoy: Course 295 115 293 lis 32. Reverse- _ _ _ _ S2. 2. 0.5 mile northward of Boston Lightship or from Position 1, this table: Course __ _ 31.8 Reverse SI. 8 3. 0.5 mile southward of Boston Lightship. Table IC—CAPE COD CANAL TO CAPE ANN CHARTS 1208 AND 1207 1. Just eastward of buoy on range at canal entrance: Direct _ _ _ 28 208 357 177 2.4 Reverse 2.4 2. 0.2 mile eastward of lighted bell buoy off canal entrance: Direct 49.0 Reverse 49. 3. 0.5 mile eastward of lighted whistle buoy off Cape Ann. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table ID.—CAPE COD TO CAPE ANN 51 CHART 1207 Position Reverse directions in italics—read ujiward True course Distance 1/0.5 mile northward of Peaked Hill Bar lighted whistle buoy: Direct Reverse 2. 0.5 mile eastward of lighted whistle buoy off Cape Ann. Degrees 329 149 Nautical miles 35. J 35. I Table IE.—ENTRANCE BROAD SOUND NORTH CHANNEL TO CAPE ANN CHART 1207 1. 0.2 mile eastward of Finns Ledge Lighted Bell Buoy at northern entrance to North Channel: Direct _ 49 229 24. Reverse _ 24.0 2. 0.5 mile eastward of Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy Table 2.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO CAPE ANN CHART 1207 1. One mile east true of Boston Lightship : Direct Reverse 2. 0.5 mile eastward of Cape Ann lighted whistle buoy. 20. 2 20. 2 Table 3.—CAPE ANN TO PORTLAND LIGHTSHIP CHARTS 1206 AND 1205 OR CHART 60 1. 0.5 mile eastward of Cape Ann Light Whistle Buoy: Direct Reverse 2. One mile true east of Portland Lightship, and about 0.2 mile east of the lightship buoy. (If bound to Portland see Directions page 234.) Table 3A.—CAPE ANN TO PORTSMOUTH 56.8 66.8 CHART 1206 1. 0.5 mile east of Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy: Direct 341 161 26. 9 Reverse 26.9 2. 0.3 mile west of Whaleback Light. (For directions into Portsmouth Harbor, see page 248.) 52 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 3B.—PORTSMOUTH TO PORTLAND LIGHTSHIP CHART 1205 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. York Ledge Lighted Whistle Buoy bearing west true, distant 0.3 mile: Direct Degrees 15 196 42 222 Nautical miles 3. 9 Reverse _ _,_ __. S. 9 2. Boon Island Light abeam bearing 105° true, distant 3.1 miles: Direct . __ 31. 3 Reverse _ _ _ 31. 3 3. One mile east true of Portland Lightship and just east- ward of lightship buoy. Table 3C.—CAPE ANN TO MATINICUS ROCK DIRECT CHART 1106 1. Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy bearing west true, distant 0.5 miles: Direct Reverse 2. Matinicus Rock light abeam bearing 317° true, distant 2.2 miles. 99. 3 99.3 Table 3D.—CAPE ANN TO BANTAM ROCK LIGHTED WHISTLE BUOY CHART 1106 1. Cape Ann Lighted Whistle Buoy bearing west true, distant 0.5 mile: Direct 31 211 74. 8 Reverse __ - 74. 8 2. Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy bearing west true, distant 0.5 mile. Table 3E.—PORTLAND LIGHTSHIP TO BANTAM ROCK LIGHTED WHISTLE BUOY CHART 1204 1. Portland Lightship bearing west true, distant 1 mile: Direct Reverse 2. Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy bearing west true, distant 0.5 mile. (If bound to Penobscot Bay, see directions on pag6 174.) 22. 2 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 53 Table 4.—PORTLAND LIGHTSHIP TO WEST QUODDY HEAD CHARTS 1106 AND 1201 Position Reverse directions in italics—le&d upward True course Distance 1. Portland Ligljtship bearing west true, distant 1 mile: Direct _ _ Degrees 76 266 54 234 54 234 41 221 Nautical miles 55. Reverse . 55.0 2. Matinicus Rock Light abeam bearing 346° true, distant 2.5 miles (whistle buoy close aboard on port side nearly in range with light): Direct- _ 56.0 Reverse 56.0 3. Petit Manan Light abeam bearing 326° true, distant 5.8 miles (S. E. Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy nearly on range with light) : (Change to Chart 1201.) Direct Reverce _. _ _ _ 33.3 33. 3 4. Little River Light abeam bearing 324° true, distant 2.6 miles, with lighted whistle buoy 0.6 mile on port beam in range with light: Direct 14. 9 Reverse _. 14. 9 5. West Quoddy Head, Ijight abeam bearing 311° true, dis- •tant 1.1 miles with whistle buoy in range with light. (For courses to Eastport, East Quoddy Head, Calais, etc., see Sailing Directions, page 76.) Table 5.—PORTLAND TO COW ISLAND* CHART 325 OR 315 1. 200 yards west of Diamond Island Ledge Light: Direct 29 209 40 220 57 237 1. 15 Reverse 1.15 2. Buoy No. 4 on starboard beam, distant 100 yards: Direct _ __ 0. 85 Reverse _ . 0. 85 3. Buoy No. 6 on starboard beam, distant 100 yards: Direct _ _ _ 0. 8 Reverse _ _ _ _ _ _ 0. 8 4. Northern extremity of Cow Island on starboard beam, bearing 147° true, distant 500 yards *T bles 6 to 6J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. 54 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 5A.—COW ISLAND TO CAPE SMALL* Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Northern extremity of Cow Island on starboard beam, bearing 147° true, distant 500 yards: Direct - - - - 'Degrees 79 259 40 220 86 266 Various Various 52 232 73 253 111 291 Various Various 92 272 99 279 93 273 Nautical miles 1.6 Reverse 1. 6 2. 100 yards southeast of Channel Rocks Buoy: Direct 0. 5 Reverse 0.5 3. 200 yards north of Buoy No. 9: Direct. 0.3 Reverse 0. 3 4. 100 yards north of Buoy No. 7, then steer various courses through Southeast Entrance to Chandler Cove, passing around, i. e., south and east, of the buoy marking the 4-foot spot off Deer Point; round that buoy at a dis- tance of about 150 yards to a position 150 yards east of the buoy: Direct- _ 0.5 Reverse 0.6 5. 150 yards east of buoy marking 4-foot spot off Deer Point: Direct _ L4 Reverse • 1-A 6. 100 yards north of buoy marking the north end of the spit extending northward from Sand Island: Direct- 1. 1 1.1 7. 100 yards north of the buoy marking the end of Stave Island Ledge: Direct - _ _- _ 1. 8 Reverse 1.8 8. 100 yards north of the buoy located just northeastward of Haddock Rock. Steer various courses through the Pass between Haddock Rock and Haskell Island, tak- ing care to avoid the reef southwestward from Has- kell Island: Direct 0.3 Reverse.. 0.3 9. 100 yards south of buoy marking south end of reef off Haskell Island: Direct . 0. 25 Reverse _ ^ __ . . 0. 25 10. 250 yards north of Little Mark Island Monument Light: Direct L4 Reverse . . 1. 4 11. 250 yards north of the bell buoy located about 0.5 mile southeast of the end of Jaquish Island: (If bound to New Meadows, see directions page 221.) Direct -- -- 6.4 Reverse _- 6.4 12. 300 yards north of Bald Head Ledge Beacon. •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 55 Table 5B.—CAPE SMALL TO FISHERMAN ISLAND PASSAGE* CHART 314 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Bald Head Ledge Beacon, bearing south true, distant 300 yards: Direct ' Degrees 100 280 61 241 56 236 63 243 46 226 Nautical miles 0.9 Reverse 0.9 2. Fuller Rock Light, bearing south true, distant 300 yards: Direct -- 4.3 Reverse - 4.3 3. White Ledge Lighted Bell Buoy, bearing south, distant 100 yards: (For directions for Kennebec River, see page 217.) Direct ". 1.3 Reverse __ _ . -- 1.3 4. The Sisters Beacon, bearing south true, distant 500 yards: (For directions for Sheepscot River, see page 210.) Direct . 3.5 5. Reverse Cuckholds Bell Buoy, bearing north, distant 150 yards: page 203.) Reverse . _ _ 3.5 3.0 3.0 6. Ram Island Light, bearing south true, distant 400 yards. •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. Table 5C.—FISHERMAN ISLAND PASSAGE TO DAVIS STRAITS* 1. Ram Island Light, bearing south true, distant 400 yards: (For directions Damariscotta River, see page 199.) Direct __ 81 261 67 247 64 244 2. 1 Reverse _ 2. 1 2. Southern extremity Thrumcap Island, bearing north true, distant 450 yards: Direct _ 8. Reverse-- _ _ _. 8. 3. Egg Rock North Ledge Buoy, on port beam, distant about 50 yards: - Direct 3. 6 Reverse 3. 6 4. Griffin Ledge Buoy, bearing northwest, distant about 20 yards. • Tables 6 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. 56 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 5D.—DAVIS STRAITS TO OWLS HEAD VIA MUSCLE RIDGE CHANNEL* Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Griffin Ledge Buoy, bearing northwest, distant about 20 yards: Direct- _ ._ Degrees 49 229 90 270 78 258 109 289 48 228 28 208 36 216 30 210 11 191 29 209 43 22S Nautical miles 2. 2 Reverse 2. 2 2. Allen Ledge Buoy, bearing south, distant about 50 yards: Direct- _ _ ; 0. 5 Reverse.-. . 0.5 3. Marshall Ledge Buoy, bearing north, distant about 100 yards: Direct 0. 7 Reverse _ _ 0. 7 4. Mosquito Ledge Buoy, bearing north, distant 200 yards: Direct _ __ 1. 1 Reverse 1. 1 6. Mosquito Island Bell Buoy, bearing north, distant 150 yards: Direct 5. 4 Reverse __ 5. A 6. South Breaker Bell Buoy, on starboard beam, distant about 50 yards: Direct 1. 1 Reverse 1. 1 7. Lower Gangway Ledge Buoy, bearing east, distant 100 yards : Direct 3.3 Reverse 3. 3 8. Upper Gangway Ledge horizontally striped buoy, bear- ing east, distant 200 yards: Direct __._ 0. 5 Rever'ie. 0.5 9. Ash Island Beacon, bearing west, distant 150 yards: Direct 1. 75 Reverse _ 1. 75 10. Sheep Island Bar Buoy, bearing east, distant about 50 yards: Direct 1.2 Reverse _ __ 1. 2 11. Dodge Point Beacon, on port beam, distant about 200 yards: Direct 0. 3 Reverse __ _ 0. 3 12. Owls Head Light, on port beam, bearing 317° true, dis- tant 0.3 mile; and north true from the north end of Monroe Island 0.2 mile. (If bound to eastward via Eggemoggin Reach, see Directions page 59. If bound to Penobscot Bay, see Directions page 174.) •Tables fi to 5J give (Jirections via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 57 Table 5E.—OWLS HEAD THROUGH FOX ISLANDS THOROFARE* CHARTS 310, 235 AND 300 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Owls Head Light, bearing 317°, distant 0.3 mile; and the north end of Monroe Island, bearing south true, dis- tant 0.2 mile: Direct Degrees 83 26S 50 2S0 36 216 74 S54 112 292 99 279 51 231 43 223 87 267 109 289 84 264 Nautical miles 4. 3 Reverse _ i. 3 2. Fiddler Ledge Beacon, on port beam, distant 500 yards: - Note.—Change to Chart 235. Direct 1.5 Reverse - 1.6 3. Browns Head Light abeam, distant 300 yards: Direct 0. 8 Reverse. - - 0.8 4. Young Point Beacon, bearing 103° true, distant 200 yards: Direct 0. 65 Reverse 0.66 5. Calf Point Buoy, bearing south, distant about 30 yards: Direct 0.6 Reverse 0.6 6. Postoffice Ledge Buoy, bearing north, distant about 80 yards: Direct 0.55 Reverse 0.66 7. Grindstone Ledge Buoy, bearing 35'' true, distant 250 yards : • Direct 0. 35 Reverse 0. 36 8. Dobbin Rock Buoy, on port beam close to: Direct- 0. 6 Reverse 0. 6 9. Fish Point Ledge Buoy, bearing north, distance 100 yards: Note—The following course leads over a 16-foot spot. Direct 0. 6 Reverse 0.6 10. Goose Rocks Light, bearing north by east, distant 150 yards: Direct 1.0 Reverse . 1. 11. Channel Rock Beacon, bearing north true, distant 230 yards: Note—Change to Chart 309. Direct 4.5 Reverse 4.6 12. Deer Island Thorofare Light (located on Mark Island), bearing south true, distant 300 yards. ' Tables 5 to 6J give directions \ ia the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. 58 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 5F.—THROUGH DEER ISLAND THOROFARE TO CASCO PASSAGE* CHARTS 227 AND 308 Position Reverse directions in italics—le&d upward Trae course Distance 1. Deer Island Thorofare Light (on Mark Island), bearing south true, distant 300 yards: Note.—This course passes over several spots on which the least depth found is 15 feet. Direct. _ Degrees 61 75 255 80 260 59 239 75 255 52 232 85 265 77 257 58 238 Nautical miles 1. 6 Reverse 1. 6 2. About 50 yards north of Thurlow Knob Buoy: Direct _ 0. 5 Reverse 0.6 3. 75 yards south of the buoy marking the 2-foot spot off Staple Point: Note.—The next course leads over a 16-foot spot and very close to a 14-foot spot. These spots may be easily avoided if you so desire. See the chart. Direct 1.0 Reverse __ 1. 4. Western extremity of Camp Island abeam, bearing 170° true: Direct 0. 9 Reverse _ 0. 9 6. Buoy marking northwest corner of Bold Island Ledges, on starboard beam, distant 50 yards: Direct 0. 95 Reverse.. 0.95 6. Buoy marking 1-foot spot, 0.4 mile south of Sheep Island, on port beam, bearing 345° true, distant 250 yards. Note.— On this course run about 200 yards on Course 52° beyond the buoy marking East Mark Island Ledge to arrive at Position 7. 0.9 Reverse 0.9 7. Boat Rock Buoy, on port beam, bearing 320°, distant about 700 yards: Direct- __ L55 Reverse 1.65 8. Long Ledge Beacon, bearing north, distant 300 yards (about 50 yards south of bell buoy) : Note.— Change to Chart 308. Direct 1.6 Reverse 1.6 9. Egg Rock Beacon, bearing north true, distant 180 yards: Note.—Change to Chart 227. Direct _ 1.3 l.S 10. Buoy No. 7 marking northwest end of Long Ledge, bear- ing south true, distant 200 yards. •Tables 6 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 59 Table 5F1.—MERCHANT ROW TO CASCO PASSAGE* CHARTS 309 AND 308 Position Reverse directions in itaJics—read upward True course Distance 1. Deer Island Thorofare Light (on Mark Island), bearing northeast, distant 500 yards: Direct __ _ Degrees 132 312 96 276 84 264 42 222 Nautical miles 1.0 Reverse 1.0 2. On line between eastern end of Farrell Island and eastern end of Sparrow Island, and about midway between the two: Direct 2.3 Reverse _ 2.3 3. Barter Island Ledges, bearing north, distant 400 yards: Direct-- -_ -_ 2.4 Reverse _ _ 2.4 4. Southern end of Southern Mark Island, bearing east true, distant 0.3 mile: IS GTE.— Change to Chart 308. Direct . 6. 1 Reverse __ 6. 1 5. Buoy No. 7 marking northwest end df Long Ledge, bear- ing south true, distant 200 yards. •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. Table 5F2.—OWLS HEAD TO CASCO PASSAGE VIA EGGEMOGGIN REACH* CHARTS 310, 309, 308, 227 1. Monroe Island, north end bearing south, distant 400 yards: Direct Reverse 2. Mcintosh Ledge Buoy, on port beam, distant 400 yards: Direct Reverse 3. High point. Resolution Island, starboard beam, distant 0.4 mile: Direct Reverse 4. Cape Rosier, bearing north, distant 0.5 mile; Note.—Change to Chart 309. Direct Reverse 5. Fairway Bell Buoy, close aboard, on port beam: Direct Reverse 6. Pumpkin Island Ledge Buoy, bearing south true, distant 400 yards: Direct Reverse 7. The Triangles Northeast Buoy, bearing southwest, dis- tant 400 yards: Direct Reverse 8. Sputheast extremity of Byard Point, on port beam, dis- tant 500 yards: Direct Reverse 111 291 •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. 42 30 210 36 216 96 276 48 228 78 258 126 306 5.2 6.2 7.5 7.5 3. 1 3. 1 2.3 2.3 L3 1.3 0.8 0.8 2.5 2.5 1.4 1-4 60 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 5F2.—OWLS HEAD TO CASCO PASSAGE VIA EGGEMOGGIN REACH—Continued Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 9. Buoy northeast of Tinker Ledges, bearing south, distant 400 yards: Direct _ _ Degrees 134 SU 118 298 131 Sll 125 SOS 76 256 Nautical miles 3. 3 Reverse _ _ S. S 10. Torry Castle Beacon, bearing north true, distant 500 yards, with buoy nearly on range with beacon: Direct __ __ 0. 9 Reverse.. _. _ 0.9 11. Conary Ledge Buoy, on starboard beam, distant 300 yards : Direct 2. Reverse _ _ ___ 2. 12. Devils Head, bearing northeast, distant 300 yards: Note.—Change to Chart 308. Direct- _ _ . 2. 8 Reverse . 2. 8 13. Red Buoy, about 0.4 mile southwest of Johns Island, bearing north, distant 50 yards: 0.4 Reverse 0. 4 14. Buoy No. 7 marking northwest end of Long Ledge, bear- ing south true, distant 200 yards. Note.—For directions through Casco Passage, see Table 5G. Table 5G.—THROUGH CASCO PASSAGE TO BASS HARBOR BAR* CHARTS 227 AND 308 1. Buoy No. 7 marking west end of Long Ledge, bearing south true, distant 175 yards: Direct _ - - 92 272 84 264 74 254 0. 6 Reverse _- 0.5 2. Red Buoy abeam, on port side, close to: Direct 1. 15 Reverse 1. 15 3. Fairway Bell Buoy at eastern entrance of Casco Passage, on port beam, close to: Note.—Change to Chart 308. Direct 4 9 Reverse 4.9 4. Bass Harbor Bar Fairway Buoy, close aboard, bearing north. * Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 61 Table 5H.—BASS HARBOR BAR TO PETIT MANAN VIA DIRECT ROUTE* CHARTS 306 AND 305 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Bass Harbor Bar Fairway Buoy, close aboard, bearing north: Direct __ _ Degrees 88 268 86 266 49 229 76 266 Navtical miles 1.8 Reverse . . 1.8 2. Long Ledge, lighted gong buoy, bearing north, distant 50 yards: Direct _. _ ._ _ 5.0 Reverse^. _ . 5. 3. Baker Island, whistle buoy, bearing north, distant 100 yards: Direct-- ------ --- 8. 4 Reverse.. -- . -. - 8. A 4. Schoodic Island Whistle Buoy abeam, bearing north- northwest, distant 200 yards. Chart 305: Direct - - --- 7. 8 5. Reverse Petit Manan, fairway bell buoy, bearing north, distant 300 yards. 7.8 •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. Table 5H1.—BASS HARBOR BAR TO PETIT MANAN VIA WESTERN WAY* CHARTS 306 AND 306 1. Bass Harbor Bar, fairway buoy, bearing north, close aboard: Direct _. Reverse 2. Long Ledge, lighted gong buoy, bearing north, distant 50 yards: Direct Reverse 3. Flynns Ledge Buoy, bearing northwest, distant about 50 yards: Direct Reverse 4. Fairway buoy, off Spurling Point, close aboard, on star- board side. Bear Island light ahead: Direct Reverse 6. Southeast point of Greening Island, bearing 259° true, distant 0.8 mile: Note.—To arrive at this position, continue 24° course for 200 yards after the northwest corner of Sutton Island is abeam. (On the next course keep the southeast point of Greening Island astern, on the bear- ing of 259° true.) For directions Frenchman Bay, see page 116. Direct Reverse For note see p. 62. 79 259 88 268 1.8 1.8 26 206 1.3 1.3 356 176 1. 1 1.1 24 204 L3 1.3 2. 1 2. 1 62 ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS Table 5H1.—BASS HARBOR BAR TO PETIT MANAN VIA WESTERN WAY—Continued Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 6. Lewis Rock Buoy, on starboard beam, distant 200 yards: Direct- _ Degrees 77 257 76 256 Nautical miles 8. 4 Reverse __ 8. U 7. Schoodic Island, whistle buoy, bearing north-northwest, distant 200 yards: Chart 305: Direct- _ - 7. 8 Reverse. __ 7. 8 8, Petit Manan, fairway bell buoy, bearing north, distant 300 yards. •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. Table 51.—PETIT MANAN THROUGH MOOSABEC REACH* CHARTS 305 AND 304 1. Petit Manan, fairway bell buoy, bearing north, distant 300 yards: Direct . 33 213 53 233 40 220 72 262 80 260 85 266 74 254 8. 8 Reverse 8. 8 2. Nash Island Light, bearing south true, distant 0.4 mile. Chart 304: Direct-- - 1. 9 Reverse _. 1. 9 3. Green Island, on starboard beam, distant 500 yards: Direct 1. 7 Reverse 1. 7 4. Shabbit Island Ledge Buoy, bearing 75° true, distant 900 yards: Note.—Following course passes over a 13-foot spot, which can be avoided by passing close to Fessen- den Ledge Buoy. Direct __ 1. 8 Reverse __ 1.8 5. North end Pomp Island abeam, distant 400 yards: Direct 2. 6 Reverse. -- 2. 6 6. Horse Ledge Buoy, on starboard beam, close to: Note.—Proceed through Narrows, following aids to navigation, on approximatelj' the following course: Direct 1.0 Reverse 1.0 7 . Buoy No. 6, located about 300 yards southeast of Kelley Point, on port beam, close to: Direct 1. 1 Reverse 1.1 8. Northwest end of Mark Island, on starboard beam, distant 300 yards. (If bound to Englishman Bay, see directions page 88.) •Tables 5 to 5J give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. ROUTES AND SAILING DIRECTIONS 63 Table 5J.—MOOSABEC REACH TO WEST QUODDY HEAD* CHARTS 304, 303 AND 1201 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. Northwest end of Mark Island, bearing south, distant 300 yards. Northwest tangent of Green Island ahead: Direct Reverse 2. Pulpit Rock, on starboard beam, distant 200 yards: Direct Reverse 3. Bell buoj , eastern end Brothers Passage, starboard beam, distant 100 yards: Direct Reverse 4. Libby Island light abeam, distant 0.5 mile: Direct Reverse '. 5. High point of the southern one of the Double Shot Islands - abeam, distant 0.5 mile. Chart 303: Direct Reverse 6. High point of small island at Western Head abeam, distant 0.6 mile. Chart 1201: Direct Reverse 1 7. West Quoddy Head Light, distant 0.9 mile, on range with Sail Rock Whistle Buoy, distant about 0.2 mile. For directions to Eastport and Calais, see page 76. Denrees 67 U7 77 257 91 271 64 U4 54 234 46 Nautical miles 3.2 1.7 1. 7 2.7 2.7 5.2 6.2 40 4.0 14.7 14^7 •Tables 5 to SJ give directions via the Inside Passages from Portland to West Quoddy Head. Chapter 5.—CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (OHABT 801) The waters comprising the approaches to the St. Croix River are Quoddy Roads, Lubec Channel, Friar Roads, Head Harbor Passage, 6 Western Passage, and Passamaquoddy Bay. The principal entrance is around the northern end of Campobello Island through Head Harbor Passage, and is deep and generally clear. The channel through Lubec Narrows is also frequently used, especially at high water. The tidal currents are strong, and sailing vessels can make no headway beating 10 against them. Quoddy Roads lies between the southwestern end of Campobello Island and West Quoddy Head ; it is the usual anchorage for vessels seeking shelter against northerly and westerly winds or waiting for a favorable tide to pass through Lubec Narrows. The entrance be- 15 tween Liberty Point Ledge (Black Rock) and West Quoddy Head is about % mile wide, with a least depth of 28 feet near the middle of the entrance. The anchorage affords shelter against all but east and southerly winds in 12 to 25 feet. The northern and western parts of the roads between West Quoddy Head and Lubec are full of shoals, 20 partly bare at low water. West Quoddy Head, on the western side of the entrance of Quoddy Roads, is high and wooded. West Quoddy Head Lighthouse,* a red and white horizontally banded tower at the eastern end, is the most prominent mark. The light is 83 feet above the water, and visible 15 25 miles. The fog signal is a diaphone. The lookout tower of the Coast Guard, located on the highest part of the ridge, is prominent. A radiobeacon, synchronized for distance finding, is operated at the light. A radio tower 91 feet high is located 142 yards northwestward from the light. 30 Boundary marks.—From West Quoddy Head northward to Calais, there are numerous range marks consisting of small white pyramidal shaped concrete beacons so placed as to mark the International Boundary Line between the United States and Canada. The mariner should not mistake these marks for aids to navigation. 35 Sail Rock and Little Sail Rock are two bare rocks of a group of ledges which lie 0.2 mile southeastward of West Quoddy Head Light- house. A reef extends over 100 yds. east of Sail Rocks. Swirls form just southward and eastward of Sail Rock during the strength of the tidal current, and it should be given a good berth. A black whistling 40 buoy is moored 0.4 mile south-southeastward of Sail Rock, in line with it and West Quoddy Head Lighthouse. Lat. 44''48'.9, Long. 66'5T.l. Charts 801, 1201, 70, 1106. 64 (CHABT 801) CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD 65 QUODDY ROADS TO ST. CROIX RIVER SOUTH OF CAMPOBELLO ISLAND (CHART 801) Round Rock and Liberty Point Ledge lie 0.4 mile southwestward of Liberty Point, the eastern point at the entrance of Quoddy Koads. 5 These rocks show above water, and vessels should pass at least 300 yards southward of the southernmost rock. Middle Ground, with a least depth of 4 feet, is a shoal in the middle of Quoddy Eoads, 0.7 mile northward of West Quoddy Head. It is marked on its southwestern side by a red buoy. 10 Wormell Ledges, partly bare at low water, lie along the southern shore of Quoddy Roads westward of West Quoddy Head. Above Middle Ground and Wormell Ledges, Quoddy Roads is full of shoals, largely bare at low water, through which is the buoyed channel to Lubec Narrows. 15 Lubec Channel has been dredged to a width of 500 feet and a depth of 12 feet at mean low water, but low spring tides may fall 4 or 5 feet below this level. The average draft of vessels passing through this channel is 12 feet. It is necessary for sailing vessels to have a fair wind to pass through the dredged channel and the Narrows, the most 20 favorable time being about 2 hours before high water. Lubec Channel Lighthouse (white tower on black pier) marks the western edge of the channel. The fog signal is a bell. Lubec Narrows is a narrow strait between Mullholland Point and the town of Lubec. The channel has been dredged 250 to 400 feet 25 wide and 12 feet deep and has strong tidal currents and eddies; for current information see page 73. The narrowest part of the channel is at the northern end. There are shoals, bare at low water, on both sides of Lubec Nar- rows. Making off from the northeastern point of Lubec, opposite 30 Mulholland Point Lighthouse, is a dangerous ledge, on the shore end of which is a breakwater which shows out of water; the northern end of this ledge is marked by a black buoy, which also marks the western side of the northern end of the dredged channel. The breakwater is reported to be covered by two feet of water at extreme 35 high storm tides. There is a white pyramidal shaped Boundary Monument on the outer end of the breakwater which shows above extreme high water. Lubec is a small town on the western side of the Narrows. There are several fish factories with wharves most of which go dry at low 40 water. The steamboat wharf on the north side of the town has a depth alongside of 18 feet and is equipped with a large transit shed. Other wharves have depths alongside of from 6 to 12 feet. There is a customs office. Lubec is connected with Eastport by passenger ferry and has good highway connection to the interior. A standpipe 45 1 mile west of the town is prominent as well as a church spire and a stack on the water front. Drinking water and some supplies may be obtained in limited quantities. Minor machinery repairs can be made. Small boats are beached for repairs. 5o 66 CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (CHabt sol) Johnson Bay,* on the northwest side of Lubec, is a well-sheltered anchorage for vessels of any draft, and is frequently used. It is approached from southward through Quoddy Eoads and Lubec Narrows and from northward through Friar Koads. The south- 5 western part of Johnson Bay is shoal for a distance of ^ mile from its head, and a shoal with 17 feet over it lies on the west side, near the middle. The shores of the bay should be given a berth of about 300 yards. The best anchorage for deep-draft vessels is just south- ward of a line from Mulholland Point Lighthouse to Eodgers Island, 10 in 7 to 9 fathoms. A channel, formerly navigable by launches at high water, between Johnson Bay and South Bay is now closed. There are two fish factories on the northwest side of Johnson Bay, the wharves of both of which bare at low water. 15 Popes Folly is a thinly wooded islet ^ mile northward of the northern entrance of Lubec Narrows. The bar connecting it with the shore southeastward has a depth of 18 feet in the channel, and is crossed by vessels bound to Lubec or through Lubec Narrows. A ledge extending northeastward from the island is marked at its end 20 by a black buoy. Dudley Island, y^ mile northward of the northern entrance to Lubec Narrows, is high and mostly grass covered. An earth dam has been constructed connecting Dudley Island with Treat Island. Treat Island, the larger of the islands between Lubec Narrows 25 and Eastport, is high and grass covered on the south end and wooded on the north end. Three hundred yards northwestward of Treat Island is Burial Islet, small and grass covered ; and 400 yards west- ward of Treat Island is Gull Rock, bare at all times. The government wharf on the west side of Treat Island near its north end has 16 30 feet alongside at M. L. W. Broad Cove, in the south shore of Moose' Island and west of East- port, is a good anchorage for vessels of any draft; vessels anchored off Eastport get under way and anchor here or in Johnson Bay to ride out a gale. The head of the cove is shoal for a distance of ^ 35 mile. Rocks bare at low water extend 400 yards southeastward and southward from Shackford Head, on the western side of the entrance, and are marked at their southwest end by a red buoy. A wrecked barge with the stern awash at low water and extending into deep water, lies on the point eastward from Shackford Head. 40 Deep Cove is the first cove to the northward of Broad Cove. There is a wharf in Deep Cove with a depth of 26 feet alongside at M. L. W. Coal and water suitable for drinking may be obtained here. There is a prominent brick stack at the head of the cove. - To the southeastward of Treat Island and northeastward of Popes 45 Folly is Snug Cove, which is of no importance except to fishing and small craft, but between which and Dudley Island is located a rock on which the least depth of 17 feet was found. Vessels entering Friar Roads from the southward sometimes pass on either side of this rock. To the north of Snug Cove is Friar Head, which is the southern 50 point at the entrance to Friar Bay. This bay is used as an anchorage, and on its northern side is located the village of Welchpool. At this *Lat. 44''51'.5, Long. eT'OO'.O : Chart 801. (CHAET 801) CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD 67 fishing village is a good wharf, at which the local steamer calls, and behind which small craft find good protection in westerly weather. There is a black buoy located oS the point west of Welchpool. For a little over 1 mile the west shore of Campobello Island runs northward to a point known as Bald Head, just south of which is a 5 prominent circular 101-foot hill. From Bald Head the coast tends to the northeast to Man-of-War Head, which forms the southern en- trance point to Hbr de Loutre. In the bight just west of Man-of-War Head a wharf is located with a depth of 12 feet at M. L. W. Hbr de Loutre is used as an anchorage by small vessels, but those 10 without local knowledge should not enter the inner harbor beyond the 9-foot spot in the center of the harbor, which is known as Racer Rock. The harbor above Conroys Cove, which is true east of Man-of-War Head, is obstructed by fish weirs. The northern side of Hbr de Loutre is indented by four coves which are of little importance except to the 15 fishing industry. Just west of them is Windmill Point, which is the northern point of the entrance to Hbr de Loutre. Friar Roads (Eastport Harbor).—This harbor is on the western side of Campobello Island, north of Johnson Bay and east of Moose Island (Eastport). It is approached from northward around East 20 Quoddy Head and from southward through Quoddy Roads and Lubec Narrows, and is the principal approach to Passamaquoddy Bay and St. Croix River. Vessels anchor off Eastport in Friar Roads but use Broad Cove or Jolinson Bay in unfavorable weather. Eastport, on the southeastern end of Moose Island, has a popula- 25 tion of 4,500, and has some commerce, its principal business being fish, coal, and general merchandise. It is a port of entry and marine docu- ments are issued. There is an immigration and naturalization office. Quarantine is arranged through the collector of customs. A U. S. Weather Bureau station is located in the customhouse on the water- 30 front. Weather displays are made from the tower on the hill near the standpipe. There is a public float landing. There is a chart agency of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey located here. The possible dangers are Page Rock, with 16 feet over it, and Margie Rock, with 14 feet over it, both of which lie east of the town 35 and close in to the shore. Clark Ledge, lying about 225 yards from the wharves, off the northern part of Eastport, is covered at high water and is marked by a spindle. Dog Island,* about % mile north- ward of Clark Ledge, has a grassy top and is marked by a light 32 feet high which is shown from a white pyramidal skeleton tower. A 40 shelving ledge extends about 100 yards off the high water line of the island. Between Dog Island and Deer Point there are whirlpools and eddies, which at times are dangerous for small boats. They are re- ported to be worst about one-half flood tide. 45 Anchorages.—Vessels anchor at will in Friar Roads, just off East- port. The best anchorage is reported to be off the customhouse. The bottom is uneven and the currents have considerable velocity. In un- favorable weather shiDS anchor in Broad Cove or Johnson Bay. Pilotage.—Pilotage is not compulsory. There is a licensed pilot re- 50 siding at West Quoddy Head and vessels desiring his services should •Lat. 44*55'.2, Long. 66''59'.4 : Chart 801. 68 CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (CHaet sol) signal the Coast Guard station. Pilots for local inside waters can be obtained from the boatmen at Lubec or Eastport. The Canadian pilot lives at Lords Cove, Deer Island. If notified in advance he will come to Wilsons Beach. If not notified in advance 5 the signal for pilot off East Quoddy Head Light will be telephoned to Wilsons Beach and a boat sent from there for the pilot. Vessels anchor off Wilsons Beach while awaiting pilot. Tides and Currents.—The mean tidal range is about 18 feet. For currents, see page 73. 10 Directions are given on page 76. Port services.—Vessels discharging and loading usually lie at the wharves, some of which are dry at low water; others have from 5 to 15 feet at their ends. The steamer wharf has about 20 feet and the MacNichols Wharf has about 18 feet alongside and has a large storage warehouse on the wharf. The 15 steamer and railroad wharves have rail sidings and transit sheds. There are no loading facilities. Good water is piped to the steamship wharf. Vessels carrying coal usually discharge at a wharf in Deep Cove on the west side of Moose Island. Towboats.—No towboats are available at Eastport but small launches can be 20 hired for light tows. Supplies.—Diesel oil may be obtained in any quantities. No heavy fuel oil is available. Provisions, gasoline, and ship chandler stores may be had. There is a large coal pile at Deep Cove. Repairs.—Light repairs to hulls and machinery of small vessels can be made 25 at Eastport, vessels being hauled out on the beach. There are no facilities for dry-docking vessels. Storm-warning displays, day and night, are made at Eastport from a steel tower on the hill near the standpipe. Communications.—There is no regular coastwise steamer service. A local 30 Canadian steamer plies between Grand Manan and St. Stephen, calling at East- port, Cummings Cove (on Deer Island), Welchpool, Wilsons Beach, and North Head. There is a regular passenger and freight ferry service with Lubec. East- port has railway connections and a good highway parallels the St. Croix River to Calais. 35 Western Passage connects Friar Roads to Passamaquoddy Bay. It lies south of Deer Island, and north of Moose and Carlow Islands and the mainland. The shallow passages on both sides of Carlow Island are closed by earth dams. On the northeast side of Moose Island and on the south side of 40 Western Passage are Harris and Johnson Coves and Kendall Head. At the north end of Western Passage, Frost Island and Frost Ledge lie between Pleasant Point and Gleason Cove. Frost Ledge extends nearly 800 yards offshore and is marked by a bell buoy. The south shore from Carlow Island to Frost Island is foul in places for about 45 400 yards offshore. At Quoddy Village, near the north end of Moose Island, is located a prominent elevated tank. Another elevated tank is located near the center of the island just south of Johnson Cove. Pleasant Point, marked by a prominent brick building and numer- 50 "ous houses, is an Indian reservation on the point of that name, 3^ miles northward of Eastport. There is no wharf. The northern shore of Western Passage is clear and is indented by Cummings Cove and Clam Cove. For currents, see page 73. Sailing Directions.—See page 76. (CHART 801) CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD 09 NORTH OF CAMPOBELLO ISLAND (CHART SOD The main route into Passamaquoddy Bay and the St Croix River leads north of Campobello Island through Head Harbor Passage, 5 Friar Roads, and Western Passage. The east coast of Campobello Island is generally clear and may be approached to within a reasonable distance without danger. Local magnetic attraction has been reported in this locality. Herring Bay affords good temporary anchorage for vessels of any 10 size. Schooner Cove and Mill Cove are suitable for temporary an- chorages for small vessels. A 3-fathom spot, marked by a hori- zontally banded buoy located in the center of the entrance to Mill Cove, should be avoided. The northernmost point of Campobello Island is known as East 15 Quoddy Head* and is marked by a light located on the outermost rock. The light known as Head Harbor Light is shown from an octagonal tower 64 feet high painted white with a red cross and a red lantern. The fog signal is a diaphone sounded from a small building just 20 north of the lighthouse. Head Harbor is located just south of the Head and between it and Head Harbor Island. It affords good anchorage for small vessels. Wilsons Beach is located on the northwest side of Campobello Island about 2 miles southwest of East Quoddy Head and just above 25 Windmill Point. There is a good wharf with a light on its south- west corner, and with 30 feet alongside at M. L. W., located about 600 yards northeast of Windmill Point. Pilots.—For pilotage see page 67. Head Harbor Passage is a deep and clear fairway, about 4 miles 30 long, which leads along the western side of Campobello Island from the sea to Friar Roads, opposite Eastport. Here it is joined by the Western Passage, which extends northwestward 4 miles along the southwestern side of Deer Island to Passamaquoddy Bay. This is the route generally followed by vessels going to Passamaquoddy Bay 35 and St. Croix River. White Horse Island is a bare, rocky islet, of whitish appearance, 68 feet high. It lies about 2.3 miles northeastward of Head Harbor Lighthouse, is easily identified, and forms a good mark for the ap- proach to Head Harbor Passage. 40 East Rock, with only 1 foot of water, lies about 300 yards north- eastward of the northeastern end of White Horse Island. A rock with a depth of less than 6 feet is located 200 yards north of East Rock. North Rock, with 1 foot of water and steep-to, lies 0.5 mile north- 45 westward of White Horse Island. White Island lies about 1.5 miles northward of East Quoddy Head. Shoals extend 400 yards southward and 300 yards northward from the island. A group of islets, of which the principal are Nubbles, Spectacles, and Hospital, and several shoals lie 0.5 mile northwest- 50 ward of White Island. Lat. 44°57'.5, Lonjr. 66°54'.0 : Charts 801, 70, 1106. 640825'"—43 6 70 CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (Chabt sol) Spruce Island lies 0.8 mile north of East Quoddj^ Head. Its eastern side is steep-to. Islets and shoals extend 0.8 mile westward of Spruce Island. The southernmost of these dangers is marked by a red spindle beacon, located about 500 yards westward of the 5 southwestern end of Spruce Island. The westernmost of these dan- gers, Tinker Island Ledge, is marked by a spindle beacon, sur- mounted by a cage, painted red. The northwesternmost danger is a drying ledge, marked by a spindle beacon, surmounted by a cage, painted black. 10 Black Rock, a small rock above water, lies about 0.8 mile north- westward of East Quoddy Head. Casco Island, 85 feet high, lies 0.5 mile southwestward of Black Rock and 0.5 mile from the nearest part of Campobello Island. Its eastern side is .fairly steep-to, but ledges extend 300 yards off its 15 northern end. Several shoals and ledges lie within 0.3 mile of the southwestern end of Casco Island. Green Islet lies nearly 0.5 mile southwestward of the southwestern end of Casco Island. A 27-foot shoal lies about 600 yards south- eastward of Green Islet and nearly 0.5 mile from the shore of Cam- 20 pobello Island. Sandy Ledge, marked by a black spindle beacon, surmounted by a cage, 13 feet high, lies 400 yards westward of Green Islet. Pope Islet is 0.5 mile southwestward of Green Islet. Shoals ex- tend 300 yards southeastward of Pope Islet, and a 28-foot spot lies 25 700 yards southeastward of the islet. About 0.4 mile westward of Pope is Chocolate Shoal, with a depth of ll^ fathoms. Indian Island, which has a maximum height of 90 feet near its northern end, lies about 600 yards eastward of the southern end of Deer Island, with a deep channel between. A shallow bank, on which 30 are three islets, extends about 500 yards off the southeastern part of Indian Island. Cherry Islet, at the southeastern end of this bank, has on it a white square wooden building, 47 feet high, from which a fog signal is sounded. For Eastport to Passamaquoddy Bay, see Western Passage, page 68. 35 PASSAMAQUODDY BAY (CHABT 801) This is a large bay indenting the shore of New Brunswick east of the mouth of the St. Croix River. The principal entrance to the bay is via Western Passage which has deep water and is compar- 40 atively free from dangers. The bay has been swept with the wire drag and all dangers are charted. St. Andrews is a Canadian town and port near the eastern point at the entrance to the St. Croix River. It is a railroad terminus and has some commerce. The anchorage is between the town and Navy 45 Island, and is available for light-draft vessels only. A dredge channel with a depth of about 14 feet and marked by buoys, leads to the town from the southeastward. The channel to the northwestward of the town is marked by buoys, a large stone beacon and a spindle. In 1940 this channel had a depth of about 50 6 feet at mean low water. Depths are given in this paragraph as reported by local pilots. 10 It is the terminus of a railroad running through Maine. It is the head of navigation for- the St. Croix Kiver. All wharves are dry at low water. There is but little trade by water. Coal, which was formerly brought 5 to Calais in schooners drawing up to 21 feet, now comes in by rail. About 1 mile below Calais are 2 oil docks which bare at low water. Small tankers load or unload at high tide. The St. Croix River at Calais is crossed by a fixed highway bridge at the head of navigation. Custom and immigration officers are sta- 10 tioned at each end of the bridge. There is a Public Health Service Third Class Relief Station, St. Stephen is a city on the Canadian side of the river, opposite Calais. There is a local steamer service with St. Andrews, Eastport, Cummings Cove, Welchpool, Wilsons Beach, and Grand Manan 15 Island. It is a railroad terminus. Ice.—During January, February, and March St. Croix River is usually obstructed by ice and not navigable above Robbinston, but the channel is sometimes kept open by steamers. Quoddy Roads and Eastport Harbor are never closed by ice. 20 Freshets.—Spring freshets sometimes cause the water to rise above the level of the wharves at Calais and are accompanied by strong currents. They are seldom noticeable outside of the river. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 18 feet at Eastport, 19 feet at Robbinston, and 20 feet at Calais; under special conditions 25 the extreme limits may be as much as 5 feet above mean high water or below mean low water. COBSCOOK BAY (CKAET 801) This bay, making in westward of Moose Island, is a large irregular 30 bay with several arms. It is approached through the channel leading between Moose Island on the north and Seward Neck on the south. The arms of the bay are full of rocks and have dangerous currents, which require local knowledge to keep the vessel in the channel. Strangers seldom enter Cobscook Bay, and then only with a pilot, gen- 35 erally taken from Eastport. The deepest draft using it is 12 feet. Good anchorage is found in many of the arms and coves, but every- where in the channel the currents are too strong and the bottom too rocky for anchorage. Ice obstructs navigation during the winter near Whiting and Dennysville, and during severe winters elsewhere in the 40 bay. Pennamaquan River, making northwestward from Cobscook Bay 2 miles inside the entrance, has ample depth for about 1.7 miles above the entrance, and the principal dangers are marked by buoys. It is bare at low water for 0.8 mile below Pembroke, a town on the rail- 45 road 3 miles above the entrance of the river, and the channel is usually marked by perches in summer. There is a fish factory at West Pem- broke and it is reported that a draft of about 12 feet can be carried to its wharf at high water. The deepest draft using the river is about 12 feet at high water, and the usual draft is not over 6 feet. 50 Dennysville is a village at the head of Dennys Bay, the northwest- ern branch of Cobscook Bay. 8.5 miles above the entrance of the bay. sailing vessels can pass through the Narrows with an adverse current at any time after the current has been running 3 hours. Northward of Lubec Narrows the first of the flood current sets along the west shore of Campobello Island eastward of Popes Folly ; 6 it afterwards sets more westward, south of Popes Folly, and across th entrance of Johnson Bay, meeting the flood from Friar Roads westward of Treat Island, and both setting into Cobscook Bay. Western Passage of St. Croix River.—The flood sets northward into the passage, and off Deer Point, abreast Dog Island, it forms 10 whirlpools and eddies, which are dangerous to open boats. The whirlpools and eddies are strongest 2 to 3 hours before high water and during spring tides; the flood then attains a velocity of about 6 to 7 knots. The least disturbance is usually about 300 yards north- ward of Dog Island, where there is a comparatively narrow direct 15 current which can be readily followed between the whirlpools and eddies on the Deer Island side and the eddies on the Eastport side of the passage. The ebb sets southward, but does not attain the velocity of the flood. Above Deer Point* the flood sets northward with decreasing ve- 20 locity and follows the general direction of the channel with strong countercurrents and eddies close to the shore, where the configura- tion of the land is favorable ; it continues about 1 hour after the time of high water. The ebb sets southward with reduced velocity and disturbance off Deer Point, and the inshore reverse currents are less 25 marked than on the flood ; it continues 1 to 1^ hours after the time of low water. St. Croix River.—The flood sets northward with countercurrents inshore on both sides where the conformation of the land is favorable for them. The ebb sets southward with less marked countercurrents. 30 Cobscook Bay and tributaries.—The tidal currents follow the gen- eral direction of the channels, but in the coves there are strong reverse eddy currents, and heavy overfalls are formed over the submerged rocks and ledges. The velocity is estimated at 5 to 8 knots, and some of the buoys are towed under when the currents are at strength. •Lat 44055'.6, Long. ee'SQ'.l : Chart 801. (CHART 801) CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD 75 Sailing Directions Table 6.—WEST QUODDY HEAD TO EASTPORT, VIA LUBEC CHANNEL Position Reverse directions in italics—Tea,d upward True course Distance 5 Caution: Local knowledge is necessary for navigat- ing this channel with anything except small craft. Controlling depth at mean low water is 12 feet. Follow aids and channel as shown on chart. 1. Sail Rock bearing 270° distant 600 yards: Direct Reverse 2. West Quoddy Head Black BeU Buoy abaft port beam: Direct Reverse. 3. Middle Ground red buoy on starboard beam: Direct . Reverse ^ 4. Lubec Channel Light port beam close to: Direct Reverse 5. Midway between channel buoys: Direct Reverse 6. Charlej' Point abeam: Direct Reverse 7. One hundred yards northeast of black buoy at northern entrance of Lubec Narrows and south of Popes Folly.. Swing to westward and then northward to pass South and West of Popes Folly, giving it a berth of about 200 yards to 8. North end Popes Folly bearing 90° distant 300 yards: Direct Reverse 9. North Tangent of Treat Island abeam: Direct Revtrse .. 10. Off wharves at Eastport, 400 yards east of brick stack Degrees 331 161 Nautical ^- miles 10 0.7 0.7 290 110 0.75 0. 76 15 330 160 L05 1.06 11 191 0. 55 20 0.66 328 148 352 172 0.5 0.6 25 0.4 0.4 Various 22 202 5 186 0.3 30 0.7 0.7 1.4 1.4 35 76 CALAIS TO WEST QUODDY HEAD (CHART 801) Table 7.—WEST QUODDY HEAD TO EASTPORT, VIA HEAD HARBOR PASSAGE CHAET 801 5 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Distance 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. See page 73 for currents. Sail Rock Whistle Buoy bearing 310°, distant 0.5 mile with West Quoddy Light in range, distant 1.1 miles: Direct. _ ..._ Degrees 32 312 17 197 346 166 236 66 218 S8 Nautical miles 1.9 10 Reverse . Owen Head abeam, distant 0.75 mile: Direct.- ._ . .. _ _ 1.9 5.1 Reverse . . 5.1 15 Scott Head abeam, distant 0.8 mile: Direct.- _ . _ _ _. 3. 5 Reverse. -_.. . __._ .. ._ 3.5 Head Harbor Light, bearing 210° true, distant 0.7 mile: Direct _ - 1. 6 Reverse.. . . . _. 1.6 20 Northeast end Casco Island abeam: Direct ._ 3. 8 Reverse _- _ 3.8 Off wharves at Eastport, 400 yards east of brick stack. Table 8.—EASTPORT TO CALAIS au CHART 801 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 6. 7. 8. Mid-channel between Dog Island Light and Deer Point: Direct 328 148 335 155 341 161 333 153 312 132 324m 276 96 2.8 Reverse 2.8 35 Clam Cove beacon abeam, distant 550 yards: Direct- . . 7.2 Reveis^ _ 7.2 Liberty Point abeam, distant 0.5 mile: Direct-- - - 2.8 Reverse.. .. . _ _- -- 2.8 40 Red Buoy abeam, distant 0.3 mile: Direct.- _ _- -- __- 1.2 Reverse . 1.2 45 Dochet Island light and black buoy abeam, former dis- tant 0.3 mile: Direct-- . -_ ..- 0.6 Reverse 0. 6 Abeam poirt on east bank: Direct _- - - _. 2.05 Reverse -- - 2.05 50 Oak Point red buoy, abeam: Direct 0.9 Reverse _ . .. 0.9 55 Spruce Point I.ight abeam, distant 200 yards. Follow aids up channel as shown on Chart 801 to Calais and St. Stephen- -- 4.8 Chapter 6.—WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO MOOSE COVE (CHART 1201) From West Quoddy Head to Moose Cove the coast is generally 5 rocky, wooded, and steep-to. It is indented by a number of coves of slight importance. Carryingplace Cove has a fish wharf and a few buildings at its head. Wallace Cove and Hamilton Cove have no distinguishing features, but about halfway between the two and 500 yards offshore 10 is Morton Ledge with 6 feet of water over it. It is marked by a red buoy. Boot Cove has a few small fishermen's houses at its head. Baileys Mistake appears from offshore to be a good anchorage, but the holding ground is poor and it is not a good harbor. The village of South Trescott is located at its head. Bailey Ledge obstructs 15 the western half of the entrance and bares at low water. Jims Head, on the northern entrance point, is 160 feet high and prominent. The head of Haycock Harbor, locally known as The Pool, is some- times entered at high tide by small craft. There is reported to be a depth of 7 feet inside at M. L. W. Sandy Cove is an open bight just 20 south of Haycock Harbor. OFF-LYING DANGERS IN SOUTHERN APPROACH TO GRAND MANAN CHANNEL (CHART 303) 'Machias Seal Island,* 10 miles southwestward of Southwest 25 Head, the southern extremity of Grand Manan Island, is about 500 yards long and 28 feet high. It is steep-to on its western side. A drying reef, on the outer end of which is an islet, extends 0.4 mile northeastward. A shoal with general depths of 5 to 8 fathoms and a least depth of 2 fathoms, on which there is a tide rip, extends over 30 1 mile eastward and northeastward of the island. Southeast Shoal, 1.2 miles southeastward of the island, has only 11/4 fathoms of water; it breaks in heavy weather and shows a rip during the strength of the tide. The tidal current in this vicinity reaches a velocity of 3 knots. 35 Machias Seal Island Light is shown from a white octagonal con- crete tower, 82 feet high, on the summit of the island. The fog signal is a diaphone. (See Light List.) North Rock, 2 miles northward of Machias Seal Island, is about 4 feet high and is surrounded by shoal water to a distance of 400 yards. "^0 *Lat. 44°30'.l, Long. 67°06'.l : Charts 303, 1201. 1106, 70, 1000. 77 78 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chaht 1201) North Shoal, 1.5 miles northward of the island, has a depth of 1^ fathoms. It shows a tide rip, and breaks in heavy weather. Rocks with depths of 7 and 8 fathoms lie, respectively, % mile northward and over ^^ mile northward of North Shoal; both these rocks show 5 tide rips. Middle Shoal, 5 miles northeastward of the lighthouse, has 3 fath- oms over it, with deep water close-to. It shows a tide rip, and breaks in heavy weather. OFF-LYING DANGERS 10 (CHABTS 1201 AND 1106) Bull Rock has a depth of 2 feet, with deep water around it, and generally breaks. It lies 7 miles eastward of Machias Seal Island. There is a rocky patch with a depth of 7 fathoms, on which there is a tide rip, about midway between Bull Rock and Machias Seal Island. 15 Magnetic disturbance has been experienced in the areas northeast- ward of Bull Rock. Southeast Ledge lies nearly 6 miles southeastward of Machias Seal Island. It has a depth of 5 fathoms, shows a tide rip, and breaks in heavy weather. A 6-fathom patch, marked by tide rips, lies 20 1.3 miles northwestward of the ledge. Wallace Ledge, the northernmost of the Murr Ledges, lies 4i/^ miles westward of Gannet Rock. It dries 8 feet. The locality of these ledges should be avoided. It is not adequately surveyed and fishermen report numerous shoals. There are uncon- 25 firmed reports of 4- and 5-fathom spots about 3 miles northwest of Machias Seal Island Light. OFF-LYING DANGERS (O. AND G, S. CHART 1106, H. O. CHART 1057) Eastward of this area are numerous reefs and ledges which are 30 shown on Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart 1106 and Hydrographic Office Chart 1057. They are beyond the limits of chart 1201 and are described in H. O. 99, "Sailing Directions for Nova Scotia.'* Some of these are Murr Ledges, Half Tide Rock, St. Mary Ledge, Yellow Ledge, Cross Jack Ledge, Long Ledge, West Ledge, and 35 Gannet Rock. Gannet Rock, in latitude 44°31' N., longitude 66°47' W., is about 15 feet high and is marked Gannet Rock Light, 90 feet high, shown from an octagonal tower with black and white stripes surmounted by a red lantern. The fog signal is a diaphone. 40 MOOSE COVE TO ENGLISHMAN BAY (CHART 303) Eastern Head, with a 200-foot hill behind it, is the eastern ex- tremity of the north shore of Moose Cove. Inside it, a distance of 45 0.5 mile, are Mink Island and Eastern Head Ledges, bare at low water, which extend over 400 yards offshore. There is a small wharf on the south side of Moose River at its narrowest point. On the (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN 79 north side of the river a rocky spit makes out to form a natural shelter for small boats. The coast for the next 6 miles to the locality of Little Kiver has no features of any importance. There are a number of open shallow coves of no commercial importance, known as Bog Brook, Holmes, 6 Black Point, and Long Point Coves. Just north of Little Kiver there is Hughes Beach, and Money Cove, sometimes called Schooner Brook Cove. Little River.—This harbor is 14 miles westward of West Quoddy Head and about 9^/2 miles eastward of Libby Islands; the entrance lo is marked by Little River Lighthouse* on Little River Island and a bell buoy. It is a small but excellent harbor of refuge, sheltered from all winds, has 12 to 30 feet of water with good holding ground, and is easy of access. The channel leads northward of the lighthouse and has a depth of about 28 feet. The anchorage is about Vi mile 15 long and % mile wide, just inside of Little River Island. The harbor is never obstructed by ice so as to prevent vessels from entering. Little River Lighthouse, on the southeast end of Little River Island (wooded, with rocky shores), is a white conical tower. The light is shown at an elevation of 57 feet above the water, and the fog 20 signal is a bell. The northern entrance point of Little River is known as Eastern Knubble and just south of it, lying 100 yards offshore, is Little River Ledge (Eastern Head Ledge), which bares at low water and is marked by a red buoy. A ledge extends 100 yards from the south shore, just eastward of a prominent point, 0.5 mile above 26 Little River Island. With these exceptions there are no dangers in the harbor if the shores be given a berth of 100 yards. A lighted whistle buoy is located about 1.7 miles southeastward of Western Head, the southern entrance point to Little River. Cutler is a village on the north side of Little River. It has com- 30 munication by telephone, and by highway with the railroad at East Machias. It is the headquarters of many small fishing boats. Tliere are several small wharves where gasoline can be obtamed and there is a customs office at the town. Directions, Little River.—Pass northward of Little River Island, 35 giving it a berth of 100 to 200 yards, and pass southward of the red buoy just inside the island. Anchorage can be selected anywhere in midchannel inside the island. Small local craft anchor off the wharves in 6 to 18 feet. The passage southward of Little River Island has a rocky bar across it with a least found depth of 10 feet 40 in midchannel, but has not been closely examined, and should not be used by strangers. Between Little River and Little Machias Bay, a distance of about 21/^ miles, are no features of importance. House Cove is a small, open bight extending somewhat behind Great Head, and Deer Island is a 45 small island lying close inshore. In this locality, about 0.3 mile offshore, are a series of rocky ledges, on which depths as shoal as 13 feet may be found. Little Machias Bay is not used for an anchorage, as it is exposed to southerly and southeasterly winds, and is close to Little River and 50 Machias Bay, both excellent anchorages. The bay is % mile wide Lat. 44''39'.1, Long, emi'.e : Charts 303, 1201, 70, 1106. 80 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chabt 1201) at the entrance, wider inside, and about 2 miles long. Long Ledge, in the middle of the bay 1 mile inside the entrance, is covered at high water. Above this ledge the bay is much obstructed by ledges and shoals, two of which are known as Upper Ledge and Widows Ledge. 5 There are some houses on the shores of the bay, but no wharves except for small craft at high water. The settlement on the north shore of the bay is known as North Cutler. There are numerous fishing weirs in the bay. Old Man, a small but prominent rocky island, grassy on top, lying 10 1 mile off the entrance of Little Machias Bay, is a good mark and may be safely approached as close as 400 yards. Black Ledges are bare islets in the middle of the entrance of Little Machias Bay; there is deep water close-to on both sides. At the western entrance to Little Machias Bay is Cape Wash, with 15 Cape Wash Islands lying off it. Keefs extend about 400 yards south of these islands. Just westward of Cape Wash are Holly Cove and Bobs Cove, known locally as Little Holly Cove. These bights are of importance only to small craft. MACHIAS BAY AND RIVER 20 (CHART 303) Machias Bay and Kiver is the approach to the towns of Machiasport and Machias. It is easily entered either day or night and affords well-sheltered anchorage for the largest vessels. It is about 6 miles long, and the main entrance between Cross Island on the east and 25 Stone Island on the west is about 2 miles wide. The principal guide to the entrance is Libby Islands Lighthouse, which lies 9 miles west- ward of Little River Lighthouse and 9 miles eastward of Moose Peak Lighthouse. Avery Rock Lighthouse, in the middle of the bay, 4 miles from the entrance, is the guide for vessels bound up the bay. 30 The best anchorages for vessels are Starboard Cove and the head of the bay above Avery Rock Lighthouse. Cross Island, the large island on the east side of the entrance to Machias Bay, is wooded and has a few unpainted shacks on Quaker Head, the most prominent marks in approaching Cross Island Nar- 35 rows from westward. Cross Island Coast Guard Station is located m a small cove south of Mink Island. From the outside a skeleton tower on a hill at the eastern end of the island is the most prominent mark. Storm signals are displayed from this tower during daylight. Cross Island Narrows is a channel leading into Machias Bay east 40 of Cross Island. This passage is much obstructed by rocks, sunken or awash at various stages of the tide, and should not be used by vessels without local knowledge. Small craft can go through the narrows by the following: Directions.—Pass on either side of Old Man at a distance of 300 45 to 600 yards, and then bring it astern in a 274° true course, heading just south of Thornton Point Ledge spindle. Pass 75 yards south- ward of the spindle and steer 280° true to clear a black buoy and pass close northward of it. Give the point on the northeast side a berth of 200 yards and steer 313° true for the middle of Chance Island (wooded 50 on north part), with the summit of Mink Island (thickly wooded) astern, and pass 100 yards northeastward of the black buoy off Quaker .rt of the channel select anchorage between the northwest end of Knight 15 Island and the black buoy 0.5 mile northwestward of it, in 4 to 7 fathoms. Green Island is the largest of the islands and rocks extending northwestward along the south side of Mistake Harbor. The north- ernmost rock of the group is bare at low water and lies 300 yards 20 northward of Green Island and 200 yards northwestward of the outer bare rocks northeastward of the island. At the northwestern end of the group are two sunken rocks with 4 feet over them, which lie 300 yards northwestward of the outer bare rock lying 300 yards northwestward of the island. 25 Moose Peak Lighthouse,* on the southwest side at the entrance to Main Channel Way, is a white tower connected with a white dwelling. The light is 72 feet above the water, and visible 14 miles. The fog signal is an air diaphragm horn. Eastern Bay lies between Head Harbor and Great Wass Islands 30 northward of Mistake Harbor; a thorough local knowledge is re- quired for its navigation. Mud Hole Channel is 14 i^ile westward of Moose Peak Lighthouse and leads northwestward to the Mud Hole, a narrow cove in Great Wass Island used by boats which enter at high water. Boats are 35 sometimes stored in Mud Hole. There is good anchorage for a small vessel at the entrance to Sand Cove and Mud Hole, in 14 to 30 feet soft bottom. On the southwest side of Mud Hole Channel and extending nearly 1 mile in a southeasterly direction from Little Cape Point, Great 40 Wass Island, is a group of rocks and ledges called Black Ledges, many of which are bare at half tide. Channel Rock, the southeast- ernmost of the Black Ledges, is awash at high water and lies 600 yards northeastward of Freeman Rock, a bare rock about 40 feet high. The principal dangers on the northeast side of Mud Hole Channel 45 are a rock, bare at low water, lying 150 yards off the southwest side of the island on the northeast side, at the entrance, and a sunken rock lying 350 yards westward of Green Island and 200 yards south- ward of the bare rock northwestward of the island. Directions, Mud Hole Channel.—From Mistake Harbor steer 50 287° true for the southwest side of Minx Island in range with the •Lat. 44''28'.6, Long. 67°32'.0 : Charts 304. 1201. 70, 1106. 92 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chart 1201) high bluff on the south side of Sand Cove North, and pass about mid- way between the outer bare rock northeastward of Green Island and the black buoy northward. Pass 200 to 400 yards southeastward of Minx Island and steer 181° true with eastern end of Minx Island in 5 range with the northwestern end of Head Harbor Island astern. When the outer bare rock northwestward of Green Island bears 83** true steer 123° true and pass about 400 yards southwestward of the rock, and about midway between Water Island and Channel Rock to sea. 10 Great Wass Island.—Lying southward of Jonesport has a Coast Guard Station on the west side 1.4 miles north of the southern point. Cummings Head appears reddish from offshore. Western Bay, lying westward of Great Wass Island, has numerous groups of islands which lie generally in a north and south direction. 15 Between the groups are passages that lead to the western end of Moosabec Reach and are used by vessels with local knowledge. The passage between Great Wass Island and Crumple Island has numerous unmarked sunken rocks and is also obstructed by a line of ledges and rocks extending from Browney Island to Great Wass 20 Island. There is a narrow channel with a depth of about 10 feet through these ledges. This passage should not be used by a stranger. Crumple Island is a high, bare, rocky island with several nubbles. Fisherman and Browney Islands lie northwestward of Crumple Island, with rocks and ledges between. Egg Rock, a bare, rocky 25 islet, lies li/^ miles westward of Crumple Island, with numerous rocks and ledges between, some of which are known as Curlew, Green, and Seal Rocks. Western Egg Rock is a small, bare, rocky islet about 0.7 mile northward of Egg Rock. Seahorse Rock is bare at half tide and lies 0.4 mile westward of Egg Rock. It is marked by a 30 red bell buoy placed southwest of the rock. The passage between Seahorse Rock, Western Egg Rock, and Ram Island on the east, and ihe Sand and Drisco Islands on the west, has a broad channel in its southern part, although there are unmarked dangers on either side.' The northern end of the passage on either 35 side of Hardwood Island is foul, and the passage should not be used by strangers. The passage westward of the Sand and Drisco Islands and Shabbit Island and eastward of Black Rock, Flat Island, and Plummer Island is comparatively clear. There is also a comparatively clear 40 passage westward of Black Rock, Flat Island, and Green Island and eastward of Cone Island. Both passages can be used by vessels in the daytime and clear weather with the assistance of the chart. Sand and Outer Sand Islands are wooded. The Drisco Islands, Stevens, and Plummer Islands are wooded. Flat and Green 45 Islands are comparatively low and covered with grass. The highest parts of Stanley Ledge (0.3 mile southward of Outer Sand Island) and Batson Ledge (0.4 mile eastward of Sand Island) show above high water. Black Rock is a low, bare rock lying 1.2 miles south- southwestward of Flat Island and 2.2 miles south-southeastward of 60 Nash Island Lighthouse. (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN 93 NASH ISLAND TO PETIT MANAN (CHART 305) Pleasant, Narraguagus, and Pigeon Hill Bays indent the shore between Nash Island Lighthouse on the east and Petit Nanan Light- house on the west, and form the approach to the villages of Addi- 5 son, Harrington, Millbridge, and Cherryfield, all on tributaries of the bays. They are frequented mostly by local fishing boats. The bays are separated by islands and rocks, through which several thorough- fares lead. Pleasant Bay.—This bay is a secure anchorage and is easily en- lo •tered in the daytime. There are numerous islands and ledges in the bay, but the important dangers are marked by buoys. The entrance is marked by Nash Island Lighthouse. A channel in no place less than 0.5 wide, with depths of 6 fathoms or more, leads up the bay to an anchorage in 5 or 6 fathoms westward of Nightcap Island and 15 southward of Barton Ledge (marked by a red buoy). The best and most frequently used anchorage is southeastward and eastward of Birch Islands, in 14 to 18 feet. Cone and Nash Islands, on the eastern side of the entrance to Pleasant Bay, are grassy. A ledge, the southern end of which shows 20 bare, extends about 500 yards southward from Nash Island. Nash Island Lighthouse is a white square tower connected with dwelling. The light is 51 feet above the water, and visible 9 miles. The fog signal is a bell. There are several houses near the light. A bell buoy is located 0.6 mile southwestward of the light. 25 The Ladle, 0.7 mile southwestward of the entrance to Cape Split Harbor, has a bare symmetrical mound at its northern end. Pot Rock and Big Pot, westward of The Ladle, are bare rocks. Flint Island, on the west side at the entrance of Pleasant Bay, is wooded. The southeastern side should be given a berth of at least 30 0.5 mile. Coles Ledge, 0.3 mile eastward of Flint Island, is bare near low water and marked on its eastern side by a black buoy. Flint Island Narrows is a deep passage leading from Pleasant Bay to Narragaugus Bay, between Flint and Dyer Islands. It is 35 used principally by steamers, and is not recommended for sailing vessels on account of ledges which make out from the southern shore of Dyer Island and contract the channel to a width of about 200 yards. A black buoy is placed on the northern edge of the ledges making off vfrom the northeastern side of Flint Island and marks 40 the eastern entrance to the Narrows. The course through the Nar- rows is about 240° true, passing close to and northwestward of the black buoy and about 300 yards off the northwest sides of Flint and Shipstern Islands and more than 300 yards off the south end of Dyer Island. 45 Norton Island is grassy. Norton Island Ledge, 400 yards west- ward of Norton Island, is bare in spots at high water. The reef extending 400 yards southward from the west end of Norton Island is partly bare at high water, and marked by a spindle at the end. The channel between Norton Island and Cape Split is obstructed 50 by a small rocky and unmarked shoal, with a least depth of 9 feet at mean low water. Narrows Island Ledge is bare at half tide. 94 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chart mi) Pleasant River, emptying into the head of Pleasant Bay from northward, can be approached on either side of Birch Islands, the channel eastward of them having a depth of 16 feet and that west- ward 17 feet. For a distance of about 2 miles up the river to Wass 5 Point, the channel, with a depth of over 17 teet, narrows gradually from 400 to 200 yards, and affords good anchorage in 3 to 6 fathoms. Above Wass Point the channel is narrow and crooked, with a least depth of about 6 feet at one place just below Addison, and is suitable only for small craft, except with local knowledge. Above this the 10 river is navigable at high water to Columbia Falls, about 10 miles above its mouth. The channel is partially marked by buoys and easily followed with the aid of the chart to Wass Point.* For about 1 mile above to White Point, the channel is bordered by ledges, bare at various stages 15 of the tide, and marked by beacons and sometimes by local bush stakes, but is difficult to follow._ From White Point to Addison there are shoals on either side bare at low water; the channel is unmarked, but is most easily followed at low water or on a rising tide. The river above Addison is unmarked and difficult. Ice obstructs naviga- 20 tion from December to April. Nightcap Island, on the east side at the entrance to Pleasant Kiver, is grassy, with a few bushes on the north side. Nightcap Ledge, extending southward from the island, is bare at the inner end at half tide. 25 Barton Ledge, 900 yards northwestward of Nightcap Island, is bare at low water and marked by a red buoy. Bunker Ledge, 0.3 mile westward of the southern Birch Island, is bare at half tide, and marked on its eastern side by a black buoy. Birch Islands are wooded. Raspberry and Mink Islands, north- 30 ward of Birch Islands, are grassy. Fort Island is marked by a shanty. Addison is a village about 5 miles above the mouth of Pleasant River. There is no trade by water, and in 1940 the wharves were in ruins. Just above Addison the river is crossed by a highway bridge 35 with a draw about 40 feet wide. Vertical clearance is about 17 feet at M. L. W. There is no bridge tender and the key to the bridge is kept by one of the local residents. Gasoline and some supplies can be obtained from a general store with a service station. The river channel above Addison is danger- 40 ous and is not much used. The west branch was not navigable in 1940. Columbia Falls, a village 5 miles above, has railroad connections. Harrington Bay is separated from the upper part of Pleasant Bay on the east by Ripley Neck, and from Narraguagus Bay on the west 45 by Foster Island. Harrington Bay extends 2i/^ miles in a northerly direction from Strout Island to Chamberly Island, where it is met by Harrington River from northeastward and by Flat Bay and Mill River from northwestward. It has a depth in the channel of 4% fathoms, and good anchorage in 5 to 7 fathoms, but is seldom used 60 except by local vessels. Ripley is a small village on the southwest side of Ripley Neck. Lat. 44°34'.5, Long. 67°45'.7 : Charts 305, 1201. (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN 95 Flat Bay and Mill River are mostly bare at low water, and seldom used except by an occasional wood schooner. Harrington River has a narrow, crooked, unmarked channel, which shoals to a depth of 1 foot at low water near the town of Harrington, at the head ot navigation on Harrington River about 4 miles above 5 its mouth. The town has railway and highway connections and there is but little traffic by water. Ice forms in the river and bay between December and April as far down as Ripley Neck. The river channel above Nash Point is narrow and tortuous. Motor- boats run to the town of Harrington but there are no arrangements 10 for supplying them with gasoline or water. Strout Island, in the middle of the entrance of Harrington Bay, is sparsely wooded. Strout Island Ledges, southeastward of Strout Island, are covered at high water ; the south end is bare at low water and marked by a red buoy. A rock awash at low water and marked 15 by a red buoy lies 700 yards eastward of the south end of Strout Island Ledges. Shag Islet is a low, bare rock. The channel between Strout Island and Otter Island is called Strout Island Narrows. Dyer Island Narrows, the passage between Dyer Island and Fos- ter Island, has a depth of 9 feet at low water, and connects Harring- 20 ton Bay and Narraguagus Bay. This passage is buoj^ed, but is not suitable for sailing vessels on account of the sharp turns and nar- rowness of the channel. There are numerous dangers close to the channel, and the buoys must be closely followed. Local pilots report dangers in this channel and that a boat drawing 3 feet has struck 25 boulders. Directions, Dyer Island Narrows, pass about 50 yards southwest- ward of the red and black buoy lying 300 yards westward of the northern end of Strout Island, steer 321° true, and pass 50 yards northward of the next black buoy. Haul sharply southwestward 3a around this buoy, leaving it about 50 yards on the port hand, and steer. 218° true to a position 100 yards westward of another black buoy. Then steer 235° true, and pass close northward of the black buoy at the western end. Narraguagus Bay.—This bay lies northward of Petit Manan and 35 northwestward of Nash Island. The lower part of the bay is a well-sheltered anchorage, much used as a harbor of refuge in all seasons by vessels up to 18-foot draft. The principal dangers in the channels are buoyed, and the lighthouses on Nash Island and Petit Manan with the lighted bell buoy just eastward of Pond' Island 40 are guides for the entrance. It is connected with Pleasant Bay by Flint Island Narrows, and with Harrington Bay by Dyer Island Narrows, both previously described. Jerry Ledge, off the southeast end of Bois Bubert Island, is bare at low water. A 15-foot spot just south of this ledge is marked 45 by a black buoy on its southern side. Jordans Delight Ledge, in the middle of the entrance to Narra- guagus Bay, has a rock at its southwest end, bare at low water and marked by a spindle. Black Ledge, at the northeast end of Jordans Delight Ledge, is 50 bare at half tide. The ground in this vicinity is very bfoken and should not be crossed by vessels. 96 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chakt 1201) Mackerel Rock, an unmarked rock with 10 feet over it, lies 1.2 miles, 111° true from Narraguagus Lighthouse tower and 0.6 mile northeastward of Black Ledge, and slightly west of the range made by the latter and Petit Manan Lighthouse. 5 Jordans Delight is a rocky island, sparsely wooded on top. Pond Island shows from southward as a hare conical hill 160 feet high, and is marked on its eastern side by Narraguagus Lighthouse Tower. Narraguagus Lighthouse Tower is a white tower connected with 10 dwelling. It is no longer maintained as a light but the tower stand- ing 54 feet above the water is a conspicuous landmark. Douglas Island Harbor* lies north of the Douglas Islands (wooded) and west of Pond Island. It has anchorage in 4 to 6 fathoms, but is seldom used, the anchorage above Trafton Island 15 being better. Considerable sea makes into the harbor in heavy south- erly weather. The harbor is clear except at its southwest end, where Douglas Island Ledge, partly bare at low water, extends 350 yards northwestward from the middle Douglas Island. The dangers in the southern part of the harbor will be avoided by keeping the 20 summit of Pond Island bearing southward of 94° true. Entering Douglas Island Harbor northward of Pond Island, pass northward and at least 0.3 mile westward of the black buoy on the end of the ledge which extends nearly 0.3 mile northward from Pond Island. The harbor may also be entered from southward 25 between the islands, the best channel being between the wooded island near the southwest end of Pond Island on the east, and the eastern one of the three Douglas Islands and the bare rock 250 yards southward from it on the west. Entering by this passage, avoid two rocks, bare at low water, which lie 125 yards southwestward of the 30 wooded islet lying 250 yards off the middle of the west side of Pond Island. A narrow channel, said to have a depth of at least 8 feet at low water, but bordered by rocks sunken and awash, on either side, leads from Douglas Island Harbor into the head of Pigeon Hill Bay. The best 35 water leads about 75 yards northward of Currant Island (wooded in the center) and then about 283° true with the highest point of Pond Island astern, until in the main channel of Pigeon Hill Bay. While this channel is much used by local fishermen who use the iish weirs as guides during the summer it is not recommended for strangers without 40 local knowledge. Shipstern Island, on the eastern side, at the entrance of Narra- guagus Bay, is -high, round, and wooded, and has rocky bluffs on its south side. Western Reef (Yellow Ledge), extending 0.4 mile southward 45 from Tommy Island, has a bare rock on its southern end, and is marked by a red buoy. Tommy Island is low and sparsely wooded. Trafton Island is wooded. There is a good channel on either side. Trafton Island Ledge, in the middle of the entrance to the cove 50 on the north side of Trafton Island, is a bare rock. Halftide Ledge, 0.6 mile northward of Trafton Island, is partly bare at low water and marked by a spindle near its northern end. *Lat. 44°27'.5, Long. 67°51'.2 : Charts 305, 1201, 1202. (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN 97 Wyman is a village on the western side of Narraguagus Bay 1.8 miles northward of Trafton Island. The brick chimney of the old fish plant (destroyed) is prominent. There are several small fish wharves in the cove northwestward of Mitchell Point. Gasoline is obtainable. There is a general store and a paved highway to Mill- 5 bridge. Narraguagus River, emptying into Narraguagus Bay from north- ward, has a least depth of about 4 feet to Millbridge, 2 miles above the mouth at Wyman. The channel is narrow, crooked, and leads between flats on each side bare at low water. It is partially marked, but local lo knowledge is necessary to carry the best water. Strangers should navigate it on a rising tide. Millbridge is a small town on the west side of the Narraguagus River near its mouth. There is practically no shipping except gaso- line, and the two old wharves are in ruins. Fishing boats still use 15 the remains of the lower one (1940). There is an oil wharf with about 4 feet at its end at M. L. W. The highway bridge, fixed span, has clearances of about 122 feet horizontal and 16 feet vertical at M. L. W. Narraguagus River between Millbridge and Cherryfield, a distance 20 of about 4 miles, is bare at low water throughout most of its length, and the deepest draft using it is about 5 feet at high water and with local knowledge. Pilots for this locality can be obtained from among the fishermen at Wyman. 25 Cherryfield has railroad communication. Pigeon Hill Bay.—This bay, having its entrance on the eastern side of Petit Manan Bar and northward of Petit Manan Lighthouse, is easy of access by day, and affords good anchorage in 12 to 24 feet, but is seldom used except by local fishermen. The channel is un- 30 marked except at the entrance. There is a small settlement, named Pigeon Hill, on the west side near the Carrying Place. A watch tower, in ruin, on the western side of the bay is visible above the trees in all directions. Whale Ledge, on the east side at the entrance to Pigeon Hill Bay, 35 is bare at half tide. A red buoy marks a 13-foot spot 300 yards southward of it. Egg Rock shows at low water as a large ledge of dark boulders, with several high parts which are aJways out of water. There is a narrow channel between Egg Rock and Bois Bubert Island, but a 40 stranger :,aould not attempt it. Gull Rocks are a large ledge, bare at half tide, making off 0.2 mile from the shore of Bois Bubert Island about 1.4 miles northward of Egg Rock. These rocks are avoided by keeping in mid-channel. Pigeon Hill, the high, bare-topped hill on the western shore near 45 the head of the bay, is conspicuous, and a landmark for some distance at sea. The thoroughfare connecting the head of Pigeon Hill Bay with Duglas Island Harbor is described on page 96. Directions, Pigeon Hill Bay, having made the red buoy on the 50 east side of the entrance, a 348° true course with Pigeon Hill ahead and Petit Manan Lighthouse astern, will lead 0.3 mile westward of red buoy, and clear of all dangers until inside the bay. Follow 98 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chart 1201) a mid-channel course in the bay, and anchor above Gull Rocks in 3 to 4 fathoms, soft bottom. Small vessels anchor on the west side off the Carrying Place (Pigeon Hill). Petit Manan Bar connects Petit Manan Island with Petit Manan 5 Point on the mainland ; it is composed of ledges and large boulders, between which is a channel, marked by two vertical striped buoys, wliich may be used by vessels of 8 feet draft at low water when the sea is smooth. The sea breaks along the whole length of the bar with a swell or in heavy weather, and the tidal currents set over it 10 with considerable velocity, the flood northeastward, the ebb south- westward; sailing vessels are cautioned not to approach the bar in a light breeze. The buoys marking the channel across Petit Manan Bar are 1.3 miles northward of Petit Manan Lighthouse and 1 mile southward 15 of the end of Petit Manan Point. The buoys can be left close to on either side. Another channel across the bar, 0.4 mile southeastward of Petit Manan Point, is used by small local boats at all stages of the tide, but it is unmarked and difficult, and should not be attempted by 20 strangers. Petit Manan Island is low and bare and is marked by the light- house and several buildings. Petit Manan Lighthouse* is a gray granite tower. The light is 123 feet above the water and is visible 17 miles. The fog signal is 25 an air diaphragm horn. Simms Rock, located 1.7 miles 162° true from Petit Manan Light- house, has a least found depth of 6 feet and is marked by a red and black buoy placed between it and a sunken rock to the southeast. Southeast Rock, located 3.2 miles 133° true from Petit Manan :w Lighthouse, has a least found depth of 5 feet and is marked by a red lighted whistle buoy. Tibbett Rock has a least found depth of 12 feet and is marked by a red and black buoy. Another rock, with a depth of 10 feet, and marked by a red and black buoy, is located 0.8 mile 146° true from 35 Tibbett Rock. Jackson Ledge lies 2.6 miles 85° true from Petit Manan Light- house. It has a least found depth of 23 feet and is unmarked. Jo Leighton Ground, unmarked, and having a least depth of 15 feet, lies 2.1 miles 41° true from Petit Manan Lighthouse. 40 Petit Manan Pool, on the southeast side of Green Island and north of Petit Manan Island, is a small-boat harbor. It is bare at low water; however, the bottom is soft and boats ground out at low tide. Pilots can be obtained from local fishermen at Wyman and other points. 45 Anchorages, Narraguagus Bay.—The usual anchorage for vessels seeking shelter in Narraguagus Bay is between Trafton Island and Lower Middle Ground buoy, in 21 feet, soft bottom; vessels of 10-foot draft or less sometimes anchor in 14 to 17 feet north of Trafton Island, about midway between it and the beacon on Half- 50 tide Ledge. Vessels bound up to Millbridge anchor in 14 to 16 feet about 0.5 mile east of Wyman, the wharf bearing about 274° true. *Lat. 44°22'.l, Long. 67''51'.9 : Charts 305, 1201, 1202, 70. 1106. (CHART 1201) WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN 99 Good anchorage in 24 feet, soft bottom, will be found about 0.4 mile northeastward of the spindle on Half Tide Ledge. Anchorages, Pleasant Bay.—Vessels also anchor in Pleasant Bay- in 5 to 6 fathoms westward of Nightcap Island and southward of Barton Ledge; the best and most frequently used anchorage for 5 small vessels in Pleasant Bay is southeastward and eastward of Birch Islands, in 14 to 18 feet. Ice.—From December to April ice usually forms on Pleasant Kiver and Harrington River to their mouths, and very frequently on Harrington Bay. Ice seldom obstructs navigation in Narraguagus 10 River except in January and February, during which time the river is usually frozen to the mouth. In ordinary winters the ice that forms in these bays goes out with the tides. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is 11 feet at Nash Island, 12 feet at Addison Point, and 11 feet at Millbridge. 15 Directions, Pleasant Bay.—From a position close to the bell buoy located 1 mile south of Petit Manan steer 34'' true for 7.7 miles and pass either side of the vertically striped bell buoy located 0.6 mile southwest of Nash Island Light.' Then steer about 347° true for 2.3 miles to a point 0.8 mile 270° true of Norton Ledge. At this position 20 change course to 12° true and make good the range of the east tangent of the Birch Islands with the tangent to Tumbledown Head. Pass Nightcap Island at a distance of about 250 yards and continue to anchorage eastward or southeastward of Birch Islands. Anchorage may also be had in 5 to 6 fathoms about 0.3 mile west 25 of Nightcap Island and about the same distance south of Barton Ledge. If coming from eastward, as through Tabbott Narrows, when west of Ram Island (Chart 304) , steer 267° true with the south end of that island astern. If made good this course, will lead about 450 yards 30 north of The Ladle and the same distance south of the beacon off the south side of Norton Island. When past this beacon round Norton Ledge at a distance of about 0.3 mile, passing south and west of it. When 0.3 mile west of this ledge continue as in the second para- graph of these directions. 35 Directions, Harrington Bay.—Follow the directions given for Pleasant Bay from Petit Manan until 1.3 miles north of the bell buoy off Nash Island, then steer 319° with Nash Island Light astern and pass midway between Otter and Strout Islands. Follow the west- ern shore of Strout Island at a distance of about 200 yards until about 40 100 yards east of the horizontally striped buoy. Then steer about 0° true and pass 125 yards west of Shag Island, after which follow the shore of Ripley Neck at a distance of about 300 to 400 yards and anchor on eastern side of bay below Ripley Islands. If entering from Tabbott Narrows, steer 267° with the south end of 45 Ram Island astern as in the preceding directions for Pleasant Bay. Continue on this course for about 0.8 mile past Norton Island Beacon, then change course to 319° true with Nash Island astern. Directions, Narraguagus Bay.—If approaching from eastward pass close south of the bell buoy southwest of Nash Island Light and 50 steer 290° true. This course clears the south end of Trafton Island by 300 yards. 100 WEST QUODDY HEAD TO PETIT MANAN (Chart 1201) If entering east of Trafton Island, when on this course, 290° true, and just past Western Reef with the end of the ledge extending southeast from Tommy Island abeam, swing right to course 353° true and run about midway between Tommy and Trafton Islands. When 5 the hill on the north end of Trafton Island is abeam change course to 336° true and proceed to anchorage eastward of Halftide Ledge. If entering west of Trafton Island, continue on course 290° true until about 300 yards off the south end of that island. Round the southwest end of the island at about the same distance and proceed up 10 the bay for 0.8 mile to anchorage on course 356° true. If entering from southward; from close to the bell buoy 1 mile south of Petit Manan, steer 13° true for about 6.5 miles to a position about 100 yards east of the lighted bell buoy off Pond Island. If passing east of Trafton Island, continue this course until the southern 15 points of Shipstern and Flint Islands are on range, then head for the center of the channel east of Trafton Island and continue as in second preceding paragraph. If passing west of Trafton Island, when off Pond Island bell buoy, change course to 336° true, heading to clear Trafton Island by not less than 300 yards and continue as directed in preceding paragraph. Chapter 7.—PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY (CHART 1202) PETIT MANAN TO SCHOODIC ISLAND (CHART 305) The bight inclosed between Petit Manan Bar an(i Schoodic Penin- 5 sula is the approach to Dyer and Gouldsboro Bays and Prospect Harbor. Prospect Harbor is the most important village, although Gouldsboro and Steuben can be reached by small craft at high water. These waters are frequented principally by local fishermen. There are many rocks in the approach and tributaries, not closely examined, 10 and vessels should use caution when crossing broken areas where the charted depth does not considerably exceed the draft. Moulton Ledge, off the entrance to Dyer and Gouldsboro Bays, 3 miles westward of Petit Manan Lighthouse, is bare at low water, and is marked by a red and black buoy placed southwest of the 15 ledge. There are several other unmarked ledges and broken ground in this vicinity, and it should be avoided by vessels. There is an 18-foot spot 0.6 mile south of the ledge and Stone Horse Ledge with 11 feet of water over it lies about 0.8 mile to the northeast. Dyer Bay*, the entrance to which lies 3 miles northwestward of 20 Petit Manan Lighthouse, has excellent anchorage in 4 to 7 fathoms, but it is unmarked and seldom used except by small local vessels. Petit Manan Point, on the eastern side of the bay, has a large watch tower which is in ruin but still forms a prominent mark. A group of islands and rocks, with narrow, deep passages between them, 25 extends from westward across the entrance of Gouldsboro Bay and part way across Dyer Bay entrance, leaving a good passage nearly y^ mile wide between the easternmost bare ledge, The Castle, and Petit Manan Point. One mile above The Castle the channel is con- tracted to a width of 250 yards by rocks and ledges, which extend 30 out from both shores and have a depth of 9 to 11 feet over them. Above this the channel widens to 0.5 mile, and contracts gradually to 400 yards westward of Sheep Island. The least depth in the chan- nel is about 3 fathoms, but a stranger should not attempt to enter at low water with a vessel of more than 9-foot draft. There are no com- 35 mercial wharves. Pinkham Bay, at the head of Dyer Bay, is full of rocks and ledges ; a narrow, crooked channel with a depth of 8 feet at low water leads for some distance toward its head, which runs dry at low water. Dyer Harbor, north of Sheep Island and west of Goods Point, is 40 shallow ; the upper part is dry at low water. "Lat. 44''26'.0, Long. GT'SS'-S : Charts 305, 1202, 1106. 101 640825°— 43' 8 102 PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY (Chart 1202) Carrying Place Cove makes southeastward, north of Sheep Island ; the head of this cove is nearly all soft mud and dry at low water and is 300 yards from Pigeon Hill Bay. The tidal currents are strong in the entrance of Dyer Bay, but follow the general direction of the channel except near Dyer Point, 5 where they set in and out of Gouldsboro Bay. The Castle, Bonny Chess Ledge, and Little Ledge are bare ledges, without distinguishing marks. Yellowbirch Head, on the east side, 0.7 mile northeastward of The Castle, is a high, bare bluff. 10 Directions, Dyer Bay, entering from eastward.—From just south of the vertical striped bell buoy 1 mile southward of Petit Manan Lighthouse, steer 315° true for 3.2 miles until the south end of Petit Manan Point is 0.6 mile distant and in range with Egg Rock, bearing 60° true. Then steer 351° true and pass 250 yards eastward of The 15 Castle. Then bring it astern on a 359° true course. When halfway up the bay, off Yeaton Point, change course a few degrees to the right heading to pass in mid-channel westward of Sheep Island. Select anchorage near the middle of the bay when over 1.3 miles above The Castle, in 4 to 7 fathoms, but do not go over 400 yards above Sheep 20 Island. Entering from westward.—From the whistling buoy off Schoodic Island, steer 46° true for 7 miles, passing 0.4 mile southeastward of Little Black Ledge, 0.5 mile northwestward of Stone Horse Ledge, and to a position 0.4 mile southward of The Castle. Pass about 25 250 yards eastward of The Castle and proceed as directed in the preceding paragpaph. Gouldsboro Bay.—This bay lies 4 miles northwestward of Petit Manan Lighthouse and 6 miles northeastward of Schoodic Island. It forms an excellent anqhorage in 2 to 9 fathoms. It is the approach 30 to the villages of Gouldsboro and Steuben, 6i/^ and 7 miles, respec- tively, above the entrance, but the approaches to these villages are unmarked and can be navigated only by small craft at high water, and are little used. Ice obstructs navigation in the bay from December to March. In severe winters the bay is closed to the entrance. 35 Sally Islands, a chain of small islands and ledges, extend across the entrance to Gouldsboro Bay ; through the chain are two navigable channels known as Eastern Way and Western Passage. When ap- proaching from westward, care must be taken not to mistake the passages, the islands being difficult to recognize. Inside the islands, 40 the bay is free from outlying dangers and the water shoals gradually toward its head. Eastern Way, or Ship Channel, leads into the bay between Eastern Island (wooded on top) and Bald Rock (a bare rock) ; it is about 350 yards wide between the 18-foot curves, and has a spot with 45 24 feet over it about 200 yards west of Eastern Island. This chan- nel has the strongest tidal currents, and when the current is running ebb sailing vessels can enter only with a strong favorable breeze. The currents set diagonally across the channel. Western Passage leads into the bay between Sally Island (rocky, 50 with grass on top) and Sheep Island (thickly wooded in center). It is about 200 yards wide between the 12-foot curves and leads close along the eastern side of Sheep Island westward of ledges bare at (CHART 1202) PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY 103 half tide; the least depth in the channel is 20 feet. The tidal cur- rents run true with the channel and have a velocity of 2 to 3 knots at strength. There is a passage from Dyer Bay to Gouldsboro Bay north of Sally Islands. It is obstructed by rocks, partly bare at low water 5 only, which extend 300 yards southward and southwestward from the southern end of Dyer Neck, and by a shelving ledge which extends 250 yards northeastward from Eastern Island. The channel where narrowest, abreast Eastern Island, is 250 yards wide, and the range of the northwest sides of Bald Rock and Sheep Island, bearing 240° jq true, leads through the middle of it. Point Francis,* on the western shore, 3^^ miles above Sally Islands, is high and wooded, and is prominent from the lower end of the bay. Joy Bay, a shallow body of water 1% miles long, with a narrow, crooked channel to the village of Steuben, makes northward from jg Gouldsboro Bay at Rogers Point; it separates into two coves at its head ; the eastern one is Steuben Harbor and the western, Joy Cove. Steuben can be reached at high water by vessels of 7 to 8 feet draft ; the channel is nearly bare at low water, and is unmarked and seldom used. 20 Gouldsboro Harbor is a large shallow arm with numerous ledges at its entrance, making into the northwestern part of Gouldsboro Bay and extending about 21^ miles to the village of Gouldsboro, which is of no commercial importance. The harbor has a narrow, crooked, unmarked channel, nearly dry at low water, and is seldom 25 used. Directions, Gouldsboro Bay.—A depth of over 4 fathoms can be carried into the bay through the Eastern Way, and 20 feet through the Western Passage. The tidal currents have a velocity of 2 to 3 knots at strength through these passages, and in Eastern Way 30 they set diagonally. From eastward, entering through Eastern Way.—From off the vertically striped bell buoy southward of Petit Manan Lighthouse steer 312° true a little over 4 miles; the tidal currents set across this course with considerable velocity, the flood northeastward and ebb southwestward. Change course as necessary to pass midway be- tween Eastern Island and Bald Rock. When inside the islands steer a little more northward and stand up the middle of the bay; the water shoals gradually toward the head, and anchorage can be had anywhere between the entrance and Point Francis by giving the shores a berth of 500 yards. From westward, entering through Eastern Way.—From near the whistling buoy off Schoodic Island steer 46° true for 4.4 miles, passing 0.4 mile southeastward of Little Black Ledge and for 0,5 mile beyond, until Cranberry Point is in line with Prospect Harbor Lighthouse. Then steer 28° true for the eastern end of Eastern Island until about 500 yards from the island. Then steer about 342° true and pass about midway between Eastern Island and Bald Rock. Then steer more northwestward to avoid the rocks, bare at low water only, lying 300 yards off the southwest side of the south end of Dyer Neck, and then stand up the middle of the bay. •Lat. 44«26'.9, Long. 67°69'.0 : Chart 305. 35 40 45 50 104 PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY (Chaet i202> Corea Harbor is a small cove between Gouldsboro Bay and Pros- pect Harbor, inside a group of grassy islands. It has a depth of 8 feet in the entrance and 7 feet inside the harbor. The best water leads westward of Western Island, and then favors the northeast side 5 of Corea Harbor, Small craft enter from Gouldsboro Bay, inside of all the islands, but strangers should not attempt this passage. Corea is a post village of fishermen at ths head of Corea Harbor. There are several small wharves which are bare at low water. A church and a group of houses are prominent for a considerable 10 distance offshore. There is a store here, where supplies in limited quantities can be obtamed. There is a wharf on the eastern side of the channel with 6 feet alongside at mean low water. There is a gasoline pump on the wharf. Prospect Harbor.—This harbor, 3 miles northeastward of Schoodic 15 Island and 6 miles northwestward of Petit Manan Lighthouse, is the approach to the village of Prospect Harbor. The outer harbor has ample depth and affords anchorage for the largest vessels, ex- posed to southerly winds. It is easily entered, but seldom used. The ledges off the entrance to Prospect Harbor divide the approach 20 into two channels ; both are clear and deep if the ledges between them be avoided. Little Black Ledge and Big Black Ledge show at high water, and Old Man and Old Woman are partly bare at low water. The latter is marked by a red buoy at its southwest end. 25 Sand Cove, the eastern branch at the head of Prospect Harbor, has ample depth until near the head, but is seldom used. Inner Harbor, the western branch at the head, is marked on the eastern side by Prospect Harbor Light and on the western side by Clark Ledges spindle. It has a depth of 2 to 5 fathoms just inside, 30 sheltered from all but southeast winds, and is extensively used by small local vessels. The anchorage is on the southwest side in soft bottom, about 200 yards northward of a line joining Clark Ledges spindle and the fish factory on Clark Point. Prospect Harbor Lighthouse* is a white conical tower with a 35 covered way to a dwelling. The light is 42 feet high and is visible 9 miles. The entrance to the inner harbor is marked by a bell buoy. Prospect Harbor is a village on Inner Harbor. There is a depth of 15 feet at the fish wharf on Clark Point, and 12 and 9 feet at the wharves just inside Clark Point. Gasoline, diesel oil, water, and 40 provisions are obtainable. Birch Harbor, on the western side of Prospect Harbor, 1.5 miles above the entrance, has a depth of 6 feet for 0.5 mile, and shoals rapidly above. There is a small settlement of fishermen near the head ; the landings are bare at low water. The channel is unmarked and 45 difficult. The best water in entering favors the southwest side to avoid Roaring Bull, a rock bare at extreme low water. Bunker Harbor, on the west side of Prospect Plarbor, just inside the entrance, has a small settlement of fishermen at the head. The landings are bare at low water. The entrance is obstructed by ledges. 50 The outer one is Bunker Ledge, partly bare at low water only and marked at its eastern end by a black buoy. Inside of this are ledges •Lat. 44''24'.2, Long. 68°00'.8 : Charts 305, 1202, 1106. (wooded). Then swing a little northward and head for Trap Rock (low bare islet), showing a little to the right of the northerly steel tower, for over 0.3 mile until 400 yards from Trap Rock and past a reef on the south side. Then haul southwestward to round the reef 5 extending 250 yards southwestward from Trap Rock, and then steer westward for the draw, with the north end of Thomas Island astern. After passing through the draw give the shore on the south side a berth of 150 yards to avoid ledges making off it, until 0.3 mile from the bridge, and then haul south-southwestward into Western Bay, 10 giving Haynes Point on the western side a birth of 300 yards to avoid ledges off it. EASTERN BAY TO BAR HARBOR (CHART 306) Hulls Cove is a broad open bight on the northeast side of Mount 15 Desert Island. There are several dangers off the cove, but they are all marked by buoys. There is a railway for hauling out small craft which can handle boats up to 45 feet long and draft of 4.5 feet. There is no machine shop. The rock awash lying nearly 250 yards offshore and 1.2 miles 20 southeast of Hulls Cove is marked by a private spindle. The shore line from Hulls Cove to Bar Harbor is backed by numerous pre- tentious summer residences. Bald Rock and Bald Rock Ledge are marked by a black buoy to the northeast and a red buoy to the southwest. The high part of 25 the ledge bares at low water. The area between Bald Rock Ledge and Bar Island is used as a yacht anchorage, it being a much safer anchorage than Bar Harbor. BAR HARBOR (CHART 318) 30 This is a town and anchorage on the eastern side of Mount Desert Island, 31/2 miles above Egg Rock Lighthouse. This harbor is formed by an indentation in the shore of Mount Desert Island and two islands northward. Bar Island and Sheep Porcupine Island; a breakwater extending southwesterly from Bald Porcupine Island 35 across Porcupine Dry Ledge to within 250 yards of the shore affords some shelter against southerly winds. A swell heaves in during southeast winds, and vessels should not attempt to ride out a gale here from that direction. The breakwater is awash on the higher tides. There is a mound at its western end which always shows. 40 All of the islands surrounding Bar Harbor are high and wooded, and have no prominent marks. When approaching from southward. Bald Porcupine Island is distinguishable on account of its bare rocky slopes. CromweJ 1 Cove, westward of the end of the breakwater, has several 45 private float landings, but is seldom used as an anchorage. Bar Harbor is an important summer resort and yachting center. There is good highway connection and during the summer season there are usually week-end cruises to Bar Harbor from Portland and New York. 50 The Municipal Pier has a depth of 10 feet at mean low water at its end and there are floats for small boats on each side of it. In 1940 (CHAET 1202) PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY 115 10 free moorings for visiting yachts were maintained east of the Municipal Pier. There is a chart agency of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey located here. The coal and other wharves have depths of 4 feet and less along- side. Coal is received in barges drawing up to 11 feet. 5 There is a harbor master at Bar Harbor. It is a customs port of entry and marine documents are issued. Gasoline, Diesel oil, and water can be obtained from the wharves. There are facilities for minor repairs only, and boats up to about 45 feet in length can be hauled out at Hulls Cove and Skillings River. ^ 10 The principal entrance is from eastward between Bald Porcupine and Sheep Porcupine Islands, and is clear. Passing about 300 yards northeastward of Bald Porcupine Island, a 289° true course will lead to the anchorage. Local vessels sometimes enter from northward between Sheep Porcupine Island and the islet eastward 15 of Bar Island, where the depth is 8 feet in mid-channel. There is a deep channel 150 yards wide into the harbor from southward between the end of the breakwater extending southwestward from Bald Porcupine Island and the western shore; this is sometimes used by local vessels. 20 Anchorage.—The usual anchorage is southward and southeast- ward of the eastern end of Bar Island, in 1 to 13 fathoms, the depths shoaling rapidly toward the bar southward of Bar Island. The southern limit of the anchorage is marked by white barrel buoys placed by the harbor master to leave a clear channel to the 25 wharves. Large vessels frequently anchor northward or northwestward of Bar Island, in 7 to 10 fathoms, soft bottom. The bar inside of Bar Island will be avoided by keeping the north side of Sheep Porcupine Island open from the north side of Bar Island. The western shore 30 is fairly bold, with the exception of a rock, bare at low water, lying 0.6 mile westward of Bar Island and 250 yards from the shore at the entrance of Duck Brook. Vessels should keep over 0.3 mile southward of a line joining Bald Rock Ledge red buoy and Bald Rock (a bare rocky islet). 35 The bar extending between Bar Island and the town consists of scattered boulders on soft bottom. BAR HARBOR TO OTTER COVE (CHART 306) The southeast side of Mount Desert Island between Bar Harbor 40 and Seal Harbor is rocky and precipitous. The small coves indent- ing the shore are of no importance to navigation. Several dangers lie off the shore, but the most dangerous either show above water or are ma* ked by buoys. Thrumcap Island, 1.4 miles southward of Bald Porcupine Island, 45 is a round rocky island, with a clump of trees in its center. It is reported that there are down draft wind currents around Thrumcap Island on account of which small sailboats should keep offshore. Caution.—An 8 -foot spot lies 0.2 mile north-northwest from Thrumcap Island. It is unmarked and has been struck by several 50 yachts navigating along the coast at this point. 116 PETIT MANAN TO JERICHO BAY (Chart 12C2) Newport Ledge lies 400 yards from shore, midway between the Thrumcap and Schooner Head. It is bare at extreme low water, and is marked on its eastern side by a black buoy. The bottom inside of it is broken, and should not* be crossed by vessels. 5 Egg Kock is described on page 107. Schooner Head and Great Head are prominent rocky headlands. On the summit of the eastern hill at Great Head is a small, round, flat topped granite building which is prominent. Schooner Ledge (Old WTiale Ledge) 350 yards from shore, midway 10 between Schooner Head and Great Head, is bare 4 feet at low water and marked by a lighted bell buoy 300 yards eastward of it. Newport Cove, a small cove westAvard of Great Head, is exposed southward, has poor holding ground and is iiever used as an anchor- age. There is a bare rock off the entrance. Because of a prominent 15 sand beach at the head of the cove this area is known locally as The Sand Beach. Otter Cliff Ledge, 400 yards eastward of Otter Point, is bare at half tide and marked by a black bell buoy. Otter Cove, a long cove making northward of the west side of 20 Otter Point, has deep water in the entrance and is bare for % mile from the head. It is exposed southward and not used as an anchor- age. A fixed bridge crosses the cove 0.8 mile above the entrance. There is 15 feet horizontal clearance and 2.2 feet vertical clearance at mean high water. 25 DIRECTIONS. FRENCHMAN BAY (CHART 306) The bay is rocky, but the water is deep and generally free from dangers except near the shores. The main part of the bay, from a little southward of Egg Rock Lighthouse* to the entrances of Skillings 30 River, Sullivan River, and Eastern Bay, including the channels be- tween Jordan and Long Porcupine Islands, and between Burnt Por- cupine and Sheep Porcupine Islands, has been examined by means of a wire drag. The tributaries, with the exception of the main part of 'Winter 35 Harbor and the channels northward and southward of Sutton Island, have not been examined by means of a wire drag, and vessels navi- gating them should proceed with caution when crossing areas where the charted depth cloes not considerably exceed the draft. The following directions are good for vessels of the deepest draft, 40 and lead to Eastern Bay at the head of Frenchman Bay. General directions for entering the harbors and arms of Frenchman Bay are given in the description of the tributaries. From eastward.—From 100 yards south of the whistling buoy off Schoodic Island, steer 296° true for Egg Rock Lighthouse for 3.3 45 miles until 0.3 mile southwestward of a red bell buoy and Winter Harbor Abandoned Lighthouse Tower is in line with the southern end of Turtle Island. Then steer 314° true for 4.2 miles, heading just clear of the east side of Sheep Porcupine Island anci passing 0.5 mile northeastward of Egg Rock Lighthouse, to a position 400 50 yards eastward of Bald Porcupine Island and 100 yards eastward of tlie lighted horn buoy off that island. •Lat. 44°21'.3, Long. 69°08'.3: Charts 306, 317, 1202, 70, 1106, 54'.7 : Charts 225. 1203. 540825 O - 43 - U 150 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (CHAET1203) of Alden Rock is at the eastern end of broken ground nearly 1 mile long, with least depths of 25 to 28 feet. Southern Triangles are three rocks, awash at low water lying mid- way between Little Green and Metinic Islands. The southwestern 5 rock lies 0.6 mile from the other two. A black buoy lies 75 yards southeastward of the easternmost rock. Metinic Island is nearly 2 miles long, 70 feet high near its north- ern end, and partly wooded ; it has no wharves. Metinic Green Island, low and grassy, lies 0.4 mile southwestward of Metinic Island, 10 with foul ground between. A rock awash at low water lies 300 yards southwestward of Metinic Green Island. Wheeler Rock, with 5 feet over it, lies 0.4 mile north-northeastward, and Wheeler Big Rock, awash at high water, lies 300 yards northward of the northeast point of Metinic Island. Green Point Shoal, \yith 19 feet over it, lies 0.7 15 mile eastward of the middle of Metinic Island. Broken ground extends 2 to 3 miles westward and southwestward from Metinic Island. Black Rock, covered at high water, lies 0.7 mile westward of the middle of Metinic Island. A rock with 14 feet over it, lies 0.3 mile 20 southwestward of Black Rock. Metinic Island Ledge, with 8 feet over it and marked at its south- west end by a horizontally striped buoy, lies 1.8 miles westward of Metinic Island, on the range of the north end of the latter and the middle of Large Green Island. A rock with 26 feet over it lies 0.6 25 mile northeastward of it. Hooper Shoal, with 17 feet over it, lies 0.6 mile southwestward from Metinic Island Ledge. Kelp is reported on Metinic I. Ledge. Roaring Bull,* awash at low water and generally marked by breakers, lies 2.7 miles westward of Metinic Green Island. It is 30 marked on its northwest side by a black buoy. A ledge, with a least depth of 41^ fathoms, lies 0.7 mile north-northwestward of Roaring Bull. Southeast Breaker is on a ledge about 0.5 mile long in a northeast direction, the higher part of which is bare at half tide. It lies 2 35 miles southwestward of Metinic Green Island, on the range of the south end of the latter and the north end of Large Green Island. Haddock Ledge, with 13 feet over it, lies 1.3 miles southward of Southeast Breaker and 2.5 miles southwestward of Metinic Green Island. 40 Monhegan Island, lying 9 miles off the mainland, is one of the im- portant landmarks for vessels bound along the coast. It is 1.4 miles long, 160 feet high, and presents a rocky shore with high bluffs in places. Monhegan Island Lighthouse, in the middle of Monhegan Island, 45 is a gray conical tower, with a covered way to a white dwelling. The light is 178 feet above the water, and visible 20 miles. Manana Island, a smaller island close westward of Monhegan Island, is 110 feet high and rocky and has a fog signal and radio beacon on its summit. The signal is a horn and it is synchronized 50 for distance finding. A bell will be struck by hand if the horn is disabled. *Lat. 43''51'.6, Long. 69°11'.6 : Charts 312, 1203. (CHABT1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 151 Monhegan Harbor is an anchorage for small craft, exposed south- ward, lying between Monhegan and Manana Islands; it is used principally by local fishermen and has 3 to 5^/^ fathoms with poor holding ground and scant room at the anchorage for a small vessel to swing. The deeper water in the harbor favors Manana Island. A 5 depth of 12 feet can be taken through the northern entrance, between Monhegan Island and the grass-covered rock on the end of the ledge making out from Manana Island; the best water leads close to the end of the wharf in entering. Even small craft should not attempt to ride out bad weather in this roadstead. During heavy weather lo the daily mail boat is frequently unable to land at the wharf. Monhegan is a village of fishermen and summer residents on the east side of Monhegan Harbor. The principal wharf has a depth of about 12 feet at the end. The village has telephone communication with the mainland, and communication by a launch carrying mail, 15 freight, and passengers with Thomaston, Boothbay, and Port Clyde. Gasoline and provisions are obtainable. Eastern Duck Rock is a large bare rock, with some grass on top, lying 400 yards off the north end of Monhegan Island; the narrow channel between them is near the rock. 20 Duck Rocks, lying 0.6 mile off the northwest side of Monhegan Island, are two large bare rocks, the western one marked by a large black tripod beacon. Sunken Duck Rock, with 6 feet over it, lies 350 yards north-northeastward of the tripod, and is marked on its north side by a black buoy. A black bell buoy is moored 650 yards 25 north-northwestward of the tripod. Allen Shoal lies 1.9 miles eastward of Monhegan Island Light- house and 1 mile from the nearest point of the island. The least depth found by the survey is 5^^ fathoms, but a depth of about 3 fathoms is reported. 30 Gull Rock Ledge, with 3% fathoms over it, lies 1 mile south- southeastward of Monhegan Island Lighthouse.* Kelp has been re- ported on this shoal. EAST PENOBSCOT BAY TO CAPE ROSIER 35 (CHART 309) % East Penobscot Bay to Cape Rosier is the part of Penobscot Bay lying eastward of Vinalhaven, North Haven, and North and South Islesboro; its southern end, between Isle au Haut and Vinalhaven 40 Island, is called Isle au Haut Bay. The islands in East Penobscot Bay have numerous coves and small harbors, but few of these are available anchorages, some on account of their depth and others on account of the numerous dangers which obstruct their entrances. East Penobscot Bay is entered from eastward through Eggemoggin 45 Reach, Deer Island Thorofare, and Merchant Row, and from south- ward between Isle au Haut and Vinalhaven Island. Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse is the guide to this entrance. Numerous unmarked ledges lie westward of Isle au Haut and off the western entrance to Merchant Row and Deer Island Thorofare. Northeastward of 50 North Haven Island there are numerous islands and ledges. For directions. East Penobscot Bay, see page 154. *Lat. 43°45'.9, Long. 69°19'.0 : Charts 312, 313, 1203, 1204, 1106, 70. 152 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (chabti20S) The channel to the head of Penobscot Bay leads eastward of Eagle Island, marked by a lighthouse and fog signal (bell), and passes be- tween the islands in a north-northwesterly direction to Cape Rosier. A depth of over 5 fathoms can be carried up the bay by closely 5 following the directions. Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse,* on a rocky islet in the middle of the southerly entrance to East Penobscot Bay, is a gray conical tower with white dwelling attached. The hght is 54 feet above the water, and visible 13 miles. The fog signal is a bell. There is broken 10 ground between the lighthouse and Vinalhaven, and deep-draft vessels should enter eastward of the lighthouse. The islands and dangers on the eastern side of this part of East Penobscot Bay are nearly all described in the preceding chapter under the headings indicating their general location. That is, under 15 the heading "Deer Island Thorofare" will be found a description of those islands and reefs at its western entrance, etc. Between Deer Island Thorofare and Eggemoggin Reach the eastern side of this bay is formed by the western shores of Deer Isle and Little Deer Isle. 2Q From Barred Island to Southwest Harbor, Sellers Rock, part of which bares at low water, and which is marked by a red buoy, and the 18-foot spot 700 yards west of it are the only off-lying dangers. Southwest Harbor is on the western side of Deer Isle, about 4 miles north of Deer Island Thorofare Lighthouse. It is about 0.3 2g mile wide at the entrance and 1 mile long, with anchorage in 3 to 5 fathoms, but is not much used, as it is open southward. The village of Sunset is on the eastern shore of the harbor ; there are no wharves. The western side of the harbor is formed by Sheephead Island, from which Sheephead Ledges extend 0.3 mile southward. Northward of Southwest Harbor is Mill Pond, of no importance, ^^ and Sylvester Cove. In this cove is located the Deer Isle Yacht Club. On the north side of the cove is a float landing and a fish wharf. There is a private pier on the south side. The anchorage in the cove is partly sheltered by a long reef, which lies on the south side of the entrance and which bares at about half tide. There is ^^ a buoy on the northern side of the reef. Caution should be used in rQunding this reef by passing northward of the buoy, as a number of small craft are reported to have grounded on the reef. Northwest of Sylvester Cove is Dunham Point, from which Dun- ham Point Ledge extends 300 yards offshore. From the southern 40 entrance point to Northwest Harbor a ledge, part of which bares at low water, extends 500 yards northwestward. Its outer limit is marked by a red buoy. Outside the red buoy, and between it and Gull Ledge, is a narrow channel. Westward of Gull Ledge is a reef, which must be avoided, even by small boats if using this chan- ts nel. Its southwest end is marked by a black buoy, about 0.5 mile from Gull Ledge, and 0.4 mile off the main shore. Northwest Harbor, on the northwestern side of Deer Isle, is about 0.3 mile wide and over 1 mile long. A large part of its upper half is bare at low water, but in mid-harbor good anchorage will be 60 found for small vessels in 13 to 17 feet, soft bottom. The harbor •Lat. 44»00'.9, Long. 68M3'.6: Charts 226. 309, 1203. 70, 1306. (CHART 1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 153 is sheltered from all but northwesterly winds. There is also good anchorage off the entrance of the harbor between Gull Ledge and Heart Island, in 3i/^ to 5 fathoms. The village of Deer Isle is near the head of the harbor. There are two small wharves which bare at low tide. During January and February the harbor is closed by ice. 5 Directions.—^Approachmg Northwest Harbor from southward, pass 300 to 400 yards westward of the bare ledge off the north side of Dunham Point, steer 33° true for the eastern end of Little Deer Isle, and pass 300 to 400 yards northwestward of a black buoy which marks the southwest end of a ledge bare ai: half tide. When well 10 past the buoy, steer 67° true for Heart Island (high, grassy, partly wooded knoll near Deer Isle), and pass 300 to 400 yards northward of Gull Ledge (partly bare at high water) . When past Gull Ledge, steer 124° true for the middle of the entrance of Northwest Harbor. Approaching Northwest Harbor from northwestward, pass 150 to 15 not over 250 yards southwestward of the southwest point of Picker- ing Island and from this position a 124° true course for 2.8 miles will head to the middle of the entrance. North of Northwest Harbor the western shore of Deer Isle extends in a northeasterly direction to Eggemoggin Reach. It was for- 20 merly possible for small boats to follow this shore and pass between Little Deer Isle and Deer Isle directly into Eggemoggin Beach. This passage is now closed by the highway fill. The islands off-lying the western end of Eggemoggin Reach are described on page 59. Be- tween Little Deer Isle and North Haven Island there is a chain of 25 islands, between which are many passes, which must be used with care on account of the many reefs lying between them. Pickering Island, 90 feet high, and Bradbury Island, 170 feet high, both of which are wooded, are the two principal islands north of the main ship channel. About 0.7 mile south-southwest of Bradbury Island, and 0.4 mile 30 northwest of Hardhead Island (bare), lies Middle Kock, a 10-foot spot on the north side of the main ship channel. There is a red buoy on its southwest side. Southwest of the main ship channel at this point, and between it and North Haven Island, the passes between the islands are nearly 35 obstructed by reefs in many cases, and navigation, even by small craft, must be very carefully done. A few of the reefs are buoyed. The more important of these islands are as follows: Eagle Island is wooded, and has Eagle Island Lighthouse (white tower attached to dwelling) at the eastern end. The fog signal is a 40 bell. There is a post office (Eagle) and small settlement on the island, and a wharf at which vessels sometimes land at high water. The other islands m this vicinity are wooded and have no promi- nent marks. Great Spruce Head Island is the highest (220 feet on the north end). Butter Island (partly wooded) and Oak Island 45 (grassy) are uninhabited. The passage between Butter Island and the northeast Barred Islands is reported to bare at % tide. Burnt Island is wooded except for its northwest end, which is grass covered. Directions, Passage north of North Haven Island.—There is a 50 passage northward of North Haven Island, which is used in winter when Fox Islands Thorofare is closed by ice. To go through this passage, pass about 300 yards southward of Eagle Island and steer 154 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (chart 1208) 275° true for Spoon Ledge (high, with grass on top) . On this course pass 400 yards northward of Grass Ledge (high and grass-covered) and the same distance northward of Oak Island, the grassy island southeastward of Spoon Ledge. Pass midway between Oak Island 5 and Spoon Ledge and steer 242° true for 12.3 miles to Rockland Breakwater Lighthouse.* The western side of the southern part of East Penobscot Bay is very foul. Northwest of Saddleback Ledge Light, 0.8 mile, is located Saddleback Ledge Shoal with 2 feet of water on it, marked 10 by a horizontally striped buoy. The mile wide channel west of this shoal and east of Diamond Rock and Diamond Rock Ledge (marked by a black buoy) has a number of shoal spots in it, on which various depths ranging from 14 to 28 feet were found by the survey. Between this and the southeast shore of Vinalhaven Island are 15 many islands and reefs dangerous to navigation. A channel is buoyed through these to enable moderate sized vessels in daylight with good visibility to run roughly parallel to this shore at a distance varying from about 0.5 mile to 1 mile. This is part of the partially protected inside route around the south end of Vinalhaven and the use of it 20 may save many miles' running. Arey Cove and Roberts Harbor, on the southeast side of Vinal- haven Island, are much obstructed by rocks and ledges, and are unsafe for strangers. The coast northward to Bluff Head and the eastern entrance to Fox 25 Islands Thorofare has many offlying islands and reefs, extending in some places nearly a mile offshore. The coves are small and foul and of no value as harbors. Winter Harbor, Seal Bay, and Smith Cove make into the north- eastern part of Vinalhaven Island, south of the eastern entrance to Fox 30 Islands Thorofare; they are of no commercial importance and not safe for a stranger to enter. Fox Islands Thorofare and Little Thorofare are described on page 166. Carver Cove and Kent Cove are two excellent anchorages, easily entered by strangers, in Fox Islands Thorofare near its eastern en- 35 trance. They are described under, "Fox Islands Thorofare." DIRECTIONS. EAST PENOBSCOT BAY This region is an area of rocks and ledges, many of them unmarked, and extreme care is necessary in navigating it. The main part of 40 East Penobscot Bay, from a little southward of Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse to the entrance of Penobscot Bay by the channel between Eagle and Hardhead Islands, has been examined by means of a wire drag. The principal thoroughfares east and west have also been dragged. Areas near the shores were not covered. 45 The principal traffic through East Penobscot Bay is in an east and west direction, through the inside passages, but there is a clear channel, good for the deepest draft vessels and with the principal dangers marked, through the bay from sea to the head. The follow- ing directions lead in a depth of over 5 fathoms to the entrance of 50 Penobscot River. For directions through the thoroughfares, see their descriptions. Lat. 44'>06'.2, Long. Q9°0^'.Q : Charts 310, 320, 1203, 1106. (CHABT1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 155 1. Approaching from eastward or southward (Charts 225 or 1203).—Approaching from eastward or southeastward, shape the course for Roaring Bull Ledge whistling buoy lying 1.7 miles south- ward of Isle au Haut, and from off the buoy steer 295° true for Saddle- back Ledge Lighthouse. 5 Or, steer for Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse on any bearing between 295° true and 343° true, the latter bearing leads 1 mile eastward of Three Fathom Ledge. When northward of Seal, Wooden Ball, and Matinicus Islands, steer for Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse on any bearing northward oi lo 59° true. This bearing leads 0.6 mile southeastward of Bay Ledge bell buoy. Pass about 0,5 mile eastward of Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse close to the whistle buoy and proceed as directed in section 2 or 2A. lA. Approaching from southwestward (Chart 225).—The pas- 15 sages between the islands eastward and westward of Matinicus Island may be used with the assistance of the chart. (See the description of the islands on p. 147.) One of the best is as follows : Steer for Matinicus Eock Lighthouse, passing southward of South Breaker buoy, pass 0.5 mile northwestward of the lighthouse, and 20 steer 17° true for 4.6 miles to a position 0.7 mile off the northwest side of Wooden Ball Island. Then steer 27° true for Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse, the distance to which is 10.3 miles. The last course leads about 0.3 mile westward of Snippershan Ledge, which has a least depth of 6 fathoms, as determined by means of a wire drag, 25 and lies 4 miles southwestward of Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse. Or (on Chart 1203) pass 1.5 to 2 miles southward of Monhegan Island and steer 64° true for 17.5 miles, headmg for the north end of Matinicus Island. When about 1.5 miles from the island, and its southwest end is closed on the northeast end of Ragged Island, the 30 position should be 0.7 mile southward of Foster Ledges red buoy. Then steer 47° true for about 13 miles and pass 0.5 mile northward of Matinicus Island and over 0.5 mile southward and eastward of Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse. Then follow the directions in section 2 or 2A. 35 2. Saddleback Ledge to Fort Point (Charts 309, 310, and 311 may be used, or the single chart 1203).—Pass about 0.5 mile east- ward of Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse, close to the vertically striped whistle buoy, and steer 351° true for 12.4 miles, passing 0.5 mile west- ward of The Brown Cow, and 0.2 mile eastward of a black bell buoy 40 0.7 mile southward of Eagle Island Lighthouse to a position 0.3 mile eastward of Eagle Island Lighthouse. Then steer 322° true for 5.4 miles to a position 0.5 mile true west of Green Ledge and 0.3 mile beyond red bell buoy No. 2. Then steer about 2° true for 8 miles, passing about 0.5 mile westward of Cape Rosier, and then following 45 the eastern shore at a distance of about 0.5 mile. WTien Fort Point Lighthouse bears 19° true, steer for it. Pass over 200 yards westward of Fort Point Ledge beacon and change course to pass midway be- tween the beacon and the lighthouse. Pass 500 yards eastward of Fort Point and follow the directions for Penobscot River on page 182. 50 2A. Saddleback Ledge to Merchant Row or Stonington (Charts 309 and 227).—The directions of this section are good for a depth of 28 feet to Merchant Row, and are good for vessels of 12-foot or 156 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (Chaeticos) less draft through the passage eastward of Crotch Island to Deer Island Thorofare, but lead close to unmarked dangers with less depth. Strangers are advised not to use them with a greater draft than 10 feet. Bring Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse astern on a 15° true course, 5 heading for the prominent standpipe at Stonington. Farrel Island (wooded) will be made ahead, and Scraggy Ledge (bare) a little on the starboard bow. When 0.5 mile or more southward of Scraggy Ledge, stand eastward until the standpipe is in line with the eastern end of Farrel Island, and then steer this range, course 11° true, which 10 will lead nearly 200 yards eastward of the rock with 11 feet over it lying 400 yards southward of Scraggy Ledge, and pass midway be- tween Scraggy Ledge and Channel Rock. From a position 300 yards northwestward of Channel Rock steer 31° true for the northwestern part of Green Island and pass 300 to 400 15 yards southeastward of John Island. Pass 150 to 200 vards eastward of Sand Island, and steer 348° true, following the shore of Crotch Island at a distance of 250 to 300 yards and passing westward of two red buoys. When a little past the second buoy steer 45° true, with the entrance of Mill Cove astern, and pass about 100 yards eastward 20 of a black buoy into Deer Island Thorofare. Select anchorage in the channel off Stonington. Bound eastward through Merchant Row.—Steer the 31° true course of the preceding paragraph until Harbor Island, the grassy island with a few trees lying on the northeast side of Merchant Island, 25 opens northward of Ewe Island. Then stand eastward, pass about 400 yards northward of Ewe Island and 100 yards southward of the buoy marking the 14-foot ledge located 0.3 mile northeast of Ewe Island. Then when 100 yards south of this buoy change course to 96° true and turn to the directions for Merchant Row on page 59. 30 FOX ISLANDS THOROFARE (CHABT 235) This Thorofare, leading from East Penobscot Bay to West Penob- scot Bay, between North Haven and Vinalhaven Islands, is 35 one of the chain of inshore passages commencing at Bass Harbor and ending at Whitehead. It is about 7 miles long, and the channel, with a depth of 19 feet or more, has a least width of about 150 yards in several places; the principal dangers are marked by buoys or spindles, which can be easily followed in the daytime with clear 40 weather. The least depth in the channel is 19 feet, but the Thoro- fare is seldom used by vessels of over 14 feet draft at low water. The main channel has been examined by means of a wire drag. On the north side of the eastern entrance lie Babbidge, Calder- wood, and Stimpsons Islands, inside and north of which is Little 45 Thorofare, which may be used by small craft with local knowledge. South and southeast of these islands ledges extend for over 0.3 mile. A red buoy, marking the northern side of the east entrance to Fox Islands Thorofare, lies 0.6 mile off Babbidge Island. Of the several reefs south of these islands the most prominent are Black Ledge, 50 Sunken Black Ledge (marked by a red buoy just south of it), and Channel Rock with its prominent beacon and red bell buoy. Carver Cove, in the south shore of tlie Thorofare, near its eastern end, is a secure anchorage, easy of access, and convenient for vessels (CHAET1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 157 windbound in East Penobscot Bay or passing through the Thoro- fares. The anchorage is about 0.5 mile from the head of the cove and 197° true from the cottage on Widow Island, in 16 to 20 feet, good holding ground. The entrance on either side of Widow Island is clear, if the shores be given a berth of about 200 yards ; but the point 5 on the south side, at the eastern entrance of the cove, must be given a berth of over 300 yards. Kent Cove,* in the north shore of the Thorofare, north of Widow Island, is a secure anchorage, with 15 to 24 feet, good holding ground. Goose Rocks Lighthouse is the prominent guide for entering either in 10 the daytime or at night, the entrance being westward of the light- house. Kent Ledge, the only outlying danger, has 5 feet over.it and lies 500 yards northeastward of Fish Point Ledge red buoy, and the same distance from the northwest shore of the cove. Waterman Cove makes into the north shore west of Kent Cove; it 15 is a good anchorage for small vessels, the water shoaling gradually from 18 feet at the entrance to 5 feet near its head, where a narrow channel leads into a shallow cove called the Cubby Hole. Water- man Ledge, with 4 feet over it and marked by a red buoy, lies in the mouth of the cove 500 yards from the western shore. The better 20 entrance is between the buoy and Fish Point Ledge. Fish Point Ledge, partly bare at half tide and marked at its southeast end by a red buoy, lies 400 to 600 yards southeastward of Fish Point, with foul ground between. Seal Cove is a large arm extending 1.5 miles southward from Fox 25 Islands Thorofare southeastward of the village of North Haven. Large areas in the cove have depths of 8 to 12 feet, bottom soft in places. Good anchorage can be selected in the channel of the Thoro- fare between the entrance of Seal Cove and the western end of the village of North Haven, in 4 to 6 fathoms soft bottom. 30 Perry Cove is a long, narrow arm making westward on the west shore of Seal Cove ; it is of no importance as an anchorage and should be avoided by strangers. Southern Harbor makes northeastward between the Dumpling Islands and Amesbury Point, near the western end of the Thorofare. 35 It has good anchorage in 19 to 22 feet, soft bottom, in the middle of the harbor ; the water shoals gradually toward its head. In the western entrance of Fox Islands Thorofare there is good anchorage for vessels of any draft westward or northward of Sugar Loaves, and between Crabtree Point Ledge and Amesbury Point, 40 in 5 to t fathoms, soft bottom. North Haven is a village on the north shore of Fox Islands Thoro- fare. It had, in 1940, steamer communication with Rockland, Swans Island, and Stonington, and seaplane service with Rockland and Vinal- haven. The steamer wharf has a depth of about 12 feet and the other 45 wharves less. The yacht club and several wharves have float land- ings. Gasoline, coal, diesel oil, fresh water, and provisions are ob- tainable. Small craft anchor on the north side of the channel, taking care to leave a clear channel to the steamer wharf. Two ledges off the town, both marked by buoys, must be avoided. There is telegraph 50 and telephone communication with the mainland. There is an auto ferry running between North Haven and Vinalhaven Island. *Lat. 44°08'.l, Long. 68°49'.9 : Charts 235, 309. 310, 1203. 1106. 158 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (CHAeti203) The north shore of Vinalhaven Island, across the Thorofare from North Haven, has numerous summer residences with private landing floats. North Haven is an important yachting center. There is a repair shop for small craft and boats up to 50 feet in length and 6-foot 5 draft have been beached for repairs. Prominent features.—Widow Island is marked by a small cottage. Goose Rocks Lighthouse (white conical tower on black base) is on the north side of the channel, north of Widow Island; it is the guide for the eastern entrance of the Thorofare and for the anchorage 10 in Kent Cove. Browns Head Lighthouse (white cylindrical tower connected with dwelling) marks the entrance to the Thorofare from westward. The fog signal is a bell. Sugar Loaves are a ledge of prominent high rocks lying 600 yards northwestward of Browns Head Lighthouse. Fiddler Ledge beacon (gray stone), lying 1.4 15 miles westward of Browns Head Lighthouse, is a prominent mark when approaching from westward. Drunkard Ledge spindle is 0.5 mile westward of the beacon. Broken ground, which should be avoided by vessels, extends 0.2 mile southward of the line joining the beacon and spindle. The southern extremity of the broken ground is marked 20 by a red gong buoy. A large standpipe on the high ground just back of North Haven shows up prominently in approaching from either direction. The Thorofare is often closed by ice in the winter season. Tidal currents.—The currents are not strong; they meet at Iron Point, in the middle of the Thorofare, the flood setting in from both 25 ends and the ebb setting out. The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9% feet. Directions.—For directions through Fox Islands Thorofare see page 57. In the western approach to Fox Islands Thorofare, on the south 30 side, are located Dogfish Ledges, marked by a beacon, Seal Ledge, the north end of which is marked by a black buoy, and inner Bay Ledges, which form the westernmost danger in the western approach and are marked by several buoys. The main entrance channel is north of these ledges and is well buoyed. The channel leading south- 35 east, between these ledges, is also well buoyed for the benefit of those vessels going to Hurricane Sound and the southern part of Vinalhaven Island. Crockett Cove is just eastward of Crockett Point, the southeast- ern point at the western entrance to Fox Islands Thorofare. The 40 cove is 1 mile long and 200 yards wide at the entrance, is obstructed by ledges, and is suitable only for small craft with local knowledge. Dogfish Island, lying northwestward of Leadbetter Narrows, has a good stone wharf at its eastern end. Leadbetter Narrows is a narrow passage between the Vinalhaven 45 shore on the north and Leadbetter Island on the south ; passing south of the eastern side of Leadbetter Island, it leads in the northern end of Hurricane Sound, In making this passage the northern shore or Vinalhaven shore should be favored. There is a small stone wharf on Leadbetter Island at the narrows. There is also a quarry and wharf 50 on the shore of Vinalhaven, eastward from the narrows. Leadbetter Narrows should not be attempted by strangers except in the case of launches or small craft. 10 (CHART 1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 159 Laireys Narrows leads between Leadbetter Island on the north and Laireys Island on the south. This passage is a part of the route between Carvers Harbor and Rockland, and the principal dangers are buoyed. The Basin is a large irregular bight in the west side of Vinal- haven Island, about 2.5 miles north of Heron Neck Lighthouse. Barton Island lies in the middle of the entrance, leaving a narrow, crooked, and shallow channel north of it. The depth of water in the basin varies from l^^ to 18 fathoms. WEST PENOBSCOT BAY, EAST SIDE (CHABT 310) SOUTHWEST SIDE VINALHAVEN ISLAND (CHAET 310) The southeast side of the island is described on page 154. Carvers Harbor is a secure anchorage for small vessels on the 15 southwest side of Vinalhaven Island. The anchorage is about 600 yards long and 250 yards wide, and has been dredged to a depth of 16 feet, and an additional area on the south side to a depth of 10 feet. In 1940 these depths were reported to have shoaled to about 14 and 8 feet, respectively. At that time a bar was reported to have 20 formed across the channel at the entrance to the harbor with a least depth of 13 feet. The village of Vinalhaven, at the head of the harbor, is of some importance for its shipment of granite and fish. There is communication by telephone and steamer with Rock- land. The deepest draft of vessels entering is 13 feet; the depth at 25 the wharves is 6 to 10 feet. Water, provisions, diesel oil, and gaso- line can be obtained. There are 2 marine railways with a capacity of about 10 tons. Small craft of a length up to 40 feet and a draft of 6 feet can be hauled out. Ice closes the harbor during January and February, but a channel is kept open to the steamboat 30 wharf. A standpipe back of the town is prominent. There is seaplane service to Rockland during the summer season. Pilots.—Pilots can be secured by showing a flag off the whistle buoy to the light keeper at Heron Neck. For directions to Carvers Harbor, see page 160. 35 Heron Neck Light, on the southern extremity of Green Island is shown from a white tower connected to a dwelling. The light is 92 feet above the water and is visible 14 miles. Indian Creek, just eastward of Carvers Harbor, has an entrance from sea and also from Carvers Harbor through a thoroughfare 40 crossed by a drawbridge. This draw was not being used in 1940. The channel is not safe for strangers. Sand Cove, making northward from Carvers Harbor, is foul. There are several wharves at the head at which vessels lie aground at low water while loading. 45 The island forming the west side of Indian Creek is known locally as Lane Island. It is grassy with two prominent white houses visible from the southward. The Reach is a narrow, much-obstructed channel leading north- westward from the entrance of Carvers Harbor, inside Green Island. 50 160 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES (Chaeti203) It is buoyed and used by vesselsi between Carvers Harbor and Kockland. Old Harbor is a small cove at the iiorthern end of The Eeach and northeastward of the northern end of Green Island. Caution is 5 necessary in using this harbor because of the many old fish pier stakes. Hurricane Sound lies between Vinalhaven and Green Island on the east, and Hurricane Island and White Islands on the west. It has deep water. Several passages lead into the sound, but there are 10 no good anchorages. At this part of Vinalhaven Island the numerous rocks and reefs extend over 2 miles offshore and the bottom of the bay is irregular with many 10- to 18-foot spots for about 2 miles further offshore. The better passes among the islands are buoyed. Great care must 15 be used to avoid the numerous reefs. The chart (the largest scale available) is the best guide and may be considered essential to safe navigation. Directions, Carvers Harbor.—These directions are good for ves- sels of 12-foot or less draft in the daytime and with clear weather, but 20 lead close to unmarked dangers, and should be used with extreme caution by strangers. The channels have not been dragged. From Merchant Row or Deer Island Thorofare (Chart 309). From a position near The Brown Cow or the red whistle buoy about 0.5 mile south of it, head to clear the black buoy marking Triangle 25 Ledge on a course between 196° and 201° true. This course should head a little west of Brimstone Island. Pass 400 to 500 yards east of Triangle Ledge buoy and head for the northwest tangent to Carvers Island on a course 226° true. This course will lead about 200 yards southeast of the red buoys marking Halibut Ledge and Crosby Ledge, 30 Continue this course for about 2 miles until the red buoy marking the southwestern extremity of Sheep Island Ledge is about 300 yards on the port beam, then change course to 253" true, heading to pass south of the red buoy marking Bunker Ledge. If the 226° course is carried beyond the Sheep Island Ledge buoy, care must be taken to 35 avoid the bank with 8-foot spot making northwest of Carvers Island. When a little over 100 yards south of Bunker Ledge red buoy, steer 279° true with either Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse or Dia- mond Rock* in range with the south extreme of Carvers Island astern, until 300 yards southwestward of Point Ledge spindle. At this point 40 change to chart 310. Then steer 298° true and pass between Folly Ledge (bare at high water) and Green Ledge (grassy top) , slightly favoring the latter. Pass about midway between Green Ledge and Green Island Knob (awash at high water) and steer about 37° true for the entrance of Carvers Harbor, passing between a red and a black 45 buoy (the latter marks the eastern end of a reef bare at low water only) . Pass about 75 yards westward of Potato Island, and enter the harbor in mid-channel. Anchor about 150 yards from the western shore, abreast or a little above the steamboat wharf, in 16 feet. From eastward (Chart 309).—Give Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse gQ a berth of about 0.3 mile and then bring it astern on a 285° true course, heading for the two prominent white houses on the knoll on the *Lat. 44°01'.l, Long. 68°46'.0; Charts 309, 1203. (CHfKTi203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 161 west side at the entrance of Indian Creek. On this course pass 300 yards northward of Diamond Rock, about 500 yards southward of the black buoy marking the north end of Diamond Rock Ledge (bare at low water) and pass between Carvers Island and the red buoy marking the south end of Sheep Island Ledge (partly bare at low 5 water). From a position 250 yards northward of Carvers Island, steer 256° true and pass 100 yards southward of the red buoy off Bunker Ledge. Then follow the directions in the preceding paragraph. From southward (Chart 310).—Steer for the standpipe at Vinal- 10 haven on a 4° true course, passing westward of- the red buoy marking the southwest end of Colt Ledge, and between the black buoy mark- ing the eastern end of The Breakers (bare at low water) and the red buoy marking the southwest end of Arey Ledges (higher parts are bare rocks). Continue the course for the standpipe until Folly 15 Ledge is a little abaft the port beam, then steer 298° true and pass between Folly Ledge and Green Ledge (grassy top), slightly favoring the latter. Pass alwut midway between Green Ledge and Green Island Knob (awash at high water) and steer about 37° true for the entrance of Carvers Harbor, passing between a red and a black buoy. Pass 20 about 75 yards west of Potato Island and enter the harbor in mid- channel. Or, from Heron Neck whistling buoy, steer 41° true for Heron Neck Lighthouse until about 350 yards from the lighthouse. Then steer 75° true and pass midway between Heron Neck and Heron Neck 25 Ledge (a bare rock). Continue the course and pass about 300 yards southward of the southeast point of Green Island. Continue on course until the standpipe at Vinalhaven bears north true and is in range with the west tangent of Lane Island, the large island forming the west side of Indian Creek. Then change course quickly 3Q to 298° true and hold this until 300 yards southwest of Green Ledge. Then swing rightj keeping about 300 yards off the high point of Green Ledge, until midway between that ledge and Green Island Knob, then steer 37° true for the entrance to Carvers Harbor and enter as directed in preceding paragraph. gg From Rockland through Laireys Narrows and The Reach (Chart 310).—Passing 200 yards southward of Rockland Breakwater Lighthouse, steer 99° true for 5.3 miles to a position 250 yards north- westward of Fox Islands Thorofare bell buoy (perpendicularly striped). Then steer 125° true for a position 200 yards westward of ^q the perpendicularly striped bell buoy westward of Green Islet, and pass northward of two black buoys. From the bell buoy, steer 107° true for the north end of Laireys Island to a position 25 to 50 yards southward of a red buoy. Then steer about 101° true, pass midway between the north end of Laireys Island and the south end of the ^g bare rocks northward, and pass about 50 to 100 yards northward and eastward of a black buoy, marking the 9-foot spot east of Laireys Island. Then stand southward to a midchannel position between the eastern side of Cedar Island (wooded) and the grassy islet opposite. Then steer 135° true for 1.1 miles to a position 50 yards southwest- g^ ward of Dog Point Ledge red buoy. Then steer 118° true pass midway between the northeast point of Green Island and the rock awash at high water lying southward of the island in the entrance of Old Har- 162 PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES quarters flood, extends 350 yards off the shore 500 yards northeastward of the entrance. Broad Cove is a shallow ^ove on the western shore about 4 mile^ above Caldwell Island; the village of Cushing is situated near its 6 northern shore. There are no wharves. Bailey Ledge is bare at low water and marked on the southeast side by a black buoy. Watts Cove and Cutler Cove, at its head, are shallow coves on the- eastern shore opposite Broad Cove. The village of St. George is at the head of Cutler Cove. 10 There are two high radio towers on the west side of the river, op- posite Fort St. George, an abandoned fort. Red lights are shown from the towers, at the tops, at the I/3 and at % of their height. Thomaston is a town on the railroad at the head of St. George- River. The deepest draft of vessels entering here is 16 feet. There 15 are shipards where small wooden vessels are built. A small vessel runs to Port Clyde and Monhegan. There is only a small amount of water-borne trade here. A pilot for Thomaston can usually be ob- tained at Port Clyde. Channel.—There is a channel in St. George River up to Broad 20 Cove, which has 10 fathoms, or more water; above this the depth gradually decreases and it narrows to a small stream through extensive flats which show bare at low water. There is a depth of 19 feet in the channel to 1 mile below Thomaston. From this point a narrow chan- nel, which is liable to shoal, has been dredged 16 feet deep and 90 to 25 220 feet wide to Thomaston. In 1940 it was reported locally that the- channel had probably shoaled to about 14 feet, south of the beacon. The channel in the upper river is marked by buoys, and the sharp bend in the dredged channel near Thomaston is marked by a wooden spindle on a stone base. 3Q Bridges.—The river is crossed at Thomaston (above the wharves) by a drawbridge with a horizontal clearance of 43 feet and a vertical clearance of 5.9 feet above mean high water. A short distance above Thomaston there are three bridges with fixed spans. Anchorages.—Good anchorage for the deepest draft vessels is gg found eastward of Caldwell Island* in 6 to 8 fathoms, soft bottom; above this vessels anchor anwhere in the channel where the depth is not great or in Turkey Cove, Maple Juice Cove, or Otis Cove. Supplies.—Gasoline and provisions are obtainable at Port Clyde or Thomaston. Coal in limited quantities, Diesel oil, ice, and water ^Q are obtainable at Thomaston. Commercial wharf has 15 feet of water alongside at mean low water. Some marine hardware is available. Ice closes the river to navigation from December to March in severe winters. In ordinary winters it is not usually entirely closed 45 more than 1 month, although ice sufficient to interfere with naviga- tion may be encountered at any time for a period of 3 months. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9.5 feet. 50 DIRECTIONS, ST. GEORGE RIVER (CHARTS 312 AND 313) The approach to the entrance of St. George River has very broken and irregular bottom, with numerous ledges, bare and submerged^ *Lat. 43°56'.2. Long. ed'lT.S: Charts 312. 1203. (CHART 1203) PENOBSCOT BAY AND APPROACHES 189 «nd has not been examined by means of a wire drag. Strangers should therefore proceed with caution and avoid crossing broken areas where the charted depth does not greatly exceed the draft. From eastward (Chart 312).—Follow the directions on page 56 to a position 50 yards northwestward of Allen Ledge black buoy, s ^Then steer 242° true, pass 150 yards southward of Hooper Rocks buoy, and round the buoy at this distance. Then steer 326° true for the western end of Teal Island, and when 400 yards eastward of the northern end of Bar Island, steer 37° true for about 1 mile, heading for Hooper Point. Pass midway between Hooper Point jq and Channel Rock buoy, and steer 340° true for the black buoy off Pleasant Point Gut, passing 500 yards westward of Howard Point, and 200 yards westward of a red buoy off the point. Pass 150 yards eastward of the black buoy and steer 36° true for 2.5 miles, passing through the middle of the Narrows. Above the Nar- 15 rows there is excellent anchorage near the middle of the river off Otis Cove, in 4 to 5 fathoms. Above this point be guided by chart 312 and the buoys ; the safest time is at low water, when the flats are bare, or on a rising tide. From westward (Charts 313 and 312).—^Wlien Franklin Island 20 Lighthouse (Chart 313) is distant 4 miles or more, steer for it on any bearing between 28° true and 51° true. Pass about 300 yards north- westward of Franklin Island and steer 51° true, heading just clear of the northern end of Caldwell Island. (This course runs onto Chart 312.) On this course pass about 0.3 mile northwestward of Gangway 25 Ledge (bare rock), 200 yards northwestward of Jenks Ledge buoy, and midway between Goose Rock (high and rugged) and Goose Rock Ledge buoy. Keep the northwest side of Caldwell Island aboard, distant 200 to 250 yards, steer 36° true, and pass about 150 yards east- ward of two block buoys. Continue the course and follow the direc- 39 lions in the paragraph preceding Chapter 10.—MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY (CHART 313) 6 This bay lies between the Georges Islands on the east and Pemaquid Neck on the west, and forms the approach to Meduncook and Me- domak Rivers and Mu:5Congus Sound, the villages of Friendship, Eound Pond, and Medomak, and the town of Waldoboro. It is ob- 10 structed by numerous islands and ledges and much foul ground, and is seldom entered by vessels seeking shelter in heavy weather. Ten- ants Harbor and Port Clyde, eastward; and Boothbay Harbor, west- ward, are easier of access and more convenient. Many of the dangers are marked by buoys. The bay is frequented by many yachts and 15 fishing boats. Medtincook River is an estuary making in a general northeast direction, just westward of St. George Eiver; the entrance forms an approach to Friendship Harbor, and is a good anchorage with 4 to 5 fathoms. The approaches to the entrance are the same as for St. 20 George River, and the anchorage is marked by buoys. The river above the anchorage is unimportant, has a narrow, crooked channel, and is obstructed by numerous unmarked rocks and ledges, so that local knowledge is necessary for its navigation. Friendship Harbor.*—This harbor lies west of Meduncook River, 25 and is separated from it by Friendship and Garrison Islands, be- tween which a channel leads from the anchorage in Meduncook River into the harbor. The harbor is about 1 mile long and has good anchorage in 4 to 6 fathoms. It is used by fishermen and yachtsmen. Ice may close tlie harbor proper from December to March. .so A ledge extends 300 yards southwestward from Jameson Point. A rock bare at low water at the south end of the ledge is marked by a spindle. Above the wharf the northern and eastern sides of the har- bor should be given a berth of over 200 yards. The southeast side of the harbor sliould be given a berth of over 200 yards. Murphy 35 Ledge is a rock bare at half tide and marked by a spindle, lying 200 yards from the southeast side of the harbor abreast Jameson Point. In the eastern part of the harbor a shoal extends 3.50 yards north- eastward from the northeast end of Friendship Island, and is marked at its end by a black buoy. 40 Friendship is a town on the north shore of the harbor. There are depths of 9 feet at two wharves. Gasoline and watei" are piped to a wharf and float. Provisions are obtainable. There are two boa< 45 *Lat. 43°58'.l, Long. 69'20'.5 : Charts 313, 1203. 1204. HOG. 191) (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 191 yards with machine shops and with marine railways capable of haul- ing out small crafts 35 feet long with a draft of 5 feet. Directions from southward in Muscongus Bay are given on page 193. Hatchet Cove is a shallow cove making northward at the western end of Friendship Harbor. A narrow channel, with a least depth of 5 15 feet, leads northeastward into the cove near the western point at its entrance. It is of no importance as an anchorage. There is a boat yard at the head of the cove where some construction of wooden small craft is done. There is equipment for hauling out and repair- ing boats up to a length of about 40 feet and a draft of 7 feet. 10 Gull Rock, in the western entrance to Friendship Harbor, has two rocks bare at high water. Medomak River.—This river enters the head of Muscongus Bay westward of Martin Point, the western point at the entrance to Friendship Harbor. Strangers wishing to enter the river in vessels 15 should take a local pilot on account of the many unraarked dangers, narrow and crooked channels, and strong tidal currents which require local knowledge. The lower part of the river is about 2 miles wide, but is separated by several islands into two approaches, which have three narrow and 20 crooked channels by which the river proper is entered. The ap- proaches to these channels are through Muscongus Bay or Muscongus Sound. The eastern approach is 0.5 mile wide and comparatively clear of dangers; at its upper end are two passages leading into the river, one through Back River Cove and the other Flying Passage. 25 Both have good water, but are very narrow in places, with strong tidal currents. Hockomock Channel, the western entrance, is nar- row in places and has strong tidal currents. The current in the vicin- ity of Clam Island is reported to reach a velocity of about 5 knots. The channel in Medomak River has ample depth for 5 miles above 39 the entrance, and some of the dangers are marked, but there are unmarked dangers close to the channel. For the next 2.5 miles to within 1.6 miles of Waldoboro, the channel leads between flats, bare or nearly so at low water, and shoals gradually to 5 feet. From that point to Waldoboro the channel has been dredged 75 feet wide 35 and 5 feet deep between flats bare at low water. This channel was reported to have filled to about 31/2 feet in 1940. The channel for 3 miles below Waldoboro is marked by bush stakes. It can best be followed at low water when the flats are visible, or on a rising tide. Ice closes the river from December to April above the narrows. 40 Currents in the Narrows, between Locust Island and Havener Ledge are reported to be very strong. Medomak is a post village on the western side of Hockomock Chan- nel. There is a town wharf and float landing and several private landings at the village and a cannery wharf 0.5 mile southwestward. 45 Both wharves have about 3 feet alongside at low water. Broad Cove, on the west side of Medomak Eiver, is used by a few fishermen. The channels are unmarked. Waldoboro is a town on the railroad at ^^-^ head of navigation on Medomak River. At present there is no traffic by water. There is one 50 wharf and float landing with 2 feet alongside. 192 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chart i204) WEST SroE OF MUSCONGUS BAY (CHART 313) Pemaquid Neck, on the west side of Muscongus Bay, is wooded. 5 Pemaquid Point, the south end, is marked by Pemaquid Point Light- house, a white tower connected with dwelling. The light is 79 feet above the water, and visible 12 miles. A red gong buoy is located 500 yards south of Pemaquid Point, and Pemaquid Ledge nearly 1 mile south of the point, with 11 feet on it 10 is marked by a horizontally striped buoy on its southeast side. Pumpkin Cove Ledge, 1 mile east-northeastward of Pemaquid Point Lighthouse, is unmarked and has a least found depth of 18 feet ; the sea breaks on it in heavy weather. Moser Ledge, 4 miles southeast of Pemaquid Joint, has 17 feet at 15 low water and is marked by a buoy. New Harbor Dry Ledges lie 2 miles northeastward of Pemaquid Point Lighthouse and extend 0.3 mile from the western shore. The ledges are 0.3 mile long, with a bare rock near each end and there is no safe passage for strangers between them and the shore. Little 20 Island, with a clump of trees, lies 200 yards from the shore 0.2 mile southward of New Harbor. It is the highest part of a ledge about 0.3 mile long. New Harbor is a cove on the western shore of Muscongus Bay, about 2.5 miles northeastward of Pemaquid Point Lighthouse; it is 25 used as an anchorage by small craft only, and open eastward. The channel is narrow between a shelving ledge extending northeastward from the south point at the entrance, and a ledge just inside it which extends halfway across from the north side and is marked at its end by a red buoy. The channel, with a width of about 150 feet, then 30 leads northward of a black spindle. There is a rock reported to have 6 feet over it and to lie in mid-channel one-third the way from the black spindle to the old steamer wharf. In entering pass close to the steamer wharf. The harbor was once dredged, but has shoaled until the upper part now bares at low water. 35 The old steamer wharf has a depth of about 8 feet and the other wharves have 4 to 9 feet. There are several fish plants and the harbor nas a large fleet of fishing boats. Gasoline is obtainable from the wharves. Water is piped onto the old steamer wharf. Ice.—It is reported that ice does not prevent navigation in the 40 winter. Muscongus Sound.—This sound is on the western side of Mus- congus Bay, between Muscongus and Hog Islands on the east and the mainland on the west. It is about 0.5 mile wide and 5 miles long, and has several rocks and ledges near its southern entrance, the most prom- 45 inent of which are marked by buoys. Above Poland Ledges to abreast Muscongus Harbor the depths in the sound shoal gradually from 8 to 4 fathoms, and anchorage can be selected with the aid of the chart. Islands and ledges extend 3 miles southward from Muscongus go Island. Haddock Island is wooded, and Ross Island is grassy. Had- dock Island Kelp Ledge has a horizontally striped buoy on its south side. Webber Dry Ledge is awash at high water. Browns Head Ledge, with 13 feet on it, is marked by a red buoy. Bar Island Ledge A lighted whistle buoy is placed at the southwest end of the broken 20 ground, and deep-draft vessels passing along the coast should pass outside of it. Bantam Rock, the most southerly visible danger, is 1.4 miles south- westward of the south end of Damariscove Island. It is bare at low water, and marked on the southwest side by a red buoy. 25 Damariscove Island is 1.7 miles long, bare, and nearly divided in the middle. Damariscove Harbor, at the south end, is used as a small- boat harbor by local fishermen. There is a Coast Guard station on the west side of the harbor and a small lookout tower on the highest part of the southern part of the island. The Motions, extending 0.3 mile 30 south-southwestward of the southwest end of Damariscove Island, is nearly awash at low water, and marked off the end by a black buoy. Fisherman Island, northeastward of Damariscove Island, is bare. A stone house on the highest part of the north end of the island 35 shows up prominentlv from all directions. Ram Island, on the south side of Fisherman Island Passage, is a grassy island, marked on the northwest side by Ram Island Light- house. The lighthouse is a tower with a gray base and white top connected to the shore by a bridge. The li^ht is 36 feet above the 40 water and visible 9 miles. The fog signal is a bell. See .light list or chart for limits of the different sectors of the light. The Hypocrites are two low, bare rocks eastward of Fisherman Island. Smedrick Ledge, extending 0.3 mile south-southwestward from the Hypocrites is marked by a red beacon near its southern end. 45 The Cuckolds are two bare islets off Cape NewageUj on the west side of the entrance of Booth Bay. The easterly islet is marked by The Cuckolds Lighthouse, a white tower on a dwelling. The light is 59 feet above the water, and visible 13 miles. The fog signal is a horn. 50 Cape Harbor is a harbor for small craft between Cape Island (wooded in the center) and. Cape Newagen. It is used mostly by yachts and local fishermen. Newagen is a post village on the harbor. jCHABT 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 201 There are landings for small craft. There are two entrances to the harbor ; the easterly, leading between The Ark and Cape Newagen, is , said to have a depth of only about 2 feet at low water. Tlie main entrance is from westward, and has a depth of about 10 feet. Pass north of Hunting Island as the passage between it and Cape Island 6 is reported foul. The depths inside are 6 to 16 feet. Gasoline is available. Squirrel Island, in the middle of the entrance of Booth Bay, is an important summer resort. It is wooded and has many large homes visible. There is a steamer landing (depth 15 feet or more) and land- lo ings for small craft in the northerly of two coves on the west side. Squirrel Cove, the southerly, is sometimes used as an anchorage by small craft. A beacon marks the ledge at the south side of the en- trance. Linekin Bay.—This bay lies northeastward of Squirrel Island, is between Linekin Neck and Spruce Point. The principal dangers are buoyed, and good anchorage can be selected, the depths being 10 to 12 fathoms in the lower part of the bay and 5 to 6 m the upper. There are several private float landings. Spruce Point Ledges, bare at low water, lie on the northern side of the entrance, and are marked 20 by two buoys, a black at the south end and a red at the north end. The better entrance is between the black buoy and Negro Island. In the narrow entrance between the red buoy and Spruce Point, give the point a berth of over 150 yards. A 26° true course with the southeast point of Squirrel Island astern will lead to the head of Linekin Bay. 25 Ocean Point* is at the southern entrance to Linekin Bay. There are many summer homes and hotels in the vicinity. South and southwest of this point, Card Ledge, Dictator Ledge, and Gangway Ledge, the principal dangers in Fisherman Island Passage, are buoyed. The broken bottom extending southwest of Dictator Ledge 30 to Wylie Rock should be avoided. The visible dangers of Linekin Bay inside Spruce Point Ledges are as follows: Independence Island, wooded and with a house in the center ; Holbrook Ledge bare at one-third tide and marked on its west side by a red buoy ; Seal Rocks, bare at half tide and marked on its 35 east side by a black buoy ; a ledge on the east side surrounding Perch Island, with several trees, and marked at the southwest end by a red buoy; and Fishhawk Islet, having several trees and a -ledge bare at half tide, extending southward. The narrow channel westward of Seal Rocks should be used with caution. There are numerous un- 40 marked rocks at the head, in the vicinity of Bayville and Murray Hill. Spruce Point is wooded. There is a small boat yard east of Tibbits Ledge where small boats are repaired. There is no machine shop. Capitol Island, on the west side of Booth Bay, is a summer resort 45 with a post office (Capitol). Many cottages are visible. There is a, steamer wharf at the north end with a depth of about 10 feet. Burnt Island is partly wooded and marked on the southeast side by a lighthouse (white tower with covered way to a dwelling). Mouse Island, wooded, northward of Burnt Island, has a private 50 float landing on the north side with a depth of about 12 feet. Lat. 43'48'.9, Long. eySG'.S : Charts 313, 314 1204 202 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chart i204) BOOTHBAY HARBOR (CHART 230) Boothbay Harbor is the inner basin of Booth Bay and on it is 6 located the town of Boothbay Harbor. The wharves have various depths up to about 19 feet. The deepest draft using this port, in 1940, was 22 feet. The coal wharf on the east side of the harbor has a depth of 15 feet. There are several public float landings on the northwest side. The anchorage for small craft is on the northwest side, inside 10 of McFarland Island, and has been dredged to a depth of about 10 feet. McFarland Island has several wharves and a prominent circu- lar building resembling a lighthouse. A footbridge, with a small draw, crosses the head of the harbor. The opening has a horizontal clearance of 32 feet and a vertical clearance of 4.5 feet at mean high 16 water when closed. The Boothbay Harbor Yacht Club has a pier and float landing on the northwest side of the harbor, with 10 feet of water alongside at mean low water. Boothbay Harbor is an important yachting center and is one of the best anchorages on the coast of Maine, Dur- 20 ing the summer season there is a daily steamer service with Bath on the Kennebec River. A chart Sales Agency of the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey is located here. The harbormaster can be reached through the harbor police boat. 25 Anchorages.—The usual and best anchorage is northward of Tum- bler Island and to the head of the harbor; there are 4 to 7 fathoms good holding ground, anywhere in the channel above the island, the depth shoaling gradually toward the head of the harbor. The passage east of Tumbler Island should not be used by strangers. The anchor- so age in the inner harbor off the town has a depth of 4 to 5 fathoms, but is limited in area and usually occupied by small craft and fisher- men. The motorboat anchorage on the northwest side of the inner harbor has a depth of 11 feet. Supplies.—Coal in any quantity can be had. Water can be taken 35 alongside the wharves. Gasoline, diesel oil, provisions, and some ship chandlers stores can be obtained in the town. Gasoline may be ob- tained from floats anchored in the inner harbor. Repairs.—There is a marine railway with a capacity of 600 tons. The cradle has a length of 200 feet, and the maximum draft that 40 can be accommodated is about 12 feet aft. There are facilities for repairing wooden vessels, and ordinary repairs to machinery can be made. There are several boat yards where small craft can be repaired. The largest marine railway is reported to be an approved seaplane 45 base. Storm warnings are displayed from a steel tower on the hill on the north side of the town. Ice occasionally, in severe winters, obstructs navigation above Tum- bler Island during February and March. In normal winters the 50 harbor is free of ice to the footbridge. The tidal currents have little velocity in the harbor. The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9 feet. (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 203 DIKECTIONS, BOOTHBAY HARBOR This region is an area of very broken ground, shoals rising abruptly in places from deep water, and has not been examined by means of a wire drag. Vessels should therefor proceed witji caution and should avoid crossing broken ground where the charted 5 depth does not greatly exceed the draft. The harbor is one of the best anchorages on the coast of Maine and is much used as a harbor of refuge by all classes of vessels. From eastward, through Fisherman Island Passage (charts 313, 314, and 230).—Directions from Davis Strait to Fisherman Island lo Passage are given on page 55. Coming from any other point east- ward the course can be shaped to a position 0.5 mile southward of Thrumcap Island, taking care to avoid Moser Ledge and Pemaquid Ledge. Passing 0.5 mile southward of Thrumcap Island, steer 268° true, is pass northward of the bell buoy marking the Hypocrites and the black buoy northeastward of Ram Island Lighthouse, and about 350 yards northward of Ram Island Lighthouse, and pass southward of the red buoys marking Gangway and Dictator Ledges. Pass about 200 yards southward and westward of Dictator Ledge 20 Buoy and steer 321° true for 1.6 miles to a position 200 yards westward of the red buoy 0.5 mile eastward of Burnt Island Lighthouse. Then steer 332° true and pass about 150 yards westward of Tumbler Island lighted buoy. Then steer about 17° true and anchor in the middle of the harbor in 5 to 7 fathoms. 25 From westward (charts 314 ajid 230).—The directions on page 55 will lead northward of Seguin Island and to Cuckolds black bell buoy. Pass eastward of the buoy and about 0.3 mile eastward of the Cuckolds Lighthouse and steer 2° true for Burnt Island Lighthouse, passing about 500 yards westward of Squirrel Island. When about 0.5 mile 30 from the lighthouse and 300 yards westward of Squirrel Island Ledge red buoy, steer 23° true, passing 250 yards southeastward of a black buoy and to a position with Burnt Island Lighthouse* abeam. Then steer 351° true to a position 400 yards westward of Tumbler Island. Then steer about 17° true and anchor in the middle of the harbor in 35 from 5 to 7 fathoms. These courses lead close to depths of 20 and 21 feet between Burnt and Squirrel Islands. From southward.—Pass about 0.5 mile westward of Bantam Rock lighted whisCing buoy and steer 2° true for Burnt Island Lighthouse and follow the directions in the preceding paragraph. This course 40 passes 1 mile westward of Bantam Rock and 0.6 mile westward of an unmarked 11-foot rock. From westward, eastward of Squirrel Island.—Pass eastward of Cuckolds black bell buoy and about 0.3 mile southeastward of the lighthouse and steer 33° true. Follow the eastern side of Squirrel 45 Island, giving it a berth of about 500 yards and when its northeast corner bears about 270° true change course to 332° true and pass about 200 yards westward of Tumbler Island Ledge lighted buoy. Then steer 17° true and anchor in the middle of the harbor in 5 to 7 fathoms. To enter the inner harbor off the town (chart 230).—Pass about 50 2()0 yards northwestward of Tumbler Island and steer 29° true for *Lat. 43°49'.5, Long. 69°38'.6 : Charts 314. 1204, 1106. 10 204 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chart 1204) McFarland Island until Clam Rock, a large bare ledge near the east- ern shore, is abeam distant about 250 yards. Then steer about 62° true into the inner harbor, passing southeastward of the black buoy southward of McFarland Island and another black buoy east- ward of the island. The course can then be shaped to the wharves, or small craft may select anchorage on the northwest side northward of the inner black buoy in 10 to 13 feet. INSIDE PASSAGE FROM BOOTHBAY HARBOR TO BATH (CHART 230) This passage is about 11 miles long and leads between the island lying between Boothbay Harbor and the Kennebec River, forming an inland passage from Boothbay Harbor to Bath. The vessels using 15 this passage are the steamers of 10-foot or less draft running from Boothbay Harbor to the Kennebec River. It is used considerably by yachts. The channel is very narrow in places, has strong tidal currents, is much obstructed by rocks and shoals, and, although most of the 20 dangers are marked, strangers with a draft of 8 feet or over should not attempt to pass through in vessels without an able navigator or pilot. The passage leads through Townsend Gut, across Sheepscot River, and through Goose Rock Passage into Sasanoa River; about midway through Sasanoa River the channel crosses the southern part 25 of Hockomock Bay and then continues through the Sasanoa River, coming out in the Kennebec River opposite the city of Bath. The least depth in the channel is about 10 feet but local knowledge is necessary to carry the best water. There are several summer resorts and other landings along the 30 thoroughfare, at whicli the steamer running between Boothbay Harbor and Kennebec River points makes landings. Bridges.—Two bridges with draws cross the thoroughfare. The one crossing Townsend Gut is a center pier draw with openings 52 feet wide and a vei^tical clearance of 10.2 feet at mean high water. 35 The one crossing Sasanoa River near its outlet into Kennebec River has one opening 39 feet wide, with a vertical clearance of about 4.5 feet at mean high water. The signal for the Townsend Gut bridge is 3 blasts of the whistle or horn, or shouting with the voice. The signal for the Sasanoa River 40 bridge is 2 blasts. The speed limit while passing through Townsend Gut is 5 knots. Ice.—The thoroughfare is usually closed by ice for about 2 months, but in mild winters has been known to be open all winter. Townsend Gut is a narrow, crooked thoroughfare connecting 45 Boothbay Harbor with Sheepscot River, There are unmarked rocks with little depth close to the channel, Southport is a village and summer resort on the west side of Townsend Gut. There is a wharf at which steamers land 0.4 mile northwestward of the bridge. There is about 25 feet of water at the 50 wharf. Gasoline is available and there is a general store. Thompson Cove.—There is a ^xed bridge across this cove. East of the bridge is a wharf (17 feet ialongside) and amusement park on one side, while on the other is a small boat yard and a fish wharf. (CHART 3 204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 205 Isle of Springs is a summer resort on Isle of Springs, at the north end of Townsend. Gut. The steamer landing, on the northeast side, has a depth of about 10 feet. Isle of Springs is wooded and has an elevated tank at its summit. Sawyer Island.—This settlement was nearly abandoned in 1940. 5 Sawyer Island is connected to the mainland by a fixed highway bridge at its southeast corner. The opening of the bridge is 17 feet wide, with a vertical clearance of about 2 feet at high water. The current is strong in this locality. Goose Rock Passage leads from Sheepscot Eiver into Sasanoa 10 River northward of MacMahan Island, and forms a part of the inside route. It has ample depth but is narrow in places; the prin- cipal dangers are marked. Little Sheepscot River is a narrow passage leading from Sheep- scot River into Sasanoa River westward of MacMahan Island. There 15 is a rock with a depth of about 1 foot at low water 100 yards westward of a red buoy marking the end of a ledge. The channel leads between the buoy and the rock. A steamer wharf on the east side of the channel at MacMahan has a depth of about 10 feet. MacMahan is a summer resort town on the west side of MacMahan 20 Island. There is communication with Bath and Boothbay Harbor by boat, and with Robinhood by small boat. Sasanoa River is an estuary leading from Sheepscot River to Ken- nebec River, north of Georgetown and Arrowsic Islands. It has numerous coves and bays making off northward and southward, but 25 none of them are of commercial importance. Near its western end the river is crossed by a drawbridge (see page 204). The principal coves and bays making southward are Kobinhood Cove, Riggs Cove, Hall Bay, and Back River, the latter separating Georgetown and Arrowsic Islands. Northward is Heal Cove and Hockomock Bay ; 30 from the latter Montsweag and Brooking Bays lead northward ; the former separates Westport Island from the mainland, and joins the Sheepscot River at Wiscasset, through Back River. Knubble Bay is the broadest part of the river, after passing Robinhood Cove and the Knubble, before entering Hockomock Bay when coming from 35 eastward. Great (Lower) Hell Gate is the crooked passage from Knubble Bay into Hockomock Bay. Upper Hell Gate is about 2 miles from the western entrance to the river ; this is the narrowest part, and is only about 60 yards wide. Robinhood (Riggsville) is a post village on the south side of Riggs 40 Cove. The wharf with a float landing has about 11 feet alongside. Limited amounts of supplies, gasoline, and water are available. There is telephone connection to Bath. The Bath-Boothbay Harbor boat sometimes stops here and a small boat runs to MacMahan. Directions, Inside Passage, Boothbay Harbor to Bath.—This 45 passage is narrow and crooked, has strong tidal currents, and local knowledge is necessary to carry the best water. Strangers in the larger vessels or j^achts should take a pilot at Boothbay Harbor or Bath. With the aid of chart 230, strangers in small craft of 8 feet or l6ss draft should be able to go through. The best time is on a rising 5Q tide. The channel is well marked but careful navigation is required. Caution.—At the Strength of the current in the narrow places the buoys are often run under for short periods. 206 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (chart 1204) SHEEPSCOT RIVER (CHART 314) Sheepscot River having its entrance about 5 miles northeastward 8 of Seguin Island, betvreen the Cuckolds and Griffith Head, is the ap- proach to several small villages in the lower end and to the town of Wiscasset, 14 miles above the entrance. The channel has a depth of about 30 feet to Wiscasset and is navigable for small vessels at high water for about 4 miles above Wiscasset to the village of Sheepscot. 10 The Cuckolds Lighthouse * and Cape Harbor, on the east side at the entrance, are described on page 200. There are rocks, bare and sunken, extending 0.5 mile westward of the point in this vicinity. The Sisters, 1.5 miles from the northwestern shore, at the entrance to Sheepscot River, are three small bare rocks with shoals surround- 16 ing them. The westerly rock marked by a tripod beacon. Tom Rock, 0.6 mile south of The Sisters is bare at low water and marked by a red buoy on the southwest side. An 8-foot spot has been reported 200 yards east of the buoy. The Black Rocks, 1 mile from the northwestern shore of Sheepscot 20 Bay at the entrance, are a group of three bare and several sunken rocks about 0.7 mile long. The southwesterly rock has 13 feet over it and there is a rock awash at high water 250 yards northeastward of it. The middle rock is 15 feet above high water and the northeasterly rock 10 feet above high water. The channel between the Black Rocks 25 and the black buoy, marking Sloop Ledge 0.4 mile northwestward, has not been closely examined and should be used with caution. The area between the black buoy and the northern shore is very broken and should not be crossed. Griffith Head, on the west side, at the entrance of Sheepscot River, 30 is a white, rocky head, with a bare, rocky island 200 yards eastward. There is a horizontally striped buoy 0.4 mile off the island, marking Griffith Head Ledge. Lower Mark Island, on the eastern side, just inside the entrance, is wooded and a good landmark. A ledge, bare at low water, lies 150 35 to 350 yards eastward of the island. Northwestward of this island broken ground, with 22- and 24-foot spots, extends about 0.8 mile and is marked at its western end by a lighted bell buoy. Cat Ledges are a group of rocks, the higher ones bare, lying 0.5 to 1 mile northward of Lower Mark Island, the outer ones 0.4 mile 40 from the eastern shore. The coves eastward of the ledges are foul and of no importance. Herman Harbor is a long, narrow cove making northward on the western side of the river about 1.5 miles above Griffith Head. It has good anchorage in 4 to 7 fathoms, but has a very narrow en- 45 trance between a bare ledge near the west shore and a dangerous reef, bare at low water, which extends 275 yards southwestward from the wooded island on the eastern side of the entrance. There is a prominent hotel on the west side near the middle of the harbor, and a small settlement at the head and a fish wharf on the west side. 50 The best water in entering leads 100 yards eastward of the middle of the bare ledge on the west side at the entrance, close to, and westward of, the red buoy. • *Lat. 43''46'.8, Long. 69°39'.0 : Charts 314, 1204, 1106, 70. (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 207 Five Islands Harbor is a narrow passage between Five Islands and the western shore, forming a secure harbor for small craft, with 3 to 5 fathoms at low water. The main entrance is northward of the largest wooded island (Maiden Island), between it and a bare rock. A rock with a depth of 10 feet in the middle of the entrance 5 is marked by a horizontally striped buoy. The buoy can be passed close-to on either side in entering. Boats can also enter the harbor from the northwestward, following the western shore, inside of all islands and shoals. The southern entrance is nearly blocked by rocks and ledges that bare at about half tide, and should not be used 10 without local knowledge. Five Islands is a post village on the western side of the harbor. It has launch communication with Boothbay Harbor an-d Bath. The steamer wharf has a depth of about 20 feet. There is a general store, and some gasoline is available. 15 Hendricks Harbor is a cove on the eastern side of Sheepscot River, the entrance lying 0.4 mile southward of Hendricks Head (aban- doned) Lighthouse Tower. It is used only by small craft. The entrance, which is well marked, has a depth of about 10 feet between ledges on either side, and the depths inside are 4 to 9 feet. West 20 Southport is a post village on the east side of the harbor. There are landings for small craft. There is a fixed bridge connecting Pratts Island to Southport Island. The Southport Yacht Club is located at Hendricks Harbor (known locally as Cozy Harbor) . The club has a pier and float landing with 23 about 4 feet alongside at low water. There are several fish wharves. There is a general store; gasoline and water are available. SHEEPSCOT RIVER (CHART 230) 30 About 3 miles of the river is shown on Chart 230, which is a largo scale chart of the inside passage from Boothbay Harbor to Bath. This section of the river is also shown on Chart 314, which is on a scale large enough for navigation of the Sheepscot River. If using Ebenecook Harbor or any of the channels in this section, except the 35 main river channel, Chart 230 should bejised. Ebenecook Harbor is an excellent anchorage for vessels up to 20- foot draft. Its entrance lies about 1 mile above Hendricks Head, on the eastern bank of the river, and leads between Dogfish Head on the south and the Green Islands on the north. It is the first 40 anchorage available for large vessels entering the river; but the entrance is narrow, and large sailing vessels require a fair wind when leaving the anchorage. The village of West Southport is near the southern end of the harbor. This end of the harbor should be avoided by strangers in vessels unless they employ a pilot. There 45 are boat storage sheds. Directions, Ebenecook Harbor, give the eastern shore of Sheepscot River a berth of over 300 yards for 1 mile above Hendricks Head until up with Dogfish Head,* which is rockv and grass covered with a low neck behind it. Pass about 125 yards northward of Dogfish Head, and steer about 96° true between "it and Green Islands, favor- •Ijat. 43<'50'.R, Long. GOMIM : Charts 230, 314. 50 208 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH cchart 1204) ing, if anything, the southern side, until past the south point of Green Islands. Follow the southeast side of Green Islands at a distance of about 150 yards, and steer 74° true with the south point of the islands astern ; anchor on this course near mid-harbor, or favoring the eastern 6 sliore, in 4 to 6 fathoms, soft bottom. Extending northward from Ebenecook Harbor to Sawyer Island is a channel, affording good anchorage in places, which is used h^/ j^mall pleasure craft in summer, and is a part of the inside passage used by local vessels between Boothbay Harbor and Bath. Its north- 10 em part, and also the passages between the islands and ledges on its western side, require some local knowledge to insure safety. The principal islands and rocks are : Green Islands are wooded; a rock, bare at low water, lies 200 yards northeastward of them, and is marked on its southeast side 15 by a black buoy. A bare ledge lies between Green Islands and Boston Island, and a rock with 4 feet over it lies 250 yards westward of the- ledge. Boston Island is high and partly wooded and has several houses and a boat landing. Spectacle Islands are partly wooded and a rock, bare at low water, lies 150 yards westward of their southwest 20 ®^^- Townsend Gut, Isle of Springs^ and Sawyer Island, on the eastern side of Sheepscot River, and Little Sheepscot River and Goose Rock Passage on the western side, are described under the heading Inside ' Passage Boothbay Harbor to Bath, on page 205. 25 Bull Ledge, 1 mile northward of Hendricks Head, is bare in one place at low water, and marked at the south end by a horizontally striped buoy. Middle Mark Island, a small, round, bare islet, is in the middle of a ledge 0.3 mile long, and lies 0.3 mile from the western shore and 30 1.5 miles above Hendricks Head. Mark Island Ledge, with 7 feet on it, lies 250 yards southwestward of the island. The main channel leads eastward of the island. Powderhorn Island, low and grassy, is on the eastern side of the river 2 miles above Hendricks Head. Powderhorn South Ledge, jg awash in pUices at low water, extends 0.3 mile southward from the island, and is marked at its south end by a red buoy. There is a narrow channel between the buoy and the north end of Harding Ledge. The latter is sunken and is marked at its south end by a red buoy. 40 Powderhorn Ledge, with 4 feet on it, lies 200 to 350 yards north- ward of Powderhorn Island, and is marked on its north side by a red buoy. Middle Ledge, lying 600 yards eastward of the southern side of the entrance to Goose Rock Passage, has a least-found depth of 10^ 45 feet, although less has been reported; it is marked on its northern side by a black buoy. Clous Ledge, lying 0.2 mile eastward from Whittum Island (wooded) at the entrance to Goose Rock Passage, is awash at half tide and marked by a black spindle on the middle of the ledge and a gQ black bell buoy off its northern end. Fourfoot Kock, on the west side of the channel about 0.2 mile northward of Clous Ledge spindle, is marked on its southern side by a horizontally striped buoy. 10 15 HCHABT 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 209 Ram Island Ledge, awash in spots at half tide, is on the east side of the channel and extends 0.3 mile in a north-northeasterly direction from Ram Island to the entrance to Back River. It is marked on its eastern side by a black spindle and a black buoy, which are guides to the narrow channel leading northward from Ebenecook Harbor. Upper Mark Island is a low grasav ledge^ from which a shoal ex- tends 600 yards northward toward Ho^gdon Ledge. Jewett and Long Coves are unimportant coves on the west side of Sheepscot River westward of the entrance to Back River. SHEEPSCOT RIVER, NORTHERN PART (CHAET 314) Back River is a shallow, narrow, and unmarked stream between Barter Island and the mainland. Its southern entrance is on the ^asterji side, about 3 miles northward of Hendricks Head; its northern •entrance is from Cross River. Local knowledge is necessary for its navigation. It is used only by small craft. There are several private iioat landings on the south end of Barter Island, just inside the entrance. A drawbridge with an opening 40 feet wide and a headroom of 6 feet at high water crosses the river from Hodgdon Island to the south end of Barter Island. The entrance to Back River is marked by- a buoy placed 350 yards westward fi-om the southern end of Barter Island. Trevett is a small post village on Hodgdon Island at the end of the drawbridge. There is a general store. Tarbox Landing is a steamer landing and small settlement just north of Tarbox Cove. Hodgdon Ledge, just southward of the wharf, is bare at half tide and marked on the southeast side by a black buoy. Cross River empties into the east side of Sheepscot River about 6 miles above Hendricks Head. It has a deep channel for over 1 mile ^® to Oven Mouth where the river is confined to a narrow channel l)etween high cliffs. Greenleaf Ledge, on the west side of Sheepscot River, just south of the entrance to Cross River, is bare at half tide and marked by a buoy. Shoals fill the bight from the buoy to the western shore. ^^ Merrill Ledge, 2.4 miles above the entrance to Cross River, is bare at half tide in the middle; it is marked at the south end by a s-2:)indle and at the north end by a buoy. The channel leads westward of it. A rock with 12 feet over it has been reported to exist about 500 *^ yards southwestward of Clough Point (Head of Westport). The rock is on the west side of the river and lies a little eastward of a line connecting the buoy off Clough Point and the buoy just above Hilton Point. Montsweag Bay and Back River form a thoroughfare from Sasa- *^ noa River and Hockomock Bay to Sheepscot River near Wiscasset. The channel is narrow and seldom used except by small local craft. It is marked by spindles and buoys. In 1940 there was an auto ferry operating across Back River about 0.5 mile south of Berry Island. ^^ Wiscasset is a town on the west side of Sheepscot River 14 miles above the entrance. It is on U. S. Highway No. 1, and on 5? branch of the Maine Central railroad. 210 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH cchart not) The wharves are nearly all in ruins and there is practically no commerce by water. There is a town float landing with about 13 feet alongside but there are no facilities for taking supplies on board. 6 Sheepscot River above Wiscasset.—There is said to be a depth of about 10 feet at low Mater for 4 miles above Wiscasset to rapids in the river. Boats of about 4-foot draft can go through the rapids at high-water slack and for about 3 miles above. Sheepscot (shown only on chart 1204) is a village just above the rapids. The channel is 10 rmmarked above Wiscasset, and local knowledge is necessary for its navigation. Drawbridges cross the river at Wiscasset, at a point 1 mile above Wiscasset, and at a point 3 miles above Wiscasset. The draw at Wiscasset has an opening 40 feet wide, and a vertical clearance of 15 10 feet at high water when closed. The second bridge has a draw opening 40 feet wide with a vertical clearance of 8 feet at m. h. w., and the third, a draw opening 28 feet wide. Anchorages.—Ebenecook Harbor is the first anchorage available for large vessels entering the river. Above Stover Ledge, anchorage 20 can be had in the channel, the depths being generally 12 fathoms or less. Colby Cove, in the west bank about 2^4 miles above Cross Eiver, affords anchorage in 8 to 10 fathoms; Merrill Ledge spindle is northeastward of the anchorage. The anchorage at Wiscasset is below the bridge and near the wharves of the town. 25 Ice does not usually interfere with navigation below Wiscasset. The river above Wiscasset is usually closed in winter. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides varies from about 8i/^ feet at the entrance to 9i/^ feet at Wiscasset. Currents.—The currents in the river generally set in the direction 30 of the channel and have considerable velocity in the narrow parts. At the entrance of Cross River the flood sets onto Quarry Point. The ebb sets onto Clough Point. Pilots can be obtained from among the local fishermen at Five Islands or Boothbay Harbor. 35 DIRECTIONS, SHEEPSCOT RIVER The channel in Sheepscot River is deep, and the principal dangers are buoyed. It is a region of rocks and ledges, many of them rising abruptly from deep water and has not been examined by means of a 40 wire drag. There are several unmarked rocky shoals with depths of 314 to 5 fathoms in the middle of the river from Bull Ledge south- ward. Other ledges with less depth than charted have been reported, and undoubtedly exists. The river should therefore be navigated by vessels with extreme caution. 45 1. From eastward (chart 314) .—Having come from Boothbay Har- bor or Fisherman Island Passage, pass close to Cuckolds black bell buoy and steer 265° true for 1 mile until Lower Mark Island is abeam, distant 1.3 miles. Then steer 331° true for 2 miles and pass 0.5 mile westward of Lov>-er Mark Island and about 100 yards west- 50 ward of Cat Ledges lighted bell buoy. When about 200 yards north- westward of this buoy, steer 2° true for nearly 1.5 miles and pass 350 yards westward of Hendricks Head. (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 211 Or, coming from southward, from a position about 0.5 mile west- ward of Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy, steer 339° true for a little over 6 miles until Lower Mark Island bears east true and is distant about 0.9 mile. Then change course to 2° true and pass 100 to 200 yards west of Cat Ledges Lighted Bell Buoy and continue the 5 course to a position westward of Hendricks Head abandoned lighthouse tower. Then follow the directions given in Section 2. From westward.—Pass 1.5 miles southward of Seguin Lighthouse (0.5 mile southward of Mile Ledge lighted bell buoy) and steer 37° true for The Cuckolds Lighthouse to \ position 0.5 mile southeastward lo of Tom Rock buoy. Then steer 6° true for 3,3 miles, heading for Hen dricks Head abandoned lighthouse tower until The Cuckolds Light- house is abeam, distant 2 miles. Then steer 2° true for nearly 2.4 miles, and pass 100 to 200 yards westward of Cat Ledges lighted bell buoy, and 350 yards westward of Hendricks Head. 15 2. Hendricks Head to Wiscasset (charts 230 and 314).—Passing 300 yards westward of Plendricks Head abandoned lighthouse tower, steer 2° true for 4.5 miles. From a midriver position 0.8 mile above Stover Ledge buoy, steer 20° ti'ue for 2 miles to the entrance of the narrow part of the river 20 between Quarry Point and Fowle Point. Then steer more northward and follow a midriver course for 2 miles. Pass westward of the spindle and red buoy marking the southerly and northerly ends of Merrill Ledge, and when about 0.7 mile above the buoy, favor slightly the eastern bank to avoid the shoal on the western side above Hilton 25 Point and another 500 yards south of Clough Point. Pass about 200 yards eastward and 100 yards northeastward of Clough Point black buoy, and steer 299° true, passing about 150 yards off the south end of Davis Island (marked by earthworks and a blockhouse). Pass southward and about 100 yards westward of 30 Middle Ground red buoy, and steer about 344° true for the wharf. Anchorage may be had about midway between the buoy and the wharf, in 5 to 7 fathoms. 35 KENNEBEC RIVER KENNEBEC RIVER TO BATH (CHART 314) The mouth of this river is northward of Seguin Island and 20 miles eastward of the entrance of Portland Harbor. It is the ap- 40 proach to the cities of Bath and Augusta, the towns of Richmond and Gardiner, and smaller villages. The river has considerable trade by vessels, the deepest draft being about 26 feet to Bath and 12 feet to Augusta, the head of navigation. The least depth is about 28 feet in a natural channel to Bath, 12 45 miles above the entrance, but there are unmarked rocky shoals with less depth close to the channel. From Bath to Gardiner the existing project of the United States Engineer Corps provides for a channel not less than 150 feet wide, with a depth of 16 feet. From Gardiner to Augusta, the project provides for a channel 125 feet wide and 11 feet deep. The principal channel passes Swan Island on the east side. This project has been completed, but depths in the river change and there is occasional shoaling. In June 1939 the controlling depth 50 212 ]vruscoNGUS bay to cape Elizabeth (chart 1204) to the Gardiner-Randolph Bridge was 13 feet and 8 feet, thence to Augusta at the head of navigation. Kennebec River formerly had a large trade in ice, and there were numerous ice houses and wharves on the river. In 1940 the ice 5 houses were gone; and the wharves generally in ruins except at the principal ports. Log booms are found in the river between Gardiner and Augusta. At present there is considerable traffic in coal, fuel oil, and oil products. 10 Cape Small is the wooded point about 4 miles westward of the mouth of the river. The distinguishing marks are an elevated tank 1 mile from the end, visible from eastward or westward ; Fuller Rock, a low, bare islet 0.3 mile southward of the point, which is marked by an unwatched light; Bald Head, a bare round knob on the west side 15 of the point; and Bald Head Ledge, bare at half tide and marked by a spindle and a bell buoy. There are submerged rocks and very broken ground, not closely examined, in the vicinity of the cape. Sprague and Morse Rivers, between Cape Small and the entrance of Kennebec River, are nearly bare at low water at their entrances, 20 and seldom entered even by local boats. Islands and rocks off the entrance.—The entrance to the river is somewhat obstructed by an area of islands and rocks and very broken ground, not closely examined, extending southward for a dis- tance of 4.5 miles from the entrance. The most southerly known 25 danger is Seguin SSW Ledge, having a least found depth of 6 fathoms and lying 0.5 mile southeastward of Seguin Island red whistling buoy. The other dangers outside of Seguin Island are Mile Ledge, having a least found depth of 10 feet and marked by a lighted bell buoy, and Camel Ground, lying 1 mile west-south- 30 westward of Seguin Island Lighthouse, and having a least found depth of 3.5 fathoms; Camel Ground is unmarked, and the sea breaks on it in heavy weather. Seguin Island is 145 feet high, grassy, and marked on the top by a lighthouse ; it is the most prominent mark in this vicinity. 35 Seguin Island Lighthouse* is a white cylindrical tower connected with dwelling. The light is 180 feet above the water, and visible 20 miles. The fog signal is a diaphone. Ellingwood Rock, 400 yards northward of the north end of Seguin Island, is a bare islet about 20 feet high. 40 Seguin Ledges, 0.5 mile northeastward of Ellingwood Rock, are about 5 feet high, and have submerged ledges extending 300 yards northeastward and southwestward from the bare ledge. Pond Island Shoal is the rocky shoal lying southward and south- westward of Pond Island. It has depths ranging from 5 to 21 feet 46 over it, and in heavy gales is covered with breakers. A black gong buoy marks the southeastern end of the shoal and lies 0.7 mile south- ward of Pond Island Lighthouse. Vessels should not pass between this buoy and Pond Island. Pond Island, a grassy island on the west side of the entrance to 50 Kennebec River, is about 30 feet high and marked on the top by a lighthouse. *Lat. 4Z°42'.5, Long. 69°45'.5 : Cha.rts 314, 1204, 1106. 70. (CHART 1204) AIUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 213 Pond Island Lighthouse is a white tower connected with dwell- ing. The light is 52 feet above the water, and visible 10 miles. The fog signal is a bell. Wood Island, 0.3 mile westward of Pond Island, is high and wooded. The channel between Wood and Pond Islands should not 5 be used by strangers. Whaleback Rock is a bare rock about 8 feet high on the eastern side of the entrance to the river and 0.5 mile eastward of Pond Island. A shoal extends about 100 yards southward from it. Salter Island, northward of Whaleback, is wooded. Stage Island is wooded. 10 Stage Island Bay, Sagadahoc Bay, and Heal Eddy, on the east side of Kennebec River at the entrance, are shoal inside, have no wharves, and are of little importance. South and North Sugarloaf are high, rounded, bare, rocKy islets in the middle of Kennebec River just inside the entrance. A ledge 15 extends 100 yards southward from South Sugarloaf; Jack Rock, bare at low water and marked by a spindle, is near the end of a ledge which extends 125 yards northeastward from South Sugarloaf. Ledges marked by a buoy, extend 175 yards southward and another 125 yards northwestward from North Sugarloaf. A rock with 6 20 feet over it has been reported lying 100 yards 270° true from Jack Rock spindle. Popham Beach is a summer resort on the west side of Kennebec River just inside the entrance, the landing being westward of Fort Popham, The wharf near the Coast Guard station is in ruins but 25 some offshore piling remained in 1940. Kennebec River Coast Guard Station is located here. Fort Popham is an unfinished and abandoned stone fort on Hunni- well Point. A small quantity of gasoline and stores may be obtained southwest of the Fort. 30 Baypoint is a village on the east side of Kennebec River, east- eastward of Fort Popham. The wharf has a depth of about 13 feet. There is a general store and gasoline is available. Gilbert Head is high and prominent, wooded except near the end. and marked by a prominent house. 35 Shag Rock, on the eastern side of the channel, between Gilbert Head and Cox Head, is bare 3 feet at high water and marked by a tripod beacon. Cox Head is high and prominent and is marked by a flag pole 011 its summit. ^^ Todd Bay, on the east side of Kennebec River northeastward of Cox Head is almost entirely bare at low water. There is a quarry on the east side. Perkins Island, on the east side of the main channel 3 miles above the entrance, is wooded on the north end and bare on the south end. 45 Perkins Island lighthouse, on the west side, is a white tower. The fog signal is a bell. Parker Head is a village on the west side of the river westward of a prominent headland of that name. The approach to the village is by a narrow channel, shoaling gradually to about 3 feet. The chan- 50 nel is sometimes marked by bush stakes and there are a number of old piling along its sides southeast of the dam. 540825°—43 15 10 214 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chakt i204> Back River is a narrow, crooked, and unmarked thoroughfare con- necting Kennebec River with Sasanoa River and Hockomock Bay. It is bare at low water near the north end, and little used. A fixed bridge crosses the thoroughfare near 'the middle; it is said to have a headroom of about 6 feet at high tide. West Georgetown is a village on the east side of Back River, just inside its southern entrance. Seal Rock, on the west side of the channel at the upper end of Parker Flats, is bare at half tide. There is a buoy northeastward of it. Phippsburg is a village on the west side of Kennebec River 5.5 miles above the entrance. A white church spire located at Phipps- burg is prominent from the river. Goat Island,* northeastward of Phippsburg, is wooded, and the 15 smaller islands near it are bare and grassy. Pettis Rocks, in the middle of the river 6.5 miles above the entrance, are awash in the highest part at extreme high water and marked at the south end by a spindle. Ram Island, just northward of Pettis Rocks, is low and bushy, and marked by Ram Island Light. 2Q A reef, bare at low water, extends nearly 200 yards northwestward of the island. Vessels passing westward of the island sometimes ground on this reef. BATH 25 (CHART 230) Winnegance is a village on Winnegance Creek, 0.5 mile from the main channel of Kennebec River. The channel is shoal and navigable only by small craft. Old piling extend across .the creek northeast of the highway bridge and are partly covered at high water. 30 Bath is a city on the west bank of the Kennebec 12 miles above the entrance. It has considerable trade by water consisting mostly of coal and petroleum products. There are depths up to 27 feet at the wharves, the deepest being at a coal wharf. The maximum draft going to Bath is about 26 feet. 35 Two public float landings are provided—one at the foot of Broad Street and one at the old ferry slip. The city marshal acts -as harbor master. In 1940 there was regular launch service with Boothbay. Bridge.—The Kennebec River at Bath is crossed by a combination highway and railway bridge with a lift span with a clearance of 135 40 feet above mean high water when up, 101/2 feet when closed, and a horizontal clearance of 200 feet. The signal for the bridge is three blasts of the whistle. Anchorage off Bath.—Regulations have been prescribed for the anchorage of vessels off Bath, The areas for anchorage are shown on 45 Chart 230. The principal requirement is that a 150-foot fairway be left channelward of the harbor lines and that a clear 200-foot fairway be left open between Woolwich and Bath. Pilots.^—A pilot for the river may be had at Bath and another at Popham Beach. Vessels desiring a pilot should make advance ar- 50 rangements for the pilot to meet them at the entrance. Pilots may also be obtained by signaling the Coast Guard station at Popham. *Lfit. 43°49'.3. Long. 69°48'.3 : Chart 314. (CHART 120 1) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 215 Pilotage is not compulsory, but strangers of deep draft should take a pilot. Towboats.—There is a towboat stationed at Bath. Repairs.—There is an important shipbuilding plant at Bath and facilities for making above water repairs. There are no marine 5 "railways or drydocks. There is a small boat railway at which small craft up to about 40 feet long can be hauled out. Supplies.—Coal and gasoline can be had at Bath. There are no facilities for fuel oil. Diesel oil is delivered by tank wagon. Woolwich is a village opposite Bath. The wharves are in poor 10 condition. There is an oil wharf with 14 feet alongside, and a boat &hop where boats are built. KENNEBEC RIVER, BATH TO ABAGADASSET POINT (CHARTS 314 AND 1204) jg Two miles above Bath the channel of Kennebec Eiver is divided by Lines Island into two channels, East Branch and West Branch. East Branch is used by local boats up to 7 feet draft at low water, but the channel is narrow and unmarked, leads between reefs on either side, and is not safe for strangers. West Branch is deep and 2Q clear and is generally used. A rock, bare at low water, 50 yards off the southwest end of Lines Island, should be avoided. Chops is the narrow passage between two headlands 0.7 mile above Lines Island. Two steel towers supporting a power line across the channel are prominent. There is ample headroom under the wires. 25 Merrymeeting Bay is a shoal bay making westward from Ken- nebec Eiver 17 miles above the entrance. It is the approach to the towns of Brunswick, on the Androscoggin River and Bowdoinham, on the Cathance River, 8 and 4 miles, respectively, above Kennebec River. These two towns and rivers are shown only on chart 1204. 30 Boats of 6-foot draft can go to Brunswick and 12 feet to Bowdoin- ham at high water. The channels are narrow and unmarked, and local knowledge is necessary for their navigation. The rise and fall of tides varies from 3 to 5 feet at Brunswick, depending on the stage of the river. A fixed railroad bridge with headroom of 20 feet at 35 high water crosses the river just below Brunswick. KENNEBEC RIVER, ABAGADASSET POINT TO COURTHOUSE POINT (CHABT 23S) The channel west of Swan Island has been dredged to a depth of 12 feet and width of 125 feet, but it is not marked and the channel is not maintained. The principally used channel leads eastward of the island and is dredged to 13 feet. Richmond is a town on the west bank of the river 23 miles above the entrance. There is a small float landing. Gas and water are available in town. Bridge.—The river is crossed by a State highway bridge at a point just north of Swan Island. The bridge has a swing draw with open- mgs 69 feet wide on the west side and 61 feet on the east side, and a vertical clearance when closed of 15.8 feet above mean high water. The signal for the bridge is three blasts of the whistle. 40 45 50 216 AIUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chaht 1204) KENNEBEC RIVER, COURTHOUSE POINT TO AUGUSTA (CHAET 289) Dresden Landing (Cedargrove) is a small settlement on the east 5 side 2 miles above the north end of Swan Island. South Gardiner is a village on the west side of the river 30 miles above the entrance. There is a large lumber mill, with a brick stack, on the river. The wharves are in ruin. Gardiner is a town on the west side of Kennebec Kiver 33l^ miles 10 above the entrance. The deepest draft coming here is 12 feet. The wharves are in good condition, have depths up to 17 feet. Coal and gasoline are shipped here in vessels drawing 11^ feet. The coal wharf is used by vessels desiring to secure gasoline, water, and sup- plies from- town. 15 Randolph is a village on the east side, opposite Gardiner. Bridge.—The river is crossed at Gardiner by a highway bridge with a swing draw having openings of 65.7 feet and a vertical clear- ance of 20.45 feet above mean high water. Use the eastern opening. xVbout 1.5 miles above Gardiner at Browns Island, the river is 20 crossed by two transmission lines supported by high towers. Hallowell is a town on the west side of the river 37 miles above the entrance. The coal wharf is in good condition. Tankers draw- ing 11 feet deliver oil to wharves at storage tanks on Oil Cloth Point, about 0.5 mile above Hallowell. 25 Augusta, at the head of navigation on the Kennebec River, 39 miles above the entrance, is the capital of the State of Maine. The principal wharves are on the western side just below the bridges. There is some traffic in coal by barges which are loaded to a maxi- mum depth of about 12 feet. 30 Above the two fixed bridges, the river is obstructed by a dam. Anchorages, Kennebec River.—The holding ground at the en- trance below Fort Popham* is poor, and vessels should not anchor unless forced to do so. If obliged to anchor when inside Pond Island, it is advisable to come-to in the channel abreast the wharf 85 (in ruins) just above the Coast Guard station, with a long scope of chain ; if not blowing strong, a moderate-sized vessel may ride here if care is taken to keep the anchor clear. Strong tidal currents will be experienced here. Anchorage can be had on the eastern side of the channel southward 40 of Perkins Island South Ledge buoy in 6 to 8 fathoms. On the eastern edge of the channel at the anchorage the depths shoal abruptly from 5 fathoms to a few feet- drift ice coming down the river generally follows the western shore. The best and most frequently used anchorage is on the western side 45 of the channel off Parker Flats in 4 to 6 fathoms. Large vessels sometimes anchor on the eastern side in this vicinity. Above Parker Flats vessels anchor wherever they find good holding ground and suitable depth, keeping out of the strength of the current. Freshets occur in March and April, also after heavy rains in the 50 fall, but they are not dangerous to shipping unless accompanied by ice. A height of 9 feet above mean high water usually occurs sev- •Lat. 43''45'.3. Long. GQ'iT.O : Charts 314, 1204, 1106. 70. (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 217 eral times a year at Augusta, but the height diminishes rapidly southward. Ice usually closes the river to navigation above Bath from Decem- ber to April, Steamers are rarely delayed by ice below Bath. The tidal currents are very strong at the entrance and in the 5 narrow parts of the river, especially from Pond Island to Fort Popham, Bluff Head to Fiddler Reach, and Telegraph Point to the Chops ; some local knowledge of their set is necessary to insure safety to vessels under sail. The direction of the currents at the entrance is influenced by strong winds, especially easterly gales. During 10 spring tides and freshets the velocity of the ebb current is increased and requires special attention. No complete observations have been made to determine the set and velocity of the currents. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 8% feet at the entrance, 6I/2 feet at Bath, 5 feet at Gardiner, and 4 feet at Augusta. 15 DIRECTIONS, KENNEBEC RIVER This area is a region of rock and very broken ground and has not been examined by means of a wire drag. Strangers in vessels should therefore proceed with extreme ^'aution, and should avoid crossing 20 broken ground where the charted depth does not greatly exceed the draft. There are two approaches to the entrance, the eastern between Whaleback and the shoals southwestward, and the western between Pond Island shoal gong buoy and the shoals eastward. The eastern 25 channel has a least found depth of about 4^ fathoms on a small spot easily avoided, and the western a least found depth of 4 to 5 fathoms on the sailing lines. Both are used, but vessels of over 18 feet draft generally enter by the eastern channel. The entrance has strong tidal currents, and if the wind is opposed to the current an ugly 39 chop sea is encountered which is at times dangerous for small craft. The principal dangers in the river are marked, but the channel is narrow in places. The narrowest place below Bath is eastward of Pettis Rocks, where it is only 75 yards wide. The sections of the dredged channel between the south end of Swan Island and Augusta 35 are not sufficiently well marked to enable strangers to keep in them. 1. From Eastward to Southward.—Having come from Boothbay Harbor or Fisherman Island Passage, pass about 200 yards south of the Cuckolds Bell Buoy, and steer 246° true to pass midway be- tween "The Black Rocks" and "The Sisters." When the beacon 49 marking The Sisters is abeam, change course to 230° true, heading to pass just northwestward of the lighted bejl buoy marking White Ledge. When about 200 yards northward of this lighted buoy, change course to 300° true, heading to pass about 100 yards south of the red buoy marking the end of the reef which extends southward from 45 Stage Island. From this buoy proceed 'as directed in Section 2 of these Directions. If coming from the eastward and outside the islands, pass about 0.2 mile south of the lighted whistle buoy which lies about 2 miles southward of Bantam Rock, and steer 295° true to pass about 200 qq yards northward of Wliite Ledge Lighted Bell Buoy. When north- ward of this bell buoy change course to 300° true and proceed as in the preceding paragraph. 218 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chabt 1204) lA. If approaching from the westward or from the southward, Eroceed to a position about 700 yards westward of Seguin Island light, from which position steer 9° true until Pond Island Light is abeam, then change course to 300° true to pass about 100 yards 5 south of the bell buoy off Stage Island. 2. Entrance to Parker Flats.—From a position about 100 yards south of the red buoy oft' Stage Island, steer about 330° true to pass about 100 yards north of the black buoy marking the 18-foot spot northeastward of Pond Island. When at this position change course 10 to about 300° true, heading to pass about 50 yards south of the red buoy off North Sugarloaf Island. When abeam of this buoy change course to 337° true and continue this course until the hill on Little Cox Head bears about 270° true. From this position steer about 0° true to pass about 200 yards westward of Sha^ Eock Beacon. Con- 25 tinue this course until the northeast corner of Cox Head is abeam and then steer about 340° true, heading lo pass south and west of Perkins Island Ledge Buoy. Just before getting up to this buoy, change course to 6° true, heading to pass about 100 yards west of Perkins Island Ledge Buoy and midway between Perkinis Island Light 20 and the black buoy marking the 7-foot spot westward of it. Con- tinue this course until within about 300 yards of the buoy marking the entrance to the channel into Back River and then change course to 321° true, heading to pass about 200 yards westward of Squirrel Point Light.* When abeam this light, change course to 8° true and 25 continue this course until the south end of Lee Island is abeam, at which position change course to about 40° true, heading to pass about 100 yards eastward of Pettis Rock Beacon. When eastward of this beacon, change course to 15° true, and just before the beacon on Indian Point is abeam, change course to 353° true, heading to 30 P^ss about 100 yards westward of Bluff Head. From off Bluff Head to the point forming the southern side of Morse Cove, midchannel courses should be steered. When up to this point follow Doubling Point Range, the course on which is 0° true. At this point a change may be made to the larger scale chart. No, 230. This range passes 35 very close to and eastward of Lithgow Rock and Fiddler Ledge, both of which are buoyed. It will be better to steer a little eastward of the range rather than take any chance of the vessel getting to the westward of it. When midway between Fiddler Ledge and the southern range light the course may be set at about 275° true to 40 pass about 200 yards southward of Doubling Point Light. Round Doubling Point and proceed to anchorage either south of or north of the bridge. Anchorages are restricted by rules of the U. S. Engi- neers Oitice in the locality of the bridge and cable area. A water pipe line crosses the river between the cable area and the bridge 45 Anchor south of Sasanoa Point or northward of the cable area. Bridge.—The bridge extending across the Kennebec River at Bath has a horizontal clarance in the center of 200 feet and a vertical clearance of 10.5 feet at mean high water when closed, and 135 feet when lifted, at mean high water. The signal for lifting the bridge gQ is 3 blasts of the whistle. •T.at. 43''49'.0, Long. 69M8'.l : Charts 314, 1204. ats, but the channel is (CHART 1201) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 225 narrow and has many dangers, the tidal currents are strong, and the thoroughfare should not be used by strangers. It is marked by bush stakes. Simon Gurnet is crossed by a fixed bridge with an opening 36 feet wide, and a head room of 8 feet at high water. The opening has a depth of about 7 feet at low water and is said to be 5 the shoalest place on the route. The current through Simon Gurnet is very strong at strength (estimated at 7 to 8 knots) and boats go through only at slack water. The current runs eastward on the ebb. Low-water slack occurs a little before low water at Portland. At the strength of the current there is a difference of elevation of lo probably 3 feet in the level of the water on either side of the bridge. The flood currents meet in the reach between Prince and Simon Gurnet- CASCO BAY, WESTERN PART (CHART 315) 15 The part of Casco Bay westward of Harpswell Neck has numerous sounds, bays, and rivers, separated by islands lying in a northeasterly and southwesterly direction. Portland Harbor, at the western end of the bay, is the principal port of Maine. There are many summer 20 resorts and landings on the islands and shores of the bay, and small steamers from Portland run as far east as Orr Island and Gurnet, calling at the landings between. There are broad channels into the bay through Broad, Luckse, and Hussey Sounds, and secure anchor- age for vessels of any draft can be found. The bay is frequented by 25 many yachts and small pleasure craft and some fishing boats. The steamers running to the landings are of 6 to 10 foot draft, and most of the wharves on the islands are built for vessels of about this draft. Potts Harbor is a large irregular bight in the southern end of Harpswell Neck and has Haskell and Upper Flag Islands and th? 30 ledges between them on its southern side. It is a good anchorage, with depths of 4 to 5i/^ fathoms. South Harpswell is a village with prominent buildings, and a steamer landing with 16 feet at mean low water and another wharf at a general store on its eastern shore. Gasoline and some supplies are available. There is a post 35 office and a highway to Brunswick. There are two entrances to the harbor; the eastern one, from Mericoneag Sound, is buoyed, but it is narrow and crooked, with strong tidal currents, and is suitable only for small craft, or small vessels with local knowledge; the western entrance, between Upper Flag Island and Horse Island, is straight 40 and about 225 yards wide at its narrowest part, between Horse Island and the edge of the shoal between Upper Flag Island and Thrumcap, a grass-covered rock. Upper Flag, Little Birch, and Horse Islands are grass covered. Outer Green Island, 4 miles westward of Halfway Rock Light- 46 house, is grassy. Junk of Pork, a high rocJc with surrounding bare ledges, lies 250 yards southward of it. Johnson Rock, lying 0.2 mile northeastward of Outer Green Island, with foul ground be- tween, has 7 feet over it and is marked on its north side by a black buoy. Green Island Reef is about 0.2 mile long and bare at low 50 water, and lies 0.4 mile southwestward of Inner Green Island (low and grassy) , with foul ground between ; it is marked on its southwest 226 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (chart 1204) side by a red buoy. Green Island Passage, leading between the red and black buoys just described, has a width of 600 yards between the buoys and is used by small vessels. Jewell Island and Crotch (Cliff) Island are partly wooded, and 5 there are numerous houses and landings on the northwest side of the latter. The steamer landing on the west side of Crotch Island has about 22 feet alongside. There are a float landing, post office, and general store which handles gasoline. At a fish wharf on the south central si#e of the island is a float landing with 6 feet of water. IQ Gasoline is available. Crotch Island Ledge, with 3 feet over it in places, extends 0.4 mile southwestward from the southern end of Crotch Island. Its end, with 16 feet, is marked by a buoy. There is no safe passage for vessels between the buoy and the island. Jewell Island has a cove with good anchorage for small craft on the north- 15 east end. There is a landing for small craft at the head of the cove. There is a prominent stone tower on the south end of Jewell Island, and two old wharves and a house on the west side. Broken Cove is a group, of bare rocks and small islets connected by ledges, extending 0.6 mile northeastward from West Brown Cow, 20 a grass-covered islet. The beacon on Stockman I^:land in range with or open eastward of the northeast point of Ministerial Island leads eastward of the ledges. Eagle Island is high, wooded, and prominent, and has a house and flagstaff on the northeast side. A ledge, bare at one quarter ebb, 25 extends 300 yards westward from it. Eagl^ Island Ledge, awash at high water, lies 300 yards southeastward of the southern end of Eagle Island; ledges with 8 to 10 feet over them extend 300 yards southeastward and 500 yards eastward from the rock that shows bare. Partly bare ledges extend 350 yards northeastward from Eagle 30 Island. Bates and Ministerial Islands are grassy. They are surrounded by extensive ledges. Stave Island is sparsely wooded. Stave Island Ledge is bare at low water. It is marked by a buoy at its northeast end. 35 Hope Island,* in Luckse Sound, is wooded and has a prominent house and flagstaff on the southwest end. Rogues and Sand Islands, northeastward of Hope Island, are low and grassy. The channel between them is marked by two buoys. Crow Island has one house in the center and is low and grassy. Little Bangs and Stockman 4Q Islands are bare and grassy, and Stockman Island has a tripod beacon at the southwest end. Goose Nest has a grassy islet about 5 feet high, and Goose Nest Ledge is bare at a little below high water. Little Whaleboat Island is wooded. Whaieboat Island is wooded on the north end and on the highest part. It is grassy elsewhere. 45 Middle Bay makes northeastward on the west side of Harpswell Neck. Harpswell Center is a post village on the main road. The bay has good anchorage, but is little used. Lower Goose and Upper Goose Islands, on the west side, are wooded and have no prominent marks. 50 »Lat. 43°42'.4, Long. 70°02'.0 : Charts 315, 1204. (CHART 1204) MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 227 Mere Point Bay, shallow and obstructed by flats lies between Birch and White Islands on the east, and Mere Point Neck on the west. On the south side of Mere Point are located the pier and float landing of the Mere Point Yacht Club, a post office, general store, and 5 public float landing. The landings have depths of 4 to 5 feet alongside. Maquoit Bay makes northeastward on the westward side of Mere Point Neck, the entrance lying north of the Goose Islands. It is obstructed by flats, with 1 to 4 feet over them, through which a lo channel with 19 to 24 feet leads for a distance of 2 miles from its entrance. The chain of islands between Sister and Buctins Islands are wooded, and there are flats between and northward of them. Sister Island Ledge, northward of Sister Island, is partly bare at high water. 15 Bustins Island has numerous cottages, and there is a steamer land- ing with about 11 feet at mean low water on its southwestern end. There is a public landing on the southeast side of the island with a post office and store nearby. Little Bustins Island is marked by a house and a clump of trees in the center. 20 Bibber Rocks, southward of Bustins Island, are bare about 4 feet at M. H. W. French Island is wooded, and there is a wooded islet on its north side. In 1940 from about June 25 to September 10, a steamer from Portland stopped at Cousins, Littlejohn, and Bustins Islands, 25 Mere Point and Birch Island, carrying mail passengers and freight. Freeport River, also known as Harraseeket River, is west of Maquoit Bay; the approach lies between Bustins Island on the east and Great Moshier Island (wooded) on the west. The entrance of the river is between Moore Point on the east and Stockbridge Point 30 on the west, and is narrow, with a least depth of 20 feet. From the entrance the channel leads between flats, mostly dry at low water, in a northerly direction, to Weston Point, thence a shoal unmarked channel leads to Porter Landing, which is locally caller Porters Landing and to which small craft of 6-foot draft are reported to go 35 at high water. South Freeport, on the west side O.T mile above the entrance has several wharves and float landings. Gasoline may be had at the wharf and supplies are available in town. There are several moorings off the wharves. In 1940 there was no steamer service but a small 40 passenger ferry was operated to Bustins Island during the summer season, A large stone tower located at South Freeport, a standpipe at Yar- mouth, and a tank at Falmouth show up prominently from this section of Casco Bay. 45 Littlejohn, and Cousins Islands, northward of Great Chebeag Island, are connected by a trestle and have numerous cottages. There are steamer landings on the southeast side of both islands. Both landings have about 11 feet alongside at low water. There is a post office and store on both islands. On Littlejohn Island gasoline 50 and supplies may be obtained at the wharf. 228 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (Chabt i204> • Royal River is a narrow, crooked stream westward of Freeport River; its approach is westward of Cousins Island, in the north- western part of Casco Bay. The river, with a controlling depth of about 4 feet at low water, leads to the town of Yarmouth. The chan- 5 nel is very crooked, leads between flats bare at low water, and is usually marked by bush stakes. The best time for strangers to enter is on a rising tide. At Yarmouth is d small boat yard but no machine shop. Limited supplies are available. Cousins River, a narrow shallow stream, empties into the mouth of Eoyal River from 10 northward. At Drinkwater Point is a landing at which launch service to Cousins Island may be obtained during the season. Great Chebeag Island is the largest island in Casco Bay. Ther^ are two steamer landings on the east side and a stone wharf on the 15 west side of the north end. Chebeag Island, the post office, is located in the north central part of the island. Chandler Cove is formed by a bight in the southwestern end of Great Chebeag Island and by Little Chebeag Island; it is a good anchorage with 5 to 10 fathoms, but is little used. 20 Little Chebeag Island has a patch of woods in its center and a few houses. The steamer landing is on the east side and no supplies were available in 1940. Long Island, southwestward of Great Chebeag Island, has several landings on its northwest side. Mariner and Long Island are post 25 offices near its northern and western ends, respectively. The islands southward are described with Portland Harbor. Broad Cove is a shallow cove in the northwestern part of Casco Bay. There is good anchorage in the middle of the cove, southwest of Prince Point,* in 15 to 17 feet. It is open southward and 30 eastward. At York Landing about 2i/^ miles north of Presumpscot River is a landing with 7 feet alongside at which gasoline and water may be obtained. There is a repair yard here with no machine shop but with marine railways on which small craft up to 50 feet long with 35 a draft up to 6 feet can be hauled out. Sturdivant Island is grassy and bush covered. Sturdivant Island Ledge is bare in several places at low water. Basket Island is wooded. Upper Basket Ledge is bare at low water. Lower Basket Ledge is bare at half tide, and both are marked by spindles. Clap- 4Q board Island is wooded and has a private landing on the west side. It is surrounded by ledges, bare and submerged. Presumpscot River and Back Cove are described with Portland Harbor. Caution, Rifle Range.—A tall can buoy with black and white hori- zontal bands and surmounted by a large red flag is maintained 775 ^g yards 263i/^° true from Basket Island Lower Ledge Beacon during rifle practice at Fort McKinley to mark limit of rifle range. Mariners are warned to avoid passing between this buoy and Great Diamond Island when the buoy is in place. In approaching Casco Bay or Portland from the south or west gQ Portland Lightship and Cape Elizabeth Light are the most important aids to navigation. •Lat. 43''45'.7, Long. TOnO'.S: Charts 315, 1204. (CHART 1204) MUSGONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH 229 Portland Lightship, 5.3 miles southeastward of Cape Elizabeth Lighthouse, has a red hull with "PORTLAND" on each side, and two masts with circular gratings at the mastheads. The light, shown from the foremast, is 70 feet above the water, and visible 11 miles. The fog signal is an air diaphragm horn. 5 A radiobeacon is operated at the lightship. The fog signal is syn- chronized with the radio beacon for distance finding. Cape Elizabeth Lighthouse* is a white conical tower with covered way to dwelling. The light is 129 feet above the water, and visible 17 miles. The fog signal is an air diaphone. About 308 yards to the lo southwest there stands a similar tower wdiich is no longer lighted. There is a Coast Guard station and numerous houses near the lighthouse. A radio direction finder station is located on Cape Elizabeth. Storm signals are flown from a tower at the Coast Guard Station. 15 Anchorages.—In the eastern part of Casco Bay the best anchor- age for strangers is in New Meadows River. Local fishermen and yachtsmen frequently use Sebasco and Cundy Harbors. Potts Harbor, Harpswell Harbor, and Mackerel Cove are good anchorages in the middle of the bay for small vessels and yachts. Mericoneag Sound 20 and Harpswell Sound and the whole of Casco Bay westward of Harps- well Neck afford good anchorage for large vessels, except in heavj' northeast gales. Vessels can enter through Broad Sound, Luckse Sound, or Hussey Sound, and select an anchorage under the lee of some of the many islands, a suitable depth and good holding ground 25 being found in most places. Portland Harbor is a secure anchorage on the western side of the bay, and is generally used by vessels. Ice.—Considerable ice forms at the heads of the numerous arms extending northward in Casco Bay, but the principal anchorages are available at any season of the year. 30 Currents.—The tidal currents are not strong, but on the flood there is a perceptible set northward and on the ebb southward in the bay and across the entrance. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides in the bay is about 9 feet. DIRECTIONS, CASCO BAY •Lat. 43''33'.0, Long. 70°12'.l : Charts 315, 1204, 1106, 70. 540825 O - 43 - 16 35 This region is an area of rocks and ledges, and, except in the ap- proaches to Portland Harbor, Hussey Sound and the bay bounded on the east by Little Chebeag Island, on the north by Lower Basket Ledge, and on the west by Clapboard Island, has not been examined 40 by means of a wire drag. Vessels should therefore proceed with cau- tion when crossing broken ground where the charted depth does not greatly exceed the draft. Directions for the usual traveled route from Portland eastward are given on page 53. Several other routes are possible and sometimes 45 used. Most of the dangers are marked and the waters are w^ell charted, so that with the aid of chart 315 no difficulty should be experienced in navigating Casco Bay in clear weather. 50 230 MUSCONGUS BAY TO CAPE ELIZABETH (chart i204) PORTLAND HARBQR (CHART 325) Portland Harbor, at the western end of Casco Bay, is the most im- 5 portant harbor on the coast of Maine. It has a large coastwise and some foreign trade and is open for commerce throughout the year. Channels.—The main entrance is from southward, westward of Gushing Island, and has a depth of 6 fathoms or more from the entrance well into the harbor. There are several ledges off the en- ]0 trance, most of them marked, which makes the approach to the har- bor dangerous in thick weather for deep-draft vessels. There is an unmarked 30-foot rock 0.4 mile southeastward of Portland Head. In clear weather vessels can easily avoid the rocks and ledges off and in the entrance. ]5 In addition to the main entrance from southward there are several entrances from eastward between the islands, but these entrances are seldom used except by local vessels familiar with them and by small craft. The broken ground in the approach to Portland Harbor south- 20 eastward and eastward of Cape Elizabeth has been examined by means of a wire drag, and the dangers are shown on the charts. A detailed description of them is not necessary. The approach to Portland Harbor from southward is marked by Portland Lightship and Cape Elizabeth Lighthouse, and from east- 25 ward by Halfway Rock Lighthouse (described on p. 223). The en- trance to the harbor is marked by Portland Head Lighthouse on the western side and Ram Island Ledge Lighthouse on the eastern side. The inner harbor has been dredged to a depth of about 30 feet to the third bridge, 214 niiles above Portland Breakwater Lighthouse, 3Q but subsequent shoaling has reduced the available depths somewhat. A large area northwestward of Fort Gorges has been dredged to a depth of 30 feet to form an anchorage. There is (1940) a least depth of about 33 feet leading to the State pier. Portland Head Lighthouse* is a white conical tower connected 35 to a dwelling. The light is 101 feet above the water, and visible 16 miles. The fog signal is a horn. Ram Island Ledge Lighthouse is a light gray conical tower on Ram Island Reef (bare at low water). The light is 77 feet above the water, and visible 14 miles. The fog signal is a bell. 40 Gushing Island, on the east side just inside the entrance to Port- land Harbor, is mostly grass covered. White Head is a high bluff at its northeastern end. Steamers from Portland land at a wharf on the west side, and there is a U. S. Army wharf in a cove on the northeast side. 45 Whitehead Passage, between Gushing and Peak Islands, has a depth of about 4 fathoms and is sometimes used by vessels up to about 14 feet draft, entering from eastward. The principal dan- gers are marked, but the channel is narrow, and strangers in vessels fire advised to use the main channel. 50 *Lat. 43°37'.4, Long. 70°12'.5: Charts 315. 325. 1204, 1106, 70. 325° true, passing halfway between Washman Rock Beacon and the buoy off Dansbury Reef. Continue course and pass about 250 yards east of Gooseberry Island. When that island is abeam, change course to 277° true and either anchor south of Wood Island or con- tinue that course passing about 50 yards south of the buoy southwest ^5 of Negro Island and enter the inner harbor. Gasoline, water, and some provisions are obtainable. A pilot for the river can be had here. Landmark.—A water tank on a tall skeleton tower about 2.5 miles 245° true from Wood Island Lighthouse is the most prominent 20 object between Portland and Portsmouth. Washman Rock, bare at half tide, is near the end of a reef which extends nearly 600 yards southeastward from the eastern point of Fletcher Neck, and is marked by a black spindle with cask. Dansbury Reef is a small ledge with 5 feet over it, lying 0.5 mile 25 southward of Wood Island Lighthouse. It is marked on its south- east side by a red buoy. There are several shoal spots between the reef and Wood Island, and strangers should not enter betweeen them. A number of rocks and ledges extend 0.6 mile southeastward of Fletcher Neck. Vessels will avoid these dangers by keeping Wood ^^ Island Lighthouse bearing northward and westward of 350° true. There is a Coast Guard Station on the east side of Fletcher Neck ; see chart 231. The cupola on the building is prominent. A skeleton lookout tower is located about 700 yards 11° true from the station. SACO BAY TO CAPE NEDDICK HARBOR 35 (CHART 1205) Goosefair Bay is a shallow cove, full of rocks and ledges, lying 2 miles northeastward of Goat Island Lighthouse.* Stage Island Harbor is a small slough, 0.5 mile northeastward of Goat Island Lighthouse, that is used by boats and small local 40 craft. The entrance is about 50 yards wide between reefs, making northward from Cape Island and southward from Little Stage Island and is not safe for strangers. Cape Porpoise Harbor is an anchorage which has been dredged to a width of 500 to 600 feet, with a depth of 15 feet (reported in 1940 45 to have shoaled to about 12 feet), lying between the islands and rocks northwestward of Goat Island Lighthouse. The channel at the entrance has been straightened by cutting off the points of ledges and has a width of 190 feet and depths of 18 to 35 feet. Vessels of over •Lat. 43°21'.5, Long. 70''25'.5 : Charts 1205, 1306. 70. 240 CAPE ELIZABETH TO PORTSMOUTH (chart 1205) 100 tons should not attempt to enter the harbor for refuge on account of the small area of the anchorage; it is advisable for strangers to run either for Portland or Portsmouth if caught in a blow. There is a wharf on Bickford Island. Gasoline is obtainable and 5 provisions can be had at Cape Porpoise, a village near the wharf. Water is piped onto the wharf. The Old Prince is a ledge with 4 feet over it lying 400 to 500 yards southeastward of Goat Island Lighthouse ; the ledge is marked by a red bell buoy placed about 200 feet south-southwestward from 10 it, and the buoy should be kept fairly close aboard to avoid the south- east point of the ledge making out from Folly Island. Folly Island is grassy and marked by a shanty. Folly Island beacon, a large white tripod, is placed on the partly bare ledge extending eastward from Folly Island; the beacon lies 180 feet from the westerly edge 15 of the dredged channel. Goat Island Lighthouse is a white tower with a covered way to a dwelling. The light is 38 feet above the water, and visible 11 miles. The fog signal is a bell located in a tower 30 yards northwest of the light. 20 A red spindle is placed on a ledge bare at low water, and lies 370 feet west-southwestward of Goat Island Lighthouse and 30 feet from the easterly edge of the channel. About 300 yards above the light- house the west side of the channel is marked by a black buoy, placed on the northeast side of Lobster Rock, which has 4 feet over it. 25 Abreast the buoy is an islet, nearly awash at high water, marked by a beacon (pile of stones), which lies 275 feet northeastward of the easterly edge of the channel. Directions, Cape Porpoise Harbor (use following courses with caution), give the islands northeastward of the entrance a berth of 30 0.5 mile and the shore southwestward of the entrance a berth of 1;5 miles. Steer for Goat Island Lighthouse on a 330° true course until up with The Old Prince bell buoy, which lies 600 yards from the light- house. Pass close westward of the bell buoy, steer about 315° true and pass between the two beacons abreast the lighthouse favoring the 35 Goat Island spindle and 50 to 60 feet eastward of the black buoy lying 300 yards above the lighthouse. From the buoy steer about 340° true for the wharf on the west side of Bickford Island. Anchor on this line, keeping 200 yards or more southward of the wharf. Southwestward of Goat Island Lighthouse is an area of broken 40 ground, with depths of 3^ to 51/^ fathoms extending as much as 2 miles offshore in places, which has not been closely examined. The lighthouse bearing 0° true leads eastward of the broken ground. Kennebunk River, about 2.5 miles westward of Goat Island Light- house, is the approach to the summer resort of Kennebunkport, just 45 inside its entrance. The beach for 0.8 mile eastward and 1.7 miles westward of the entrance is lined with hotels and summer houses. The entrance to the river is between two stone jetties, the easterly and longer one being marked by a light on the end. In 1940 there was a depth of about 4 feet at low water across the bar at the 50 entrance, and in a narrow channel inside to the wharves just below the bridge, 1 mile above the entrance. Local knowledge is necessary to carry the best water across the bar and inside. The river is frequented mostly by small pleasure (CHART 1205) CAPE ELIZABETH TO PORTSMOUTH 241 craft. The bridge 1 mile above the entrance is a drawbridge with a horizontal clearance of 39 feet and a vertical clearance of 5.6 feet at high water when closed. Gasoline and water are piped into several of the wharves near the bridge. In 1940 there was 6 to 8 feet of water alongside some of the wharves and floats. There are several boat 5 yards and small craft up to 50 feet in length and with a draft up to 7 feet can be hauled out. Small craft can anchor off the yacht club just inside the river entrance but because of the current and limited swinging room it is better to lay alongside one of the club floats if permission can be 10 obtained. Fishing Rock, bare at half tide and marked by a beacon, lies 0.6 mile southwestward of the entrance of Kennebunk River. About 600 yards eastward of the spindle is a buoy, placed off the east side of rocks that are awash at lowest tides. A reef with 9- and 14 foot spots 15 on it lies 0.5 to 0.7 miles southward of Fishing Rock spindle, and is marked on its southeast side by a buoy. Oak Reef extends 0.5 mile south-southwestward from the shore west of Kennebunk River entrance. Near the south end of the reef is a black spindle, which lies about 0.5 mile west-northwestward of 20 Fishing Rock spindle. Kennebunk Beach is a post village extending 1 mile westward of Kennebunk River entrance. Ledges extend 0.8 mile from shore south- ward of the village. There is a prominent yellow bluff at the western end of Kennebunk Beach. 25 Wells Beach extends 4 miles southwestward from Kennebunk Beach to Ogunquit Beach. Ogunquit Beach, southward of Web- hannet River, has numerous cottages and hotels and extends to the , village of Ogunquit. The principal outlying dangers are Fishing Rocks, covered at M. L. W., and Bibb Rock, which is bare 6 feet 30 at low water and lies 0.8 mile from shore and 3.6 miles north- northeastward of Bald Head Cliff and marked by a buoy. The prin- cipal marks are a standpipe at Kennebunk, the cupola of the town hall and church spire at Wells, a church spire 1.3 miles southwestward of Wells, and a standpipe at Ogunquit. There is an inlet abreast the 35 village of Wells, said to have a depth of 1 foot at low water, across the bar and to be used by small local boats at high tide. It is unsafe for strangers. Bald Head Cliff is a high, prominent point 3 miles north-north- eastward of Cape Neddick. It is marked by a white hotel and out- 40 buildings which are prominent. There is an aviation beacon about 1.5 miles west of Bald Head Cliff. Mount Agamenticus, the highest and southernmost of three peaks on a ridge, is 673 feet in height, lies 5.5 miles northwestward of Cape Neddick and is a prominent landmark in cruising along this section 4,'-, of the coast. OFFSHORE DANGERS IN NORTHERN APPROACH TO PORTSMOUTH (CHART 1205) Boon Island, lying 5.7 miles southeastward of Cape Neddick, is a small, low, rocky islet marked by Boon Island Lighthouse, an impor- tant offshore aid. A black spindle is placed 250 yards westward of 50 242 CAPE ELIZABETH TO PORTSMOUTH (chart i205) the lighthouse. The island is surrounded by deep water, but there are numerous detached ledges in the vicinity. The easternmost is Boon Island Ledge, 2.8 miles eastward of the lighthouse; it is bare at extreme low water and marked at the south end by a lighted 5 whistling buoy. Vessels should not pass between this buoy and the lighthouse ; and if passing westward of the lighthouse, should give it a berth of 2 miles or more to insure a depth of over 5 fathoms. Boon Island Lighthouse is a gray granite conical tower con- nected with dwelling. The light is 133 feet above the water, and 10 visible 18 miles. The fog signal is a bell, sounded in answer to signals. Between Cape Neddick and the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor, a distance of 8 miles, the shore has no marked indentations except York River. Lying offshore 2.5 miles are two dangerous ledges: York 15 Ledge, the northernmost of these, lies southeastward of York River entrance and is marked by a spindle. Murray Rock, 1.5 miles south- westward of York Ledge, has a least depth of 1 fathom and is marked by a buoy. The bottom is very broken between these ledges and the ' shore, and vessels are advised to pass outside of the lighted whistle 20 buoy 1 mile outside the ledges. .Broken ground, with depths of 5i/^ to 61/2 fathoms extends 2 miles south-southeastward of Murray Rock buoy. CAPE NEDDICK HARBOR TO YORK RIVER (CHART 228, 25 Weare Point is a headland with ? number of large homes on it. Cape Neddick Harbor is a foul bight less than a mile northward of Cape Neddick. It is seldom used as an anchorage by local boats, IS exposed, has many dangers, and should not be used by strangers. Buoys mark the entrance, but the dangers inside are unmarked. :?() Cape Neddick is a prominent brush covered headland extending out about 1 mile from the main shore ; off its eastern end is a small, high grassy islet, called Cape Neddick Nubble, on which is Cape Neddick Lighthouse.* York Beach is a large village and much-frequented summer resort in the bights northward and southward of the cape. 35 1 here are no wharves. Cape Neddick Lighthouse is a white conical tower. The light is P8 feet above the water and is visible 14 miles. The fog signal is a bell, York Harbor, 2.5 miles southwestward of Cape Neddick and 5.5 40 miles northeastward of Portsmouth Harbor entrance, is the approach to the town and summer resort of York Harbor, on the north side just inside the entrance. It is used by many fishing boats and pleasure craft. There was reported in 1940 a depth of 12 feet in the channel 45 through the entrance and for nearly 2 miles above, but the entrance is crooked and narrow and leads between rocks, bare and submerged, on either side. The width of the channel, with a depth of 12 feet, is only 100 feet in several places in the entrance. The channel is buoyed •Lat. 43°09'.!), I.odk. 70°35'.5 : Charts 228, 1205, 1106. 70. (CHAUT 1205) CAPE ELIZABETH TO PORTSMOUTH 243 and easily entered by small craft in clear weather with the aid of the chart. Currents are strong and buoys are sometimes run under. Boats drawing 10 feet are said to enter on one quarter flood tide. The most important landmark in approaching York Harbor is the large brick hotel with two flagstaffs on Stage Neck. A white 5 church spire at York Village, 1 mile inland, also is prominent. Western Point, at the entrance, is bare and rocky, while East Point has houses built out to the end. Black Rocks are two bare rocks on the north side of York Harbor at the entrance. A buoy lies southward of them and south of a rock lo with about 5 feet over it lying about 100 yards southwest of Black Kocks. When the water is clear, this rock is plainly visible. Stage Neck is the name given to the peninsula, 0.3 mile long on the north side, a little inside the entrance. A rock with a depth of 3 feet lies 100 yards southward of Fort Point which is the eastern end 15 of Stage Neck and is marked by a buoy. Rocks Nose is a bare ledge extending 150 yards northeastward from the shore on the south side of the channel southward of the middle of Stage Neck. York Harbor is a town and summer resort on the north side of York River. There are depths of 8 to 13 feet at the wharves and 20 floats in the bend northward of the western end of S'age Neck. The hotel and yacht club landing located on the northwest side of Stage Neck has about 12 feet of water alongside. Gasoline, water, and provisions are obtainable. There is limited anchorage off the wharves in 10 to 20 feet and a number of moorings are maintained 25 there. York River above York Harbor.—This section of the river is crossed by three bridges, the first two of which have draws which have no facilities for opening. The minimum horizontal clearance is 32 feet. The vertical clearance under the first bridge is 5.4 feei m at mean high water. The principal traffic consists of small fishing and pleasure boats. Directions, York Harbor.—Vessels approaching York River en- trance should give the shore northward or southward a berth of at least 0.3 mile, or they can shape the course to the bell buoy 1 mile off 35 the entrance. From off the bell buoy steer 298° true for 1 mile to a position midway between a red and a black buoy at the entrance. Then follow the channel with the assistance of the chart. Care must be exercised in making the sharp turn at the west end of Stage Neck. There is a float landing and several moorings available for 40 visiting yachts. Chapter 12.—PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER 10 15 20 (CHAET 1206) Submarine Operating Areas.—On this chart, No. 1206, are out- lined in red extensive areas in which submarines operate from time to time. Vessels should proceed with caution within these areas. A prior notice of such operations is customarily given by hydrographic broadcast. See page 31 for distress signals for submarines. PORTSMOUTH HARBOR (CHABT 329) Portsmouth Harbor, lying 37 miles southwestward of Cape Eliza- beth and about 25 miles northward of Cape Ann lighthouses, is the. only harbor of refuge for deep-draft vessels between Portland and Gloucester. The entrance is marked by Whaleback Reef and Ports- mouth Harbor Lighthouses, and the principal outlying dangers are marked', so that no difficulty should be experienced when entering in clear weather, either in the daytime or at night. Portsmouth Harbor is formed by the mouth of Piscataqua River, and is the approach to the cities of Portsmouth and Dover and the towns of Newcastle, Kittery, Newmarket, Durham, and Exeter; on the north side of the harbor, opposite Portsmouth, is the United States Navy Yard. Portsmouth has some trade in large coasting vessels and barges, principally in coal. Creosote and gypsum are imported. The depths in the harbor are sufficient for the largest ships, and the harbor is 25 open throughout the year. The maximum draft entering is about 27 feet but as much as 42-foot draft is known to have been towed into the port. Prominent objects.—In approaching Portsmouth the large hotel at the west end of Newcastle Island is prominent. Other landmarks are the Naval Prison (stone structure on Seavey Island), the light- house, and the white buildings of the Coast Guard station on Wood Island. The four towers of the two Portsmouth-Kittery lift bridges and the tall chimney and tank of the gypsum plant 2 miles up the river are also prominent. Portsmouth Harbor Lighthouse, on the northeast end of New- castle Island, is a white tower attached to a fog signal house. The light is 52 feet high and is visible 13 miles. The fog signal is a bell. A storm warning tower is located near the lighthouse. Whaleback Lighthouse* is a gray conical tower connected to red fog-signal house. The light is 59 feet above the water, and visible 13 miles. The fog signal is a reed horn. A number of rocks and ledges, some of them bare at low water, extend about 1.5 miles eastward of Whaleback Lighthouse and to a *Lat. 43»03'.5. Long. 70''41'.8 : Charts 329, 1205, 1106. 70. 244 30 35 40 (CHART 1206) PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER 245 distance of 0.8 mile from the shore. They are marked to tlie south- eastward by a buoy outside of West Sister and Phillips Rocks and to the southward by a whistle buoy south of Kitts Rocks. Little Harbor lies on the west side of the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor, 0.8 mile westward of Whaleback Lighthouse. Vessels should 5 not attempt to enter in bad southeasterly weather, when the sea breaks across the entrance. The entrance is between two breakwaters, the ends of which are marked by lights, and two buoys mark the entrance outside the breakwaters. Inside the breakwaters an anchor- age basin has been dredged 2,000 feet long and 600 feet wide. In 1940 lo it was reported to have shoaled to 6 feet. It is marked on its nortli side by red buoys. There is room only for very small craft to anchor in the channel above the inner red buoy. The Wentworth is a large white hotel on the north side of the harbor. The hotel maintains a wharf and float landing near the bridge- which has a draw span but 15 should be considered a fixed bridge because the draw is so seldom used, (24 hours notice is required for opening.) A narrow thoroughfare, bare at low water, connects the western end of Little Harbor with Portsmouth Harbor between Marvin and Goat Islands. It is crossed by two bridges and is little used. 20 Pepperell Cove is on the eastern side of the harbor, northeastward of Portsmouth Harbor Lighthouse, and on the north side of Fishing Island (grassy, with two shanties). It has been dredged to a depth of 12 feet for an anchorage, and is used by many small coasting vessels and yachts. A red buoy marks the south side at the entrance. 25 Kittery Point is a village at the head of the cove. There is a wharf, with about 12 feet alongside the float at low water, on the northeast side of the cove abreast the village. This wharf has gas and water piped onto it and it is much used by yachts. Newcastle is a village on the south side of the harbor and the 30 north end of Newcastle Island. It is reached from Portsmouth by a highway which connects the islands on the south side of the harbor. Portsmouth is a city on the south side of Piscataqua River, about 4 miles above the entrance to the harbor. There are depths from 20 to _ 30 feet at the wharves. There is no passenger service by water, but 35 there is a small amount of coastwise trade and an occasional foreign arrival. There is a summer passenger ferry service to the Isles of Shoals. Port Series No. 24 covers the port of Portsmouth. The United States Navy Yard is on Seavey Island, on the north 40 side of the river opposite Portsmouth. It is connected with Kittery, on the north shore, by' a fixed bridge. The channel northeastward of Seavey Island has several dangers and is little used except by fishermen, Kittery is a town on the north side of Piscataqua River opposite 45 Portsmouth. Tliere are landings for small craft and several wharves with depths of 8 to 10 feet of water at low tide. The approach to the wharves is between Badgers and Squash Islands on the northwest and Pumpkin Island Reef on the southeast and requires local knowl- edge for anything except small craft. 50 Bridges, Portsmouth to Kittery.—These cities are connected by two bridges. The lower bridge (highway) is from Portsmouth 540825°— 43 17 246 PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER (chart 1206) across the Piscataqua Kiver to Badgers Island. It has a horizontal clearance of 260 feet and a vertical clearance of 19 feet at high water when the span is closed. When the span is lifted there is a clearance of 150 feet above high water. 5 The second bridge, (highway and railroad) extending across the river from Nobles Island on the south to Kittery on the north, has a vertical clearance of 10.2 feet at high water and a horizontal clear- ance of 200 feet. When the bridge is lifted there is a vertical clear- ance of 135 feet above high water. 10 Gages are provided at both bridges, so placed as to be seen by the operator of the vessel approaching from either upstream or down- stream. These gages indicate the headroom clearance under the lower chords of the draw span at all stages of the tide. Bridge Signals.—The signal for opening the highway bridge is 4 long blasts 15 of the whistle, which shall be answered by 3 blasts of the siren on the bridge provided the draw can be opened immediately. In ease of delay in opening, the bridge tender will so indicate by sounding 5 blasts of a whistle or horn, which will be repeated at intervals until answered in like manner by the vessel. 20 Signals for second bridge (combined highway and railroad).— (1) If the weather conditions are good and sound signals can be heard when a vessel approaches this drawbridge and desires to pass through the draw, two long and two short distinct blasts of a whistle, horn, or megaphone shall be sounded from the vessel when within reasonable hearing distance of the bridge. 25 When the draw of the bridge can be opened immediately, the draw tender shall reply by two long distinct blasts of a whistle, siren, horn, or megaphone or by two loud and distinct strokes of a bell. When the draw of the bridge cannot be opened immediately or when the bridge is open and is to be closed immediately, the draw tender shall reply by 30 five short distinct blasts of a whistle, siren, horn, or megaphone or by five loud and distinct strokes of a bell, repeated at intervals until answered in like manner from the approaching vessel. (2) When weather conditions prevent hearing the sound signals when a vessel approaches this drawbridge and desires to pass through the draw, signals shall 35 be made from the vessel by swinging in circle at arm's length, a lighted lantern at night and a flag by day. When the draw of the bridge can be opened immediately, the draw tender shall reply by raising and lowering in a vertical plane a number of times, a lighted lantern at night and a flag by day. 40 When the draw of the bridge cannot be opened immediately or when the bridge is to be closed immediately, the draw tender shall reply by swinging to and fro horizontally a number of times a lighted lantern at night and a flag by day. (3) When two or more vessels are approaching this bridge at nearly the 45 same time from the same or opposite directions with the draw opened or closed, each of these vessels shall signal independently for the opening of the draw, and the draw tender shall reply as prescribed and in turn to the signal of each vessel. (4) The draw shall be opened with the least possible delay at all hours KQ upon receiving the prescribed signal for the pnssage of any vessel or vessels or other water craft not able to pass underneath it: Proxnded, That the draw- span shall not be opened when a train is approaching so closely that it cannot safely be stopped before reaching the railroad signal block in which the draw- span of the bridge is located. gg (5) When the draw tender is about to close the draw, he shall sound one distinct blast of a whistle, siren, horn, or megaphone, or one loud and distinct stroke of a bell. Pilots.—Pilotage into Portsmouth Harbor is compulsory for all vessels engaged in foreign trade, but not for vessels engaged in the go domestic trade. There are licensed pilots for Portsmouth Harbor and Piscataqua River; large vessels, if bound to the wharves at (CHART 1206) PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER 247 Portsmouth or any of the towns on the Piscataqua Kiver or its branches, usually take a towboat from the anchorage on account of the strong currents. A pilot to the anchorage is not necessary in clear weather when the aids can be seen. The towboat captains are usually licensed pilots. Vessels desiring a pilot wire the Piscataqua Towing 5 Co. or signal the Coast Guard station* at Wood Island. Towboats are on the lookout for vessels expected to arrive, and if the tide is slack will tow alongside the wharves without any delay. A vessel desiring a towboat while outside Whaleback Lighthouse can obtain one by making the usual signal (flag in rigging). From the 10 anchorage, steamers generally take a towboat when going to the wharves or to the navy yard. Anchorages.—The anchorage for large vessels is anywhere on the east and north sides of the channel between Wood Island (the island north of Whaleback Lighthouse) and Clark Island (the small island 15 on the north side about 0.8 mile above Fort Point) in 8 to 11 fathoms. With a southerly wind the best anchorage is above Fort Point on the south side of the channel, in 8 to 10 fathoms, bottom generally clay. There is no anchorage above Clark Island. See also the description of Little Harbor and Pepperell Cove preceding. Yachts and small 20 coasting vessels generally anchor in Pepperell Cove. Caution.—There is a submarine cable extending across the chan- nel in a westerly direction from Wood Island. Vessels should not anchor in the vicinity of the cable. Supplies.—Coal can be obtained at the wharves at Portsmouth, 25 water (good quality but high in lime and magnesia) from the tow- boats or alongside the wharves; gasoline, provisions, and a limited supply of ship-chandler's stores are obtainable in Portsmouth. Fuel oil can be obtained from tank cars only and with prior arrangement. Repairs.—There are no facilities for dry-docking vessels in Ports- 30 mouth with the exception of the large graving dock at the navy yard. Vessels requiring repairs usually go to Portland or Boston. There are machine shops in Portsmouth, and minor repairs to machinery can be made. There are several small boat yards capable of hauling boat up to 60 feet long and 6 feet draft. 35 Storm-warning displays are made at Portsmouth, north of Ports- mouth Harbor Light on Fort Point. Currents.—The tidal currents have great strength and special care is required. The predicted times of slack water and the times and velocities of strength of flood and ebb at Portsmouth Harbor 40 entrance (old Wood Island) for every day in the year are given in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables. Slack water occurs about 2 hours after high and low water at Portland, and the duration of the stand is about 10 minutes. The current attains its maximum velocity about 1% hours before high and low water at. Portland. 45 Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 8 feet at Ports- jnouth and about 6I/2 feet at Dover Point. Captain of the Port.—The Coast Guard officer designated as Captain of the Port has an office here. See page 328. Customs, Port of Entry.—Portsmouth is a port of entry and 50 marine documents are issued. »Lat. 43"'03'.8, Long. 70°41'.9: C?harts 329, 1205, 1106. 248 PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER (chart 1206) Hospitals.—There is no marine hospital. Hospitalization or treat- ment may be arranged through the Deputy Collector of Customs. Quarantine.—There is no quarantine station. Vessels subject to quarantine will be inspected by the Public Health Service at Boston. 5 Immigration.—No station. It is handled by local customs officers. Chart Agency.—The U. S. Coast & Geodetic Survey maintains a chart sales agency at Portsmouth. Harbor-master.—The operator of the towboat is the harbor-master and also a licensed pilot. 10 DIRECTIONS, PORTSMOUTH HARBOR The broken ground off the entrance to Portsmouth Harbor, and the main channel in the harbor as far as Clark Island, have been ex- amined by means of the vs^ire drag. The outer limit of the dragged area off the entrance is about 1.5 miles eastward of Boon Island 15 Ledge lighted whistle buoy and 4 miles eastward of the Isles of Shoals. This area is a part of the dragged section extending, from a point about 6.5 miles southwestward of Isles of Shoals, northward to Cape Elizabeth. The dangers close along the shore were not covered with the wire drag. 20 From the northeastward (Chart 1206).—The channel westward of York Ledge Spindle and Murray Rock Buoy is safe only for small craft with a smooth sea and all strangers are advised to pass outside of these dangers. Directions for York Ledge lighted whistle buoy from northward are given on page 52. From a position about 25 0.3 mile eastward of York Ledge lighted whistle buoy, steer 195° true, heading for the eastern extremity of the Isles of Shoals for 2.4 miles, until Whaleback Reef Light bears 286° true, then change course to 278° true and make that course good for 4.8 miles to a posi- tion about 0.3 mile southward of Kitts Rocks whistle buoy (temporarily 30 lighted). Attention is called to the fact that when halfway in on this last course you should pass about 0.3 mile northward of a 36-foot spot. From southward (Chart 1206).—This chart shows a small explo- sives experimental area about five miles south of Portsmouth, which must be avoided when in use. Vessels can approach the entrance of 35 Portsmouth Harbor from southward by keeping about 1.5 miles off- shore, running approximately parallel to the beach, and keeping outside the line of buoys which mark the eastern extremities of several ledges that make offshore. Better water and less broken bottom can be had by passing close to White Island whistle buoy located about 1.7 miles 40 southwestward of Isles of Shoals Lighthouse* and steering 340° true lor about 6.8 miles to a position 0.2 to 0.3 mile southwestward of Kitts Rocks whistle buoy. Kitts Rocks to Portsmouth (Chart 329).—There should be no difficulty, even for the stranger, in clear weather to proceed to •45 anchorage on the east side of the channel above Wood Island by use of the chart, having due regard for the strong current. Strangers and deep draft vessels should not go above the anchorage without a pilot or towboat. Due to the strong currents careful piloting is required. *Lat. 42<'58'.0, Long. 70°37'.4 : Charts 330, 1206, 1106, 70. (CHART 1206) PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER 249 PORTSMOUTH TO DOVER AND EXETER (CHART 220) Piscataqua River above Portsmouth.—The river above Ports- mouth forms the approach to Cocheco, Bellamy, Oyster, Lamprey, and Exeter Rivers, the towns of Durham, Newmarket, and Exeter, 5 and the city of Dover, all on the railroad. It has ample depth for 3.5 miles above the bridge at Portsmouth to the fork, and the prin- cipal dangers are buoyed to this point. The channels in the several branches are narrow and crooked and shoal at the heads, and local knowledge is necessary to keep in them. Some of them have been lo improved by dredging. There is little business bj^ water above Ports- mouth, except to the oil company wharves 0.8 mile southeast of Dover Point. The tidal currents are very strong. Pilots or towboats can be obtained at Portsmouth. Most of the traffic above Dover Point consists of small motorboats whose operators have local knowledge. 15 For a description of the bridges over the river at Portsmouth see page 245. A large steamer equipped as a floating powerhouse is moored on the west side of the river about 1 mile above the railroad bridge. A high transmission line is carried over the river at this point at an 20 estimated height of about 200 feet above the water. A fixed bridge crosses the western branch of the Piscataqua River at Dover Point. There is a vertical clearance of 33.6 feet at mean high water for a 200-foot section in the middle of the span. The vertical clearance for a 100-foot section in the middle of the span 25 is 46.6 feet at mean high water. Cocheco River has a depth of about 3 feet in a narrow, crooked, unmarked channel to the city of Dover, 10 miles above Portsmouth. In 1940 there was no traffic to Dover by water. Motor boats up to about 40 feet long ran to Dover with local knowledge. 30 Bellamy River has a reported depth of less than 4 feet in a narrow crooked, and unmarked dredged channel to within 0.3 mile of a woolen mill at Dover, above which it is shoal to the mill. Local knowledge is necessary to keep in the channel. It is seldom used. At its mouth this river is crossed by a highway drawbridge with a 35 horizontal clearance of 40 feet and a vertical clearance of 9.6 feet above mean high water when closed. Oyster River has a narrow, crooked, and unmarked channel, bare at low water, to the village of Durham, 8.5 miles above Portsmouth. It is seldom used. 40 Lamprey River has a depth of about 4 feet in a narrow crooked, and unmarked channel to the village of Newmarket, 12 miles above Portsmouth. It is used by local motorboats. Exeter River has a depth of about 4 or 5 feet in a narrow, crooked channel, dredged in places, to the town of Exeter, 16.5 miles above 45 Portsmouth. The approach to the river is through Little Bay and Great Bay, and the channel through these bays is partially marked by buoys. Local knowledge is necessary to keep in the channel through these bays ard the river above. 250 PORTSMOUTH TO GLOUCESTER winds may here find fair holding ground and good shelter except in southerly gales. The anchorage is 0.8 mile wide, and has from 3 to 6 fathoms. Whaleback is a dangerous ledge lying in the entrance of the outer 5 harbor of Manchester. It is about 400 yards long east and west, and 200 yards wide. Near the middle of its northern side is a rock bare at low water, which is marked by a spindle. There is a clear channel 250 yards wide between the ledge and House Island; the channel westward of the ledge is 500 yards wide. 10 Sauli Rock, bare at half tide, lies 300 to 400 yards eastward of the northeast end of Great Misery Island, and is marked on its south side by a buoy. White Ledge, bare at low water, lies 300 yards northward of House Island, and is marked on its northwest side by a buoy. A rock 15 covered at half tide lies 250 yards north-northeastward of White Ledge, and is marked off its northwest side by a buoy. Chubb Islet, bare and rocky, lies 300 yards from the north shore of the outer harbor of Manchester, and should be given a berth of over 200 yards. 20 SALEM, BEVERLY, AND MARBLEHEAD HARBORS (CHART 240) These harbors form a large, irregular indentation in the shore of Massachusetts Bay, 11 miles southwestward of Cape Ann, and 12 miles northeastward of Boston Harbor entrance. Gales Point is the northern and Marblehead Neck the southern point at the entrance to this large indentation, which includes within its limits the harbors of Manchester, Beverly, Salem, and Marblehead, the distance be- tween the two points being 4 miles. This wide space is studded with islands, bare rocks, and sunken ledges, through which lead the several channels into the harbors. Salem Harbor is considerably used as a harbor of refuge; Salem and Beverly have considerable coasting trade, mostly in vessels carrying coal and oil, the deepest draft being about 28 feet. Marble- head Harbor is frequented by many yachts and small craft, and has an occasional cargo of coal. Channels.—Three main channels lead through the islands and rocks at the entrance. They are known as Main Ship Channel, Cat Is- land Channel, and Marblehead Channel. There are several other channels of less importance, used only by local boats. These chan- nels have been swept by the wire drag, and all dangers found are shown on chart. These channels are named on Chart 240. Main Ship Channel, the most northerly, leads between Bakers and Great Misery Islands, and northward of Great and Little Haste. It has a depth of about 5i/^ fathoms until up to Smith Point if the range is closely followed, but there are several buoyed dangers close to the sailing line. This channel is used by most' deep-draft vessels. Cat Island Channel, the middle channel, has its entrance near Halfway Rock, and leads in a northwesterly direction, between Cat Island on the south and Satan Rock, the Brimbles, and Eagle Is- land on the north. The least depth in Cat Island Channel is between Eagle and Cat Islands, and is about 26 feet. 25 30 35 40 45 50 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 267 Marblehead Channel, the westerly channel, leads in a northerly direction between Cat Island and Marblehead Neck. There are sev- eral marked shoals with 10 to 24 feet close to the channel, on which the sea breaks in easterly gales, and several unmarked ones with depths of 19 feet and more. It is not recommended for strangers 6 with a greater draft than 12 feet. South Channel, a branch of Marblehead Channel, leads along the northern shore of the peninsula between Marblehead and Salem Harbors and southward of the numerous rocks and ledges on the east side of the entrance to Salem Harbor. The principal dangers are lo marked, but the channel is less than 100 yards wide in its narrowest part; it has a least found depth of about 15 feet, but has not been closely examined and should not be used by strangers except in small craft. Islands and rocks along Main Ship Channel.—Bakers Island, 15 on the south side of the entrance to Main Ship Channel, has houses scattered over it and a lighthouse at the northern end. There is a boat landing on the west side. Bakers Island Lighthouse is a white conical tower and the light 111 feet above high water, is visible 16 miles. The fog signal is a 20 siren. An extensive area of rocks and reefs extends for 2 miles southeast- ward of Bakers Island. A lighted whistling buoy marks the south- east end and vessels should pass outside of it. Middle and Inner Breakers are partly bare at low water. 26 Great Misery Island,* on the north side of Main Ship Channel at the entrance, has scattered houses and a landing at its north side. Hardy Rocks, 0.6 mile westward of Bakers Island Lighthouse and nearly 0.3 mile south-southwestward of the Main Ship Channel range, is bare at low water and marked by a beacon and a buoy on the 30 northeast side. Bowditch Ledge, 1.2 miles west-northwestward of Bakers Island lighthouse and 300 yards south-southwestward of the Main Ship Channel range, is marked by a granite beacon with a black staff and cage. 35 Great Haste, on the south side of the main channel, 2.4 miles westward of Bakers Island, is a bare rock surrounded by ledges. Little Haste, close northwestward of Great Haste, is bare at low water and marked by a beacon. Islands and rocks along Cat Island Channel.—Halfway Rock, 40 2 miles southward of Bakers Island, is about 15 feet high and marked by a prominent beacon. It is surrounded by deep water. North and South Gooseberry are high, rocky islets on the western end of the extensive ledges southward of Bakers Island. Dry Break- ers, the southerly part of the ledges, show at high water as a low, bare 45 ledge. Pope Head, 300 yards northwestward of North Gooseberry, is a rugged bare rock, surrounded by ledges to a distance of 150 yards. A buoy marks the western side of the ledges. Satan Rock, 0.5 mile east-southeastward of Cat Island, is a small, 50 bare rock marked by a spindle with black cage; it should be given a berth of over 200 yards. *Lat. 42'=33'.0, Long. 70'4.S'.0 : Charts 240, 1207. 268 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chabt 1207) Brimbles is a rock bare at low water lying 0.3 mile south-southeast- ward of Eagle Island. It is marked by a black spindle with four arms (the two arms facing Cat Island Channel are red) ; the spindle should be given a berth of over 200 yards. 6 Eagle Island is small, grassy, and rocky, and lies 0.7 mile north- northeastward of the north end of Cat Island. Grays Rock, 0.7 mile northwestward of Cat Island, is about 10 feet high. Coney Island is a low, grassy islet with a small stone house near its 10 middle. Coney Ledge, the higher parts of which are covered at high water, is an extensive ledge extending southeastward and southward from Coney Island, and is marked at its easterly end by a buoy. Islands and rocks along Marblehead Channel.—Islands and rocks, sunken and bare, extend for 2 miles southward and southwest- 15 ward from 1,he south end of Marblehead Neck. Many of them are marked by buoys, and the channels between them are used by local boats, but the area should be avoided by strangers. A lighted bell buoy marks the southeastern end of the broken ground. Those show- ing above water are Great Pig Rocks, bare at high water, and having 20 rocks awash at low water southward of them ; Sammy Rock, bare at low water; Ram Islet, high rocky, and grassy; Little Pig Rocks, awash at high water; Roaring Bull, bare at low water and marked by a spindle; and Tinkers Island, marked by several houses. A bar with little depth connects Tinkers Island with Flying Point, the 26 southern end of Marblehead Neck. Tom Moore Rock, at the eastern end of a reef extending 500 ya^rds eastward from the middle of Marblehead Neck, is bare at one third ebb and marked by a spindle. Marblehead Itock, 500 yards eastward of the northern part of 30 Marblehead Neck, is a high bare rock with a conical beacon on the top. Cat Island, 0.8 mile northeastward of Marblehead Neck, is over 0.3 mile long, bare, and has a large building on the north end, and a wharf on the southwest side. It is surrounded by extensive ledges, 35 bare and submerged. There is a water tank on a small hill near the center of the island. A spindle marks the high bare rock at the south end. Marblehead Harbor.—This harbor is about 1 mile long and 700 yards wide and is formed on the east and south by Marblehead Neck 40 and a narrow strip of land called Marblehead Beach, connecting the south end of the neck with the mainland. Marblehead Lighthouse, at the north end of Marblehead Neck, marks the easterly point at the entrance. Marblehead Harbor is an excellent anchorage and is much used by yachts during the summer. The anchorage is reported to be 45 uncomfortable for small yachts when the wind is northeast. The depths in the harbor up to Skinner Head are 4 to 5 fathoms, and vessels up to about 20 feet draft can enter. The greater part of the head of the harbor southward of Skinner Head and Boden Point is shoal. Some coal is received in barges drawing up to 15 feet. 50 Marblehead Lighthouse, on the north end of Marblehead Neck, is a square skeleton tower, brown to gallery and black above, with an elevated walk to dwelling. The light is 130 feet above the water, and visible 15 miles. (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 269 Marblehead, on the west side, and Marblehead Neck, on the east side of Marblehead Harbor, are important summer resorts. A number of prominent yacht clubs have their headquarters here. There are numerous piers with float landings, and in 1940 two public float land- ings were maintained. There are several boat repair yards ; the larg- 5 est marine railway has a capacity of 250 tons, 125-foot lengths and 16-foot draft. Diesel oil, gasoline, water, ship chandlery, and supplies are available. A U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart Sales Agency is located at Marblehead. 10 Storm-warning displays are shown from a steel tower at Fort Sewall, the northern entrance point to Marblehead Harbor. Salem Harbor.—The harbor proper is about 1.5 miles long in a southwesterly direction. The channel favors the eastern side of the harbor and has depths of 3i/^ to 4 fathoms in the outer part and about 15 15 feet to the entrance of the dredged channel leading to South Salem and South River. The entrance to Salem Harbor is between Abbott Rock Beacon (spindle on stone base) and Fort Pickering Lighthouse* (brown conical tower with white base, brown bridge to shore) on the west, and 20 Great Aquavitae Beacon (spindle on stone base) on the east. Mann Rock, with 20 feet over it, lies 1,000 yards 76° true from Juniper Point. It lies nearly in the track of vessels approaching Salem Harbor and is marked by a buoy. There is a large wharf and coal terminal on the northwest side of 25 tha harbor. The overhead conveyors show prominently in approach- ing. A channel 25 feet deep has been dredged to this terminal and it is used by steamers drawing up to 28 feet. There is 30 feet of water at mean low water alongside the terminal. A channel dredged to 10 feet but reported shoaled to 6 and 7 feet 30 and marked by buoys, leads to Derby Wharf and to South River. South River is a short estuary extending into the city of Salem. Its entrance is on the west side of Derby Wharf, a long stone jetty with a light (red square tower) on the end. South River has been dredged to a depth of 10 feet (reported shoaled to 8 feet in 1940) and width 35 of 200 to 300 feet to the outer end of Derby Wharf, and to a depth of 8 feet (reported shoaled to 4 feet in 1940) inside to near the head. There is a large mill and a conspicuous brick stack on the west side just inside the entrance. A drawbridge with an opening 43 feet wide (4 feet clearance at liigh water) crosses the river about 0.2 mile above Derby 40 Wharf. There is a public float landing for small craft on the south- east side at the bridge. The dredged channel at the entrance to the river is marked b}^ buoys and is easily followed by small craft. The midchannel is clear inside. Customs, Quarantine, and Immigration.—All three are handled 45 by the Customs officer, whose office is in the Post Office Building. Beverly Harbor.—This harbor lies north of Salem Neck, at the west end of Salem outer harbor, and is formed b}' the confluence of Danvers River, Beverly Creek (Bass River), and North River. It forms the approach to the city of Beverly. It has some trade in 50 coal and oil, carried in barges and vessels up to 26-foot draft. *Lat. 42°31'.6, Long. 70°62'.0: Charts 240, 1207, HOG, 1107. 20 270 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 120T) Small craft up to 65 feet in length are allowed to anchor without showing anchor lights along the northeast side of Monument Bar, between Old Hospital Point and the Beacon marking the end of the bar. 6 A channel dredged to 24 feet leads from Beverly Harbor to the wharves at Beverly. Beverly is a city on the north side of Beverly Harbor, just inside the entrance. There are depths of about 28 feet at low water at one of the oil wharves, and various lesser depths at the other wharves. 10 There ars a number of yacht clubs and boat yards. Gasoline and water are piped to some of the floats. The capacity of the largest marine railway is 12 tons, 40 feet length, 6.5 feet draft. Bridges.—Two drawbridges cross Beverly Harbor just above the principal wharves at Beverly. The lower, a highway bridge, has a 15 single opening 40 feet wide, and a headroom of 10 feet at high water when closed. The railroad bridge, 100 yards above the high- way bridge, has a single opening 40 feet wide, and a headroom of 3.8 feet at high water when closed. The signal for each bridge is 3 blasts of the whistle. Beverly Creek (Bass River), a tributary of Beverly Harbor from northward just above the bridges, has been improved by dredging a channel 9 feet deep for about 1 mile above the entrance to near the head. There is a lumber wharf on the east side of the creek. The channel leads between flats bare at low water, and is most easily 25 followed at that time. It is marked by spar buoys to the bridge. It is crossed by a drawbridge 0.6 mile above the entrance, having a single opening with a width of 40 feet, and a headroom of 5 feet at high water when closed. Danvers River is the continuation of Beverly Harbor northwest- ward. It has a depth of about 7 feet at low water for 2 miles above Beverly to the village of Danversport. Lumber vessels go to Danvers- port at high water. The channel is narrow and marked by buoys tor 1.5 miles above Beverly. It leads between flats bare at low water and is difficult without local knowledge. A drawbridge with 35 an opening 50 feet wide and headroom of 8 feet at high water when closed crosses the river 0.5 mile above the bridges at Beverly. The signal for the bridge is three blasts. North River, a tributary of Beverly Harbor from southward just above the bridges, is nearly bare at low water in a narrow unmarked channel. It is little used. Schooners bound for the Danvers River or Beverly Creek are towed by power boats which can be obtained at Beverly. Prominent objects.—Approaching from eastward. Bakers Island, with its lighthouse on its northern end and numerous houses scat- tered over the island, and Great Misery Island, the high, grassy island, lying northward of Bakers Island, are the most prominent. A large water tank will be seen about 0.5 mile northward of West Manchester. Approaching from southward. Halfway Rock, a bare rock about 5Q 15 feet high, with a beacon on it, will be seen about 2 miles south of Bakers Island. Southward of B.akers Island lie two high rocky islets. North and South Gooseberry Islands, and about a mile south- westward of these is Cat Island, long and narrow with a number 30 40 45 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 271 of houses near the northern end, Marblehead Neck is high and rocky, and has many summer houses and several yacht clubs ; Marble- liead Lighthouse is on its northern point. Marblehead has several prominent marks including the red brick tower of Abbot Hall, two standpipes, and two radio towers near Naugus Head. 5 Anchorage.—Salem Harbor is much used as a harbor of refuge, particularly during the autumn. There is also good anchorage for vessels in what is known as the outer harbor, westward of Bowditch Ledge and northward or east- ward of Little Haste, in 5 to 7 fathoms. The most generally used k) anchorage for vessels is eastward of the entrance to Beverly Harbor and northward of Middle Ground, in 31/2 to 6 fathoms. Small vessels, especially sailing vessels, also anchor on the east side of Salem Harbor just inside of Naugus Head, in 3i/^ to 4 fathoms. V In Beverly Harbor the best anchorage is between Rams Horn Rock 15 and Lobster Rock beacons, a little south of the line joining them, in 3 to 4 fathoms. Small vessels and motorboats usually anchor on the south side of the channel between Lobster Rock beacon and the bridge, in 12 to 15 feet. In Marblehead Harbor the anchorage in anywhere in the middle 20 ill 24 to 30 feet, good holding ground, and is sheltered from all but northeasterly winds. It is much used as an anchorage by yachts. Pilotage.—Pilots may be had at Eastern Point, Gloucester, and at Nahant. Pilotage for coastwise vessels is not compulsory. Ves- sels in foreign trade are required to engage pilots. Deep draft 25 vessels bound for Beverly should take a pilot. Xowboats.—There are no towboats, but one can be obtained from Gloucester or Boston. There are power boats available at Beverly for towing schooners and small barges up the Danvers River. Supplies.—Diesel oil, gasoline, coal, and water can be obtained at 30 Salem and Beverly, and Marblehead. Provisions, and motorboat supplies are obtainable at all of the citieis. Bunker fuel oil is available at Beverly. Repairs.—There is a railway at Salem for hauling out small craft of about 80 tons, and railways at Marblehead for hauling out yachts 35 up to 250 tons, 125-foot length, and 16-foot draft. There are machine shops for ordinary repairs to machinery at most of these cities. Ice.—The head of Salem Harbor on the flats is usually closed by ice every winter during the months of January and February, but the formations rarely extend beyond the coal piers except in unu- 40 sually severe winters, when they have been known to reach as far out as The Haste, and occasionally as far as Eagle Island. North- erly and northwesterly winds are most favorable to local formation in Salem Harbor. Winds from, southward and westward, during light formations, have a tendency to carry the ice off to sea, while 45 those from eastward usually break up the formation both in the harbor and its approaches. Ice rarely obstructs Marblehead Harbor to such an extent as to become a hindrance to navigation. Fishermen have made it a refuge when it was impossible to get into Gloucester, Salem, or Lynn 50 Harbors. The formation of ice in Marblehead Harbor is entirely local, and it remains but a short time. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9 feet. 272 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart i207> Currents.—The tidal current in Salem and Marblebead Harbors has little velocity. In Beverly Harbor it has considerable velocity, and sets across the channel in places. During the first half of the ebb the current sets across the shoal extending nortliAvard from Old 5 Hospital Point. ' DIRECTIONS, SALEM, MARBLEHEAD, AND BEVERLY HARBORS (CHART 240) The approaches to these harbors have very broken ground, and all 10 of the channels lead between islands and rocks, bare and submerged. Caution is necessai'y for their navigation at all times, and strangers should not attempt to enter or leave in thick weather. All of the channels in the harbors and their approaches, except the channels between the black buoy and the horizontally striped buoy northward of Little Haste, through South Channel and through Marblehead 15 Harbor, have been examined by means of a Avire drag and the dangers are shown on the charts. Strangers should exercise great care in navigating through areas not examined by means of a wire drag. For a description of the channels and depths, see page 266, DIRECTIONS, SALEM HARBOR 20 (CHART 240) Through main ship channel.—With Bakers Island Lighthouse bearing between 248° true and 284° true, steer toward it, or coming from Gloucester bring Eastern Point Lighthouse* astern on a 242° course, heading for the southern part of Bakers Island (this course 25 leads 0.3 mile southward of a buoy marking a 17-foot spot). If the course you are steering does not cross the Main Ship Chan- nel Range well eastward of Bakers Island, change course as necessary when about 1 mile from the light to insure getting on the range while still east of Bakers Island. When on this range make it good. The 30 true course is 276°. Keeping on this range you will pass 550 yards northward of Bakers Island Lighthouse and nearly 200 yards northward of the buoy marking Powers Rock. After passing the light continue this course for 2.5 miles. When the beacon marking Little Haste is on the 35 port beam, distant 0.6 mile, change course to 227° true and steer this for over 0.7 mile until the buoy marking Mann Rock (20 feet) is on the port beam, distant about 150 yards. Then change course to 203° true, heading for the tangent at Naugus Head. Continue this course for about 0.4 mile until the buoy off Abbott Rock Beacon is about 100 40 yards on the starboard beam; then change course to 223°, heading to pass between the two lighted buoys marking the entrance to the dredged channel leading to the Salem Terminal Corporation. From a position between these two buoys, the buoys can be followed to the Terminal Corporation's wharf or the course can be changed to 213° 45 true, which will lead to anchorage or to the entrance to the dredged channel leading to South River. Note.—If not of too great draft, when at the position on the main channel range 2.5 miles westward of Bakers Island Light and with •Lat. 42''34'.8, Long. TOOSQ'.Q : Charts 233, 243, 1206. 1207, 1106, 1107, 70. (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 273 Little Haste Beacon abeam, you can change course to 220° true and steering that course for 1.8 miles will lead to a position about 200 yards northeastward of the lighted buoys marking the entrance to the dredged channel leading to the Salem Terminal Corporation, and by continuing this course for 0,5 mile further you will be off the buoy 5 marking the entrance to the dredged channel marking the South River. (This course leads rather close to the 17-foot spot lying 0.3 mile north of Little Haste Beacon and also rather close to the 20- foot spot known as Mann Rock. Both of these rocks are buoyed. Also, the course does not lead through quite as good water as the ones 10 given in the preceding paragraph.) DIRECTIONS, MARBLEHEAD HARBOR (CHART 240) From northeastward.—Follow the directions for Salem Harbor to a position 300 yards northwestward of the black buoy off the north 15 side of Bakers Island; then steer 216° true for the northwest end of Cat Island, with the east side of Gales Point astern, and pass 300 yards southeastward of Hardy Rock buoy and beacon. When about 0.3 mile east (mag.) of Eagle Island steer 236° true with Baker Is- land Lighthouse astern, pass 200 yards southward of Eagle Is- 20 land, and to a position about 350 yards southward of Chappel Ledge buoy with the eastern end of Grays Rock abeam. Then steer 225° true for the middle of the entrance to Marblehead Harbor, and an- chor off the town, favoring if anything the westerly side of the har- bor, in 4 to 5 fathoms, soft bottom. 25 From eastward.—Unmarked detached rocks and ledges with depths of 15 to 25 feet lie off the eastern entrance to Marblehead Harbor, and strangers may have trouble in avoiding them. The following course is recommended for vessels of 12-foot or less draft. Bring Halfway R(jck beacon astern on a 278° true course, heading a little 30 north of the flag tower at Fort Sewall, and pass 300 yards southward of Cat Island beacon, 500 yards northward of Marblehead Rock bea- con, and 100 yards northward of the black buoys off the north end of Marblehead Neck. Vessels can then haul southwestward into the harbor. 35 From southward.—The entrance through Marblehead Channel is suitable for vessels not exceeding 15 feet in draft. There are nu- merous unmarked spots with depths of 17 to 25 feet. Chart 240 is the guide. DIRECTIONS. BEVERLY HARBOR 4q (CHART 240) Strangers in vessels of over 18 feet draft should not enter without a pilot, as the channel is crooked in places and, although well marked by aids, requires some local knowledge to keep in the best water. No attempt should be made to enter at night. 45 Follow the directions for Salem Harbor to a point on the main ship channel range 2.3 miles westward of Bakers Island Light, at which point the pier at Mingo Beach should be abeam if the vessel is on coui'se 276- true, which is the bearing of the range. At this point 274 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) change course to 243° true and continue that course for about 0.8 mile to a position about 100 yards south of the buoy off Hospital Point.* At this point change course to 272° true, heading for the buoy north- ward of Juniper Point and continuing the course to within about 100 5 yards of that buoy. Then change course to 305° and head for half way between the two buoys marking the entrance to the dredged channel in Beverly Harbor. From this point on, the channel is crooked, but well marked with buoys and beacons and can be readily followed by the use of Chart No. 240. 10 MARBLEHEAD TO BOSTON HARBOR (CHART 240) The islands and rocks eastward, southward, and southwestward of Marblehead Neck are described under "Salem, Beverly, and Marble- head Harbors" on page 266. j5 Phillips Point (Littles Point) is high and rocky, and its western and higher part is wooded. A rock with 12 feet over it lies 600 yards eastward of Grass Head, the eastern end of the point. A reef ^ith bare heads extends 350 yards southward from Phillips Point, and Dread Ledge, bare at half tide and marked by a spindle, lies 500 yards 20 southward of the point. Nahant Bay is 2 miles wide between Phillips Point and Nahant. Temporary anchorage, exposed to easterly and southerly winds, can be had in the bay in 3 to 6 fathoms, but it is little used. The usual anchorage is off Swampscott, southwestward or westward of the south- ern end of Fishing Point. Small craft can anchor westward of the point in 8 to 15 feet. The bay is clear ; 18 feet is found about 0.5 mile from its northwest side, shoaling thence to the shore. Fishing Point, Blaney Rock, and Red Rock are rocky points on the northern side of Nahant Bay. There is a rock with 3 feet of water over it about 125 yards south of the end of Fishing Point. A buoy is placed just south of the rock. The city of Swampscott is on the northern shore of Nahant Bay. A large standpipe, the high school cupola, and the Oceanhouse Hotel are prominent. Lynn Beach is a narrow strip of sand separating Nahant Bay from Lynn Harbor, and is about 1 mile long in a southerly direction to Little Nahant, a high, grassy head with several houses. Little Nahant is joined to Nahant by a strip of beach 0.4 mile long, called Little Nahant Beach. Egg Rock, about 60 feet high, lies on the southern side in the entrance to Nahant Bay. It is a bird sanctuary. Nahant is a high peninsula about 1.5 miles long, with bluff seaward faces. It is occupied by a town and summer resort. It is connected with Lynn by a highway. A standpipe is the most prominent mark. Two church spires, and a stone house on East Point are also promi- nent. There is a Coast Guard station on Nahant Beach just southward of Little Nahant. The white buildings and a steel signal tower are prominent. *Lat. 42°32'.8, Long. 70°51'.4 : Charts 240, 1207, 1106, HOT 25 30 35 40 45 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 275 Nahant Harbor is the cove on the south side of Nahant. Entering between Joe Beach Ledge buoy and Bass Rock spindle, temporary anchorage can be selected off the wharf in 3 to 4 fathoms, hard bottom. The town wharf has about 5 feet of water alongside it. The Boston Pilots have an office at this wharf. Shag Rocks are a group of bare rocks extending 300 yards south- ward from the southeast end of Nahant. A ledge, awash at lowest tides, extends 100 yards southward from the southernmost Shag Rock, There is a gong buoy south of the ledge. Lynn Harbor.—This harbor, the northerly end of Broad Sound, is full of shoals, largely bare at low water through which a channel has been dredged to the city of Lynn. Lynn has considerable trade in coal, oil, lumber, and building materials. The depth of water at the wharves at Lynn varies from 8 to 30 feet. The easterly or main channel is dredged to 22 feet with a width of 300 feet. There is a turning basin at the head of the harbor with a width of 550 feet. The channel is marked by buoys at the outer end and lights to the town of Lynn. It leads between mud flats bare at low water. Just eastward from the turning basin there is an anchor- age basin for small craft. Some local knowledge is necessary to carry the best water, but strangers in small craft should have no trouble in going to Lynn with the aid of the chart. The principal wharf at Lynn is a coal wharf at the gas works. Several large gas tanks are located just back of the wharf. A 22-foot channel leads from the turning basin to the coal wharf where there are depths of 30 feet. The Yacht Club maintains a pier with float landing, at which there is about 8 feet of water. Water and gasoline are available at the float. Prominent objects in approaching Lynn Harbor are: the stand- pipes at Nahant and Winthrop, the large gas tanks and several stacks at the head of the harbor, twin brick stacks at the General Electric Company plant on Saugus River, and twiji towers on a beach house at the north end of Lynn Beach. Black Rock Channel, a branch of the easterly channel, leading along the western side of Nahant, is unmarked and suitable only for small craft. There are shoals nearly bare at low water on either side. Western Channel of Lynn Harbor leads into Saugus River. In 1940 <^he controlling depth to the General Electric Co. wharf, 0.5 mile above the bridges at the entrance, was reported to be 7 feet. The most of the channel has 11 feet or over, but a 7-foot spot was reported about north by west of the end of Point of Pines. The river has been improved by dredging to a depth of 6 feet for % mile above this wharf to a lumber wharf. Western Channel is marked by buoys as far as the bridges ; from there on it is unmarked and local knowl- edge is required. There is a boat yard on the Saugus River and one on the Pines River. Bridges.—There are three bridges across the Saugus River between its mouth and the General Electric Company's wharf, and one between that wharf and the lumber wharf. All have draw openings. The first bridge, known as the General Edwards Bridge, has a clearance of 100 feet horizontal and 27 feet vertical above mean high water when closed. It will be open at any time. 10 15 20 25 30 40 45 50 276 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) The next bridge is for a narrow gage railroad, Avhich was not being operated in 1940, and the draw is left open all the time. The horizontal clearance is 50 feet. The next bridge, which is operated by the B. & M. Railroad, has a 5 horizontal clearance of 50 feet and a vertical clearance of 7.7 feet at mean high water when closed. There is a watchman on duty for 8 hours during the daytime, and the bridge will be opened at night if previous notice is given. The Foxhall Bridge, across the river between the General Electric 10 Co. wharf and the lumber wharf, has a horizontal clearance of 40 feet and a vertical clearance of 6.7 feet at mean high water. Bridge signals—The signal for all bridges is 2 long blasts and 2 short blasts. Repairs.—There are marine railways in Saugus Creek. The largest 15 can haul out yachts of 100-foot length and 8-foot draft. All kinds of repairs to machinery can be made. Pilots.—Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels only. A pilot to the entrance of Lynn Harbor may be obtained from the Boston Pilot Boat. At the entrance to Lynn Harbor a Lynn pilot will then 20 be picked up. A Lynn, Salem, and Beverly pilot lives at Nahant and boards vessels, on signal, off Bass Point- Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9 feet at Lynn. Sailing directions for Lynn are given on page 299. 25 Revere is a town and summer resort on the west side of Broad Sound. At Revere Beach a breakwater has been built out from the shore on Cherry Island Bar, forming an anchorage for small craft, with depths of 4 to 6 feet. Northward of the breakwater there are the ruins of a long wharf which was built out to a depth of about 30 3 or 4 feet. Caution.—Parts of the breakwater are covered at high tide. There is a stone pier 6 feet above high water at its northeast end. BOSTON LIGHTSHIP (CHART 1207) 35 Boston Lightship, off the entrance to Boston Harbor 6 miles east- ward of Boston Light, has a red hull with "BOSTON" on each side and masts surmounted by red gallery and lantern. The light is 40 feet above the water, and visible 12 miles. The fog signal is an air diaphone, and a bell is used if the diaphone is out of order. There are 40 a submarine oscillator and a radio beacon. The station is equipped for distance finding. In approaching Boston Lightship from the southward, the coast off Cohasset, Minots Ledge Light, and Scituate should be given a berth of about 4 miles to avoid the broken ground known as Stellwagen 45 Ledges, which extend nearly that distance offshore and the outer extremity of which is marked by a lighted whistle buoy. BOSTON, OUTER HARBOR AND APPROACHES (CHART 246) All of Boston Harbor is shown on Chart 246, and the inner harbor 50 is shown on the larger scale chart, No. 248. The entrance between 20'.3, Long. 71°00'.7 : Charts 246, 248, 1207. 30 35 40 45 50 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 283 Watertown. The entrance of the river to the first bridge has been dredged for its full width to a depth of 35 feet. Thence to the Charles River Dam,* a distance of 0.5 mile, the depth is about 15 feet. The lock in the Charles Kiver Dam is 350 feet long between gates, with a clear width of 45 feet, and has a depth of 17 feet at low water on 5 the lower sill; the upper sill has 21 feet over it at the level of the river above the dam. Charles River above Charles River Dam is maintained at a height of 7.4 feet above mean low water ; a depth of 14 feet can be taken 3 miles above the dam to Western Avenue Bridge, thence 2.2 miles to Arsenal Street Bridge 13 feet, thence 2 miles to lo the head of navigation at the dam at Watertown 9 feet. Charles River above the dam is used by many yachts and small craft. No toll is charged for passage through the lock. Mystic River, entering the north end of Boston Harbor from north- westward, between Charlestown and Chelsea, is the approach to 15 several wharves near the lower end, and to the towns of Medford and Maiden. The channel in Mystic River has been dredged 30 feet deep for a distance of 1 mile above Chelsea Bridge at the entrance, and 20 feet deep for a further distance of about 0.3 mile, to a point 150 yards below the second bridge. The river above has been im- 20 proved by dredging a channel 6 .feet deep to a point about 2,500 feet above the Wellington Bridge, thence 4 feet deep to the head of commercial navigation at Medford. Some shoaling has occurred since the dredging. The mean range of tide is about 9^2 feet. There is a lock at Medford, 15 feet wide and 45 feet long, and the 25 river has a navigable depth of 4 to 7 feet for 2 miles above the lock to lower Mystic Lake. Condition of channel in 1940.—According to the best information available approximately 30 feet could be carried from the Chelsea Bridge to the entrance of Island End River, and from this point 30 to the head of the 30-foot project the controlling depth was about 27 feet. The next 700 yards of channel leading to within about 150 yards south of the Boston & Maine Railroad bridge had a controlling depth of 20 feet. The 6-foot channel above this point was believed to have a controlling depth of about 4 feet, and the 4-foot channel 35 was reported to have both shoaled and narrowed. There was re- ported to be no navigation of the river above the Wellington Bridge. Little Mystic River is the name given a long slip just northward of the navy yard. It has depths of 18 to 20 feet at the upper end and 28 feet at the entrance. It is also known as South Channel. 40 Island End River is a tributary of Mystic River from northward 0.5 mile above the entrance. There is a large wharf at the western entrance of Island End River with a channel dredged to 30 feet leading to it. In 1940 there was a least depth of 26 feet to the coke and coal wharf on the west bank of the river and 13 feet to the 45 wharf 350 yards above the coke and coal wharf. Above this river is shoal; from 4 to ly^ feet at its head. There is considerable busi- ness to the wharves near the entrance, principally vessels carr,ying coal and oil. A rocky shoal on the east side at the entrance, and the current of Mystic River running across the entrance, make navigation 50 difficult for large vessels. A towboat is usually employed to assist such vessels. •Lat. 42°22'.l, Long. 71°04'.3 : Charts 246, 248, 1207. 284 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) Maiden River, a tributary of the Mystic from northward, has been improved by dredging a cliannel 6 feet deep for a distance of 1.6 miles upstream. In 1937 the controlling depth ,to Everett was 6 feet. 5 Chelsea Creek, emptying into Boston Harbor from eastward be- tween East Boston and Chelsea, is the approach to important wharves near the entrance, and the town of Revere at the head, 2.6 miles above the entrance. The 35-foot dredged channel of Boston Harbor leads to Meridian Street Bridge, just inside the entrance. 10 From this bridge to Chelsea Street Bridge, 0.75 mile above, the channel has (1939) a controlling depth of 30 feet. A channel 30 feet deep has been dredged (1939) to the Oil wharf, 0.8 mile above Chelsea Street Bridge. The channel from this point to the head of navigation at Revere was 7 feet deep in 1936. 15 Pilotage, Boston.—This port lies within Pilotage District No. 1, as defined by the laws of Massachusetts, which district embraces the port of Boston and the coast from Egg Rock, on the north, to Point Allerton, on the south. Pilotage into Boston Harbor is compulsory, with a few unimpor- 20 tant exceptions which seldom occur, for all vessels engaged in the foreign trade. It is not for vessels engaged in the coasting trade. A pilot boat will be found within sight of Boston Lightsliip. Pilot boats are marked by their numbers, which are painted on their sails or stacks in black figures 4 feet high. 25 A vessel bound into Boston Harbor liable to pilotage, which arrives within a line drawn from Harding Ledge to The Graves and thence to Nahant Head, without having been offered the services of a pilot, is exempt from the payment of pilotage fees, unless such services are requested. A pilot boat being on its station, and dis- 30 playing the signals required by law, constitutes an offer of pilotage service. Such compliance will entitle the pilot to the regular fee for pilotage from vessels otherwise liable therefor. A vessel under 350 tons register bound into the port of Boston declining the servic.es of a pilot is liable to one-half the pilotage fees. A vessel under 350 35 tons register bound out of the port of Boston is not liable for pilot- age unless such services are requested. Vessels in the coastwise trade are exempt from the compulsory payment of pilotao:e. The office of the Boston Pilots is located at No. 69 Long Wliarf . Towboats.—Towboats are available at Boston. Lighters and fire 40 and wrecking tugs are also available. Special signals.—The call for the harbor master or police steamer is three short and one long blasts of the whistle. The call for the fire boat is three long and two short blasts of the whistle. 45 Wharves.—The wharves of Boston have depths sufficient for the largest vessels, the greatest depths being 40 feet or more, which exist at the Commonwealth Pier.* There are public float landings for small craft at a number of places, including Summer Street and Northern Avenue bridges. 60 Supplies.—Fuel oil can be obtained from the wharves or from barges. There are good facilities for bunkering coal-burning ves- *Lat. 42''21'.2, Long. 70°02'.4 : Charts 246, 248, 1207. (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 285 sels. The city water is of good quality and suitable for either drink- ing or boiler purposes. Gasoline can be obtained from floats anchored off Governors Island. Repairs.—There are a number of drydocks and marine railways available for vessels of all sizes. The largest are listed in the table 6 on page 333. • Repairs of all kinds and of any magnitude can be under- taken. Large vessels are built at Quincy on Weymouth Fore River. The Boston Navy Yard Dock No. 3 is capable of drydocking the largest vessel in the world. It is located just northward of the Re- served Channel. 10 Immigration.—The immigration station is located in East Boston. Quarantine.—The quarantine anchorage is on the north side of President Roads. Quarantine is enforced in accordance with the rules of the U. S. Public Health Service. The call for the Quarantine Officer is two long blasts of the whistle followed by two short and one 15 long blast. The Quarantine Station is in the Customhouse, and the boarding station is at the Army Base. Marine Hospital.—There is a Marine Hospital at Brighton. The service also maintains an office and dispensary at the Customhouse, Boston, where outpatients are treated. Application for admission to 20 the hospital should be made at the Customhouse office. The call for the port physician is the same as for quarantine. Customs.—The Customhouse is open for business during regular office hours except on holidays. The same office hours are kept at the Appraisers Stores Building. 25 A Coast and Geodetic Survey field station is located on the tenth floor of the Customhouse, where complete files of the Coast and Geodetic Survey charts, coast pilots, tide tables, current tables, and other pub- lications relating to navigation may be consulted and information affecting navigation obtained without charge. The field station is 30 also a sales agency for Coast and Geodetic Survey publications, includ- ing charts. A United States branch hydrographic office is established on the tenth floor of the Customhouse. Bulletins are posted here giving in- formation of value to mariners, who are also enabled to avail them- 35 selves of publications pertaining to navigation and to correct their charts from standards. No charge is made for this service. A United States Coast Guard office is located in the Customhouse. This is the Coast Guard District Headquarters and the office of the Captain of the Port. See page 328. 40 Other Federal activities are given in tables in the Appendix. The Harbor Master's office is located at 521 Commercial Street. Port Series No. 2 covers the port of Boston. Maritime Association, Boston Chamber of Commerce, publishes a very valuable handbook of the facilities of the port. The address 45 is 80 Federal Street, Boston, Mass. Yacht Clubs.—A list of the larger yacht clubs between Cape Cod and the Canadian Boundary is given in the Appendix. Harbor and anchorage regulations.—A pamphlet containing the rules and regulations of the harbor master, together with photographs so showing the various anchorage limits, may be obtained at the harbor- master's office, 521 Commercial Street. 286 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) Anchorages.—Because of the state of emergency existing at this time (1941), special anchorage regulations are in effect and are en- forced b}r the Captain of the Port, an officer of the U. S. Coast Guard. For detailed anchorage regulations or for permits pursuant to those 5 regulations, apply to the Captain of the Port, U. S. Coast Guard, Customhouse, Boston, Mass. In 1941 five anchorage areas had been defined by Federal authority. President Roads Anchorage, located on the north side of President Roads. 10 Bird Island Anchorage, located on the north side of the main ship channel just inside Governors Island. (These two anchorages are used by deep draft vessels.) Castle Island Anchorage, located on the north side of the channel into Dorchester Bay between Thompson Island and Pleasure Bay. 15 Long Island Anchorage, located east of Long Island and between it and Rainsford, Georges, and Gallups Islands. (Light draft vessels should use these last two anchorages as far as possible.) The Explosive Anchorage is located between Rainsford and Ped- docks Islands. 20 The special anchorage areas are shown on large scale charts of Bos- ton Harbor. Some of the regulations are quoted below : 1. No vessel shall anchor in The Narrows or in Nantasket Gut, or at the entrances thereto. Neither shall any vessel anchor in the channel south of Lighthouse Island, southwest of a line between 25 Kelly Rock Bell Buoy 10 and Nash Rock Buoy 8, nor northeast of a line between Hunt Ledge Buoy and Point Allerton Lighted Bell Buoy 3. 2. No vessel shall anchor in Boston inner harbor north of a line between the northwest tangent on Governor's Island and the southeast 30 end of the Army Base except as follows : (a) Vessels not carrying inflammable, explosive, or other danger- ous cargo may anchor in the Bird Island anchorage. (b) Yachts and fishing vessels may be" allowed to anchor outside of channels in waters through which commercial shipping does not 35 usually proceed upon application to the Captain of the Port. 3. Loaded tank vessels awaiting the daylight or tide to proceed to their unloading terminal shall anchor in the President Roads anchor- age and no other anchorage except by permit from the Captain of the Port. The limits of The President Roads anchorage area are "to marked by buoys. Explosive Anchorage.—The explosive anchorage is located in the lower harbor, between Peddocks Island and Rainsford Island. No vessels carrying explosives as cargo or on which explosives as cargo are to be loaded may proceed to an explosive anchorage without 45 first notifying the Captain of the Port. No vessels carrying ex- plosives as cargo may move through any channel or waterway of the port without a permit unless the requirement of a permit is waived by the Captain of the Port. There are a considerable number of special rules, that are liable to 50 change, for the handling of vessels loading or unloading explosives. It is suggested that the Captain of the Port be contacted before entering the port. Applications by radio to him should be transmitted via commercial traffic station or via Coast Guard facilities. (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 287 Harbor Regulations.—There are many rules and regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts affecting, and in some cases, con- trolling the handling of petroleum products, rafting of lumber, speed of vessels, control of motorboats, depositing of refuse, handling of lines, movements of vessels as directed, anchorage areas, etc. It is 5 recommended that the navigator obtain from the Captain of the Port or from the Harbor master such information regarding- the rules as may be to his particular interests. Those ports having Harbor masters are If^ted in the Appendix. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9 feet at Boston 10 Lighthouse and about 9% feet at Boston Navy Yard. The pre- dicted times and heights of high and low water for every day in the year at the Commonwealth Pier are given in the tide tables, pub- lished in advance by the Coast and Geodetic Survey. CURRENTS, BOSTON HARBOR 15 The time of current from the Boston Lightship to the navy yard in general does not differ by more than i/^ hour. The predicted times of slack water and the times and strength of flood and ebb at Deer Island Light for every day in the year are given in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables. 20 Tidal Current Charts for Boston Harbor are published by the Coast and Geodetic Survey and sold for the nominal price of 25 cents. These charts, which are good for any year, show the direction and velocity of the tidal current for each hour of the current at Boston Harbor (Deer Island Light), daily predictions for which are in- 25 eluded in the Atlantic Coast Current Tables. They present a com- prehensive view of the tidal current movement for the harbor as a whole and also supply a means of readily determining for any time the direction and velocity of the current at various localities through- out the harbor. 30 The currents at Boston Lightship are described on page 41. In Broad Sound the velocity of the current at strength in most places is less than % knot. This increases to about 1 knot or more on approaching the entrances of the channels leading into Boston Harbor. 35 In Hypocrite Channel the velocity at strength is a little over 1 knot. In South Channel north of Eam Head, the velocity at strength is almost 2 knots. Between Deer Island Light and Long Island Head, in the chan- 40 nel, the velocity at strength is nearly 2 knots. In the Main Ship Channel, from Spectacle Island to the navy yard, the velocity at strength varies between I/2 ^^^^ 1 knot. Between Boston Lighthouse and Point Allerton, near the middle of the channel, the velocity at strength is about I14 knots. On the 45 northern side of the channel, southward of Great Brewster Spit, the current turns nearly 30 minutes earlier than in the middle of the channel, and the velocity is about half as great. In Nantasket Roads, in the middle of the channel, the velocity at strength is about 1% knots. 50 In Nantasket Gut the velocity at strength is between 2 and 2^/^ knots. 288 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (CHABT 1207) 10 15 20 25 30 In Black Rock Channel the velocity at strength is between 1 and 1% knots. The flood sets southwestward through the channel and the ebb northeastward, and should be kept in mind when passing through The Narrows. Between Georges Island and Gallups Island the velocity at strength is over 1 knot. The flood sets westward and the ebb eastward. Between Gallups Island and Long Island Head the velocity at strength is about 1 knot. The flood current sets southward to south- westward and the ebb in the opposite directions. Between Moon Head and Long Island the velocity at strength is about y^i knot, the flood setting northwestward and the ebb south- eastward. Between Thompson Island and Spectacle Island the velocity at strength is about y^ knot. The flood sets northwestward and the ebb southeastward. WEATHER, BOSTON Weather.—The prevailing winds are southwesterly during the sum- mer and northerly during the winter. At all seasons the heaviest gales are usually from the northeastward or eastward. Fogs are prevalent throughout the year. For statistics see table on page 334. Winds from the east to southwest bring fog while westerly and northerly winds clear it away. Storm warnings.—Night signals are displayed from the custom- house tower. Day and night signals are displayed from a tower on Nantasket Hill near Hull. Day signals are also displayed from the City Point Coast Guard Station, South Boston, from May to October. Ice.—The channels of Boston Harbor are navigable throughout the year. Ice rarely forms in the main channels. Occasionally during severe winters the greater part of the harbor is frozen, but towboats and steamers keep the main channels open. The Charles and Mystic Rivers and Chelsea Creek, and the minor passages in the harbor are sometimes frozen during severe weather. Wlien ice is prevalent, the buoys may be displaced or even carried away by it. Local towboats can be employed for the purpose of breaking ice. Bridges, Boston and Locality Name of bridge Type Horizontal clearance Vertical clear- ance above mean high water when closed SOUTH CHANNEL Chelsea St., Charlestown _ . _ _ Bascule do do Feet 75 50.3 52. 100 70 70 10. 5 Feet 25 MALDEN EIVER Maiden River Medford Street _ . _. _ 7.7 3. 1 CHELSEA CREEK Meridian Street ^__ Swing Bascule do Fixed 5 Chelsea Street _. _ . _ 4 B. & A. R. R._- B. & M. R. R 3 4.6 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH Bridges, Boston and Locality—Continued 289 Name of bridge Type Horizontal clearance Vertical clear- ance above mean high water wben closed RESERVED CHANNEL L Street Bridge DORCHESTER BAY Savin Hill-Commercial Point.. NEPONSET RIVER New York, New Haven & Hartford Ry. Neponset Avenue Granite Avenue Boston-Milton WEYMOUTH FORE RIVER Quincy Point. . East Braintree. WEYMOUTH BACK RIVER Hingham FORT POINT CHANNEL Northern Avenue Congress Street Summer Street Dorchester Avenue New York, New Haven & Hartford Ry. Broadway Dover Street 1 CHARLES RIVER Charlestown Warren Avenue 4 railway bridges Railway Charles River Dam Above Charles River Dam there are 11 fixed bridges. MYSTIC RIVER Chelsea Maiden Boston Elevated Boston & Maine (eastern division) _ Boston & Maine (western division). Wellington Mystic Valley Parkway Retractile Bascule. do. do. do. Fixed. _ Bascule. do. .do. Swing Bascule Retractile. do__-. Bascule- Swing- _. do.. do -_ Retractile. Bascftle do... do... Fixed Swing.. Bascule. do- Swing. - do. Bascule. do. Feet 39. 8 65 52.3 78. 6 50 41 175 50 50 125 75 75 42. 6 44 50 50 Feet 6.4 13 5.9 10.9 6.4 5.8 33.7 12. 5 10 75. 6 7.6 75 6.5 51 4.6 42 4.6 44.3 8.4 50 23.8 40. 7 15.4 50 23 36. 5 6 65 3 50 33 50 5.4 45 12 13 6.7 28.8 -3. 5 -2. 9 10. 2 5.0 290 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) BRIDGE REGULATIONS The following are extracts from the rules and regulations pre- scribed by the Secretary of War to govern the opening of the draw- bridges across Boston Harbor and tributaries: 5 GENERAL KEGTJLATIONS 1. The owner or owners of every bridge covered by these rules and regula- tions shall maintain in good and efficient order the draw span and the machin- ery and appliances for operating the same and for assisting vessels while passing through the draw. The said owner or owners shall also provide and 10 maintain at the draw span such number of draw tenders or operators as may be necessary to open and close the same promptly ; and they shall also provide and maintain in good order on the bridge piers or fenders such fixtures as may be necessary to vessels in mooring or making fast while waiting for the draw span to open. 15 2. Except as specified in paragraphs 9, 10, 11, and 12 of these regulations, the draw in each and every drawbridge crossing the above-named waterways shall, upon the prescribed signal being given, be opened promptly for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft not able to pass the closed structure : Provided, That when the draw in any of the bridges shall have been 20 open for 10 minutes or longer, it may be closed for the crossing of trains, cars, vehicles, or individuals, if any be waiting to cross, and after being so closed for 10 minutes or for such shorter time as may be necessary it shall again be opened promptly for the passage of vessels or other water craft if there be any such desiring to pass. 25 3. The length of time that a draw has been open shall be computed from the time that the draw span begins to move in opening, and the length of time that a draw has been closed shall be computed from the time that the draw span ceases to move in closing. SIGNALS 30 4. (a) When a vessel or other water craft intends to pass through the draw of one of the bridges covered by these rules and regulations, the master or pilot of the vessel or craft shall, on approaching within signalling distance, signify his intention to pass through the bridge by soimding with a whistle or horn the signal prescribt^d below, viz : Two long blasts followed immediately 35 by two short blasts. SPECIAL SIGNALS (6) For Meridian Street Bridge: Two long blasts followed immediately by 2 short blasts and 1 long blast. (c) The signal to be given by a vessel drawing 18 feet or more, entitled to 40 passage at all hours as provided in paragraphs 9, 10, and 11, below, shall be four long blasts. 5. The signal given by a master or pilot shall be immediately answered from the bridge by three long blasts of a whistle or horn unless under these rules and regulations a delay in opening the draw is permitted, and in case of such 45 a delay the signal shall be immediately answered by two long blasts. A long blast of a whistle or horn as herein provided shall continue for 3 seconds and a short blast for 1 second. 6. Upon hearing or preceiving the prescribed signal or upon verbal rrqr^'st from the master or pilot of any vessel or other water craft waiting at tlie 50 bridge, the tender or operator of the draw of the bridge shall at once open the draw for the prompt passage of any vessel or other water craft unless under these rules and regulations a delay in opening the draw is permitted : Provided, That the draw may not be opened if there is a train, car, or other vehicle at the time passing over said draw, or if a train or car is approaching 55 so closely that it cannot be safely stopped before reaching the draw. 7. Trains, cars, vehicles, or persons shall not be stopped on any draw span for the purpose of delaying the opening of the draw, nor shall any vessel or other water craft be so handled or placed as to delay the opening or closing of any draw span, but all passage, over, under, or through a draw span shall 60 be prompt so as to reduce delays to water and bridge traffic to a minimum. (CHAKT 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 291 8. The foregoing general regulations (pars. 1 to 7) shall apply in cases of all bridges, but to provide for closed or open periods, the following special regulations and exceptions are prescribed. SPECIAJL REGULATIONS 9. Across Fort Point Channel,—Northern Avenue Bridge, Congress Street 5 Bridge, and Summer Street Bridge: Between the hours of 0:30 a. m. and 9 a. m. and between the hours of 4 : 30 p. m. and 7 p. m. the draws in the bridges named in this paragraph shall not be required to be opened except on Sundays, and on legal holidays observed in the locality, for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft except during the periods between 7 : 05 to 7 : 15 10 a. m. and 8 to 8 : 10 a. m., 5 : 20 to 5 : 30 p. m. and 6 : 20 to 6 : 30 p. m. : Provided, That the draws in the bridges named in this paragraph, upon the prescribed signal being given, shall be promptly opened at all hours for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft whose draft is 18 feet or more: And pro- vided further. That any vessel, vessels, or other water craft proceeding up- 15 stream through Northern Avenue Bridge shall be afforded continuous passage through the Congress Street and Summer Street Bridges, and any vessel, vessels, or other water craft proceeding downstream through the Summer Street Bridge shall be afforded continuous passage through the Congress Street an.d Northern Avenue Bridges. 20 10. Across Mystic River.—Chelsea Bridge North, Maiden Bridge, Boston Ele- vated Railway bridge, Boston & Maine (eastern division) liailroad bridge, and Boston & Maine (western division) Railroad bridge. Between the hours of 7 : 45 a. m. and 10 a. m. and between the hours of 5 p. m. and 6 p. m. the draws in the bridges named in this paragraph shall not 25 be required to be opened except on Sundays, and on legal holidays observed In the locality, for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft except during the period between 9 to 9 : 10 a. m. : Frovidcd, That the draws in these bridges shall, upon the prescribed signal being given, be opened promptly at all hours for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water 30 craft whose draft is 18 feet or more : And provided further, That any vessel, vessels, or other water craft proceeding either upstream or downstream which having passed any of the bridges mentioned in this paragraph, shall be afforded continuous passage through the succeeding bridges. 11. Across Little Mystic River (South Channel)—Chelsea Bridge South.—Be- 35 tween the hours of 7 : 45 a. m. and 10 a. m., and between the hours of 5 p. m. and 6 p. m. the di'aw in the bridge named in this paragraph shall not be re- quired to be opened except on Sundays, and on legal holidays observed in the locality, for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft except dur- ing the period between 9 a. m. and 9 : 10 a. m. : Frovided, That the draw in this 40 bridge shall upon the prescribed signal being given, be opened promptly at all hours for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft whose draft is 18 feet or more. 12. Across Charles River.—Charlestown Bridge, Warren Bridge, Boston & Maine Railroad bridge, Boston Elevated Railway bridge, and Charles River 45 Dam Bridge. Across Fort Point Channel.—Dorchester Avenue Bridge, New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad bridge. New York, New Haven & Hartford (Y con- nection) Railroad bridge, Broadway Bridge, and Dover Street Bridge. Between the hours of 6 : 15 a. m. and 9 : 10 a. m. and between the hours of 50 4 : 15 p. m. and 7 : 40 p. m. the draws in the bridges named in this paragraph shall not be reqviired to be opened except on Sundays and on legal holidays observed in the locality, for the passage of any vessel, vessels, or other water craft excepting that when high tide at Charlestown Navy Yard is between 6 : 15 a. m. and 9:10 a. m., the draws shall be opened within 45 minutes before or 55 after said tide for a period of 10 minutes for the passtige of all vessels or other water craft having a draft of 12 feet or over, if there be any such desiring to pass ; the exact time of opening to be prescribed by the railroad companies, due regard being had for causing minimum interference with railroad schedules, highway traflBc, and the interests of navigation. The opening time of each 60 bridge shall be so fixed as to permit continuous passage through the next and following bridges located in direction of course of vessel or other water craft. 13. These rules and regulations shall not apply to steam vessels owned or leased by the United States, nor shall they apply to vessels employed by the 292 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) city of Boston or other municipality for police and fire protection. All such United States and municipal vessels shall be passed without delay through the draws of all bridges, at any hour of the day or night, upon signaling by four long blasts of the whistle. 5 14. These rules and regulations shall take effect on December 1, 1930, and all regulations or parts of regulations in conflict therewith are hereby revoked to take effect on that date. GENERAL REMARKS ON APPROACHING BOSTON HARBOR General remarks on approaching and standing along the coast are 10 given on page 42. Approaching from Cape Ann (chart 1207).—The soundings in the vicinity of Cape Ann are very irregular and cannot be depended on to locate even approximately the vessel's position. The southern end of Jeffreys Ledge, with depths of 19 to 30 fathoms, extends 15 15 miles eastward from Cape Ann, and depths of over 50 fathoms are found a few miles eastward and a short distance southward from the edge of the bank. A 229° true course from off the lighted whistle buoy located 2.5 miles eastward of Cape Ann Lighthouse clears the off- shore dangers between Cape Ann and Nahant, and leads close to the 20 lighted gong buoy marking the entrance to Broad Sound North Channel. At night a number of lighted aids are visible, and they are suffi- ciently numerous to locate the position readily by cross bearings. In clear weather the course should be shaped to pass well northward 25 of The Graves Lighthouse* and enter through the Broad Sound North Channel. Approaching from Cape Cod (chart 1207).—Approaching the easterly side of the cape, soundings of 20 fathoms indicate a dis- tance of 2 to 31/^ miles from the shore, but off the north side of the 30 cape the 20-fathom curve draws closer inshore and the soundings are not so regular. Vessels standing to clear Boston Lightship on a course of 295° true from the locality of Peaked Hill Bar Lighted Whistle Buoy will cross the southwesterly end of Stellwagen Bank in depths of 12 to 15 fathoms. Soundings in Stellwagen Bank 35 cannot be depended on to locate a position on the bank, except in the case of soundings in a depth of 9i^ fathoms, the shoalest water, which is found near its extreme southwest end. In clear weather the Pilgrim Monument at Provincetown forms a splendid landmark and is visible for many miles. 40 As the entrance to Boston Harbor is approached, after crossing Stellwagen Bank, soundings of 20 fathoms or more (at low water) insures a distance of 5 miles or more from the shore and well out- side of outlying rocks. Inside the depths of 20 fathoms the sound- ings are very irregular, and they cannot, as a rule, be depended 45 on to keep a vessel out of danger. East of Nahant the 20-fathom curve lies closer inshore and some of the dangers extend offshore nearly to it. Tidal currents.—For some distance northwestward of Cape Cod the tidal currents have a slight set into Cape Cod Bay on the flood 50 and out of the bay on the ebb. Along the north shore of Massa- Lat. 42°21'.9, Long. 70-52'.2 : Charts 246, 1207. 1000. 1106, 1107. 70. (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 293 chusetts Bay the flood sets in a ge^ieral westerly or northwesterly direction and the ebb in a southerly or southeasterly direction. The velocity of the currents is influenced greatly by the force and direc- tion of the wind. Off the entrance to Boston Harbor the flood sets westward and ebb eastward, increasing slightly in velocity as the 5 entrance is approched. Entering Boston Harbor in Fog.—In thick weather a course should be laid to clear Boston Lightship by a safe distance when approach- ing from either Cape Ann or Cape Cod, and the water should not be shoaled to less than 20 fathoms unless the fog signal of the light- lo ship is heard and the vessel located. From the lightship a course may be laid to pass about midway between Boston Light and the lighted bell buoy off Point Allerton. The fog signal of Boston Light, with a frequent use of the lead, will enable a vessel to reach an anchorage inside of Point Allerton. Unless the lightship is lo- 15 cated no attempt should be made to enter the harbor, and the water should not be shoaled to less than 20 fathoms. Vessels when in the vicinity of Cape Cod, if overtaken by fog or thick easterly weather, may find it convenient to anchor in Province- town Harbor or on the west side of the cape south of Provincetown, 20 where there is a good lee and holding ground in 7 to 12 fathoms. Vessels equipped with radio should not fail to utilize the services of the naval radio direction finder stations which are so located as to give a strong fix from bearings received from three stations. A sub- marine oscillator is operated at Boston Lightship. Details of these 25 stations will be found in the Light List. Vessels equipped with radio compasses should avail themselves of the clear-weather trans- mission to test the accuracy of the apparatus. SAILING DIRECTIONS, BOSTON HARBOR AND VICINITY Boston Harbor and approaches has very broken, rocky bottom, so and caution is necessary. The area from the entrance of Nantasket Roads an Broad Sound. North and South Channels, out to a depth of 25 fathoms or more, has been examined by means of a wire drag, and the dangers are shown on the charts. The area examined in this way extends northeastward to beyond Cape Ann and southward 35 to Cape Cod Canal, the outer limit usually being from 4.5 to 7 miles from the shore. 540825°—43 20 294 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (CHART 1207) Table 9.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO DEER ISLAND LIGHTHOUSE VIA BROAD SOUND NORTH CHANNEL CHARTS 1207, 246 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward Dis- tance 1. About 0.5 mile northward of Boston Lightship. Chart 1207: Direct Reverse 2. 0.2 mile north-northeast of The Graves lighted whistle buoy with The Graves and Boston Lighthouses in line with the buoy. Chart 246: Direct Reverse 3. 300 yards south-southwest of Finns Ledge Lighted Bell Buoy (in middle of north end of dredged channel). Brings Finns Ledge Lighted Bell Buoy astern on course of 208° heading for Nixes Mate Lighted Gong Buoy: Direct Reverse 4. Lighted Bell Buoy off Little Faun abeam. (Keep north of South Channel Range) : Direct Reverse 5. 500 yards southward of Deer Island Lighthouse. NaxUical miles 5.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 L7 1. 7 0.8 0.8 Table 9A.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO DEER ISLAND LIGHTHOUSE VIA BROAD SOUND SOUTH CHANNEL CHARTS 1207, 246 1. About 0.5 mile northward of Boston Lightship. Chart 1207: Direct .___ _ Degrees 296 116 236 56 215 35 250 70 Nautical miles 5. Reverse. _ - . _ _ _ _ 5. 2. 0.2 mile north-northeast of The Graves lighted whistle buoy with The Graves and Boston Lighthouses in line with the buoy. Chart 246: Direct ______ 2. 2 Reverse __.. __ __ ._ . 2. 2 3. Midway between the two buoys marking northern en- trance to South Channel and on South Channel range (Conical towers on Lovell Island) : Direct __ ._ _. . 1. 4 Reverse _._ _. _. ._ ___ 1. 4 4. Intersection of Spectacle Island and Lovell Island South Channel ranges. (Channel turn Red buoy just for- ward of starboard beam.) Steer Spectacle Island lighted Range: Direct . _ . .. ___ 1. 7 Reverse- _ .__ 1. 7 5. 500 Yards south of Deer Island Lighthouse. Table 13.—NANTASKET ROADS TO QUINCY (WEYMOUTH FORE RIVER> VIA NANTASKET GUT CHART 246 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward Trae course Dis- tance 1. 200 yards 180° true from buoy marking 16-foot spot 0.4 mile south of The Narrows light: Direct _ Degrees 215 36 158 338 202 32 153 333 Nautical miles 0.7 Revei se _ __ _-- 0. 7 2. Windmill Point Light abeam and on range with promi- nent radio towers at Nantasket: Direct _ 0.3 Reverse . __ 0. s 3. Army Wharf (Shore end) on Peddocks Island abeam and Windmill Point Light bearing 22° true (astern) : Direct __ _ 1.2 Reverse. _ __.. _. _- 1.2 4. Tangent to western end Grape Island showing between two channel buoys southwest of Sheep Island: Direct . - 0.5 Reverse.. __ ._ .- _ - 0.5 5. Same as Position 6, Table No. 12. Proceed on courses given in Table No. 12. Table 14.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO ENTRANCE LYNN CHANNEL CHARTS 1207, 240 1. 0.5 Mile north of Boston Lightship: Direct Reverse 2. 0.2 mile north-northeast of The Graves lighted whistle buoy with The Graves and Boston Lighthouses in line with the buoy. Chart 246: Direct Reverse 3. Flip Rock buoy on starboard beam, bearing 16° true dis- tant 0.2 mile. Chart 240: Direct Reverse 4. At entrance to Lynn dredged channel. If bound: to Lynn see Table No. 15. Nautical miles 5.0 5.0 3. 1 3. 1 1.7 1.7 Table 14A.—ENTRANCE BROAD SOUND NORTH CHANNEL TO ENTRANCE LYNN CHANNEL CHARTS 1207, 240 1. Finns Ledge lighted bell buoy bearing 270° true, distant 0.2 mile: Direct Reverse 2. Flip Rock buoy on starboard beam, bearing 16° true, dis- tant 0.2 mile. Change to Chart 240; Direct Reverse 3. At entrance to Lynn dredged channel. Navtkat milesL8 1.8 1. 5 1.5 (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 299 Table 15.—ENTRANCE TO LYNN CHANNEL TO LYNN CHART 240 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Dis- tance 1. In entrance of dredged channel about 70 yards westward of lighted bell buoy: Direct -- - _. Degrees 2 182 31 211 23 203 Mid- chan- nel Mid- chan- nel 343 163 Nautical miles 0. 35 Reverse . . 0.35 2. Off White Rocks Light, midway between it and the buoy on east side of channel: Direct -_ _-_ 0. 5 Reverse _ 0. 5 3. Black Rocks Light abeam distant 50 yards: Direct -_ _ _-_. _ ._- 0. 6 Reverse.. _ . _. 0. 6 4. Sand Point Light abeam distant 50 yards: Direct _ _ 0.4 Reverse _ _ _ - 0. 4 5. Black Marsh Channel Light abeam distant 50 yards: 0. 4 Reverse.. .,-_ _ -- - -- 0.4 6. In Basin. Table 16.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO BEVERLY HARBOR CHARTS 1207, 2-10 1. 0.5 Mile east of Boston Lightship: Direct - _ - Degrees 2 182 324 144 302 122 276 96 243 63 Nautical miles 10. Reverse.. .. ....... 10. 2. Newcomb Ledge lighted whistle buoy bearing 272° true distant 200 yards. Chart 240: Direct 1. 7 Reverse _ _ _ .. 1. 7 3. Black buoy about 1.1 miles 112° true from Bakers Island light bearing 234° true, distant 200 yards: Direct- - _ . _ _ . - _ 1. 1 Reverse _ _ 1. 1 4. Bakers Island Light abeam, bearing 212° true distant 0.3 mile. Swing onto Hospital Point Lighted range head- ing through main ship channel: Direct _. -___._-- 2.4 Reverse _ _ . _ _ _. _. 2.4 5. Black Rock and Mingo Beach pier bearing 6° true: Direct- ___ . _ . 0.8 Reverse . 0.8 6. 100 Yards south of red buoy located about 0.4 mile south- ward of Hospital Point Light., For directions for Beverly Harbor see page 273. 300 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (CHART 1207) Table 17.—BOSTON LIGHTSHIP TO VARIOUS FISHING BANKS AND POINTS IN NOVA SCOTIA CHARTS 70, 1000, 1106, 1107 Position Reverse directions in italics—read upward True course Dis- tance 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile: Direct Degrees 76 256 Nautical miles 242 Reverse^ . 242 2. Brazil Rock lighted whistle buoy (Nova Scotia). Charts 70 or 1000. 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile. Course passes 2^2 miles north of Ammen Rock whistle buoy: Direct 67 247 220 Reverse 220 2. Entrance Yarmouth Harbor (Nova Scotia) Charts 70, 1000 or 1106. 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile: Direct _. 45 225 69 Revtrse __ 69 2. Platts Bank. Charts 70, 1000 or 1106. 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile: Direct. _ 68 248 88 Reverse 88 2. Cashes Ledge, Ammen Rock whistle buoy (latitude 42°53', longitude 68°54'). Charts 70, 1000 or 1106. 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile: Direct- __ _. _. 68 248 70 Reverse 70 2. Fippennies Ledge. Charts 70, 1000 or 1106. 1. Boston Lightship, bearing west, distant 1 mile: Direct 105 285 137 Reverse ._ . _ 137 2. Georges Shoal (north end of 5-fathom curve). Charts 70, 1000 01 1107. DORCHESTER BAY (CHABT 246) This bay extends southwestward from President Roads between Spectacle and Thompson Islands on the east and South Boston on 5 the west. The bay is filled by extensive flats, large areas of which are nearly bare at low water and rise abruptly from the edge of the channel Old Harbor, on the south side of South Boston, is filled by flats with little water over them. An anchorage basin for yachts has been 10 dredged on the north side of the harbor ; the eastern part has a depth (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 301 of 9 feet and the western part 6 feet. There is a Marine Park pier on the north side at the entrance. There is a channel with a least depth of about 6" feet at mean low water leading to the yacht clubs and the public float. The most commonly used yacht anchorage is the Castle Island anchorage south and east of City Point, clear of the cable area. 5 Southward of Old Harbor a channel 18 feet deep has been dredged up to Commercial Point. Subsequent shoaling has reduced this depth to about 15 feet just north of Commercial Point. The principal traf- fic is in coal and building material, which is brought by barges and other vessels that are towed to Commercial Point, Neponset, and Mil- 10 ton Mills. Vessels can select anchorage in the Castle Island anchorage northwestward of Thompson Island. Korthward of Commercial Point and south of Fox Point there is an anchorage basin used by yachts. A channel has been dredged 12 feet deep from the 18-foot channel 15 northward of Squantum Point* to a Naval Reservation situated eastward of the point. Commercial Point is on the west side at the entrance of Neponset River and can be recognized by a large gas tank and a tall stack. A 12-foot channel has been dredged to the basin northwestward of Com- 20 mercial Point. The entrance to the basin is crossed by a drawbridge. (See p. 289 for details.) There is a yacht club and two yacht repair yards in this inner harbor where small craft up to about 50 feet in length can be hauled out. Storm warnings are displayed during summer from a yacht club on Fox Point. 25 Neponset River.—A buoyed channel, dredged to 15 feet leads from Commercial Point to the railroad bridge. Above this point, a 6-foot channel has been dredged to the head of navigation at Milton Mills. Bridges.—Three drawbridges cross Neponset River. The signal is two long blasts followed by two short blasts. A list of these bridges 30 will be found on page 289. For bridge regulations, see page 290. Repairs.—There are a number of yacht yards on the river where yachts may be constructed or repaired. The largest of the several marine railways can handle vessels up to 350 tons, with a length of 145 feet and draft of IT feet. 35 There are also a number of yacht clubs. Pilots are generally taken by strangers with deep draft. Pilotage is not compulsory. Directions.—For directions from President Roads to Commercial Point, see page 296. 40 QUINCY BAY (CHART 24 6) Quincy Bay indents the southerly shore of Boston Harbor between the peninsulas of Squantum and Houghs Neck. The general depths 45 in the bay are 8 to 10 feet, but shoals partly bare at low water extend 0.5 to 0.7 mile from its southerly side. Hangman Islet, small and rocky, lies near the middle of the entrance to the bay ; the reef, extend- ing 0.2 mile southwestward from the islet, is marked near its end by a black spindle. A ledge with 5 feet over it lies 0.4 mile northward of 50 Hangman Islet, with foul ground between. Sunken Ledge, dry at •Lat. 42'18'.l, Long. 71''02'.3 : Charts 246, 1207. 302 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart 1207) low water, lies 0.6 mile northeastward of Hangman Islet and is marked by a stone beacon near its northern end and a light on its southeast edge. A buoy marks the channel west of Sunken Ledge. Squantum, on the west side of the bay, is marked by a lighted radio 5 mast and an elevated tank. Wollaston Channel, near the westerly end of the bay, has about 8 feet in the outer portion and about 4 feet near the inner end. It is marked by two sets of buoys. There are two yacht clubs at the head of this channel 10 Two lighted radio towers in the southern part of Atlantic are visible from the bay. Eastward of Squantum and connected with it by a causeway lies Moon Head, which is recognized by the grassy hill and bluff on its easterly end. The entrance to Quincy Bay from westward is between 15 Moon Head and Long Island, and is good for a depth of 8 to 12 feet at low water. From here, the West Way leads in a northerly direction between Spectacle Island and Thompson Island to the Main Ship Channel, and the Sculpin Ledge Channel in a northeasterly direction along the northwesterly shore of Long Island into President Roads. 20 Houghs Neck is marked at its northeasterly end by a hill 100 feet high, called Quincy Great Hill, which is mostly settled; an elevated tank on the hill is very prominent. Nut Islet, marked by a power station and stack, lies 300 yards northward of Quincy Great Hill, with a causeway between. There is a channel into Hingham Bay between 25 Nut Islet and Peddocks Island. The Quincy Yacht Club is located on the eastern side of Houghs Neck. The club during the summer season maintains range lights leading through the channel to the club wharf. 30 HINGHAM BAY (CHART 246) Hingham Bay is that part of Boston Harbor lying southeastward .of Peddocks Island. It is the approach to Weymouth Fore River, 35 Weymouth Back River, Hingham Harbor, and Weir River, The easterly part of the bay is shoal, and extensive shoals make out from the southerly shore and surround the islands in the bay. The easterly entrance is through Nantasket Gut, but there is also an entrance southward of Peddocks Island that is frequently used by vessels 40 bound into Weymouth Fore or Back Rivers. Pig Rock.—A pile of rocks visible at all stages of the tide and formely used as a foundation for the light, is located on the shoal area known as Pig Rock about 220 yards 233° true from the present position of the light. 45 Nantasket Gut is a narrow channel between Peddocks Island and Windmill Point and leads into the bay from Nantasket Roads. The tidal currents have considerable velocity but generally follow the direction of the channel ; the flood sets southward and the ebb north- ward. There is an unmarked 15-foot spot near mid-channel. 50 Windmill Point, on the east side of Nantasket Gut, is marked on its southerly side by a fixed light and a fog bell. Prominent on Wind- mill Point is a large hotel with a steamer landing (Pemberton) south- ward of it. Eastward on the slopes of the hill are the town of Hull (CHART 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 303 and the Hull Yacht Club houses. Nantasket Hill is marked by a stone tower and a skeleton tower from which storm warnings are displayed by day. Hull is connected with Boston by steamer during the summer season. A dredged channel 11 feet deep leads to a wharf on Hog Island, 5 eastward of Hull. The channel starts just southward of Inner Seal Rock buoy No. 1 and has a general direction of 64° true. Weymouth Fore River has its entrance on the southwest side of Hingham Bay between Houghs Neck and Grape Island and is the approach by water to Quincy Point, Weymouth, East Braintree, lo and a number of landings. A large shipyard, an electric power plant, and several other industries are located on this river. The river has been improved by dredging a channel 27 feet deep at M. L. W. from Hingham Bay to the bridge at Quincy Point. This depth was attained in 1940 but a subsequent survey shows some shoal- 15 ing. Above the bridge the industries, including an extensive oil terminal, are served by a channel dredged by local interests. In 1939 oil tankers drawing up to 28 feet were reported to have used this channel. Oil and coal constitute the principal traffic. According to the latest available information the depth above the bridge is about 20 27 feet and some of the docks have 32 feet alongside. Above the oil plant a channel dredged to 6 feet leads to Weymouth which is the head of navigation. In entering the river the large twin stacks of the Edison Power Plant on the east side of the river just above the bridge are promi- 25 nent. The two tall radio towers, near Quincy Point, are also promi- nent. A red neon sign is lighted at night on the City Service Co. stack. Bridges.—Two drawbridges cross Weymouth Fore River; one at Quincy and one at Weymouth (East Braintree). For details, see 30 page 289. The bridge signal is two long blasts followed by two short blasts. Town River Bay, on the northwesterly side of Weymouth Fore River northward of Quincy Point, has several wharves, including several plants for the repair and storage of yachts. There is a ship 35 and yacht yard with a marine railway suitable for commercial ves- sels of tonnage up to 1,000. The project calls for a channel 24 feet deep from deep water in Weymouth Fore River to a point opposite the upstream end of the Quincy Oil Company terminal, with a turning basin 18 feet deep, 40 400 feet wide, and about 1,000 feet long at the inner end ; and a chan- nel 15 feet deep, thence to a point just below the plant of the Quincy Electric Light and Power Company. In December 1940 there was a 24-foot channel from the Weymouth Fore River to about 600 yards west of Hole Point and a"l5-foot 45 channel for 500 yards beyond. There is an 18-foot anchorage basin west of Hole Point. It is expected that work will continue on the project until the project dimensions are obtained. Weymouth Back River lies just eastward of Weymouth Fore River and southward of Grape Island. The channel from Weymouth 50 Fore River to the wharf of the fertilizer works on Eastern Neck, a distance of 1.3 miles, is buoyed, and has a depth of 12 feet. A depth of 12 feet has been obtained by dredging for 0.9 mile above the fer- 304 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (Chart 1207) tilizer works to the wharf just above Hingham Bridge. The channel is buoyed, but strangers desiring to enter the river in vessels should take a pilot or towboat. There is good anchorage at the entrance, 0.2 to 0.3 mile westward of Grape Island. Hingham Bridge details 5 will be found on page 289. Weymouth Back Kiver above the bridge is closed to navigation except on permit. Hingham Harbor and Weir River are shallow and lie in the south- easterly end of Hingham Bay. Their common entrance lies close west- 10 ward of Bumkin Island. The channel, 250 yards wide, with a depth of over 3 fathoms, leads for 0.5 mile in a southeasterly direction from the westerly end of Bumkin Island and then divides. The branch leading eastward takes the name Weir River. The channel leading to Hingham Harbor trends southward, is narrow, and has a depth of 15 18 feet up to Crow Point,* the entrance of the harbor. The Hing- ham Yacht Club has a clubhouse, dock, and floats at Crow Point. Hingham Harbor is a cove 1 mile long, with an average width of about 0.6 mile. At low water it is a dry flat, through which a narrow and tortuous channel winds to the town of Hingham. The upper 20 end has been dredged to a depth of 8 feet. There is a lumber wharf and a float landing where gasoline and water are available at Hing- ham. The channel is sometimes marked by bush stakes in summer. Weir River leads to the wharf at Nantasket Beach. It is filled by extensive flats, mostly bare at low water, between which is a chan- 25 nel with a controlling depth of 14 feet. The channel is used by steamers running from Boston to Nantasket Beach. A channel 14 feet deep has been dredged by private interests through an extensive shoal in the river, cutting off a sharp bend in the original channel. Nantasket Beach has a large steamer wharf with 16 to 18 feet along- 30 side at M. L. W. and a public float landing for small craft north of it. Passenger ferries run to Boston during the summer season. Eastward of Hingham Bay and the Weir River is a long, narrow peninsula extending northward from the mainland for 3 miles to Point Allerton. This is occupied by the town of Nantasket Beach. There 35 are three grassv hills on this beach, the most prominent of which is Strawberry Hill (about 1 mile southward of Point Allerton), which is marked by a prominent standpipe and tank at its summit. Two hills southward of this are called White Head, with a low brick stack near it, and Sagamore Head. 40 Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 91/2 feet. Directions.—For directions for entering Hingham Bay see tabu- lations on page 298. COHASSET HARBOR (CHABT 242) 45 From Nantasket Beach the coast, presenting a general hilly appear- ance, trends 3 miles east-southeastward to Cohasset Harbor. Rocks and sunken ledges extend 0.5 mile from shore in places. Cohasset Harbor is a large, shallow cove lying southwestward of 60 Minots Ledge Lighthouse and 5 miles southeastward of Point AUer- *Lat. 42''15'.7, Long. lO'SS'.G : Chart 246. (CHABT 1207) GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH 305 ton. It is of little commercial importance but is the resort of nu- merous yachts and fishing craft. Anchorage in 6 to 10 feet can be had in the so-called outer harbor. A channel, 60 to 90 feet wide and 6 feet deep, has been dredged to the inner harbor, but in 1940 it was reported to have shoaled until the controlling depth was about 5 3 feet. It is marked by buoys and lights. The inner harbor is sheltered by a breakwater which extends about 250 yards northward from near the westerly end of Bassing Beach at the entrance. The breakwater is partly covered at high water but the outer end is about 5 feet above high water. An anchorage basin, 6 feet deep, has been lo dredged in the inner harbor. The fish wharves at the extreme head of the harbor are nearly bare at low water; gasoline and provi- sions are obtainable. There are two boat yards, with a railway suitable for hauling out small craft up to a length of 72 feet and a draft of 7 feet. There is a small machine shop available. The 15 Yacht Club has a pier and float, with about 8 feet of water alongside. Fresh water is available on the float. The town float has about 4 feet alongside at low tide, and is located near an oil wharf. In a normal winter the inner harbor is usually closed by ice for about one month. 20 Numerous rocks and ledges lie in Cohasset Harbor ^and extend off to Minots Ledge Lighthouse. The most prominent inside the light- house are East and West Shag Rocks, which show at high water. There are three channels to the entrance of Cohasset Harbor Western or Brush Island Channel, entering between Brush Island 25 Ledge and Chittenden Rock; Gangway Passage, leading between West Hogshead Rock and The Grampuses; and Eastern Channel, which leads between Enos Ledge and West Willies. All of the channels are marked by buoys, but the dangers are numerous; the least depth crossed in entering is about 5 feet. Gangway Passage is 30 the widest and best entrance for strangers. Strangers, even in small craft, should enter only in clear weather and with a smooth sea. The best time is on a rising tide. The dredged channel leading into the harbor is between flats that bare at low water. Minots Ledge Lighthouse,* on Outer Minot, is a dark gray conical 35 granite tower. The light is 85 feet above the water and visible 15 miles. The fog signal is a bell. The light is on the outer of the dangers visible at low water, but submerged rocks and very broken ground, on which the sea breaks in heavy weather and which should be avoided by vessels, extend over 40 1 mile northeastward and 2.5 miles eastward of the lighthouse. The outer limit of the broken ground is marked by a lighted whistle buoy lying 2.4 miles eastward of the lighthouse. SCITUATE HARBOR 45 (CHART 232) Scituate Harbor is a cove largely bare at low water, except where dredged, which is partially protected by breakwaters which have been built out from the points at the entrance. In June 1939 there was a 50 depth of 12 feet in the entrance channel to a point abreast of the south *Lat. 42''16'.2, Long. 70°45'.6 : Charts 242, 1207, 1000, 1106, 1107, 70. 306 GLOUCESTER TO PLYMOUTH (chart i207> jetty. The harbor channel and the adjoining anchorage basin were 10 feet deep. The channel to the town wharf and for some distance beyond it as far as the Scituate Boat Yard was 6 feet deep. The yacht anchorage basin, located northward of the town wharf, was 6 feet deep. 5 All of the above depths were at mean low water. Spring tides some- times fall 2.4 feet below this datum. At the town pier and at the adjoining wharf there are floats with 6 feet of water alongside, at which gasoline, water, and supplies may be taken. A yacht club maintains a pier and float, with 6 feet alongside jQ at mean low water, with gasoline and water on the float. A boat yard has a marine railway that can haul small craft up to 75 feet long and 8 feet draft. The Scituate Coast Guard Station is located on the point at the southern side of the harbor entrance. The most unfavorable weather is usually from the northeast. The 15 harbor is free of ice most of the winters. Cedar Point, on the north side of Scituate Harbor, is marked by an unused white lighthouse tower. The breakwater has been recently extended about 300 feet eastward from the southeast extremity on Cedar Point and a light is shown from 2Q a skeleton tower on the end of it. On the high land, about 2 miles 267° true from the entrance of Scitu- ate Harbor, is a prominent high tower with pointed top, which can be seen for many miles seaward. About 1 mile northwestward of the en- trance to Scituate Harbor there is a tall yellow chimney that is very 25 conspicuous in approaching. Just southward of the entrance to Scituate Harbor is a high yellow bluif, Ivnown as First Cliff. A similar formation, known as Second Clilf, lies about 0.5 mile south of the entrance. 30 NEW INLET (CHART 1207) 35 New Inlet, on the north side of Fourth Cliff and 2 miles southward of Scituate, is the approach to North River and South River. A radio direction finder station is located on Fourth Cliff. The inlet had a depth of 5 to 6 feet at low water on the bar in 1940, and is marked by a bell buoy off the entrance and by several channel buoys, but is subject to change and is never entered except by boats Avith local knowledge. Sand and gravel are shipped from a plant located on 4Q Herring River, a tributary to North River from the north. A channel 5 to 6 feet deep has been dredged to the wharf at the plant. North River formerly emptied into the sea near Rexhame, but in the great storm of 1898 it broke through the beach and formed its present outlet. The river has been partly cleared of boulders to ^5 Hanover about 10 miles above the entrance. The depth to this point is about 3 feet at low water and 9 feet at high water. The river is little used. The bridges crossing it have draws, but they are seldom opened. South River, emptying through New Inlet from southward, is used 5Q by fishermen and yachtsmen. Humarock.—Local knowledge is necessary for navigation to this town. There is a float, with gasoline and some supplies available. A boat yard builds and repairs small craft. Chapter 14.—CAPE COD BAY (CHART 120S) Deep draft vessels entering Cape Cod Bay from the northward 5 should pass eastward of the lighted whistle buoy lying about 5 miles northeastward of Brant Rock and which lies well east of the extremity of the broken bottom which extends offshore over 4 miles in this direc- tion. Although this broken ground has been examined by means of the wire drag, the depths are such as to render the above precaution jq advisable. Ice in Cape Cod Bay.—Plymouth, Barnstable, Wellfleet, and other shallow harbors of Cape Cod Bay are usually closed to navigation a part of every winter. Instances are on record of this ice, and the ice forming in the shallower parts of Cape Cod Bay in severe winters, 15 being driven by the winds out into the bay, where it masses into heavj^ fields or windrows, sometimes as much as 10 feet or more thick, making the navigation of parts of the bay unsafe or impracticable at times. The prevailing northerly winds drive it down to the south- ern end of the bay, but occasionally, at intervals of years, it has been 20 known to obstruct Provincetown Harbor for a few clays. The move- ments of the ice are dependent largely on the winds, the tidal cur- rents-apparently having little or no effect on it. PLYMOUTH, KINGSTON, AND DUXBURY HARBORS 25 (CHART 245) About 6 miles northward of the entrance to Plymouth Bay is the village of Brant Rock, near which is located a high, gray, water tank, and an old tower which are very prominent along this section of the 30 coast. Brant Rock Coast Guard Station is located here. For about 1 mile south of Brant Rock, to the entrance of Green Harbor, foul ground extends offshore for nearly 1.5 miles to the eastward, to Farnham Rock, which has a lighted bell buoy with a marker buoy located just eastward of it. 35 Green Harbor River has its entrance on the south side of Green Harbor Point. Two small jetties, covered at high water, have been built at the entrance, but the channel is almost bare at low water. The river is used by small fishing boats only, which can usually enter or leave about 2 hours after low water. It should not be attempted 40 by strangers. Green Harbor is a small village on the west side of the river. Just southwest of the village, and 5 miles northward of the entrance to Plymouth Bay, there are three high steel radio towers that are promi- nent for many miles. 45 High Pine Ledge, bare at lowest tides, is marked on its easterly side by a red buoy which lies about 0.8 mile from shore and 2 miles 307 308 CAPE COD BAY (CHART 1208) northward of Plymouth (Gurnet) Lighthouse. The ledge extends from the buoy nearly to the shore, and vessels should not attempt to pass westward of the buoy. Plymouth (Gurnet) Lighthouse* is a white octagonal pyramidal 5 tower on Gurnet Point at the north side of the entrance to Plymouth Bay and Harbor. The light is 102 feet above the water and visible 16 miles. The fog signal is a reed horn. About 3 miles south of Gurnet Point is Rocky Point : Between the two, and extending about 2 miles westward to Plymouth Beach, is 10 Plymouth Bay. The southern part of the bay, known as Warren Cove, is sometimes used as a temporary anchorage in southerly weather. The central part of the bay is occupied by Browns Bank. North- ward of Browns Bank, and between it and Saquish Neck and Head, 15 is the entrance channel to Plymouth Harbor and Duxbury Bay. The controlling depth through the entrance channel, from off Gurnet Point to the intersection of the three channels at the south end of the Cowyard, is about 20 feet at mean low water. There is a 16-foot spot in mid-channel, about 0.8 mile westward of Gurnet Point Light, which 20 can be avoided. The channel is well marked and easily navigated in clear weather. The channels into the tributaries are described under their headings. Anchorage.—Large vessels waiting for the tide or weather may anchor on the north side of the entrance channel southeast of Saquish 25 Head and northeastward of the buoy marking the extremity of the shoal, making southward from that head ; or they may proceed to the intersection of the bay channels and anchor where the swinging room is greatest, which is about 500 yards west-northwestward of Duxbury Pier Light. 30 Duxbury Pier Lighthouse, marking the north side of the channel and the south end of the shoal between the main channel and the Cow- yard, is a brown conical tower and has a fog bell. Duxbury Bay, between Duxbury Beach on the east, Saquish Neck on the southeast, and the mainland on the west, is about 3 miles long, 35 with an average width of 2 miles. It is full of flats, mostly bare at low water, through which several narrow crooked channels lead. Shoals, with little water in places, rise abrutly on both sides of these channels, and at low water the edges of the shoals show by discolored water. 40 From the locality westward of Duxbury Pier Light, where the dif- ferent bay channels come together, a channel about 200 yards wide, with depths from 20 to 40 feet, extends northward up Duxbury Bay, until west of Clark Island. This channel is known as the Cowyard and affords good anchorage for small craft. Westward of Clark 45 Island this channel splits. The eastern branch continues up to eastern side of Duxbury Bay and is difficult to follow. It is not much used, but a controlling depth of about 7 feet can be carried to the bridge at the mouth of the Back River. A somewhat less depth can be carried for about 0.5 mile above the bridge, above which point the channel 50 is practically bare at low water. This branch of the channel is un- . marked. The bridge is fixed. *Lat. 42°00'.2, Long. 70°36'.l : Charts 245, 120S, 1106, 1107, 70. (CHART 1208) CAPE COD BAY 309 The western branch of the channel, from the locality of Clark Island, has a natural channel with plenty of water for about 1.5 miles north- ward of the fork in the channel. It is buoyed by the Federal Govern- ment to this point and easily followed. Above this point it trends westward and then northward to the village of Duxbury. This section 5 of the channel is reported to have been dredged for the northern half mile of its length, in 1940, to give a controlling depth of 8 feet to the anchorage basin off Duxbury. That section of the channel above the point where buoys are maintained by the Federal Government is marked by local authorities. At Duxbury there is a yacht club and 10 a small boat yard, with a marine railway capable of hauling out small craft up to 56 feet long, with a draft of 6.5 feet. There are numerous moorings in the anchorage basin. There are several wharves and float landings. Gasoline and some supplies are available. 15 Kingston Bay, contained between the mainland and the western point of Duxbury Bay, has a diameter of about 1.5 miles, but is so full of flats as to render it unfit for navigation except with a pilot and at high water. The village of Kingston is built nearly 1 mile back from its western shore on a small stream called Jones River. The bay 20 is of little importance as a harbor or port. Several channels lead be- tween the flats of this bay, but they are narrow and crooked. The northernmost and deepest is Miles or South Channel, and by it about 6 feet at low water can be taken to within 0.7 mile of the mouth of Jones River and 3 feet to the mouth. The river is bare at low water. 25 From the southerly end of the Cowyard westward of Duxbury Pier Lighthouse a channel has been dredged to the Plymouth Cordage Co/s wharf, 1.7 miles northwestward of Plymouth, with a turning basin at the wharf. The channel has been dredged 250 feet wide and 20 feet deep through the bar at the entrance from the Cowyard, 30 and is marked by buoys. The upper part of the channel for a dis- tance of 0.6 mile below the wharf has been dredged 150 feet wide and 18 feet deep; according to the latest available information (1939) the channel had shoaled in both of these places where dredging has been done until the controlling depth was 13 feet at each place; the 35 curve in this part of the channel is marked on its southerly side by black buoys maintained privately. There is 16 feet alongside the wharf at mean low water. The small dredged channel leading for about 100 yards in a southeasterly direction from the turning basin was dredged to 8 feet in 1940. 40 Plymouth Harbor is about 1 mile wide at its northern end, gradually narrowing to its southern end. The larger part of the harbor is dry at low water. Plymouth is a city on the southwest side of Plymouth Harbor. The principal channel leading to Plymouth is marked by buoys and in 45 1940 had a controlling depth of 15 feet. From the State pier a channel has been dredged to the coal wharf about 500 yards north- westward. There is some water-borne commerce at Plymouth, the principal item being shipments to and from the Plymouth Cordage Company and coal received. The maximum draft that is taken to 50 Plymouth is about 19 feet. There are a yacht club, several wharves and floats at which gaso- line, water, and supplies can be taken. 540825°—43 21 310 CAPE COD BAY (chaet 1208) Repairs.—There are a number of boat yards with marine railways at which small craft up to about 50 feet long and 6 feet draft can be built, stored, or repaired. Pilotage.—It is compulsory for foreign vessels only. Pilot can be 5 obtained by signaling the Coast Guard Station at Gurnet Point and waiting off that point until boarded. Prominent objects.—Captains Hill, on the peninsula between Duxbury and Kingston Bays, is about 200 feet high and on its top is Standish Monument, which shows prominently from all directions 10 when approaching the harbor. Manomet Hill,* about 5 miles south- ward of Gurnet Point, is over 390 feet high, heavily wooded, and is a conspicuous landmark in approaching the entrance. A tank at the prison farm 1 mile southeast of Plymouth is very prominent. The buildings and the brick chimney of the Plymouth Cordage Co. at 16 North Plymouth, and the buildings at Plymouth are prominent from eastward and northeastward. Anchorage.—The best anchorage is in the Cowyard, but small lights draft vessels often find good anchorage under the lee of Long Beach, in 3 to 4 fathoms. Yachts and small craft anchor in the anchorage 20 basins off the wharves at Plymouth. Supplies.—Diesel oil, coal, water, some ship chandlery, and gasoline can be obtained at Plymouth. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 9 feet at the entrance and about 9.5 feet at Plymouth. 25 The tidal currents have considerable velocity, the greatest velocity being between Gurnet Point and Duxbury Pier and at the entrance to the Cowj^ard. The set is generally in the direction of the channel; but the ebb sets southward and eastward across Browns Bank, while the flood sets northward and westward above Saquish Head, and 30 sweeps strongly around Duxbury Pier Lighthouse northward into the Cowyard. Ice.—Beginning about the middle of January, this harbor is usually closed to navigation for a few weeks of every winter by local ice; when there is ice in the harbor the Cowyard is not a safe anchorage. 35 In winter the safest anchorage from ice is in the channel southward or eastward of Saquish Head, and vessels sometimes go to sea on account of drift ice at this anchorage. Westerly winds have a tend- ency to carry the ice out in fields. DIRECTIONS. PLYMOUTH HARBOR 40 The western side of Cape Cod Bay out to a distance of 4.5 to 7 miles from the shore, from Boston Harbor to Cape Cod Canal en- trance, has been examined by means of a wire drag. The dangers within a distance of 0.5 to 1 mile of the shore were not generally cov- 45 ered with the drag. The channels in Plymouth Harbor and tribu- taries generally have soft bottom. The channel through the entrance is well marked and easily followed in clear weather. Above the Cowyard the channels are narrow and crooked, lead between flats bare or nearly so at low water, and local knowledge is necessary to 50 carry the best water. The best time for strangers to navigate the channels inside the harbor is at low water when the flats are visible. •Lat. 41'>55'.6, Long. 70°35'.5 : Charts 245, 1208, 1107. (CHART 1208) CAPE COD BAY 311 The following directions for approaching will lead to Gurnet Point bell buoy, which lies 0.7 mile southeastward of Gurnet Point Lighthouse. In approaching, Plymouth Lighthouse may be steered for on any course between 194° true through west to 312° true until within 1 mile from it. 5 From Boston (Charts 1207 and 1208).—Bring Boston Lightship astern on a 139° true course and continue course until about 14 miles from the lightship, when you will be about 0.5 mile eastward of the lighted whistle buoy located about 5 miles northeastward of Brant Rock. At this position change course to 188° true and continue this lo course for a little over 9 miles to a point just east of Gurnet Point Gong Buoy. From Cape Ann (Charts 1207 and 1208).—From a position 0.5 mile off the lighted whistle buoy, 2.5 miles east of Cape Ann, steer 184° true for nearly 24 miles to a position about 0.5 mile eastward of the 15 lighted whistle buoy located about 5 miles northeastward of Brant Rock. From this position steer 188° true, as in the preceding para- graph, to a position off Gurnet Point Gong Buoy. Cape Cod Canal to Gurnet Point (chart 1208).—After leaving the eastern end of the canal, round the bell buoy marking the entrance, 20 and steer 26° true for about 2.2 miles to clear a lighted bell buoy. From near this lighted bell buoy steer 348° true for about 6.5 miles, to a posi- tion 0.3 mile east of the lighted gong buoy oflp Manomet Point. At this position change course to 318° true, and continue course a little over 6 miles, to a position off Gurnet Point Bell Buoy. 25 Gurnet Bell Buoy to Cowyard (chart 245).—When off Gurnet Bell Buoy, bring Duxbury Pier Light on range with the tall chimney at the Plymouth Cordage Company's plant, on a bearing of 256° true. Make good this range, if not too great draft, to a point about 100 yards north of the lighted buoy on the south side of the channel off 30 the northeast of Browns Bank, This course leads through a known depth of about 19 feet. If better water is desired, pass slightly further south of the bell buoy and come on the range to the west- ward of the buoy south of Gurnet Point. Just westward of the lighted buoy are two dangers which must be avoided. 550 yards from 35 the buoy, on a line toward the next channel buoy on the south side of the channel, a 5-foot spot is reported. About 400 yards northward of this 5-foot spot is a 16-foot spot. If entering on an ebb tide, care must be taken to avoid being set to the southeast by the ebb current, which is reported strong at this point. To pass between these shoals, 40 continue to make the range good for 0.3 mile beyond the lighted buoy, and then change course to 237° true, heading to pass about 150 yards northward of the next channel buoy located on the south side of the channel. Continue this course for a little over 0.7 mile, until 150 yards northward of this buoy, and then change course to 265° true, heading 45 to pass about 200 to 300 yards south of Duxbury Pier Light. When this light is abeam, change course to about 298° true, and anchor 500 to 600 yards west-northwestward of the light. Cowyard to Plymouth (chart 245).—The best time to navigate this channel is at low water, when the flats are visible, or on a rising 50 tide. The channel is well buoyed and lighted ; the following courses are approximate ; the chart and the aids to navigation must be used. 20 25 312 CAPE COD BAY (chart 1208) From a position between the two buoys marking the entrance to the dredged channel leading to Plymouth, steer about 203° true for about 400 yards, until the next channel buoy is abeam. Then change course to about 186° true to pass about 50 yards east of the first channel light. 5 Continue this course for about 100 yards beyond this light and change course to 144° true. Continue this course for about 0.8 mile, changing it as necessary to pass midway between the next channel light and the buoy opposite it. Then steer about south true for a short distance until on the first range which bears 229° true. Make good this range IQ for nearly 0.5 mile, until you are on the next range, the bearing of which is 241° true. Make good this range for 500 yards, then change course to the westward and proceed to the wharf, having due regard for the buoys marking the limits of the dredged basin. jg COAST, PLYMOUTH TO BARNSTABLE HARBOR (CHART 1208) Between Kocky Point and Manomet Point, a distance of 2.5 miles, there are a number of outlying rocks which will be avoided by giving the shore a berth of 1 mile. The shore is backed by high wooded hills, the most conspicuous of which is Manomet Hill, 390 feet high. Mano- met Point is a bluff and is marked by a prominent hotel and the Coast Guard station. White Horse Beach is a post office and summer resort northwest of Manomet Point. Mary Ann Rocks, two rocks bare at half tide, lie 0.7 and 0.9 mile southeastward of the northerly end of Manomet Point, and are marked by a whistle buoy and a lighted bell buoy lying 0.8 and 1.4 miles, respectively, from the outer rock. 30 Stonehorse Rocks, bare at low water, lie southwestward of Mary Ann Rocks and are a part of a reef that extends 0.7 mile southeast- ward from Manomet Point. Stellwagen Rock, with 6 feet over it and unmarked, lies 1.7 miles southward of Manomet Point and 0.8 mile from shore. 35 From Manomet Point to Peaked Cliff, a distance of 7 miles, the shore is a line of high bluffs backed by woods. Just southward of Center Hill Point, shoals with little water in places extend 0.6 mile from shore. From Peaked Cliff the shore trends southeastward and is low. There are houses on the shore at Sagamore Beach, 2 miles 4(j northwestward of Cape Cod Canal. Ellisville Harbor is a small boat harbor about 0.4 mile northward from Lookout Point. The entrance is protected by a jetty on the northern side, but the entrance and basin are shoal and available for small craft only at half tide or better. 45 Cape Cod Canal is described on page 318. Sandwich Harbor, 1 mile southeastward of the jetties at the en- trance of Cape Cod Canal, is the approach to the village of Sandwich. The shore in front of the village is low marsh, faced by a sand beacli. The entrance is protected by small jetties. The channel to the town is bare at low water. The place is suitable for small launches only. From Sandwich Harbor Spring Hill Beach extends 2.3 miles south- eastward to Scorton Harbor; it is sand dunes backed by lowlands, cultivated and settled. 50 (CHART 1208) CAPE COD BAY 313 Scorton Harbor, -3.5 miles southeastward of the entrance of Cape Cod Canal, has a narrow entrance, bare at low water. It is some- times entered at half tide or higher by small local fishing boats. At high water boats can go to the highway bridge about 1 mile above the entrance. There are no wharves. Scorton Ledge, an unmarked 13- foot ledge, lies 0.7 mile north-northeastward of the entrance. BARNSTABLE HARBOR (CHAKT 339) 10 This harbor, 10 miles southeastward of Cape Cod Canal entrance, is the approach to the town of Barnstable and the village of Yar- mouthport. It is used by many local fishing boats and yachts. The entrance is obstructed by a shifting bar with about 5 feet over it at low water. The harbor is nearly filled by flats and shoals, which 15 also extend 2 miles off the entrance from the shore eastward of the lighthouse. The channel is partially m-arked by buoys but the bar channel is subject to changes and strangers should obtain local in- formation before entering. With northerly winds a heavy sea makes on the bar, and vessels bound to Barnstable should take shelter in 20 the eastern entrance to the canal or anchor in Plymouth or Province- town until the weather moderates. Ice generally obstructs the har- bor during a part of the winter. A channel, reported in 1940 to have a depth of 4 feet 'leads to a fish factory and wharf on Maraspin Creek. The channel is marked by 25 local fishermen. The dredged channel leading to Yarmouth has shoaled until in 1940 it had a controlling depth of about 1 foot near its entrance. Gasoline and some supplies can be obtained at Barnstable. Sandy Neck Lighthouse* is a skeleton tower 45 feet above high 30 water. The light is maintained from April 15 to October 15 of each year. A standpipe and a lighted radio tower at Barnstable, and a tall stack at the Yarmouth wharf and a tank and spire in Yarmouth are prominent. Nobscusset Point, 4.5 miles eastward from Sandy Neck Lighthouse, 35 has a small breakwater which provides a protected anchorage for small boats at high water. The area behind the small breakwater is nearly bare at low water. North Dennis is a village 3.5 miles eastward of Sandy Neck Light- house. Scargo Hill, southeastward of North Dennis, is 170 feet high, 40 and the highest in the vicinity. There is a prominent stone lookout tower on the hill. WELLFLEET HARBOR 45 (CHAET 581) Between Barnstable and Wellfleet there are a number of creeks that are used at high water by local boats and launches, but all of them are dry at low water. The 3-fathom curve is from 0.2 to 0.3 mile from shore between North Dennis and Sesuit Harbor, but eastward of the latter it is 0.5 to 1.5 miles from shore. 50 Sesuit Harbor, about 5 miles eastward of the entrance to Barnstable Harbor, has a jetty on its east side; the entrance is bare before low •Lat. 41»43'.4, Long. 70n6'.9 : Charts 339, 1208, 1107, 70. 314 CAPE COD BAY (chart 1208) water. The channel is narrow and the entrance should not be at- tempted except with local knowledge. East Dennis is a village 0.5 mile inland. Rock Harbor.—The entrance channel had about 1 foot depth in 5 1940 and was marked along the south side by bush stakes. A basin has been dredged in the creek, and there is a wharf about 250 feet long on the south bank of the creek. Boats usually pass in and out within 2 hours of high water. Gasoline is available. A light on the south side of the entrance is maintained locally. 10 Wellfleet Harbor.—This harbor is on the western side of the hook of Cape Cod, near its southern end. Extensive shoals lie in the en- trance and extend about 5.5 miles westward of Billingsgate Island, which marks the western side of the entrance to the harbor; Mayo Beach is at the head of the harbor. The channel into the harbor leads 15 between the shoals and is narrow in places, but it is marked by buoys, so as to be easily followed in the daytime in clear weather; it has a least depth of 13 feet until above Smalley Bar. The former 6-foot channel leading to the fish wharf (in ruins) had shoaled in 1940 until it was nearly bare at low water. It is 20 marked by private bush stakes. Wellfleet is a town on the railroad and highway at the head of Wellfleet Harbor. It is frequented only by small fishing and pleas- ure craft. The harbor is usually closed by ice for a part of each winter. 25 Anchorages.—The best anchorage is in the inner harbor, where the depth ranges from 9 to 13 feet. The anchorage in the outer harbor is somewhat exposed in westerly winds; the depth ranges from 12 to 21 feet northeast of Smalley Bar. In northerly gales vessels some- times anchor on the lee side of Billingsgate Shoal in 3 to 7 fathoms, 30 the shoal breaking the sea so that vessels with good ground tackle can ride out a hoavy gale from northward. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of tides is about 10 feet. The tidal currents are weak. Directions, Wellfleet Harbor.—The directions are good for vessels 35 of 8 foot draft, in daylight with clear weather, and lead to an anchor- age in 14 to 21 feet just northward of Smalley Bar buoy. Pass 0.3 mile southward of the black buoys at the end of Billingsgate Shoal and steer 79° true for 4.5 miles, until the center of Billingsgate Island bears 8° true. Then steer 44° true for 1,6 miles, to a position 40 100 yards southeastward of a black buoy. Then steer 2° true for 0.85 mile, and then 312° true for 0.5 mile, passing close to lighted bell buoy. Follow channel buoys to a position close westward of the second red buoy. Then steer 36° true for 1.5 miles, to a black buoy marking Smalley Bar. Vessels can then steer about 340° true and anchor above 45 the buoy, or small craft can follow the chart to Wellfleet, preferably on a rising tide. The dredged channel is marked by private bush stakes, and the flats on each side are visible at low water. 50 PROVINCETOWN HARBOR (CHART 580) This harbor is formed by a turn in the northern end of the Hook of Cape Cod, and has a diameter of about 2 miles. It is one of the (CHART 1208) CAPE COD BAY 315 10 15 best harbors on the Atlantic coast, being of sufficient capacity for large fleets and having anchorage in 3 to 10 fathoms, with excellent holding ground. Coasters and fishermen seek shelter here from gales from any direction. The approach and entrance are free from danger and are marked by three lighthouses—Kace Point Lighthouse, on the northwestern point of Cape Cod; Wood End Lighthouse, on the southern end of the Hook, where it turns eastward; and Long Point Light- house*, on the western point at the entrance to the harbor. At night Cape Cod Lighthouse will show over the land westward of it when approaching the entrance on certain bearings. Cape Cod Lighthouse is a white tower. The light is 183 feet above the water and visible 20 miles. The fog signal is an air oscillator. If the oscillator is disabled tlie reed horn will be sounded. Just north- ward of the lighthouse is a reporting station with which vessels may communicate with Boston by using the International Code Signals. A stone tower on the summit of the ridge, about 0.5 mile south of the light, is a prominent landmark. There is a radio direction finder etation at the lighthouse. See North Truro in Light List. Long Point Lighthouse, at the eastern end of the sand spit forming the western entrance point to Provincetown Harbor, is a white square tower. The light is 36 feet above the water and is visible 11 miles. The fog signal is a bell. Wood End Lighthouse, on the south side of the sand spit form- ing the southwest side of Provincetown Harbor, is a white pyramidal tower 45 feet high. The fog signal is a bell. There is a Coast Guard station near the light. Race Point Lighthouse, at the extreme western end of Cape Cod, is a white tower. The light is 41 feet about the water, and visible 12 miles. The fog signal is an air whistle. Race Point Coast Guard Station is located about 1.5 miles east- ward of the light. Prominent objects.—In making the northern part of Cape Cod in clear weather, the most prominent feature is Pilgrim Monument, a stone structure about 350 feet above the sea; a tall standpipe and several high church spires in Provincetown will also be seen. It is frequently difficult to recognize natural landmarks on Cape Cod when approaching from seaward, owing to a lack of distinctive features. Naval Trial Courses.—There are two of these. One is located be- tween Race Point and Wood End Lighthouses, ofl' Shank Painter Bar. It is 1 nautical mile long and is marked by range beacons (skeleton towers with mast) on shore, and by white buoys, which lie 0.6 to 1 miles offshore. The course is 311° 16' true. The other trial course is located between Wood End and Long Point Lighthouses and is known as the Submarine Trial Course. The course is 1 nautical mile in length and is marked at each end and at the half-mile point by shore ranges. Each end of the course is marked by a white buoy. The course is 225° 57' true. Caution : Vessels navigating in the locality of these courses should keep a good lookout for submarines. Information is given in Notices *Lat. 42"'02'.0, Long. 70°10'.2 : Charts 580, 1207. 1208, 1106, 1107, 70. 25 30 35 40 45 50 316 CAPE COD BAY (CHABT 1208) to Mariners as to the times when submarines hold trials, and at such times vessels should avoid as far as possible navigating across or along the measured mile courses. Pamet River, 4.5 miles southeastward of Long Point Lighthouse, 5 leads to the village of Truro and is used only by boats and launches ; it is bare 2 hours before low water. A shoal extends 1 mile off the entrance. Two small jetties have been constructed at the entrance. Provincetown is the home port of many vessels engaged in fishing. The two wharves, one of which is maintained by the town, have about 10 13 feet at their ends at mean low water. A dockage charge is usually made for small craft. There are float landings with about 7 feet alongside, at which fresh water is available. General supplies and limited ship chandlery may be obtained ashore. There are oil boats in the harbor, at which gasoline, diesel oil, 15 and fresh water may be obtained. There are a marine railway and machine shop suitable for hauling small craft of a length up to about 40 feet and with a draft of 8 feet. Storm-warning displays are made at Provincetown from a skeleton tower on the hill near the Pilgrim Monument, and are visible from 20 all directions in approaching the coast. They arc also shown at Race Point and Cape Cod Lighthouses. Communication.—Provincetown is on a railroad, and there is a good highway to Plymouth and Boston. During the summer season there is a daily steamer service with Boston. 25 Ice forms in Provincetown Harbor in severe winters only, and then only for short periods. Instances are on record of fields of heavy ice from the shallow harbors of Cape Cod Bay being driven north- ward by the wind and into the harbor, closing it to navigation for a few days. Such conditions are abnormal, occurring only at inter- 3Q vals of years; under ordinary conditions the harbor is not obstructed by ice during the winter. Tides.—The mean rise and fall of the tide is about 9 feet. Currents.—Off Race Point the tidal currents have a velocity of about 2 knots at strength. The flood sets southward and the ebb in 35 the opposite direction, and tide rips occur during heavy weather when the wind is against the current. Westward of the stretch of coast between Wood End and Race Point, the velocity at strength is about 1 knot. In this locality the ebb current sets northwesterly and the flood sets in the opposite direction. 4Q At the entrance and in the harbor, the tidal currents have little velocity. Directions.—No directions for Provincetown Harbor are necessary. Chart 580 is the guide. Herring Cove, just southward of Race Point Lighthouse, affords a temporary lee from easterly winds; small vessels sometimes anchor well inshore in from 10 feet to 4 fathoms. APPROACHING CAPE COD (CHABT 1208) 50 The eastern side of Cape Cod is described in United States Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, Section B, Cape Cod to Sandy Hook. 45 (CHART 1208) CAPE COD BAY 317 Caution: Peaked Hill Bar commences about 3 miles northwest- ward of Cape Cod Lighthouse and extends westward along the shore several miles, its distance from the beach being 0.6 mile. The depth over the shoal ranges from 14 to 18 feet and in heavy weather it is marked by breakers. A lighted whistle buoy is placed about 2 miles 5 off Peaked Hill Bar and 5.2 miles 337° true from Cape Cod Lighthouse. Many vessels bound westward into Cape Cod Bay or Boston Har- bor in a fog have grounded on Peaked Hill Bar through a failure to take soundings. Keeping in a depth of 20 fathoms will insure 10 passing 2 to 2.5 miles off the .eastern side of Cape Cod and will lead to Peaked Hill Bar lighted whistle buoy. Vessels equipped with radio transmitters can fix their position by a sounding taken on bearings from radio direction-finder stations or by simultaneous bearings from two or more stations. 15 Prominent objects.—The most prominent objects in approaching the northern end of Cape Cod from seaward are the Pilgrim Monu- ment and Cape Cod Lighthouse, which are described in the previous section. Chapter 15.—CAPE COD CANAL (CHART 251) 6 The canal connects the northern part of Buzzards Bay with Cape Cod Bay. It shortens the distance between points north of Cape Cod and points west of Buzzards Bay by 53, 67, or 144 miles, according to the different routes considered, and avoids the outside run along the easterly side of Cape Cod and the exposed ocean route outside 10 of Nantucket shoals. The Cape Cod Canal has been purchased and is operated by the United States Government. No tolls are charged. Important. Before using the canal the semi-monthly Information Bulletin, de- scribed in paragraph M following, should be consulted. 15 The entrance from Cape Cod Bay is protected on its north side by a breakwater 3,000 feet long, built out from the shore to a depth of 5 fathoms and a short breakwater which extends from the shore on the south side of the entrance. Canal Breakwater Light* (red skeleton structure) is established on the north breakwater near the 20 outer end. The light is 40 feet high and visible for 12 miles. The fog signal is a horn, diaphragm, electric. A radiobeacon is operated at this station, There are several buoys, both lighted and sound, off the entrance, see chart. 25 A lighted entrance range on course 245° true leads into the canal. In approaching the eastern entrance of the canal in clear weather the jetties and the light at the entrance, a large square building, the Coast Guard station on the east bank of the canal and the range are the guides. In thick weather the buoys are the guides. Stran- 30 gers should not confuse the entrance jetties with the smaller ones at Sandwich Harbor, 1 mile southeastward. The fog is said to be always less dense inside the entrance than outside. Strangers should be careful not to mistake two white church towers near the eastern entrance for the entrance range towers. 35 High tension lines across the canal have a clearance of 180 feet or more. GENERAL INFORMATION A. Location.—The Cape Cod Canal is a sea level canal, extending 40 from a point on Cape Cod Bay about 50 miles southeast of Boston Harbor, Mass., to the head of Buzzards Bay, Mass. In general direc- tion the canal trends from Cape Cod Bay westerly to Buzzards Bay. *Lat. 41''46'.8, Long. 70°29'.5 : Charts 1208, 1107, 70. 318 P^lot «r* tc> the i:.ew <-*Htkm. (CHART 251) CAPE COD CANAL 319 B. Dimensions of Canal and approach channels. Section of Canal Bottom Width Length Easterly Entrap ce to Station 430 _ Fed. *480 500 700 Miles 8. 4 Station 430 to Wings Neck (Hog Island Channel) _- 4. 3 Wings Neck to Cleveland Ledge (Cleveland Ledge Channel) _ 4.7 Except narrows to 450 feet opposite State Pier. Bridge Minimum bridge clearances Horizontal Vertical (above mean hieh water) Highwav ... Feet 500 500 Feet Fixed 135 Railroad* Closed 7 Raised 135 "See page 322 for signals at Railroad bridge. 10 The canal and approach channels have been dredged to the project depth of 32 feet below mean low water. For controlling depths in canal and approach channels, see semimonthly bulletin referred to in paragraph M. 15 C. Tides.—The mean tidal range in Cape Cod Bay is 9.4 feet, in Buzzards Bay, 4.0 feet. Predicted times and heights of tides for each day of the year can be obtained from the U. S. Coast and Geo- detic Survey Publication "Tide Tables, Atlantic Ocean." D. Currents.—Predictions of the times of slack water and the times 20 and velocities of strength of current for every day" in the year are given in the Current Tables, Atlantic Coast. Slack waters occur about 2 hours before high and low waters at Boston, the east current beginning before Boston low water and the west current before Boston high water. About halfway through the canal the average 25 maximum easterly current occurs about 1 hour after low water at Boston and the westerly current about % hour after high water at Boston. Under ordinary conditions the currents have an average velocity at strength of about 31/2 knots in midstream. The average strength of current at spring tides is about 4 knots. 30 E. Bridges.—Two fixed span high level highway bridges and one vertical lift railroad bridge cross the canal. 35 40 F. Mooring basins.—Mooring basins are located at the east and west ends of the canal. The East Mooring Basin, located on the north '^^ side of the canal, is 2,000 feet in length, 300 feet in width, and has been dredged to a depth of 25 feet at mean low water. The West Mooring Basin, located on the southeast z'Ao. of the Hog Island Channel, is 2.600 feet in length, 350 feet m width, and has been dredged to a depth of 32 feet at mean low water. Mooring dolphins are provided in both mooring basins. For controlling depths in the mooring basins see semimonthly bulletin referred to in paragraph M. 50 320 CAPE COD CANAL (Chaet 261) G. Small boat basin.— (a) The East Boat Basin, located on the south side of the canal opposite the East Mooring Basin, is 440 feet in length, 250 feet in width, and has been dredged to a depth of 13 feet at mean low water. For controlling depths in the small boat 5 basin see semimonthly bulletin referred to in paragraph M. (b) An improved channel 15 feet deep at mean low water and 100 feet wide leads from the northwest side of the Hog Island Channel, near Station 480, to the existing harbor for small vessels in Onset Bay. 10 H. Terminal facilities.— (a) At the easterly terminal, near the East Boat Basin, water, fuel oil, and gasoline are obtainable. (b) Near the west end of the canal, supplies of all kinds are obtain- able at the State Pier at Buzzards Bay, at Onset and at Monument Beach. Railways and repair yards for small boats are located at 15 Onset and Monument Beach. (c) The State Pier at Buzzards Bay has a length of 600 feet and a berthing space along the face of the pier which has been dredged to a depth of 25 feet at mean low water. Further information and regulations governing the use of this pier can be obtained from the 20 Massachusetts Department of Public Works, 100 Nashua Street, Boston, Mass., or from the Department Superintendent at the pier. For controlling depth at the State Pier see semimonthly bulletin referred to in paragraph M. I. Coast Guard station and weather signals.—A U. S. Coast 25 Guard Station is located near the eastern entrance. U. S. Weather Bureau signals are displayed at the eastern entrance and at Wings Neck. J. Traffic lights.—Red, green, and amber electric lights, visible for a distance of about 2 miles in clear weather, day or night, are 30 located at the following points : (a) Eastern or Cape Code Bay Terminal.—On south side of entrance at an elevation of about 30 feet above high water. (b) Western or Buzzards Bay Terminal.— (1) Wings Neck. Near Wings Neck Light* at an elevation of about 35 feet above high 35 water. (2) Station 389.—On north side, near the U. S. Engineer Sub-Office, at an elevation of about 30 feet above high water. K. Two-way traffic.—Two-way traffic through the canal will be allowed when, in the opinion of the representative of the U. S. 40 Engineer Department charged with directing traffic, conditions are suitable. L. Aids to navigation.—(a) All of the Canal is shown on Chart 251. Aids to navigation for the approach channel in Buzzards Bay are shown on U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Charts Nos. 249 and 45 251, for the Cape Cod Bay approach channel on U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey Chart No. 251, and are described in the U. S. Coast Guard pubhcation "Light List, Atlantic Coast of the U. S., Northern Part." See also the United States Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, Sec- tions A and B. 50 (b) The canal proper is lighted at night, on both banks, by sodium vapor lights spaced approximately 500 feet apart, 140 feet from the edge of the channel, at an elevation of 25 feet above high water. •Lat. 41M0'.8, Long. 70»39'.7 : Charts 249, 251, 1208, 1210, 1106, 1107. (CHABT 251) CAPE COD CANAL 321 M. Information Bulletin.—A bulletin containing information of the location of dredges and other maintenance plant, controlling depths and other pertinent data is issued semimonthly and may be obtained free on application to the District Engineer, U. S. Engineer Office, Boston, Mass. For address see paragraph Q (b). Additional 5 information concerning operating conditions may be obtained directly from the U. S. Engmeer Sub-Office, Cape Cod Canal, Buzzards Bay, Mass. N. Tolls.—The Cape Cod Canal is maintained by the Government as a free waterway. No tolls are charged. 10 0. Pilots.—The U. S. Engineer Department does not maintain pilot service but independent pilots, licensed by the Department of Com- merce, are usually available at the canal. Messages will be trans- mitted to pilots with the understanding that the Government will assume no responsibility in connection therewith. 15 P. Towage.—The U. S. Engineer Department does not supply towage service. Q. Communication.—(a) Direct communication with the U. S. Engineer Sub-Office at the canal is available at all hours by means of telegraph, telephone, and radio. The telephone number is Buz- 20 zards Bay 97. The nearest ship-to-shore telephone station is at Scituate (call letters WOU). The nearest radio telegraph station is at Chatham. A radio-telephone station (call letters WZBA) is lo- cated at the U. S. Engineer Sub-Office at the canal. This station operates continuously on a frequency of 2350 KC, and authority to 25 install crystals of this frequency may be obtained on application to the District Engineer. (b) Except as indicated by paragraph M, written communications concerning the canal should be addressed to the District Engineer, 3d Floor, Park Square Building, 31 St. James Avenue, Boston, Mass. 30 REGULATIONS (Approved Aug. 26, 19Ifi) The following regulations are prescribed to govern the use, ad- 35 ministration, and navigation of the Cape Cod Canal, Mass. 1. Limits of Canal.—The Cape Cod Canal, including approaches, extends from the outer extremity of the northerly stone breakwater in Cape Cod Bay at Sandwich thr'ough dredged channels and land cuts to a point in Buzzards Bay, Mass., about 5 miles southwest of 40 Wings Neck Light. 2. Authority of Canal officers.—The movement of all vessels and craft of every description through the canal, and the care and maintenance of the canal and all pertaining properties, shall be under the supervision of the District Engineer of the Engineer 45 Department at Large, and his accredited agents, who have general charge of Federal waterway improvements in the locality and whose address is U. S. Engineer Office, 3d Floor, Park Square Building, 31 St. James Avenue, Boston, Mass. 3. Vessels allowed passage.—The canal is open for passage to all 50 adequately power motivated vessels in good condition, of sizes con- sistent with safe navigation as governed by the controlling dimen- sions of the waterway. Vessels without engine motive power must 322 CAPE COD CANAL . (chart 251) not attempt to sail through the canal. Low-powered vessels should await slack water or favorable current. 4. Towsl^—Tows shall be assembled outside the canal entrances when practicable: Vessels in tow shall be securely fastened to the towing 5 vessel and to each other. Long hawsers are not permitted. 5. Obtaining clearance.—Vessels, other than craft less than 25 feet in length, shall not transit the canal until clearance has been ob- tained. Ordinarily, vessels will be given clearance in order of ar- rival, but when several vessels are to be passed, clearance will be 10 given in the following order: First—To vessels owned by the United States or employed on canal improve- ment work. Second—To passenger vessels. Third—To freight vessels, towboats, and pleasure craft. 15 6. Clearance signals.—The following signals apply to all vessels other than craft less than 25 feet in length. (a) Westbound traflSc.—When the green light is showing at the eastern or Cape Cod Bay terminal, vessels may proceed through the canal. When the amber light is showing, vessels may proceed as far as the East Mooi'ing Basin, 20 where they must stop and from whence clearance will be granted by motorboat or other signal. When the red light is showing, vessels must stop clear of the outer end of the Cape Cod Bay approach channel. (b) Eastbound traffic.— (1) Signals at Wings Neck.—When the green light is showing, vessels may proceed through the canal. When the amber light is 25 showing, vessels may proceed through the Hog Island Channel as far as the West INIooring Basin or the State Pier. When the red light is showing, vessels, other than those bound to Onset Bay or Monument Beach, must stop clear of Buoys Nos. 1 and 2 at the entrance to Hog Island Channel. In daytime when sunshine partially obscures the traffic lights or if the electrical current should 30 be temiwrarily interrupted, a red ball or shape will be operated from a pole about 60 feet southwest of the traffic lights. The raised ball has the same meaning as the red light; the ball lowered to the ground, the same meaning as the green light. (2) Signals at Station 389.-—These signals will be operated in synchronism S") with the signals at Wings Neck except : a.—In emergencies not foreseen when a vessel passes in by Wings Neck. b.—When dispatching vessels from the West flooring Basin or the State Pier. 40 When the green light is showing, vessels may proceed. When the amber light is showing, vessels may proceed through the Hog Island Channel as far as the West ]\Iooring Basn or the State Pier. When the red light is showing, vessels must not pass Station 389. (c) In thick weather, all vessels, having obtained clearance, shall signal by -^•J 3 long blasts of whistle or horn when passing in by Wings Neck Light or Sandwich Breakwater. (d) When signal lights are obscured by thick weather, clearance should be secui'ed by radio or other reliable medium. 50 7. Railroad bridge signals.—(a) The vertical lift span of the railroad bridge is normally kept in the raised position except when lowered for the passage of trains. Immediately preceding the lower- ing of the span the operator wnll sound 2 long blasts of a w^histle or horn. Immediately precedins: the raisiuir of the snan the operator will ."..") pound 1 long blast of a whistle or horn. When a vessel is approaching the bridge with the ^pan in the lowered position, if it will not bo raised immediately, the operator will so indicate by sounding 4 short blasts in quick succession upon a whistle or horn. (b) When the railroad lift span is lowered in foggy weather, 60 there will be 4 blasts of a whistle or horn on the span every 2 minutes. (CHABT 251) CAPE COD CANAL 323 Vessels in transit, especially when with a fair current, must exercise extreme caution when the span is lowered. 8. Speed.—(a) General.—No boat in the canal shall be raced or crowded alongside another boat. All vessels must pass mooring dol- phins, wharves, landings, and dredging plant or other floating work 5 units at minimum speed so as to avoid damage to moored or anchored vessels by wave wash or suction. (b) Limits.—Vessel speed will be determined by the time of passage (east or west) between Canal Stations 35 + 00 (opposite U. S. En- gineer Observer's Station near east end) and 388 + 00 (opposite U. S. 10 Engineer Sub-office near west end). No boat shall pass between these points in less than the following specified minimum running times : C;irrent direction Minimum 15 running time canal stations 35 to 388 Head (against boat). Fair (with boat) Slack Minvtes 60 30 20 45 The above designated minimum running time for slack water shall apply to any boat which enters that portion of the canal between 25 Stations 35 and 388 by passing either Station 35 or Station 388 at any time within a period of one hour before the predicted time of slack water as given in the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey publica- tion "Current Tables, Atlantic Coast." The above designated applicable minimum running times for head or fair current, respec- 30 tively, shall apply to any boat which enters that portion of the canal between Stations 35 and 388 by passing either Station 35 or Station 388 at any time other than designated above for applicability of the requirement for slack water. (c) Example.—For example, the predicted times of slack current 35 on October 1, 1940, at Cape Cod Canal (Bournedale), Mass., as given on page 32 of the U. S. Const and Geodetic Survey publica- tion "Current Tables, Atlantic Coast," are 2:25 a.m., 8:43 a.m., 2:50 p.m., and 9:07 p.m. On October 1, 1940, the slack current schedule will apply to any boat which enters the canal by passing 40 either Station 35 or Station 388 between 1-: 25 a.m., and 2 : 25 a.m.. 7 : 43 a.m., and 8 : 43 a.m., 1 : 50 p.m., 2 : 50 p.m., and 8 : 07 p.m., and 9 : 07 p.m. ; the head or fair current schedule, as applicable, will apply to any boat which enters the canal by passing either Station 35 or Station 388 between midnight and 1 : 25 a.m., 2 : 25 a.m., and 7 : 43 a.m., 8 : 43 45 a.m., and 1 : 50 p.m., 2 : 50 p.m. and 8 : 07 p.m., and 9 : 07 p.m. and midnight. 9. Management of boats.—(a) Pilot Rules.—The canal is an in- land waterway of the United States and the pilot rules for such waterways as given by the U. S. Bureau of Marine Inspection and 50 Navigation publication "Pilot Rules" are applicable concerning matters not otherwise covered herein. 324 CAPE COD CANAL (Chart 251) (b) Passing of vessels.—Kestricted passing is permissible, par- ticularly when a leading, low-powered vessel is unable to stem the current, but extreme care to avoid collision is imperative. (c) Unnecessary delay in Canal.—Vessels must not obstruct navi- 5 gation by unnecessary delay in entering or passing through the canal or by anchoring in the channel. (d) Mooring or anchoring in mooring basins.—Vessels mooring or anchoring in the mooring basins shall do so in such manner as not to obstruct the canal channel or impede vessel movement to and from 10 the basins. (e) Landing of freight, etc.—Except in emergencies, vessels shall not stop to land passengers, freight, or baggage, or to transfer same to another vessel under such conditions as Avould in any way inter- fere with navigation. 15 10. Statistics.—Masters of vessels shall furnish the authorized representative of the District Engineer, on each passage through the canal, such verbal or written statement of passengers, freight, and registered tonnage as may be requested by said authorized representa- tive. 20 11. Deposit of refuse.—No oil or other liquid, ashes or other ma- terial of any kind shall be thrown, pumped, or swept into the canal or approaches, or deposited on canal grounds. 12. Trespass upon Canal property.—Trespass upon the canal prop- erty, except with pei-mit as provided in paragraph 13, or injury to 25 the canal, lands, banks, bridges, breakwaters, dikes, dolphins, fences, culverts, trees, telephone lines, power lines, or to any other property of the United States pertaining to the canal is prohibited. 13. Fish and game.—All persons are forbidden to enter upon the United States lands or the canal for the purpose of fishing or hunt- 30 ing, or taking fish or game by any means, without a written permit from the District Engineer. The fish and ^ame laws of the United States and of the State of Massachusetts will be enforced upon the canal and the lands of the United States pertaining thereto. Chapter 16.—APPENDIX COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY COAST PILOTS Price U. S. Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, Section A, St. Croix River to Cape Cod $1.00 U. S. Coast PUot, Atlantic Coast, Section B, Cape Cod to Sandy Hook including Long Island Sound 1. 00 U. S. Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, Section C, Sandy Hook to Cape Henry including Delaware and Chesapeake Bays . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, Atlantic Coast, Section D, Cape Henry to Key West . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, Gulf Coast, from Key West to the Rio Grande . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, West Indies, Puerto Rico, and Virgin Islands . 75 Inside Route Pilot, New York to Key West : . 50 U. S. Coast Pilot, Pacific Coast, California, Oregon, and Washington . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, Alaska, Part I, from Dixon Entrance to Yakutat Bay . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, Alaska, Part II, Yakutat Bay to Arctic Ocean . 75* U. S. Coast Pilot, Hawaiian Islands." . 50 U. S. Coast Pilot, Philippine Island, Part I, Luzon, Mindoro, and Visayas 1.25 U. S. Coast Pilot, Phillipine Islands, Part II, Palawan, Mindanao, and Sulu Archipelago 1. 25 Distances Between United States Ports . 10 *The price of these publications will be $1.00 per copy as new editions are issued. FIELD STATIONS , Boston, Mass., 10th floor, Customhouse. New York, N. Y., 50 Church Street. New Orleans, La., room 314. Customhouse, 423 Canal Street. Los Angeles, Calif., room 1426, Post Office and Courthouse. San Francisco, Calif., room 307, Customhouse. Seattle, Wash., room 601, Federal Office Building. Honolulu, T. H., room 244, Federal Office Building. Manila, P. I., Engineer Island. CHART AGENCIES MAINE: MAiNB}—Continued. Eastport Brunswick Bar Harbor Portland Northeast Harbor new Hampshire: Mauset Portsmouth Stonlngton Massachusetts : Camden Gloucester Rockland Marblehead Boothbay Harbor Boston Bath Provlncetown 325 326 APPENDIX eO ^ S », ij< cs H CO < T3 ^ u z hH S v> >• -s: o •w «<« H n « c« rn e tn o u O fe o < c Q e td^ V< td Co CO k> V.O 0, C jooto ^Mer(>« NMe>» cq(Nrt pnUBqQ OIMOO COC^tO t^OrH i-r0>0 M CO t~ (M OS -" ^H 05 CO (M CO O 00 CO O "^ (M O O 05 t>- CX) t^ 00 IINIM >-l rH r-H r-l rt -H rH '[BUBO epOO 8dBQ Tf* r^ C^ lO^iO CO OS o o>o-<}< Tj< rt o OOOco oi t^ "* o --t 00 cocc-»j* M o 00 00 r* »o icioio »occc^cs -1N(N «0-H ^i-Hi-l i-lrt nA->oj8oniAOj- f^ I—I to 00 CO h- Tt< o J9;S80nO|£) CM Oi O CO 05 CO rf< t^ 00 00 CO (N OO ,-h O •-4 tO O CO t~^ tOIMO COCO"^ (NOSOS t^CO-'*' 'Tt* CO 1 .-11-104 C*4 C4 tJ« -^ C*4 (N (N .-I —I ^ ^ I ;jod^jnqM8^ Tj< .-< CM tOtOOS OCOt^ COOtO CM -O t^COCD --i 00 CO tO -rrCAOi to CO CO CMOOOO CO tO C^ CM "CO CO CO "^ to -"tf CD CO CMCS rH ^ r^rH ,-1 mnoins^jOjj t---* to 00-^ 00 OS t CO rH 00 Tt< tOCM O I C^ CM rH r-, rHTH rH CMO I^COCO rH 00 CO to c^-^ ^^lo cotor^r^ 31J0A 00 »0 CO Ol'^OO OitOcO CM O r- COtPi-i OiCDCO CVJCM rH ^^ ,-. ss C^iOCM OSOOOO COOtOI-- .-iC^-^ ^ «** to CD CO r* 1^ C»CRO COrHtO COC^-^ 00 '00 t^OCO OOOi Tt*»-icCOO rH 00 CO CM (M a> r>-TtiE ENEI/2E eneHe ENE/gE ENE34E ENE^E ENE^gE ENE%E ENEKE ENE>^E ENEfgE ENE%E EXN ENE^E ENEVgE ENE/gE EXN EKN 62 64 66 68 70 ENEJiE EXN E3/iN EVgN EHN EXN EKN E^/gN E^'.N EKN E%N E^iN Ey2N E>4N E>iN E/gN E/oN EMN E/gN E/gS 72 74 76 78 80 E/4N E/sN EYsS EYS E/gN E/gS EKS EKS E^gS E/gS E/4S EHS E%S Eys E/4S EHS E/gS E%S EXS 82 84 86 88 90 E%S Eys EXS ESE^gE ESE^gE EYS EXS ESE%E ESE%E ESEKE EXS ESE^sE ESE^gE ESEi^E ESE14E ESE/gE ESE/gE ESE>^E ESE>iE ESE/gE 336 APPENDIX FOB CONVEESION OF TRUE COtTESES AND BEARINGS IN DEGREES, TO MAGNETIC COTJBSES AND BEARINGS IN POINTS, FOR VARIATIONS FROM 15° TO 21° WEST Continued True course in degrees 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112 114 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160 162 164 166 168 170 172 174 176 178 180 182 184 186 188 190 Magnetic course in points for —15° variation ESEKE ESEKE ESEHE ESE SEXE^E SEXEfgE SEXE%E SEXE14E SEXE/gE SE%E SE3/^E SEi^E SEfgE SE/sE SE SE^sS SEKS SE^S SE%S SE%S SSEKE SSES/^E SSEs/gE SSE^/gE SSE^E SSE SXEJiE SXE/2E SXE^E SXE/gE SXE S%E Ss/gE SHE SME S/gE sygW SMW SfgW sxw SXWi/gW SXTV^W SxW^iW sxw^w SXW78W ssw SSWKW — 17° variation ESEKE ESE/gE ESE SEXE^E SEXE^/gE SEXE%E SEXEJ4E SEXE/gE SE%E SE%E SEME SE%E SE/gE SE SE/gS SEKS SE/zS SEKS SE%S SSE^gE SSE3/IE SSE^gE SSEfgE SSEKE SSE SXE^gE SXE%E SXEKE SXE3/gE SXE/gE SXE S^E S%E S/zE S/4E S/gE S/gW S^IW SHW s%w sx\^ SXW/gW SXWJiW SXWK^W SX"W^W sxwj^w SSW SSW14W SSW%W -19° variation ESE/sE ESE SEXE^E SEXE^gE SEXE%E SEXE>^E SEXE/gE SE%E SE^E SEHE SEfgE SE/gE SE SE/gS SE%S SEK2S SE3/iS SE^gS SSE/gE SSE^E SSE%E SSE%E SSE>iE SSE SXE^E SXEKE SXEME SXE%E SXE/gE SXE SKE S^gE S/zE S>^E S/gE S/gW SMW s%w sxw SxW/gW fexw%w SXW/2W SXW^W SXW/gW ssw ssw>^w SSW/gW SSW%W —21° variation ESE SEXE^E SEXE^gE SEXEfgE SEXE>^E SEXE/gE SE/gE SEKE SEi^E SE/gE SE/sE SE SE/gS SE%S SEKS SE^S SE/gS SSE/gE SSEKE SSE/gE SSE/gE SSE>^E SSE SXE/gE SXEKE SXE^E SXE/gE SXE/gE SXE S/4E S/gE SHE SKE S/gE S/gW S>4W SKW S/g S%W SXW SXW/gW SXW/gW. bXW/oW SXWKW SXW/gW SSW ssw/w SSW/gW SSW/gW SSW^W APPENDIX 337 JOB CONVERSION OF TRUE COtTBSES AND BEARINGS IN DEGREES, TO MAGNETIC COURSES AND BEARINGS IN POINTS, FOR VARIATIONS FROM 15° TO 21° WEST Continued Trae course in degrees Magnetic course in points for -15° variation —17° variation —19° variation —21° variation 192 194 196 198 200 SSWs/sW SSW3/4W sw%s sw^s SSW^W sswygW SWTsS sw%s sw>^s SSW^gW swvs swr4S swy2S SWHS 202 204 206 208 210 SWHS SWfgS SW/sS sw SW>'2S SWHS SW/sW sw%s SWKsS sw SWi/gW swygW SW/gS sw SW/gW sw^w SW/zW 212 214 216 218 220 SW/gW SWHW SWHW SWKW SWJiW S"W%W SWHW sw^w SWXW/bW SW>'2W SW^W SW/gW SWXW/gW SWXW/4W SW%W sw%w SWXW>iW SWXW34W SWXWKW 222 224 226 228 230 SWXWHW SWXW^W SWXWHW swxw^w SWXWKW swxw^w sw X WfsW SWXW^W wsw SWXW^/sW SWXWHW SWXW^4W wsw WSWHW swxw^w SWxW^iW wsw WSW/gW wsw>^w 232 234 236 238 240 wsw WSW^'sW WSWMW WSW/sW wsw^w WSW>4W WSW5/gW WSW'HW wsw>^w WSW/zW wsw^w WSW^gW wxs wsw>^w WSWs/gW WSWTgW wxs w%s 242 244 246 248 250 wsw%w wxs WKS w%s Wy2S WXS Wr4S W^gS W>^S WMS w%s w%s W/sS wys W/gS WHS wysS Wy4S W/gS W/gN 252 254 256 258 260 wys WHN Wy4N W^gS W/gN W>-4N wyoN W%N WHN W!4N W.^N WVgN WKN W)4N WKzN W^/sN W^4N WXN 262 264 266 268 270 WHN WXN WNWKW WNW^W W)^4N WXN WNWJ/gW WNWHW WNWMW WXN WNWjm WNW^gW WNW^W WNWMW WNW^gW WNW^W WNWH^ WNWMW WNW/gW 272 274 276 278 280 WNW14W 'WNW/gW WNW NWX"W%W WNW14W WNW/gW WNW NWXW^W NWXW5/gW WNW/sW WNW NWXW^W NWXW^iW NVVXW^gW WNW NWXWKW NWXW^W NWXW^W NWXW>iW 282 284 286 288 290 NWXWVgW NWXW^/gW NWXWKW NWXW/gW NW%W NWXW%W NWXW}-iW NWXW/gW NW%W NW%W NWXWViW NWXW>/pW NW/gW NW^W NWyzW NWXW/gW NwrgW NW^W NW>^W NW%W 338 APPENDIX FOB CONVERSION OF TRTJE COURSES AND BEARINGS IN DEGREES, TO MAGNETIC COURSES AND BEARINGS IN POINTS, FOR VARIATIONS FROM 15° TO 21° WEST Continued True course in degrees Magnetic course in points for —15° variation —17° variation —19° variation -21° variation 292 294 296 298 300 NW%W NWKW NW NWK2W NWfsW NWKsW NW NW KsN NW^iW NW/gW NW NW^iN NW%N NWVgW NW NW/gN NWKN NWJ^N 302 304 306 308 310 NW/gN NWHN NW^N NW%N NWfgN NWHN NW^N NWJiN NNW%W NW^N NW%N NW%N NNW%W NNW^W NW%N NW %N N NW J'gW NNW34W NNW^sW 312 314 316 318 320 NNW'rsW NNWTsW NNWMW NNWKW NNWVsW NNW^W NNWKW NNW NNW5/gW NNW^W NNW14W NNW' NXWJ^W NNW^W NNWKW NNW NXW%W NXW^W 322 324 326 328 330 NNW NXW%W NXW%W NXWK^W NXW^sW NXW%W NXW^W NXWHW NXW^W N X W/g^ NXWKW NXWK2W NXWHW NxW/gW NXW NXW>^W NXW%W NXTi/gW NXW N%W 332 334 336 338 340 NxW/gW NXW Ns/gSV N>2W NXW NKW N%W N/zW NKW N3/^W NfgW NYiW N14W N/gW N5/gW NHW NKW NygW N/gE 342 344 346 348 350 N/gW NHE N/gW N^gE NKE N1/2E Ns/gE N/4E n>^e N%E N^/^E N^E N5/gE N^E NXE 352 354 356 358 NXE NXE/gE NKE NXE NxE'/sE nxeHe NXE NXEKgE NXE3/8E NXE,HE NXEi/gE NxE^/gE NxE^zE NXE^E Conversion Tables, Feet and Fathoms to Meters, and Vice Versa FEET TO METERS Feet 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.00 0.30 0.61 0.91 1.22 1. 52 1.83 2. 13 2.44 2. 74 10 3.05 3.35 3.66 3. 96 4.27 4. 57 4.88 5. 18 5.49 5. 79 20 6. 10 6.40 6.71 7.01 7. 32 7. 62 7.92 8.23 8. 53 8.84 30 9. 14 9.45 9.75 10.06 10.36 10.67 10.97 11.28 11. 58 11.89 40 12. 19 12. 50 12.80 13. 11 13.41 13.72 14.02 14.33 14.63 14.93 50 15. 24 15.54 15.85 16. 15 16.46 16.76 17.07 17.37 17.68 17. 98 60 18.29 18.59 18. 90 19.20 19.51 19.81 20. 12 20.42 20.73 21.03 70 21.34 21. 64 21.95 22.25 22. 55 22.86 23. 16 23.47 23.77 24.08 80 24.38 24.69 24.99 25. 30 25.60 25. 91 26. 21 26.52 26.82 27. 13 90 27.43 27.74 28.04 28. 35 28.65 28.96 29.26 29.57 29.87 30. 17 APPENDIX FATHOMS TO METERS 339 Fathoms 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.00 1.83 3.66 5.49 7.32 9. 14 10.97 12.80 14.63 16.46 10 18.29 20. 12 21. 95 23. 77 25.60 27. 43 29.26 31.09 32.92 34.75 20 36. 58 38.40 40. 23 42.06 43.89 45.72 47. 55 49.38 51. 21 53.03 30 54.86 56.69 58. 52 60.35 62. 18 64.01 65.84 67.67 69.49 71.32 40 73. 15 74.89 76.81 78.64 80. 47 82. 30 84. 12 85.95 87.78 89. 61 50 91.44 93.27 95. 10 96.93 98.75 100. 58 102. 41 104. 24 106. 07 107. 90 60 109. 73 111.56 113. 39 115. 21 117. 04 118.87 120. 70 122. 53 124. 36 126. 19 70 128. 02 129. 85 131. 67 133. 50 135. 33 137. 16 138. 99 140. 82 142. 65 144. 47 80 146. 30 148. 13 149. 96 151. 79 153. 62 155. 45 157. 28 159. 11 160. 93 162. 76 90 164. 59 166. 42 168. 25 170. 08 171.91 173. 74 175. 56 177. 39 179. 22 181. 05 METERS TO FEET Meters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.00 3.28 6.56 9.84 13. 12. 16.40 19. 68 22.97 26.25 29.53 10 32. 81 36.09 39.37 42.65 45.93 49. 21 52. 49 55.77 59.06 62.34 20 65.62 68. 90 72. 18 75.46 78. 74 82.02 85.30 88. 58 91.86 95. 14 30 98.42 101.71 104. 99 108. 27 111. 55 114. 83 118. 11 121. 39 124. 67 127. 95 40 131. 23 134. 51 137. 80 141. 08 144. 36 147. 64 150. 92 154. 20 157. 48 160. 76 50 164. 04 167. 32 170. 60 173. 88 177. 16 180. 45 183. 73 187. 01 190. 29 193. 57 60 196. 85 200. 13 203. 41 206. 69|209. 97 213. 25 216. 54 219. 82223. 10;226. 38 70 229. 66 232. 94 236. 22 239. 50 242. 78:246. 06 249. 341252. 62 255. 90 259. 19 80 262. 47 265. 75 269.03 272. 3l|275. 59 278. 87 282. 15 285. 43288. 71 291. 99 90 295. 28 298. 56 301. 84 305. 12 308. 40 311.68 314. 96 318. 24 321. 52 324. 80 METERS TO FATHOMS Meters 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.00 0. 55 1.09 1. 64 2. 19 2.73 3.28 3.83 4.37 4. 92 10 5.47 6.01 6.56 7. 11 7.66 8. 20 8. 75 9.30 9.84 10. 39 20 10.94 11.48 12.03 12. 58 13. 12 13.67 14. 22 14. 76 15.31 15.86 30 16.40 16. 95 17. 50 18.04 18. 59 19. 14 19. 68 20.23 20. 78 21.33 40 21.87 22. 42 22. 97 23.51 24.06 24. 61 25. 15 25. 70 26. 25 26.79 50 27.34 27. 89 28.43 28.98 29.53 30.07 30.62 31. 17 31.71 32.26 60 32.81 33.36 33. 90 34. 45 35. 00 35. 54 36.09 36.64 37. 18 37. 73 70 38.28 38.82 39. 37 39. 92 40. 46 41.01 41. 56 42. 10 42.65 43.20 80 43. 74 44. 29 44. 84 45. 38 45. 93 46. 48 47. 03 47. 57 48. 12 48.67 90 49. 21 49. 76 50. 31 50.85 51. 40 51.95 52.49 53.04 53. 59 54. 13 340 APPENDIX b3 P S < « us 65 'w a •» W § % f ^ S •o n e M t^ H s 2; bl M o m o H PQ 3oj s^ep JO jaqran^j 1 CI (N 0 m 1© 00 r-c to M M rt I 5 J9A0 JO sanra ot jo sprnM mjAi s^ep JO iaquinn aSeiaAy .9 t 1 &a §0. *k^ 00 ^-1 miBo OOOO-MON'^'-HOOO lO •MN eoa'oooc«5C»o-.t^O>00 eo •MS MO»—10>0>OC0-HM«-*00 \b •s tocooOMoooi'omcocqo-* § •as «CTeoc^e-»e^.-ic^weM«oi is •a comcO'<»'T(<-*Nc^e<»->»osc5oooooo a aSnea s i mnni -ratni u^syi 13.1 13.9 23.2 32.5 40.5 47.0 52.0 53.0 49.2 41.6 31.3 18.9 to 1 CO nmni -IXBUI nB8K 28.9 28.8 36.3 45.3 55.1 63.4 68.4 68.2 62.7 52.8 43.0 32.4 00 > qjnora jo^ 20.4 21.5 28.9 39.0 47.7 55.1 60.4 60.7 55.8 47.5 36.7 26.3 Tl< j aa C3 ?.! 2 03 a aSuBa In. 2.27 2.69 2.34 1.81 1.43 1.42 1.35 1.34 1.71 1.86 2.22 2.73 jsaAioi In. 28.63 28.35 28.59 28.91 29.06 29.10 29.11 29.14 28.93 28.80 28.62 28.24 1 IsaqSjH > a c 3 1-3 > a August- - September October ii > a - o - -H 00 00 O ^ eo eo CO 1 lO 1 -w N (N O 00 r* 00 00 00 00 o 1^ CM 1 * -I OS O 00 a> e» M -H IM IM CO * ig << •<(< 00 00 •^ IM O CO o t^ lO CO is t-l (N CO * ^ « «o * * CO w e< !" (N CO to >o •* * eo N 1-t - " CO CO •* to to to * «< ^ CO CO CO 1 00 M -H o 05 t^ lO »o to t^ a> i-< ^3 is 5? •* •* U3 N 00 5§ * -ai 00 ^ 00 o> to (N to 00 to lO 05 t>: t>: to IM 00 00 00 CO oo' 1 ° 00 fl^ CO c CO CO 5 CO " ^ ^ CO CO eo' CO ! lo 1 cm' . Tf >0 lO lO tn >o *0 -^ Tj* * lO lO o lO i 1^ t^ g g s CO to 00 t-* t^ t-- g 00 ^ CM s CO ui 00 t^ s CO to 00 >o o O O "O CO to IM 00 CO t^ CO 00 00 t^ T 7 1 05 cs 00 00 lO CO Til -^r IM ?3 f CM 1 o CO CM lO 1 id '• M CO 2 IN 00 CO ^.^^. CO « (M CM CM to to s s to 00 00 ^ s s s §8? §5 §5 CO 28 S; s ^ c^ 00 00 to O '^ tP s s s CO CO CO to CO o (N CO § s to fe s •O O OO ^ g §j o o S 3 ^ (fl 3 1^ 1-1 C3 J3 ao D.oM 111 o o o O Z P -23 342 APPENDIX ^5 3oj sXep JO jsqnmM .-1 -< •^ "" '^ *"* .H rH N (N rt rt 1 i "* 1 J8A0 JO sanin Of JO spniAi ^^^^000000^-1 miAi s&vp JO jsqninn 93sj8Ay Jcioeaot^>oio-»-^ 5 • g e^COM«5O500>O«3-*Tjrt^>oio->»»<>ot~io-*« s 00 Jl5i00[ -9A ?s3q3iH ot~tot~oo«if~oocomtot^ lO'^»0-^C*3CO'-TriO'!ji .^IpojaA .51 -JTloq 33BJ8AV diOt^OJOOrtt^MOOOO COd smoq t^ m n^J tnnanxBj^ 3.25 4.45 3.04 3.19 3.31 5.35 6.04 4.99 4.27 4.92 5.43 3.36 8Joai JO qam lO'O sjCbp JO jaquinM NOCJ-Hi-lOOOOlOO-H § [IBJ 83BJ3AV In. 3.61 3.37 3.57 3.34 3.18 2.89 3.49 3.62 3.14 3.15 3.33 3.45 oi-o spnop JO ^unoniB aSBjaAy CDOOOtOu^^uOiOiOiCcO to X^ipiranq 8Ai}e[3j agEjaA-y fe?KgSSg?2S^S?:Sf? i ! a 1 e3 a a (3 a3nBa COO^HOOCOOOO^OOiOOO OOOOOSt^tO'O'O'OOtOOOOO jsaMOi 11' '1 1 ;saq3!H OOOC005r^OT}'OOC400005 t^C000000>OO0iO05t^C0 aSuBH tOCOOCqw-^OOOOOrtOCl to ninra -mini UBdj^ 20.0 21.0 27.8 38.3 48.6 57.8 63.3 62.0 55.2 45.5 34.8 25.4 mnrn 35.8 36.6 43.4 54.5 65.7 75.2 80.1 77.8 71.2 61.6 49.3 39.6 qjnoin JOj[ 1 27.9 28.8 35.6 46.4 57.1 66.5 71.7 69.9 63.2 53.6 42.0 32.5 CO oi a ii C3 sa £ n a aSuea In. 2.33 2.34 2.40 1.86 1.37 1.26 1.13 1.20 1.47 1.78 2.13 2.16 isa.\i0i In. 28.67 28.69 28. 56 28.86 29.19 29.31 29.38 29.26 29.18 28.97 28.73 28.80 }S3q3iH •ooait^»oo»o-^ot^ooci CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO a 03 1 q^notn joj In. 30.05 30.04 29.97 29.97 29.98 29.96 29.96 29.99 30.07 30.05 30.05 30.05 2a January February March- _ _ c< > ce c > August- September October November December •:; CO ^ 1^ APPENDIX 343 •«l< IT lO h- OS ,_< nr tp CM CO to , 3oj s^Bp JO jaqmn^i " J9A0 JO sapni sE jo spmAv * Tf •* CO ^ „ o „ CM CO •* 8S mm SA.1BP JO jaqnmn aSeiaAy « 1 nqBo o o o o O o o o o o o o o "AVN lO CO Id 00 * CO T»< «(< * 03 <)< 2 S •jW. •* «o Ol 00 t- 1- t- tc >ra OS •* to t^ So. •AVS ro 00 cc •<** S s t^ oc tP x:^ o» 00 Coo •s >o n to 00 t- o OC oc OS •v •* CO CM a la •as •* n «c « tc IQ >c tc >o t- * ta s ^ 2^ •a CO M * (N IC <»< CM * to to CM CO 5 ^•2 •aN to >a >a CO la to t» 00 to t^ X^IOOl ss ^ CC CM lo u: s ss CM to to g s -aA ;saq3iH .f§ itjlOOISA ^i o w c^ tc o c o- tc 00 t- U5 to to -JtioqaSBjaAv to to tc ^ c- — CM Tjl »/i IC rfi smoq . t^ r^ (N nr <-c in CM s * t^ O l~- C^ to 1 f^ m iiEj ninnnxEj^ •^c^ M CO CM CM CO CO UZ CO ^ " CM Giom JO qom n cq cc CM c o- a- o» o CM CO ^ TO'6 Sii^p JO jaqninKi . t- ir tr IIBj 83ej8Ay CO i~- oc tc OC TT Tf CO CO CO CO S Ot-0 ' t~ to tc tc tc c IC if >o to CO to to spnop JO innoniB 83bj9AV Xupininq aAijBiaa aSBJaAy 6^ oo 00 5 cq 00 oo g tc OC ^ 00 00 g o 00 §2 1 o3nBa to to to s s b- Tf OC cc to lO lO to * to tc w CO nr ,_, o IT. ^ I>4 JS8M0T; 1 1 CO TP "' 1 f^ «H •s jsaqSiH s o to 00 to •* r^ s CM B 00 s s to ^ ^ ^ s 93uBa N „ CM CM IN o 1-S ^ 2 a nmtn >»' o c 1 nrntn o lO - t^ t- c OC Oj 00 iC CO CO -ixBun nB8j/\[ s g 5 s 1^ to s CO S c» g Tj< s CO r^ m ^ CO c; or . to 3 S CM CN "^ ^ " -' -' ^ ^ „ ^ £; >? 00 s S 2" X f^ o ?s3q3!H 8 °! >5 o 05 o C5 o o o o o ri ri 00 O: <3 a « .n ir PQ S ^o s 1 1 1 A u o cd 1 1 1 > ^1 B a Hi 1 J3 B ° a t4 O •9 s p c E 5- S ^ INDEX NUMBER IN PARENTHESES IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING ANY ITEM IN THIS INDEX IS NUMBER OF THE LARGEST SCALE U. S, COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY CHART ON WHICH THAT FEATURE APPEARS Page Abagadasset Point, Bath to, Ken- nebec River (314, 1204) 215 Abagadasset Point to Courthouse Point, Kennebec River (288)— 215 Abbott Rock Beacon (240) 269 Accuracy of charts 2 Accuracy of radiobeacon bearings 22 Addison (305) 94 Agencies, Sales 2 Aids to navigation ( see also name of place) 9 Cape Cod Canal 320 Suggestions as to and defects in 12 Aircraft distress signals 31 Airy Ledge (309) 144 Alden Rock ( 312 ) 149 Allen Cove, Blue Hill Bay (307)_ 131 Allen Cove, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 140 Allen Island (312) 186 Allen Shoal (312) 151 Alley Island (307) 130 Ames Cove (310) 164 Amesbury 253 Amesbury Point (235) 157 Ammen Rock (1106) 40,49 Anchorage areas {see also name of place) 7,44 Anchorage buoys 10 Anderson Ledge (330) 251 Andrews Island, Penobscot Bay (312) 166, 167 Andrews Island, Deer Island Thorofare (227) 141 Andrews Point (243) 259 Annisquam (233) Harbor Lighthouse (233) River, Directions (233) River and Canal (233) Appendix Apple Island Flats (246) Appledore Island (330) Approaching Cape Cod (1208) Approaching or standing along the coast between Portland and Cape Cod Approaching or standing along the coast of Maine, eastward of Portland Arey Cove, Frenchman Bay (317) Arey Cove, Vinalhaven Island (309) Ark, The (314) Army Engineers, U. S Arrowsic Island (230) Ash Island (312) Asia Rip (1107) Atlantic (246) Atlantic coast: Current tables Distances between ports Tide tables Atlantis Canyon (1107) Augusta (289) Augusta, Courthouse Point to, Kennebec River (289) Avery Rock (303) Avery Rock Lighthouse (303)— Avery Rock to Machiasport, Machias River from (303) Page 258 258 258 257 325 281 250 316 48 47 107 154 201 7,327 205 167 37 302 4 326 4 39 216 216 82 82 84 B Babbidge Island (235) 156 Back Cove (325) 232 Back River, Barter Island (314) _ 209 Back River, Duxbury Bay (245)- 308 Back River, Kennebec River (230, 314) 205, 214 Back River Cove (313) 191 Bagaduce River and Castine Harbor (311) 178 Bailey Island (315) 224 Bailey Ledge, Baileys Mistake (1201) 77 Bailey Ledge, St. George River (312) 188 Baileys Mistake (1201) 77 Baker Island, Frenchman Bay (306) 117 Baker Island Lighthouse (306)— 118 345 346 INDEX Pagre Baker Islands, Swans Island (308) 125 Baker and Harbor Islands, To enter inside (308) 125 Bakers Island (240) 267 Bakers Island Lighthouse (240)- 267 Bald Head, Campobello Island (801) 67 Bald Head, Cape Small (314) 212 Bald Head ClifC (1205) 241 Bald Head Ledge (314) 212 Bald Hill (311) 183 Bald Porcupine Island (318) __ 114, 115 Bald Rock (305) 102 Bald Rock Ledge (306) 114 Ballast Island (304) 88 Ballast Island Ledge (304) 88 Ballaststone Ledge (315) 222 Bangor (311) 181 Bangor, Directions, Crosby Nar- rows to (311) 183 Bantam Ledge (225) 149 Bantam Rock (314) 200 Lighted Whistle Buoy, Sail- ing directions. Cape Ann to (1106) 52 Lighted Whistle Buoy, Sail- ing directions, Portland Lightship to (1204) 52 Bar Harbor, Cobscook Bay (801) 73 Bar Harbor, Eastern Bay to (306) 114 Bar Harbor, Mt. Desert Island (318) 114 Bar Harbor to Otter Cove (306)_ 115 Bar Island, Bar Harbor (318)- 114,115 Bar Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) _ 131 Bar Island, IMachias (303) 82 Bar Island, Muscongus Bay (313) 193 Bar Island, St. George River (312) 187 Bar Island Ledge (313) 192 Bar Ledge (231) 237 Bare Island (227) 142 Barley Ledge (311) 165 Barnstable Harbor (339) 313 Coast, Plymouth to (1208)- 312 Barred Island, Deer Island Thorofare (227) 141 Barred Islands, East Penobscot Bay (309) 153 Barrel, The (225) 148 Barter Island (314) 209 Barter Island Ledges (227) 142 Bartlett Harbor (310) 162 Bartlett Island and Narrows (307) 129 Bartlett Rock (243) 259 Barton Ledge (305) 93,94,99 Basin, The, Dingley Island (315) 221 Basin, The, Vinalhaven Island (235) 159 Basket Island, Casco Bay (315) _ 228 Page Basket Island, Saco Bay (231) __ 238 Basket Ledge, Lower and Upper (315) 228 Bass Harbor (307) 128 Bar (307) 128 Bar through Casco Passage to. Sailing directions (228, 308) 60 Bar to Petit Manan via di- rect route. Sailing direc- tions (305, 306) 61 Bar to Petit Manan via Western Way, Sailing di- rections (305, 306) 61 Head Lighthouse (307) 128 Bass River (240) 270 Bass Rock (240) 275 Bassing Beach (242) 305 Bates Island (315) 226 Bath (230) 214 Abagadasset Point to, Ken- nebec River (314, 1204) __ 215 Boothbay Harbor to. Direc- tions, Inside Passage (230) 205 Boothbay Harbor to. Inside Passage (230) 204 Kennebec River to (314) 211 Batson Ledge (304) 92 Bay Ledge, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 142 Bay Ledge, ofE No Mans Land (225) 149 Bay of Fundy, Currents 41 Bay View (233) , 258 Baypoint (314) 213 Bayside post oflSce (Northport Camp Groimd) (311) 175 Bayville (314) 201 Beach (see name of place.) Beach Ledge, Swans Island (308) 123 Beach Ledges, off Penobscot Bay (225) 148 Beacons : Colors of lights for 11 Day 12 Beal Island (304) 89 Bean Island and Ledge (306) __ 111 Bear Island, New Meadows River (315) 220 Bear Island, Northeast Harbor (306) 120 Bearings : Accuracy of radiobeacon 22 Conversion of radio to Mer- cator 23 Radio, from other vessels 23 Beaver Island (313) 195 Belfast (319) 175 Bay (319) 175 Bay and Passagasawakeag River (319) 175 Bay and Passagasawakeag River, Directions (319)— 176 Bell buoys 10 INDEX 347 Pag-e Bellamy River (229) 249 Belle Isle Inlet (246) 281 Benjamin River (309) 138 Benner Island (312) 186 Bernard (307) 128 Berry Cove (306) 113 Berry Island (314) 209 Beverly (240) 270 270 269 299 273 Creek (Bass River) (240)- Harbor (240) Harbor, Boston Lightship to, Sailing directions (240, 1207) Harbor, Directions (240) Harbor bridges (240) 270 Harbors, Marblehead, Salem, and (240) 266 Harbors, Marblehead, Salem, and. Directions (240) 272 Bibb Rock (1205) 241 Bibber Rockg (315) 227 Bickford Island (1205) 240 Blckford Point (304) 89 Biddeford (231) 237 Biddeford Pool (231) 238 Big Black Ledge (305) 104 Big Moose Island (317) 107 Big Pot (305) 93 Billings Cove (309) 138 Billingsgate Island (581) 314 Bills Island (309) 143 Biological Experimental Station (306) Birch Harbor (305) 104 Birch Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) Birch Island, Casco Bay (315) __ Birch Island, Muscle Ridge Chan- nel (312) 167 Birch Islands, Pleasant Bay (305) 93, 94, 99 Bird Island Anchorage, Boston, Sailing directions, Deer Island Light to (246) 295 Bird Rock (307) 132 Black Head (304) 90 Black Horse Island (309) 144 Black Island, Casco Passage (227, 307) 127,130 Black Island, Muscongus Bay (313) _.__, Black Island, off Blue Hill Bay (308) _. Black Ledge, Chandler Bay (304) Black Ledge, Fo^x Islands Thoro- fare (235) 156 Black Ledge, Narraguagus Bay (305) Black Ledges, Great Wass Island (304) Black Ledges, Little Machias Bay (303) Black Point Cove (303^ Black Rock, Blue Hill Bay (307) 113 129 227 194 122 87 95 91 80 79 132 Black Rock, East Quoddy Head (801) Black Rock, Gloucester (233) Black Rock, Matinic Island (312) Black Rock, off Nash Island (304) Black Rock, off Port Clyde (312) Black Rock Channel, Boston (246) Black Rock Channel, Boston, Cur- rents (246) Black Rock Channel, Nahant (240) Black Rocks, Matinicus Island (225) Black Rocks, The, Sheepscot Bay (314) Black Rocks, York Harbor (228) _ Blacksnake, North (315) Blacksnake Ledge (315) Blaney Rock (240) Blonde Rock (1000) Blubber Island (312) Blue Sill (307) Blue Hill Bay (307) Directions (307. 308) East side (307) Islands off (308) Light (307) West side (307) Blue Hill Harbor (307) Bluff Head (801) Bluff Island (231) Bobs Cove (303) Bog Brook Cove (303) Bois Bubert Island (305) Bold Dick (315) Bold Island Ledges (227) Bonny Chess Ledge (305) Boohoo Ledge (240) Boon Island (1205) Boon Island Ledge and Light- house (1205) Boot Cove (1201) Booth Bay and Linekin Bay (314) _,_ Booth Bay, Islands and rocks off (314) Boothbay Harbor (230) Bath to, Inside Passage (230) Bath to, Inside Passage, Di- rections (230) Directions (230) Yacht Club (230) Boston See Boston Harbor See Boston Lightship Bridges : East (248) Island (230) Lighthouse (246) Lighthouse and Point Aller- ton. Currents between (246) -_ Page 70 262 150 92 185 278 288 275 149 206 243 220 222 274 39 187 131 127 134 129 122 130 130 131 71 237 80 79 95, 9r 219 141 102 265 241 242 77 200 200 202 204 205 203 202 288 282 208 279 287 348 INDEX Page Boston—Continued. Meteorological table 342 New York Harbor to 35 Pilots 284 South (248) 282 Weather 288 Yarmouth to 48 Boston Harbor Anchorage regulations 285, 286 Anchorages (246, 248) 286 Approaching 292 Bird Island Anchorage (248) 286 Bridge regulations 290 Cape Ann, Approaching from (1207) 292 Cape Cod, Approaching from (1207) 292 Castle Island Anchorage (246) 286 Currents 287 Explosive Anchorage (246) 286 Fog, Entering in 298 General remarks on ap- proaching 292 Harbor regulations 285,287 Inner (248) 281 Long Island Anchorage (246) 286 Main Ship Channel (248)— 281 Marblehead to (240) 274 Outer, and approaches (246) _ 276 Presidents Roads Anchorage (246) 286 See Sailing Directions, Tables &-17 293 Tidal current charts ^ 287 Tidal currents off 292 Boston Lightship (1207) 276 Cape Cod to, Sailing direc- tions (1207) 50 Cashes Ledge to. Sailing di- rections (70, lOOO, 1106)— 300 Currents 41 Beverly Harbor to. Sailing directions (240, 1207) 299 Brazil Rock to. Sailing direc- tions (70, 1000) 300 Cape Ann to. Sailing direc- tions (1207) 51 Cape Cod Canal to, North- bound, Sailing directions (1207, 1208) 50 Cape Cod Canal to, South- bound, Sailing directions (1207, 1208) 50 Deer Island Lighthouse to, via Broad Sound North Channel, Sailing directions (246, 1207) 294 Deer Island Lighthouse to, via Broad Sound South Channel. Sailing directions (246, 1207) 294 Page Boston Lightship—Continued. Deer Island Lighthouse to, via The Narrows, Sailing directions (246, 1207) 295 Flppennies Ledge to. Sailing directions (70, 1000, 1106)- 300 Georges Shoal to. Sailing di- rections (70, 1000, 1107)— 300 Lynn Channel Entrance to. Sailing directions (240, 1207) 298 Nova Scotia, fishing banks to, Sailing directions (70, 1000, 1106, 1107) 300 Platts Bank, Sailing direc- tions (70, 1000, 1106) 300 Yarmouth Harbor to, Sailing directions (70, lOOO, 1106)- 300 Boulders, The (309) 137 Boundary Ledge (304) 86 Boundary marks 64 Bowden Ledge (303) 121 Bowditch Ledge (240) 267 Boxam Ledge (308) 125 Brace Cove (243) 261 Bracketts Channel (310) 164 Bracy Cove (306) 120 Bradbury Island (309) 153 Bradford 253 Brandies, The (309) 144 Brant Rock (245) 307 Brant Rock Coast Guard Station (245) 307 Brazil Rock (1000) 39 Brazil Rock, Boston Lightship to. Sailing Directions (70, 1000)— 300 Breakers, The (310) 161 Breaking Ledge (304) 87 Breeches buoy, Rescue with 14 Bremen (313) 193 Brewer (311) 181 Brewster Point Ledge (320) 170 Bridge regulations (see also name of place) 32, 290 Bridges : Back Cove (325) 232 Beverly Harbor (242) 270 Boston and locality 288 Cape Cod Canal 319 Charles River 289 Chelsea Creek 288 Dorchester Bay 289 Fore River (325) 232 Fort Point Channel, Boston— 289 Foxhall (Saugus River) (240) 276 General Edwards (Saugus River) (240) 275 Maiden River 288 Merrimack River 253 Mystic River 289 Neponset River 289 Portland Harbor (325) 232 INDEX 349 Bridges—Continued. Portsmouth to Kittery (329) Presumpscot River (325) Reserved Channel, Boston Sasanoa River (230) Saugus River South Channel, Charlestown Townsend Gut (230) Weymouth Back River Weymouth Fore River Brig Ledge (225) Brigham Cove (315) Brimbles (240) Brimstone Island (308) Broad Cove, Casco Bay (315) ___ Broad Cove, Medomak River (313) Broad Cove, Moose Island (801) Broad Cove^ St. Geotge River (312) Broad Sound (246) Currents, Boston (246) Entrance North Channel to Cape Ann, Sailing direc- tions (1207) Entrance North Channel to entrance Lynn Channel, Sailing directions (240, 1207) North Channel (246) North Channel, Boston Light- ship to Deer Island Light- house via. Sailing direc- tions (248, 1207) South Channel (246) South Channel, Boston Light- ship to Deer Island Light- house via (246, 1207) Broken Cove (315) Brooking Bay (230) Brooklin (309) Brothers, The, Englishman Bay (304) Brothers, The, ofif Port Clyde (312) Brothers, The, Saco Bay (231) __ Brown Bank (1000) ___' Brown Cow, East (315) Brown Cow, The (309) Brown Cow, West (315) Browney Island (304) Browns Bank (245) Browns Head (313) Browns Head Ledge (313) 'Browns Head Lighthouse (235) _ Browns Island (289) Pago 245 232 289 204 275 288 204 289 289 147 221 268 125 228 191 188 277 287 51 298 277 294 277 294 226 205 137 85 185 236 39 219 143 226 92 308 1&4 192 158 216 Pag« Brush Island Channel, Cohasset (242) 305 Brush Island Ledge (242) 305 Buck Harbor (309) 139 Buckle Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 142 Buckle Island, York Narrows (308) 124 Bucks Harbor (303) 82 Bucks Neck (Smalls Point) (303) 82 Bucksport (311) 180 Fort Point to. Directions (311) 182 Winterport to, Directions (311) 182 Bull Ledge (230) 208 Bull Rock (1106, 1201) 47, 78 Bulldog, The (313) 196, 197 Bulletins : Cape Cod Canal 35 Local weather, radio 18 Major weather, radio 18 Bumkin Island (246) 304 Bunker Cove (304) 86 Bunker Harbor (305) 104 Bunker Ledge (305) 94,104 Buoys 3, 10 Breeches 14 Caution regarding 11 Colors of lights for 11 Reflectors 12 Significance of light char- acteristics H Station 10 Bureau of Marine Inspection and Navigation, U. S 330 Burial Islet (801) 66 Burnt Coat Harbor (308) 124 Directions (308) 124 Lighthouse (308) 124 Burnt Coat Island (315) 220 Burnt Cove (227)_ 141 Burnt Island, Booth Bay (314) __ 201 Burnt Island, East Penobscot Bay (309) 153 Burnt Island, Merchant Row (309) 143 Burnt Island, St. George River (312) 186 Burnt Island, Seal Harbor (312) 167 Burnt Island Ledge (312) 167 Bushy Islet (315) 221 Bustins Island (315) 227 Butter Island (309) 153 Byard Point (309) 138 Cadillac Mountain (306) 106 Calais (801) 71 Eastport to. Sailing direc- tions (801) 76 Distances between ports. Cape Cod to 326 West Quoddy Head to (801) 64 Calderwood Island (235) 156 Caldwell Island (312) 187 Calf Island, Boston Harbor (246) 279 Calf Island, Frenchman Bay (306) 109 Calf Island Bar (306) 109 Calton Point (304) 87 350 INDEX Cambridge (248) 282 Camden (321) 171 Harbor (321) 171 Harbor, Directions (321) ___ 172 Saturday Cove to (310) 173 Yacht Club (321) 171 Camel Ground (314) 212 Camp Island (227) 143 Campobello Island Currents, along eastern side of 73 Currents, northwestern side of 73 North of (801) 69 South of (801) 65 Canal Breakwater Light (251)— 318 Canyons, Offshore, (1107) 39 Cape Ann (243) 258 Approaching Boston Harbor from (1207) 292 Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy to, Sailing directions (1106) 52 Boston Lightship to, Sailing directions (1207) 51 Cape Cod Canal to. Sailing directions (1207, 1208)— 50 Cape Cod to. Sailing direc- tions (1207) 51 Coming from the vicinity of- 47 Entrance Broad Sound North Channel to, Sailing direc- tions (1207) 51 Lighted Whistle Radio- beacon Buoy (1206) 261 Lighthouse (243) 261 Matinicus Rock direct to. Sailing directions (1106)_ 52 Merrimack River to (1206) 256 Plymouth Entrance and. General description of coast between 42 Portland Lightship to, Sail- ing directions (1205, 1206) _ 51 Portsmouth to, Sailing direc- tions (1206) 51 Cape Carter (309) 138 Cape Cod Approaching (1208) 316 Approaching Boston Harbor from (1207) 292 Between Portland and, Gen- eral Remarks 49 Boston Lightship to. Sailing directions (1207) 50 Calais, Maine, to. Distances between ports .__ _ 326 Cape Ann or, Coming from the vicinity of 47 Cape Ann to. Sailing direc- tions (1207) , 51 See Cape Cod Bay and Cape Cod Canal Distances between ports 326 Page Cape Cod—Continued. Lifeboat stations, St. Croix River to 329 Lighthouse (580) 315 Portland and, Between 48 St. Croix River to 1 Wrecks on 44 Cape Cod Bay (1208) 307 Ice in (1208) 307 Shores, of General descrip- tion 42 Cape Cod Canal (251) 318 Aids to navigation (251) 320 Authority of officers 321 Boston Lightship to. Sailing directions (1207, 1208)— 50 Boston office 321 Bridges 319 Cape Ann to. Sailing direc- tions (1207, 1208) 50 Clearance 322 Clearance signals 322 Coast Guard Station (251)— 320 Communications 321 Currents 319 Deposit of refuse 324 Dimensions of Canal and ap- proach channels (251) 319 Fish and game 324 General information 318 Information Bulletin 321 Limits (251) 321 Location (251) 318 Management of boats 323 Monthly Bulletin 35 Mooring basins (251) 319 Pilots 321 Radio telephone 321 Railroad bridge signals 322 Regulations 321 Small boat basin (251) 320 Speed 323 Statistics 324 Terminal facilities (251)— 320 Tides 319 Tolls 321 Towage 321 Tows 322 Traffic lights (2.51) 320 Trespass upon Canal prop- erty 324 Two-way traffic 320 Vessels allowed passage 321 Weather signals 320 Cape Elizabeth Lighthouse (315) 229 Muscongus Bay to (1204) — - 19f; Penobscot Bay and. General description of coast be- tween 42 Portsmouth and. General de- scription of coast be- tween 42 Portsmouth to (1205) 236 INDEX 351 Page Cape Harbor (314) 200 Cape Hatteras, Vessels coming from, Routes for 49 Cape Hedge (243) 261 Cape Island (314) 200 Cape Jellison (311) 177 Cape Neddick (228) 242 Harbor (228) 242 Harbor, Saco Bay to ( 1205 ) — 239 Harbor, York River to (228) _ 242 Lighthouse (228) 242 Nubble (228) 242 Cape Newagen (314) 200 Cape Porpoise (1205) 240 Harbor (1205) 239 Harbor, Directions (1205)— 240 Cape Rosier (309) 137 East Penobscot Bay to (309) 151 Cape Sable (1000) 39 Route coming from vicinity of 47 Cape Small (314) 212 Cow Island to, Sailing direc- tions (315) 54 Fisherman Island Passage to, Sailing directions (314) __ 55 Harbor (315) 219 Cape Split Harbor (304) 90 Cape Wash (303) 80 Cape Wash Islands (303) 80 Capitol (post office) (314) 201 Capitol Island (314) 201 Captains Hill (245) 310 Captains of the Ports, U. S. Coast Guard 328 Card Ledge (314) 201 Carlisle Point (313) 198 Carlow Island (801) _ 68 Carrying Place Cove, Pleasant Bay (305) 102 Carryingplace Cove, Small Point Harbor (315) 220 Carryingplace Cove, West Quoddy Head (1201) 77 Carryingplace Head (315) 220 Carryingplace Island (304) 90 Carver Cove (235) 156 Carvers Harbor (310) 159 Carvers Harbor, Directions (310) _ 160 Casco Bay : Directions (315) 228 Eastern part (315) 219 Western part (315) 225 Casco Island (801) 70 Casco Passage (227) 127 Bass Harbor Bar, Sailing di- rections to (227, 308) 60 Deer Island Thorofare, Sail- ing directions through (227, 308) 58 Merchant Row to, Sailing di- rections (308, 309) 59 Owls Head to, via Eggemog- grn Reach, Sailing direc- tions (227, 308-310> 59 York Narrows to (227) 127 Page Cashes Ledge (1106) 40 Boston Lightship to. Sailing directions (70, 1000, 1106) _ 300 Castle, The (305) 101,102 Castle Island (248) 282 Castine (311) 178 Castine Harbor, Directions (311 ) _ 17S Casualties to lightships 12 Cat Ledges (314) 20G Cat Island (240) 268 Channel (240) 266 Channel, Islands and rocks along (240) 267 Cathance River (1204) 215 Caution : Approaching radiobeacons 13 In using small-scale charts 3 In using tide tables 4 Radio bearings from a ship_ 23 Regarding buoys 11 Cedar Island, Isles of Shoals (330) 250 Cedar Island, Laireys Narrows (310) 161 Cedar Island Ledge (330) 251 Cedar Ledges (315) 222 Cedar Point (232) 306 Cedargrove (Dresden Landing) (289) 216 Center Hill Point (1208) 312 Centre Harbor (309) 137 Chamberly Island (305) 94 Chandler Bay (304) 87 Englishman Bay and. Direc- tions (304) S8 Nash Island to (304) 88 Chandler Cove (315) 228 Chandler River (304) 87 Channel (See name of place) Channel depths. Reporting of changes in 1 Channel Rock, Blue Hill Bay (307) 130 Channel Rock, Eggemoggin Reach (309) 137 Channel Rock, Fox Islands Thorofare (235) 156 Channel Rock, Great Wass Island (304) 91,92 Channel Rock, Merchant Row (309) 143 Channel Rock, Two Bush Chan- nel (312) 166 Charity Ledge (315) 223 Charles River (248) 282 Charles River Dam (248) 283 Charlestown (248) 282 Charlestown Navy Yard (248)— 282 Chart agencies, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey 325 Chart numbers : 70 37 225 147-149, 155 227 127, 140-143 228 242,243 352 INDEX Pi' tie Chart numbers—Continued. 229 249 230 202-205, 207-209, 214, 215 231 236-239 232 305, 306 233 257, 258, 261-264 235 15&-159 240 265-276 242 304, 305 243 257-265 245 307-312 246 276-304 248 281-292 251 318-324 288 215 289 216-217 303 77-84 304 84-92 305 93-105 306 105-122 307 113, 114, 127-136 308 122-127, 134r-136 309 127, 137-145, 151-156 310 156-165, 168-175 311 165, 166, 175-183 312 149-151, 166-168, 184-189 313 190-200 314 200-215 315 219-235 317 107, 108 318 114, 115 319 175-176 320 168-170 321 170-178 325 230-235 329 244-248 330 250, 251 331 252-256 339 313 580 314-316 581 313, 314 801 64-76 1000 37-46 H. O. 1057 78 1106 39, 78 1107 37-39 1201 77-100 1202 (see also 309) 101-136 1203 (see also 309) 146-189 1204 190-235 1205 236-243 1206 244-264 1207 265-306 1208 307-324 3075 39 3076 39 Charts 2 Catalogs of 26 Caution in using small-scale- 3 Champlain Canal 36 Coast, General 3 Correction by hand of 3 Edition date of 3 Page Charts—Coittinued. Srie Canal 36 Fishing industry (3075, SOTO) 39 G»meral 3 Great Lakes 36 Harbor 3 Issue date of 3 Lake Champlain 36 Large scale 7 Mississippi River 36 Nautical 3, 26 New York State canals 36 Plane of reference for sound- ings on 3 Print date of 3 Radiobeacon 9 Sailing 3 Scales of 3 Tidal current 5, 26 Chatto Island (309) 137 Chelsea (248) 282 Chelsea Creek (248) 284 Cherry Island Bar (240) 276 Cherry Islet (801) 70 Cherrjfield (305) 97 Chesapeake Bay, Vessels coming from 49 Chimney Rock (231) 236 Chittenden Rock (242) 305 Chocolate Shoal (801) 70 Chops (314) 215 Christmas Cove (313) 197 Chubb Islet (240) 266 Clam Cove, West Penobscot Bay (320) 170 Clam Cove, Western Passage (801) 68 Clam Island (313) 191 Clapboard Island (315) 228 Clark Cove, Damariscotta River (313) 198 Clark Cove, West of Muscle Ridge Channel (312) 184 Clark Island, Duxbury Bay (245) _ 308 Clark Island, West of Muscle Ridge Channel (312) 184 Clark Ledge, Eastport (801) 67 Clark Ledges, Prospect Harbor (305) 104 Clark Point, Southwest Harbor (3C6) 119 Clarke Point, Johns River (313)- 196 ClifE (Crotch) Island (315) 226 Clough Point (314) 209 Clous Ledge (230) 208 Clubs (Yacht) 331 Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S 1, 8, 325 Chart agencies 325 Field Stations 1,285,325 Planimetric maps 327 Variation of compass table 327 INDEX 353 Page Coast Guard, U. S 9, 328 Air Station 328 Buoy depots 328 Captains of the Ports 328 District Commander 328 Lifeboat stations- 329 Lifesaving stations 13, 329 Radio direction finder sta- tions 328 Coast Pilots, U. S 26, 35, 325 Cobscook Bay (801) 72 Cobscook Bay and tributaries, currents 74 Cocheco River (229) 249 Cod Ledges (317) 107 Codliead Ledge (304) 85 Cohasset Harbor (242) 304 Colbetli Rock (303) 82 Colby Ledge (227) 142 Colby Pup (227) 142 Coles Ledge (305) 93 Collection districts and ports of entry 15, 329 Collins Rock (225) 149 Colors of lights for buoys and beacons 11 Colt Ledge (309) 144 Columbia Falls (305) 94 Columbia Ledge (1202) 105 Commercial Point (246) 301 Commonwealth Pier (248) 282 Communications {See name of place) Compass : Change in variation of 29 Deviation 30 Error by use of navigational ranges, Determination of_ 3 Factors affecting use of the noagnetic 29 Variation of the 327 Compass Island Ledge (310) __ Id^ ConaryNub (307) 132 Concord Point (1206) 251 Condon Point (309) 139 Cone Island (304, 305) 92,93 Coney Island (240) 26S Coney Ledge (240) 268 Conomo Point (243) 257 Conroys Cove (801) 67 Conversion of radio bearings to Mercator bearings 23 Conversion tables, Feet, fathoms and meters 338 Conversion tables, True to mag- netic courses 335 Coombs Point (311) 166 Coot Island (227) 143 Corea (305) 104 Corea Harbor (305) 104 Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army__ 7, 327 Corsair Canyon (1107) 39 Courses and distances (See Direc- tions) Page Courthouse Point, Abagadasset Point to, Kennebec River (288) 215 Courthouse Point to Augusta, Kennebec River (289) 216 Cousins Island (315) 227 Cousins River (315) 228 Cow and Calf Ledge (307) 131 Cow Island, Cape Small to. Sail- ing directions (315) 54 Cow Island, Portland to. Sailing directions (315, 325) 53 Cowyard (245) 308 Cox Head (314) 213 Cozy Harbor (314) 207 Crabtree Ledge (306) 111 Crabtree Point Ledge (235) 157 Cradle Cove (310) 164 Cranberry Harbor (306) 118 Cranberry Island Bar (306) 118 Cranberry Island Coast Guard Station (306) 118 Cranberry Isles (306) 118 Criehaven (225) 147 Crockett Cove, Deer Isle (227)— 141 Crockett Cove, Vinalhaven Island (235) 158 Crockett Point (235) 158 Cromwell Cove (318) 114 Crosby Narrows to Bangor, Direc- tions (311) 183 Crosby Narrows to Winterport, Directions (311) 183 Cross Island Narrows (303) 80 Cross Island Narrows to Machias River, Directions (303) 84 Cross Jack Ledge (1106) 78 Cross River (314) 209 Crotch (Cliff) Island (315) 226 Crotch Island (227) 140, 141 Crotch Island Ledge (315) __^— 226 Crow Cove (310) 165 Crow Island, Blue Hill Bay (308) 123 Crow Island, Casco Bay (315) 226 Crow Island, Frenchman Bay (317) 108 Crow Island, Johns Bay (313) 196 Crow Island, off Great Cranberry Island (306) 118 Crow Point (246) 304 Crumple Island (304) 92 Cubby Hole (235) 157 Cuckolds, The (314) 200 Cuckolds Lighthouse, The (314) 200 Curlew Rock (304) 92 Cultivator Shoal (1107) 38 Cummings Cove (801) 68 Cummings Head (304) 92 Cundy Harbor (315) 221 Currant Island (305) 96 Current : Charts, Tidal 5, 26 Tables 4, 26 354 INDEX Pag-e Current—Continued. Velocity due to wind—North Atlantic coast, Table of 5 Currents (see also name of place 4 Bay of Fundy 41 Black Rock Channel, Boston (246) 288 Boston Harbor 287 Boston Lighthouse and Point Allerton, Between (246)— 287 Boston Lightship 41 Broad Sound, Boston (246) __ 287 Campobello Island, Along eastern side of 73 Campobello Island, Along northwestern side of 73 Cpbscook Bay and tribu- taries 74 Deer Island Light and Long Island Head Boston, Be- tween (246) 287 Deer Point, Above 74 Gallups Island and Long Is- land Head, Boston (246)— 288 Georges Bank, Over 40 Georges Bank and Brown Bank, Between 41 Georges Island and Gallups Island, Boston, Between (246) 288 Grand Manan Channel 41, 73 Gulf of Maine 40 Hypocrite Channel, Boston (246) 287 Lubec Narrows, Northward of 74 Pag« Currents—Continued. Lubec Narrows, Through 73 Main Ship Channel, Boston (246, 248) 287 Maine Coast, Alongshore 42 Moon Head and Long Island, Boston Harbor, Between (246) 288 Mount Desert, Eastward of 41 Mount Desert and Portland, Along the coast 'between 41 Nantasket Gut and Roads (246) 287 Nova Scotia, Off 41 Portland Lightship 41 Quoddy Roads, Approaching entrance to 73 St. Croix River 74 St. Croix River, Western passage of 74 St. Croix River and ap- proaches 73 South Channel, Boston (246) 287 Stellwagen Bank, Over 42 Thompson Island and Spec- tacle Island, Boston, Be- tween (246) 288 Wind 5 Curtis Island (321) 172 Curtis Island Light (321) 172 Cushing (312) 188 Gushing Island (325) 230 Customs ( see also name of place ) _ 15 Customs ports of entry, U. S 329 Cutler (303) 79 Cutler Cove (312) 188 D Damariscotta (313) 199 Damariscotta River (313) 196 Damariscotta River, Directions (313) 199 Damariscotta River Narrows (313) 198 Damariscove Island (314) 200 Dangers, Reporting of 1 Dangers in northern approach to Portsmouth (1205) 241 Dansbury Reef (231) 239 Danvers River (240) 270 Danversport (240) 270 Dark Harbor (310) 163 Darling Island and Ledge (307) _ 132 Davis Island, Georges Islands (312) 187 Davis Island, Johns Bay (313) __ 196 Davis Island, Sheepscot River (314) 211 Davis Straits (312) 187 Fisherman Island Passage to, Sailing directions (313) 55 Davis Straits—Continued. Owls Head to, via Muscle Ridge Channel, Sailing di- rections (312) 56 Day beacons 12 Deadman Point (306) 118 Deep Cove, Moose Island (801)— 60 Deep Cove. Port Clyde (312) 187 Deer Island, Boston (246) 280 Deer Island, Little Machais Bay (303) 79 Deer Island, Passamaquoddy Bay (801) 68 Deer Island Flats (246) 281 Deer Island Light and Long Is- land Head, Boston Currents be- tween (246) 287 Deer Island Light to Bird Island Anchorage, Boston, Sailing di- rections (246) 295 Deer Island Light to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River), Sail- ing directions (246) 297 INDEX 355 Page Deer Island Lighthouse (246)— 280 Boston Lightship to, via Broad Sound North Chan- nel, Sailing directions (246, 1207) 294 Boston Lightship to, via Broad Sound South Chan- nel, Sailing directions (246, 1207) 294 Boston Lightship to, via The Narrows, Sailing direc- tions (246, 1207) 295 Deer Island Thorofare (227) ___ 140 Casco Passage to. Sailing directions through (227, 308) 58 Entering from eastward, Di- rections (227) 141 Light (227) 141 Merchant Row and. Islands between (227) 142 Deer Island to Dorchester Bay, Sailing directions (246) 296 Deer Isle, Sedgwick Bridge (309) 138 Deer Isle Yacht Club (309) ^ 152 Deer Point (801) 67 Deer Point, Currents above 74 Delaware Bay, New York Harbor ta 35 Delaware Bay, Routes for 49 Dennys Bay (801) 72 Dennysville (801) 72 Derby Wharf (240) 269 Determination of compass error by the use of navigational ranges 3 Deviation of the Compass 30 Devils Back (246) 280 Devils Head, Eggemoggin Reach (309) ^ 137 Devils Head, St. Croix River (801) 71 Devils Head Ledge (309) 187 Dexter Ledge (225) 148 Diamond Cove (325) 231 Diamond Island Ledge and Roads (325) 231 Diamond Rock (309) 154 Diamond Rock Ledge (309) 154 Dice Head Lighthouse (311) 178 Dictator Ledge (314)^ 201 Dillingham Ledge (321) 172 Dingley Island (315) 221 Direction finder stations. Radio 328 Direction of current due to wind- 5 Directions, Sailing: Annisquara River (233) 258 Bangor, Crosby Narrows to (311) 183 Bass Harbor Bar to Petit Manan via direct route. Table 5H (305, 306) 61 Bass Harbor Bar to Petit Manan via Western Way, Table 5H1 (305, 306) 61 Page Directions, Sailing—Continued. Belfast Bay and Passagasa- wakeag River (319) 176 Beverly, Salem, and Marble- head Harbors (240) 272 Beverly Harbor (240) 273 Blue Hill Bay (307, 308) 134 Boothbay Harbor (230) 203 Boothbay Harbor from east- ward through Fisherman Island Passage (313, 314, 230) 203 Boothbay Harbor to Bath, Inside Passage (230) 205 Boston Lightship to Beverly Harbor, Table 16 (240, 1207) .__ 299 Boston Lightship to Brazil Rock, Table 17 (70, 1000 )_ 300 Boston Lightship to Cape Ann, Table 2 (1207) 51 Boston Lightship to Cape Cod Canal — Sou t h - b o u n d, Table lA (1207, 1208) 50 Boston Lightship to Cashes Ledge, Table 17 (70, 1000, 1106) 300 Boston Lightship to Deer Is- land Lighthouse via Broad Sound North Channel, Table 9 (246, 1207) 294 Boston Lightship to Deer Is- land Lighthouse via Broad Sound South Channel, Table 9A (246, 1207) 294 Boston Lightship to Deer Is- land Lighthouse via The Narrows, Table 9B (246, 1207) 295 Boston Lightship to Entrance Lynn Channel, Table 14 (240, 1207) 298 Boston Lightship to Frip- pennies Ledge, Table 17 (70, 1000, 1106) 300 Boston Lightship to Georges Shoal, Table 17 (70, 1000, 1107) 300 Boston Lightship to Platts Bank, Table 17 (70, 1000, 1106) 300 Boston Lightship to various fishing banks and points in Nova Scotia, Table 17 (70, 1000,1106,1107) 300 Boston Lightship to Yar- mouth Harbor, Table 17 (70, 1000, 1106) 300 Broad Sound, entrance North Channel to entrance Lynn Channel, Table 14A (240, 1207) 298 Broad Sound, North Channel entrance to Cape Ann, Table IE (1207) 51 356 INDEX Pag^e Directions, Sailing—Continued. Bucksport, Fort Point to (311) - 182 Bucksport to Winterport (311) 182 Burnt Coat Harbor (308)— 124 Camden Harbor (321) 172 Cape Ann to Bantam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy, Table 3D (1106) 52 Cape Ann to Matinicus Rock direct, Table 3G (1106) 52 Cape Ann to Portland Light- ship, Table 3 (1205, 1206) _ 51 Cape Ann to Portsmouth, Table 3A (1206) 51 Cape Cod Canal to Plymouth 311 Cape Cod to Boston Light- ship, Table IB (1207) 50 Cape Cod to Cape Ann, Table ID (1207) 51 Cape Cod Canal to Cape Ann, Table IC (1207, 1208) 50 Cape Cod Canal to Boston Lightship — North-bound, Table 1 (1207, 1208) 50 Cape Porpoise Harbor (1205) 240 Cape Small to Fisherman Is- land Passage, Table 5B (314) 55 Carvers Harbor (310)— 160 Carvers Harbor, from Rock- land through Laireys Nar- rows and The Reach (310) 161 Casco Bay (315) 229 Casco Passage, through, to Bass Harbor Bar, Table 5G (227, 308) 60 Castine Harbor (311) 178 Cow Island to Cape Small, Table 5A (315) 54 Crosby Narrows, Winterport to (311) 183 Crosby Narrows to Bangor (311) 183 Cross Island Narrows (303) _ 80 Damariscotta River (313)— 199 Davis Straits to Ov/ls Head via Muscle Ridge Channel, Table 5D (312) 56 Deer Lsland Light to Bird Island Anchorage, Boston, Table 10 (246) 295 Deer Island Light to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River), Table 12 (246) 297 Deer Island Thorofare, En- tering from eastward (227) 141 Deer Island Thorofare, En- tering from westward (227) 141 Deer Island Thorofare, through, to Casco Passage, Table 5F (227, 308) 58 Page Directions, Sailing—Continued. Deer Island to Dorchester Bay, Table 11 (246) 296 Douglas Island Harbor (305) 96 Dyer Bay, entering from eastward (305) 102 Dyer Bay, entering from westward (305) 102 Dyer Island Narrows (305) _ 95 East Penobscot Bay (309)— 154 Eastport to Calais, Table 8 (801) 76 Englishman and Chandler Bays (304) 88 Entrance Broad Sound North Channel to Cape Ann, Table IE (1207) 51 Entrance Broad Sound North Channel to En- trance Lynn Channel, Table 14A (240, 1207) 298 Entrance Lynn Channel to Lynn, Table 15 (240) 299 Fisherman Island Passage, From eastward through ' (313, 314, 230) 203 Fisherman Island Passage to Davis Straits, Table 5C (313) 55 Fort Point to Bucksport (311) 182 Frenchman Bay (306) 116 Gilkey Harbor (310) 164 Gloucester Harbor (233)— 264 Gouldsboro Bay (305) 103 Gouldsboro Bay, from east/ ward entering through Eastern Way (305) 103 Gouldsboro Bay from west- ward, entering through Eastern Way (305) 103 Harrington Bay (305) 99 Jericho Bay from southward (308) 126 Johns Bay (313) 196 Kennebec River 217 Little River (303) 79 Lynn Channel entrance to Lynn, Table 15 (240) 299 Machias Bay and River (303) 83 Mackerel Cove (308) 124 Marblehead, Beverly, and Salem Harbors (240) 272 Marblehead Harbor (240) __ 273 Merchant Row to Casco Passage, Table 5F1 (308, 309) 59 Merrimack River 255 Mistake Harbor (304) 91 Moosabec Reach to West Quoddy Head, Table 5J (303, 304, 1201) 63 Mt. Desert Narrows (307) __ 113 Mud Hole Channel (304) 91 INDEX 357 Pag-e Directions, Sailing—Continued. Muscongus Bay (313) 193 Muscongus Bay from west- ward (313) 194 Muscongus Bay to Medomali River (313) 194 Muscongus Sound from east- ward (313) 194 Muscongus Sound from soutliward or westward (313) 194 Nantasket Roads to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River) via Nantasliet Gut, Table 13 (246) 298 Narraguagus Bay (305) 99 New Meadows River (315)_ 221 North Haven Island, Pas- sage north of (309) 153 Northwest Harbor (309) 153 Owls Head through Fox Is- lands Thorofare, Table 5E (235, 309, 310) 57 Owls Head to Casco Passage via Eggemoggin Reach, Table 5F2 (227, 308-310). 59 Passagasawakeag River and Belfast Bay (319) 176 Penobscot River (311) 182 Petit Manan through Moos- abec Reach, Table 51 (304, 305) , 62 Pigeon Hill Bay (305) 97 Pleasant Bay (305) 99 Plymouth, Cape Cod Canal to oil Plymouth Harbor from Bos- ton (1207, 1208) 311 Plymouth Harbor from Cape Ann (1207, 1208) 311 Port Clyde (312) 186 Portland Harbor 234 Portland Lightship to Ban- tam Rock Lighted Whistle Buoy, Table 3E (1204) ___ 52 Portland Lightship 'to West Quoddy Head, Table 4 (1106, 1201) 53 Portland to Cow Island, Table 5 (315 or 325) 53 Portsmouth Harbor 248 Prospect Harbor, Entering from eastward (305) 105 Prospect Harbor, Entering from westward (305) 105 Portsmouth to Portland L i g li t s h i p. Table 3B (1205) 52 Rockland Harbor (320) 170 Roque Island Harbor (304)_ 86 St. George River (312, 313)- 188 Salem, Marblehead, and Beverly Harbors (240) ___ 272 Salem Harbor (240) 272 Seal Harbor (312) 167 540825°—43 24 Page Directions, Sailing—Continued. Sheepscot River (314) 210 Southwest Harbor (306) ___ 121 Southwest Harbor from eastward, northward of Sutton Island (306) 121 Southwest Harbor from westward thtough West- ern Way (306) 121 Stockton Harbor (311) 177 Sullivan Harbor and Taun- ton Bay (306) 111 Taunton Bay and Sullivan Harbor (306) 111 Thread of Life, To pass through (313) 196 Two Bush Channel 174 Union River (307) 134 Webber Cove (307) 133 Wellfleet Harbor (581) 314 West Penobscot Bay 173 West Quoddy Head to East- port via Head Harbor Pas- sage, Table 7 (801) 76 West Quoddy Head to East- port, via Lubec Channel, Table 6 (801) 75 Winter Harbor (317) 108 Winterport, Bucksport to (311) 182 Winterport to Crosby Nar- rows (311) 183 Wood Island Harbor (231)— 238 York Harbor (228) 243 York Narrows, Through (227) 127 Distances between ports 6, 325, 326 Distress, Ships in 22 Distress, Small craft in 22 Distress signals used by subma- rine and aircraft 31 Dix Island (312) 166,167 Dix Island Harbor (312) 167 Dochet Island (801) 71 Dockage (See name of place.) Dodge Point (320) 168 Dodge Point Ledge (320) 168 Dodge Rock (243) 259 Dog Island (801) 67 Dogfish Head (230) 207 Dogfish Island and Ledges (235) _ 158 Dogfish Rocks (303) 81 Dorchester Bay (246) 300 Dorchester Bay, Sailing direc- tions. Deer Island to (246) 296 Double Shot Island (304) 85 Douglas Island Harbor (305) 96 Douglas Island Ledge (305) 96 Douglas Islands (305) 96 Dover (229) 249 Dover and Exeter, Portsmouth to (229) 249 Dram Island (306) 110 Dread Ledge (240) 274 Dredged Channels 2 358 INDEX Page Dresden Landing (Cedargrove) (289) 216 Drinkwater Point (315) 228 Drisco Islands (304) 92 Drum Island (308) 122 Drums, The (308) 122 Drunkard Ledge, Fox Islands Thorofare (235) 158 Drunkard Ledge, Jericho Bay (308, 309) 125,143 Drunkers Ledges (315) 223 Dry Breakers (240) 267 Dry Money Ledge (308) 123 Dry Salvages (243) 260 Drydocks and marine railways, List of 332 Duck Cove (307) 128 Duck Island (330) 250 Duck Rocks (312) 151 Duck Trap Harbor (310) 173 Page Dudley Island (801) 66 Dumpling Islands (235) 157 Dunham Point (309) 152 Dunham Point Ledge (309) 152 Durham (229) 249 Duxbury (245) 309 Bay (245) 308 Pier Lighthouse (245) 308 Plymouth, and Kingston Har- bors (245) 307 Dyer Bay (305) 101 Entering from eastward, Di- rections (305) 102 Entering from westward, Di- rections (305) 102 Dyer Harbor (305) 101 Dyer Island (305) 93,95 Dyer Island Narrows, Directions (305) 95 Dyer Neck (305) 103 E Eagle (309) 153 Eagle Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) 130 Eagle Island, Casco Bay (315)__ 226 Eagle Island, East Penobscot Bay (309) 152, 153 Eagle Island, off Marblehead (240) 268 Eagle Island, Saco Bay (231) 237 Eagle Island Ledge (315) 226 Eagle Island Lighthouse (309)— 153 East Barge (307) 131 East Blue Hill ( 307 ) 132 East Boothbay (313) 198 East Boston (248) 282 East Braintree (246) 303 East Branch, Kennebec River (314) 215 East Brown Cow (315) 219 East Bunker Ledge (306) 121 East Dennis (581) 314 EastMachias (303) 79,83 East Machias River (303) 83 East Mark Ledge (227) 141 East Penobscot Bay (309) 152, 154 Cape Rosier to (309) 151 Directions (309) 154 JerichoBay to (309) 337 East Point (228) 243 East Quoddy Head (801) 69 East Rock (801) 69 East Shag Rock (242) 305 East Sullivan (306) 110 Eastern Bay, Frenchman Bay (306) 112 Eastern Bay off Great Wass Is- land (304) 91 Eastern Bay, Sullivan Harbor to (308) 112 Eastern Bay to Bar Harbor (306) 114 Eastern Black Ledge (225) 148 Eastern Channel, Cohasset (242) _ 305 Eastern Channel, Eastern River (311) 179 Eastern Duck Rock (312) 151 Eastern Ear (309) 144 Eastern Ear Ledge (309) 144 Eastern Egg Rock (313) 193 Eastern Head, Isle au Haut (309) 144 Eastern Head, Moose Cove (303) _ 78 Eastern Head Ledges (303) 78,79 Eastern Island (305) 102 Eastern Knubble (303) 79 Eastern Ledge, Damariscotta Riv- er (313) 198 Eastern Ledge, Penobscot Bay (225) 147 Eastern Ledges (304) 87 Eastern Neck (246) 303 Eastern Point Harbor (306) 110 Eastern Point Lighthouse (233) _ 261 Eastern River (Eastern Channel) ( 311 ) 179 Eastern Way (Ship Channel) (305) 102 Eastport (801) 67 Calais to. Sailing directions (801) 76 Meteorological table 340 West Quoddy Head to, via Head Harbor Passage, Sail- ing directions (801) 76 West Quoddy Head to, via Lubec Channel, Sailing di- rections (801) 75* Ebenecook Harbor (230) 207 Egg Rock, Frenchman Bay (317)- 107 Egg Rock, Jericho Bay (227) 127 Egg Rock, Nahant (240) 274 Egg Rock, off Great Wass Island (304) 92 Egg Rock. Penobscot Bay (310) _ 162 INDEX 359 Page Egg Rock, Pigeon Hill Bay ( 305 ) _ 97 Egg Rock Ledge, Penobscot Bay (310) , 162 Egg Rock Light, Frenchman Bay (317) 107 Egg Rock Whistle Buoy, French- may Bay (317) 107 Eggemoggin (309) 138 Eggemoggin Reach (309) 137 Eggemoggin Reach, Sailing direc- tions, Owls Head to Casco Pas- sage via (227, 30&-10) 59 Ellingwood Rock (314) 212 Ellisville Harbor (1208) 312 Ellsworth (307) 134 Emerson Point (243) 261 Emery Cove (306) 113 Emery Islands (320) 168 Enchanted Island (227) 143 Page Englishman Bay (304) 84 Chandler Bay and (304), ___ 84 Chandler Bay and Directions (304) 88 Moose Cove to (303) 78 Nash Island to (304) 84 Englishman River (304) 86 Enos Ledge (242) 305 Ensign Islands (310) jl63 Essex (243) 257 Essex Bay and River (243) 257 Essex Bays, Ipswich and (243) _ 257 Ewe Island (309) 143 Ewin Narrows (315) 224 Exeter (229) 249 Exeter, Portsmouth to Dover and <229) 249 Exeter River (229) 249 F Fairways 10 Farrel Island (227) 142,156 Farnham Rock (245) 307 Federal Communications Com- mission 17 Ferry Beach (231) 237 Fessenden Ledge (304) 89 Fiddler Ledge (235) 158 Field Stations, U. S. Coast & Geo- detic Survey 1,285,325 Fifield Point (227) 141 Fifth Rock (304) 87 Finns Ledge (246) 277 Fippennies Ledge (1106) 40 Fippennies Ledge, .Boston Light- ship to, Sailing directions (70, 1000,1106) 300 First Clilif (232) 306 Fish and Wildlife Service, U. S. (Gloucester) (233) 262 Fish and Wildlife Service Office and Stations 330 Fish Point (313) 195 Fish Point Ledge (235) 157 Fish weirs 33 Fisherman Island. Booth Bay (314) 200 Fisherman Island, Mnscie Ridge Channel (312) 166 Fisherman Island, off Great Wass Island (304) 92 Fisherman Island Passage, Booth Bay (314) 201 PMsherman Island Passnge. Direc- tions from eastward through (313, 314. 230) 203 Fisherman Island Passage. Mus- cle Ridge Channel (312) 168 Fisherman Island Passage, Sail- ing directions. Cape Small to CR\4\ 55 Fisherman Island Passage to Davis Straits, Sailing direc- tions (313) 55 Fi.shhawk Islet (314) 201 Fishing industry charts (3075, 3076) 39 Fishing Island (329) 245 Fishing Point (240) 274 Fishing Rock (1205) 241 Fishing Rocks (1205) 241 Fishing structures and appli- ances. Regulations for 33 Five Islands (314) 207 Five Islands Harbor (314) 207 Flag Island (315) 220 Flag Island, Upper (315) 225 Flag Island Ledge (315) 220 Flanders Bay (306) 109 Flat Bay (305) 95 Flat Ground (243) 260 Flat Island. East of Great Wass Island (304) 92 Flat Island, Penobscot Bay (310) 165 Fletcher Neck (231) 239 Flint Island (305) 93,100 Flint Island Narrows (305) 93 Floating equipment (See name of place. ) Flye Island Ledge (307) 131 Flying Passage (313) 191 Flying Point (240) 208 Fog Island (309) 143 Fog Signals, Hours of operation of 334 Fogs (see oiso name of place) 33 Follv Cove (243) 259 Folly Ledge (310) 160 Follv Island, Blue Hill Bav (307) 129 Folly Island, off Cape Porpoise (1205) 240 Fore River (325) 231 Fore River, Bridges (325) 232 Forest City Landing (325) 231 Fort, The (313) 195 Fort Georges (325) 231 360 INDEX Page Fort Independence (248) 282 Foi't Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 141 Fort Island, Pleasant River (305) 94 Fort Knox (311) 180 Fort Pickering Lighthouse (240) 269 Fort Point, Damariscotta River (313) 198 Fort Point, Penobscot River (311) 179 Fort Point Channel (248) 282 Fort Point Cove (311) 179 Fort Point Ledge (311) 179 Fort Point Lighthouse (311) 179 Fort Point to Bucks]X)rt, Direc- tions (311) 182 Fort Popham (314) 213 Fort Sewall (240) 2a9 Fort Winthrop (248) 282 Foss Ledges (1206) 251 Foster Channel (303) 81 Foster Cove (313) 196 Foster Ledges (225) 149 Foster Island, Machias Bay (333) 81 Foster Island, Narraguagus Bay (305) 94, 95 Foster Point (315) 220 Fourfoot Rock (230) :__ 208 Fourth Cliff (1207) 306 Page Fox Point (246) 301 Fox Islands Thorofare (235) 156 Fox Islands Thorofare, Sailing directions. Owls Head through (235, 309, 310) 57 Foxhall Bridge (240) 276 Frankfort (311) 180 Frankfort Flats (311) 180 Franklin (306) 111 Franklin Island Lighthouse (313) 193 Freeman Rock (304) 91 Freeport River (315) 227 French Island (315) 227 Frenchboro (308) 123 Frenchman Bay, Directions (306) 116 Frenchman Bay, east side. Win- ter Harbor to Sullivan Harbor (308) 109 Frenchman Bay, General infor- mation (306) 106 Friar Bay and Head (801) 66 Friar Roads (Eastport Harbor) (801) 67, 69 Friendship (313) 190 Friendship Harbor and Island (313) 190 Frost Island (801) 68 Frost Ledge (801) 68 Fuller Rock (314) 212 G Gales Ledge and Point (240) ___ 265 Gallups Island (246) 280 Gallups Island and Georges Is- land, Boston, Currents between (246) 288 Gallups Island and Long Island Head, Boston, Currents be- tween (246) 288 Gangway Ledge (314) 201 Gangwav Passage (242) 305 Gannet Rock (1106) 78 Gannet Rock Light (1106) 78 Gap Head (243) 260 Garden Island (312) 166 Garden Island Ledge (312) 166 Gardiner (289) 216 Gardiner, South (289)____ 216 Garrison Island (313) 190 Gay Cove and Island (312) 187 General Edwards Bridge (240) __ 275 George Head Island (227) 142 George Island (315) 222 Georges Bank (1107) 38 Georges Bank and Brown Bank, Currents between 41 Georges Bank currents 40 Georges Harbor (312) 186 Georges Island. Boston Harbor (246) 280 Georges Island and Gallups Is- land, Boston, Currents between (246) 288 Georges Islands, Penobscot Bay (312) 186 Georges Islands, Muscle Ridge Channel to (312) 184 Georges Shoal (1107) 38 Georges Shoal, Boston Lightship to. Sailing directions (70, 1000,1107) 300 Georgetown, West (314) 214 Georgetown Island (230) 205 German Bank (1106) 39 Gig Rock (312) 187 Gilbert Canyon (1107) 39 Gilbert Head (314) 213 Gilkev Harbor, Directions (310) _ 164 Gilpatrick Cove (306) 120 GleasonCove (801) 68 Gloucester Breakwater Light (233) 261 Coast Guard Station (233)— 262 Harbor (233) 261 Harbor, Directions (233)— 264 Plarbor to Lvnn Harbor (240) 265 Plymouth to (1207) 265 Portsmouth to (1206) 244 INDEX 361 Page Goat Island, Kennebec iliver (314) 214 Goat Island, Portsmouth (329) __ 245 Goat Island Lighthouse (1205)— 240 Gong buoys 10 Googins Ledge (306) 112 Goose Cove (307) 128,130 Goose Cove Rock (307) 128 Goose Island (310) 163 Goose Island, Lower and Upper (315) 226 Goose Nest (315) 226 Goose Nest Ledge (315) 226 Goose River (321) 171 Goose Rock, Casco Bay (315) 219 Goose Rock, Penobscot Bay (310) 163 Goose Rock Passage (230)— 205 Goose Rocks Lighthouse (235) _— 158 Gooseberry Island, Merchant Row (227) 142 Gooseberry Island, off Swans Is- land (308) 125 Gooseberry Island Ledge, Casco Bay (315) 219 Gooseberry Island Ledge, off Swans Island (308) 125 Gooseberrv Point (310) 165 Goosefair Bav (1205) 239 Gosport Harbor (330) 250 Gott Island (308) 122 Goudv Ledge (315) 220 Gouldsboro (305) 102 Gouklsbdro Bay (305) 102 Directions (305) 103 From eastward, entering through Eastern Way (305) 103 From westward, entering through Eastern Way (305) 103 Gouldsboro Harbor (305) 103 Government services to the nav- igator 1 Governors Island (248) 282 Governors Island Channel (246) _ 281 Grampuses, The (242) 305 Grand Beacli (231) 237 Grand Manan Bank (HOC) 39 Grand Manan Channel (70, 1000, 1106, 1201) 30 Currents 41, 73 Off-lying dangers in south- ern approach (303) 77 Grand Manan Island (303) 77 Grape Island (246) 303 Grass Head (240) 274 Grass Ledge (309) 154 Graves, The, Boston (240) 279 Graves, The. Penobscot Bav (321) __ 171 Graves Lighted Whistle Radio Beacon Buoy, The (240) 279 Graves Lighthouse, The (246)— 279 Grays Rock (240) 268 Page Great Aquavitae Beacon (240) __ 269 Great Bar (304) 88 Great Bay (229) 249 Great Boars Head (1206) 251 Great Brewster (246) 277 Great Brewster Island and Spit (246) 279 Great Chebeag Island (315) 228 Great Cranberry Island (306)__ 118 Great Diamond Island (325) 231 Great Duck Island (308) 122 Gi'eat Duck Island Lighthouse (308) 122 Great Egg Rock (240) 265 Great Faun Bar (246) 280 Great Gott Island (308) 122 Great Haste (240) 267 Great Head, Little Machias Bay (303) 79 Great Head, Mount Desert Island (306) 116 Great (Lower) Hell Gate (230) _ 205 Great Lakes, Distances on 6 Great Mark Island (315) 224 Great Misery Island (240) 267 Great Moshier Island (315) 227 Great Neck (1206) 256 Great Pig Rocks (240) 268 Great South Channel (1107) 49 Great Spoon (309) 144 Great Spoon Ledge (309) 144 Great Spruce Head (310) 173 Great Spruce Head Island (309) _ 153 Great Spruce Ledges (304) 88 Great AVass Island (304) 92 Green Harbor (245) 307 Green Harbor River (245) 307 Green Island, Blue Plill Bav (307) ^_ 130 Green Island, Boston (246) 280 Green Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 143 Green Island, Eastern Bay (301) _ 91 Green Island, Englishman Bav (304) 85 Green Island, off Tabbott Nar- rows (304) 92 Green Island, off Vinalhaven Island (310) 159 Green Island, South of Swans Island (308) 125 Green Island Knob (310) 160 Green Island Ledge (304) 85 Green Island Passage (315) 226 Green Island Reef (315) 225 Green Island Seal Ledges (225 )_ 149 Green Islands, Blue Hill Bav (308) 122 Green Islands, Sheepscot River (230) 208 Green Islet (801) 70 Green Ledge, Carvers Harbor (310) 100 Green Ledge, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 141 362 INDEX Page Green Ledge, Jericho Bay (309) 139, 143 Green Ledge, off Penobscot Bay (225) 147 Green Ledge Light (309) 137 Green Point Shoal (312) 150 Green Rock (304) 92 Greening Island (306) 119 Greenland Cove (313) 193 Greenlaw Cove (309) 137 Greenleaf Ledge (314) 209 Griffin Ledge (312) 187 Griffith Head (314) 206 Griffith Head Ledge (314) 206 Grindel Point (310) 163 Grindel Point Light (310) 164 Grindstone Ledge, Blue Hill Bay (308) 122 Grindstone Ledge, Winter Harbor (317) 108 Grindstone Neck (317) 107 Groveland 253 Page Gulf of Maine Currents 40 General description 37 Vessels approaching from southward 49 Gulf Waterway, The Lakes to 36 Gull Ledge (309) 153 Gull Rock, Friendship Harbor (313) 191 Gull Rock, Treat Island (801)— 66 Gull Rock Ledge (312) 151 Gull Rocks (305) 97 Gun apparatus. Instructions for use of 18 Gunning Rocks (312) 185 Gurnet (315) 223 Gurnet, Gun Point Cove, The (315) 222 Gurnet Lighthouse (245) 308 Gurnet Point (245) 308 Gut, The (313) 196,198 H Haddock Island (313) 192 Haddock Island Kelp Ledge (313) 192, 194 Haddock Ledge, Duck Trap Har- bor (310) 173 Haddock Ledge, Penobscot Bay (312) 150 Hadley Point (306) 113 Hadlock Cove (306) 118 Haley Cove (330) 250 Half Tide Rock (1106) 78 Halftide Ledge, Flanders Bay (306) 109 Halftide Ledge, off Trafton Island (305) 96. 100 Halftide Rock (231) 238 Halfway Rock, Casco Bay (315)- 223 Halfway Rock, Marblehead (240) 266, 267 Halfway Rock, Penobscot Bay (309) 144 Halfway Rock Lighthouse (315)- 223 Halibut Hole (317) 107 Halibut Rock (312) 166 Halibut Rocks (227) 142 Halifax Island (304) 85 Hall Bay (230) 20.") Hall Point (306) 110 Hall Quarry (306) 119 Hallowell (289) 216 Hamilton Cove (1201) 77 Hampden (311) 181 Hampton Harbor (1206) 252 Hampton River (1206) 252 Hampton River bridge regula- tions 252 Hampton Shoal Ledge (1206) 252 Hancock (306) 112 Hancock Point (306) 111 Hand Correction of Charts 3 Handiron Ledge (317) 107 Hangman Islet (246) 301 Hanover (1207) 306 Harbor (See name of place.) Harbor Cove (233) 262 Harbor Island, Buck Harbor (309) 139 Harbor Island, Burnt Coat Har- bor (308) 123 Harbor Island, Casco Bay (315)_ 220 Harbor Island, Merchant Harbor (309) 143, 156 Harbor Island, Muscongus Bay (313) — 194 Harbor Island, Naskeag Harbor (308, 309) 125,137 Harbor Island Ledge (227) 142 Harbor Island Rock (313) 194 Harbor Ledge, Buck Harbor (309) 139 Harbor Ledge, Matinicus Harbor (225) 148 Harbor masters 32, 331 Harbor Regulations (See name of harbor.) Harbor Rock (243) 260 Hardhead Island (309) 153 Harding Ledge, Nantasket (246) - 278 Harding Ledge, Sheepscot River (230) 208 Hardwood Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) 129 Hardwood Island, Merchant Row (309) 143 Hardwood Island, Moosabec Reach (304) 89,90,92 Hardv Rocks (240) 267 Harpswell, South (315) 22.^ Harpswell Center (315) 226 Harpswell Harbor (315) 224 Harpswell Sound (315) 223 Harraseeket River (315'> 227 INDEX 363 Page Harriman Cove (311) 180 Harrington (305) 95 Bay (305) 94 Bay, Directions (305) 99 River (305) 95 Harris Cove (801) 68 Hart Bar, Island, and Ledge (312) 185 Haskell Island (315) 225 Haskell Ledge (227) 141 Hat Island (308) 125 Hatchett Cove (313) 191 Havener Ledge (313) 191 Haverhill 253 Hawley Ledge (227) 127 Hay Island (313) 196 Hay Ledge (312) 185 Haycock Harbor (1201) 77 Haycock Rock (227) 141 Haynes Point (307) 114 Hbr de Loutre (801) 67 Head Harbor, Isle au Haut ( 309) _ 144 Head Harbor, North of Campo- bello Island (801) 69 Head Harbor, South of Moosabec Reach (304) 90 Head Harbor Island, North of Campobello Island (801) 69 Head Harbor Island, South of Moosabec Reach (304) 90 Head Harbor Light (801) 69 Head Harbor Passage (801) 69 Head Harbor Passage, Sailing di- rections. West Quoddy Head to Eastport, via (801) 76 Heal Cove (230) 205 Heal Eddy (314) 213 Health and quarantine 16 Health Service, U. S. Public 16, 330 Heart Island (309) 153 Hell Gate, Loveer and Upper (230) 205 Hen Cove (315) 222 Hen Island Ledge (315) 221 Hen Islet (315) 221 Hendricks Harbor (314) 207 Hendricks Head Lighthouse Tow- er (abandoned) (314) 207 Herman Harbor (314) 206 Heron Island, Damariscotta Riv- er (313) 197 Heron Island, Frenchman Bay (317) 107 Heron Island, off Blue Hill Bay (308) 125 Heron Neck Ledge (310) 161 Heron Neck Light (310) 159 Hewell Island (312) 167 Hevpes Ledge and Point (310) ___ 165 Herrick Bay (307) 131 Herriman Point (307) 131 Herring Bay (801) 69 Herring Cove (580) 316 Herring Gut (Port Clyde) (312) _ 185 Herring Ledge (225) 149 Page Herring River (1207) 306 Hickey Island (304) 85 Higgins Beach (231) 237 High Clam Ledge (312) 166 High Island, Johns River (313)— 196 High Island, Muscle Ridge Chan- nel (312) 166 High Pine Ledge (245) 307 Hills Point (801) 71 Hilton Point (314) 209 Hingham Bay (246) 302 Hingham Harbor (246) 304 Hockomock Bay (230) 205 Hockomock Channel (313) 191 Hodgdon Island and Ledge ( 314 ) _ 209 Hodgkin Cove (233) 258 Hog Island, Eggemoggin Reach, Eastern end (309) 137 Hog Island, Eggemoggin Reach, Western end (309) 139 Hog Island, Hingham Bay (246)_ 303 Hog Island, Machias Bay (303)__ 82 Hog Island, Muscongus Sound (313) 192 Hog Island, West Penobscot Bay (310) - 165 Hogshead, The (225) 148 Holbrook Ledge (314) 201 Holly Cove (303) 80 Holmes Bay (303) 82 Holmes Cove (303) 79 Hooper Island (312) 187 Hooper Point <312) 189 Hooper Shoal (312) 150 Hope Island (315) 226 Horse Island (315) 225 Horseman Ledge (309) 144 Horseshoe Cove (309) 139 Horseshoe Ledge (308) 122 Hospital Islet (801) 69 Hospital Point (240) 274 Hospitals, Marine 330 Houghs Neck (246) 302 Hours of operation of fog sig- nals 334 House Cove (303) 79 House Island, Manchester (240) _ 265 House Island, Portland (325)_- 231 Howard Bay" (303) 82 Howard Ledges (309) ' 139 Howard Point (312) 189 Hughes Beach (303) 79 Hull (246) 302 Hulls Cove (306) 114 Humarock (1207) 306 Hungry Island (313) 194 Hunting Island (314) 201 Hurricane Ledge (312) 166 Hurricane Sound (310) 160 Hurricanes, West Indies 18 Hydrographer Canyon (1107) __ 39 Hvdrographlc office, U. S 6,8,327 Hypocrite Channel (246) 278 Hypocrite Channel currents, Bos- ton (246) 287 Hypocrites, The (314) 200 364 INDEX I Page Ice (see also name of place) 34,36 Ice I'eports, Radio 20 Immigration and Naturalization offices, U. S 330 Important facing 1 Independence Island (314) 201 Indian Cove (303) 82 Indian Creek (310) 159 Indian Island, North of Campo- ' bello Island (801) 70 Indian Island, Penobscot Bay (321) 171 Indian Ledge (225) 148 Indian Point, Bine Hill Bay (307) 130 Indian Point, Penobscot River (311) 183 Indian River (304) 89 Information, Local general 32 Information, Radiote 1 e p h o n i c weather 19 Information Bulletin, Cape Cod Canal 321 Inland waterways 35 Inner and Middle Breakers (240) 267 Inner Bay Ledges (235) 158 Inner Breaker (225) 147 Inner Dawes Ledge (308) 122 Inner Green Island (315) 225 Inner Harbor, Gloucester (233) _ 262 Inner Harbor, Prospect Harbor (305) 104 Inner Heron Island (313) 197 Page Inner Heron Island Ledge (313) _ 197 Inner Ledge, Camden (321) 172 Inner Ledge, Isle au Haut Thoro- fare (309) 145 Inner Shag Ledge (312) 187 Inside Route Pilot 35 Inspectors, Radio 17 Inspectors, Supervising and Lo- cal, Offices of 15, 330 Instructions to mariners in case of shipwreck 13 International Boundary marks 64 Intracoastal Waterways 35 Ipswich (1206) 256 Ipswich and Essex Bays (243) __^ 257 Ipswich River (1206) 256 Iron Bound Island (306) 109 Island End River (248) 283 Isle au Haut and off-lying dan- gers (309) 144 Isle au Haut Bay (309) 151 Isle au Haut Thorofare (309)— 144 Isle au Haut Village (309) 145 Isle of Springs (230) 205 Isles of Shoals (330) 250 Approaching and passing (330) 251 Isles of Shoals Lighthouse (330)_ 251 Islesboro Harbor (310) 165 Islesboro (Long Island) (310) 163 Islesboro (Long Island), North end (311) 165 Islesford (306) 118 Issue date of charts 3 Jack Rock (314) 213 Jackson Ledge (305) 98 Jameson Point (313) 190 Jamestown Point (320) 169 Jamison Ledge (315) 220 JaquishGut (315) 223 Jaquish Island (315) 223 Jed Islands (307) 132 Jeffreys Ledge (1106) 40 Jenks Ledge (312) 187 Jenny Island (315) 222 Jennv Ledge (315) 222 Jericho Bay (308) 125 Dirertions from southward (308) 126 East Penobscot Bay (309) ___ 137 Petit Manan to (1202) lOl Jerry Ledge (305) 95 Jewell Island (315) 226 Jewett Cove .(230) 209 Jims Head (1201) 77 Jo Leighton Ground (305) 08 Job Island (310) 163 Joe Beach Ledge (240) 275 John Island, Bartlett Narrows (307) 129 John Island, Merchant Roav (227) 143, 156 John Island, off Swans Island (308) 123 John Island Dry Ledge (308) 123 John Island Sunken Ledge (308) _ 123 Johns Bay (313) 195 Johns Bay, Directions (313) 196 Johns Island, Casco Passage (227) 127 Johns Island, Jolnis Bay (313 )__ 195 Johns River (313) 196 Johnson Bay (803) G6 Johnson Cove (801) 68 Johnson Rock (315) 225 Jones Garden Island (313) 193 Jones River (245) 309 Jonesboro (304) 87 Jonesport (304) 89 Jordan Island (306) 109 Jordan Island Bar (306) 109 Jordan River (307) 113 INDEX 365 Page Jordans Delight (305) 96 Jordans Delight Ledge (305) 95 Joy Bay and Cove (305) 103 Jumper Ledge (304) 85 Juniper Point (240) 274 Page Junk of Pork, Casco Bay (315)— 225 Junk of Pork, Flanders Bay (306) 110 Junken Ledge (225) 149 K Keene (Lower) Narrows (313)- 193 Kelley Point (304) 89 Kelp Ledge, Damarlscotta River (313) 198 Kelp Ledges, Port Clyde (312) __ 187 Kendall Head (801) 68 Kenduskeag River (311) 181 Kennebec River (314) 211 Abagadasset Point to Bath (314, 1204) 215 Abagadasset Point to Court- house Point (288) 215 Anchorages 210 Augusta to Courthouse Point (289) 216 Bath to (314) 211 Bath to Abagadasset Point (314, 1204) 215 Bridges at Bath 218 Coast Guard Station (314) _ 213 Courthouse Point to Abaga- dasset Point (288) 215 Courthouse Point to Augusta (289) 216 Currents 217 Directions 217 East Branch 215 Kennebec River—Continued. Freshets 216 Ice 217 Islands and rocks off the en- trance (314) 212 Tides 217 West Branch 215 Kennebunk Beach (1205) 241 Kennebunk River (1205) 240 Kennebunkport (1205) 240 Kent Cove and Ledge (235) 157 Kettle Island (243) 265 Kidder Point (311) 177 Kimball Island and Rock (309) _ 144 Kingston (245) 309 Kingston, Duxbury, and Ply- mouth Harbors (245) 307 Kingston Bay (245) 309 Kittery (329) 245 Kittery Point (329) 245 Kittery to Portsmouth bridges (329) 245 Knight Island (304) Z I_ 91 Knowles Rocks (313) 195 Knubble Bay (230) 205 Kollegewidgwok Yacht Club (307) 133 Ladle, The (305) 93,99 Laireys Island (310) 181 Laireys Narrows (235) 159 Lakeman Harbor (304) 86 Lakes to Gulf Waterway 36 Lamoine Beach (306) 113 Lamp Islet (397) 130 Lamprey River (229) 249 Landfalls 42 Lane Island (310) 159 Lanes Cove (243) 258 Lanesville (243) 258 Large Green Island (225) 149 Large scale charts 7 Larrabee (303) 82 Larrabee Cove (303) 82 Lasell Island (310) 163 Latty Cove (307) 128 Lawrence Cove (311) ISO Lazygut Ledge (227) 141 Leadbetter Island (235) 159 Leadbetter Narrows (235) 158 Ledge, The (801) 71 Letite Passage (801) 71 Lewis Rock (306) 121 Libby Islands (303) 81 Libby Islands Lighthouse (303)- 81 Liberty Point (801) 65,71 Liberty Point Ledge (801) 65 Life car. Rescue with 14 Lifeboat or surfboat, Rescue with 13 Lifeboat Stations, St. Croix River to Cape Cod 329 Lifesaving stations, Massachu- setts Humane Society 32 Lifesaving stations, U. S. Coast Guard 13, 329 Light characteristics, Signifi- cance of 11 Light lists 9,27 Lighterage (See name of place.) Lighthouse Tenders 12 Lights for buoys and beacons. Colors of 11 Lightships 12 Lime Island (310) 163 Lincolnville (310) 173 Linekin Bay (314) 201 Linekin Bay, Booth Bay and (314) 200 Linekin Neck (314) 201 366 INDEX Fage Lines Island (314) 215 Little Bangs Island (31b) 226 Little Bay (229) 249 Little Birch Island (315) 225 Little Black Island (308) 122 Little Black Ledge (305) 104 Little Boars Head (1206) 251 Little Bustins Island (315) 227 Little Calf Island (306) 109 Little Camp Island (227) 142 Little Chebeag Island (315)--!-— 228 Little Cranberry Island (306) ___ 118 Little Diamond Island (825) 231 Little Dochet Island (801) 71 Little Duck Island (308) 122 Little Faun Bar (246) 280 Little Gott Island (308) 122 Little Green Island (312) 149 Little Harbor (329) 245 Little Haste (240^ 267 Little Holly Cove (303) 80 Little Island (313) 192 Little Kennebec Bay (304) 85 Little Ledge (305) 102 Little Machias Bay (303) 79 Little Mark Island (315) 224 Little Mystic River (South Chan- nel) (248) 283 Little Nahant (240) 274 Little Nahant Beach (210) 274 Little Neck (1206) 256 Little Pig Rocks (240) 268 Little River, Damariscotta River (313) 197 Little River, West Quoddy Head (303) 79 Directions (303) 79 Island (303) 79 Ledge (Eastern Head) (303)_ 79 Lighthouse (303) 79 Little River Rock (231) 237 Little Sail Rock (801) 64 Little Salvages (243) 261 Little Sheepscot River (230) 205 Little Spoon (309) 144 Little Spruce Ledge (304) 88 Little Thorofare (235) 156 Little Whaleboat Island (315) ___ 226 Little Wood Island (315) 219 Littlejohn Island (315) 227 Littles Point (Phillips Point) (240) 274 Lobster pots 33 Lobster' Rock, Beverly Harbor (240) 271 Lobster Rock, Cape Porpoise (1205) 240 Local general information 32 Local Inspectors, Marine Inspec- tion and Navigation 16,330 Local magnetic disturbance 30 Local services 32 Local w^eather bulletins, radio 18 Page Locust Island (313) 191 Londoner, The (243) 261 Long and Swans Islands, Passage between (308) 123 Long Cove, Dam'ariscotta River (313) 198 Long Cove, Searsport (311) 177 Long Cove, Sheepscot River (230) 209 Long Cove, Tenants Harbor (312) 184 Long Cove Ledge (311) 177 Long Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) _ 131 Long Island, Boston, Currents be- tween Moon Head and (246)— 288 Long Island, Boston Harbor (246) 280 Long Island, Casco Bay (315) ___ 228 Long Island, Islesboro (310) 163 Long Island, Islesboro, North end (311 ) 165 Long Island, ofe Blue Hill Bay (308) 123 Long Island Head, Boston, Cur- rents between Deer Island Light and (246) 287 Long Island Head, Boston, Cur- rents between Galluys Island and (246) 288 Long Island Head Lighthouse (246) 280 Long Island Hub (307^ 131 Long Island Ledge (311) 166 Long Ledge, Casco Bay (315) 220 Long Ledge, Casco Passage ( 227 ) _ 127 Long Ledge, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 141 Long Ledge, Flanders Bay (306) 110 Long Ledge, Little Machias Bay (303) 80 Long Ledge, off Grand Manan Island (1106) 78 Long Ledge, Seal Harbor (312) _ 167 Long Ledge, Western Way (306) 118 Long Point (306) 118 Long Point Cove (303) 79 Long Point Lighthouse (580)— 315 Lookout (309) 145 Lookout Point (1208) 312 Lopaus Point (307) 129 Lord Rock (307) 134 Lovell Island (246) 280 Lowell Cove (315) 223 Lowell Ledge (320) 169 Lowell Rock (321) 171 Lower Basket Ledge (315) 228 Lower Gangway Ledge (312)— 167 Lower Goose Island (315) 226 Lower (Great) Hell Gate (230) _ 205 Lower (Keene) Narrows (313)— 193 Lower Mark Island (314) 206 INDEX 367 liUbec (801) Channel (801) Channel, West Quoddy Head to Eastport, via, Sailing directions (801) Lighthouse (801) Narrows (801) Narrows, Currents north- ward of Narrows, Currents through- Luce Cove (311) Lunging Island (330) Lunt Harbor (308) Lurcher Shoal (1106) Lydonia Canyon (1107) Machias (303) Bay (303) Bay and River (303) Bay and River, Directions (303) River (303) River from Avery Rock to Machiasport (303) Seal Island (303) Seal Island Light (303) ___ Machiasport (303) Mack Point (311) Mackerel Cove, Bailey Island (315) Mackerel Cove, Swans Island (308) Mackerel Cove, Swans Island, Directions (308) Mackerel Ledge (225) Mackerel Rock (305) MacMahan (280) Macmaster Island (801) Magnetic compass, Factors af- fecting use of the Magnetic Courses, Conversion Tables, True to Magnetic disturbance, Local Magnolia (243) Magnolia Harbor (243) Mahoney Island and Ledge (307) Main Ship Channel, Beverly (240) Main Ship Channel, Islands and rocks along (240) Main Ship Channel currents, Boston, (246, 8) Maine Coast, Routes and direc- tions eastward of Portland Major weather bulletins Malaga Island (315) Malcolm Ledge (225) Maiden River (248) Man Island (304) Man-of-War Head (801) Manana Island (312) Page 65 65 75 65 65 74 73 183 250 123 39 39 Page Lynn Beach (240) 274 Channel entrance to Boston Lightship, Sailing direc- tions (240, 1207) 298 Channel entrance to en- trance Broad Sound North Channel, Sailing direc- tions (240, 1207)) 298 Channel entrance to. Sail- ing directions (240) 299 Harbor (240) 275 Harbor, Gloucester Harbor to (240) 265 Harbor, Western channel of (240) 275 M 83 79 80 83 82 84 77 77 83 176 224 123 124 148 96 205 71 29 335 30 265 265 130 266 267 287 47 18 220 147 284 90 67 150 Manchester (240) 265 Manchester Harbor (240) 265 Manchester Point (306) 119 Mann Rock (240) 269 Manomet Hill (245) 310 Manomet Point (1208) 312 Manset (306) 119 Maple Juice Cove (312) 187 Maps, Planimetric 6, 327 Maquoit Bay (315) 227 Maraspin Creek (339) 313 Marblehead (240) 269 Beach (240) 268 Beverly, and Salem Harbors (240) 266 Beverly, and Salem Harbors, Directions (240) 272 Channel (240) 267 Channel, Islands and rocks along (240) 268 Harbor (240) 268 Harbor, Directions (240)— 273 Island (312) 166 Lighthouse (240) 268 Neck (240) 269 Rock (240) 268 to Boston Harbor (240) 274 Margie Rock (801) 67 Marine Hospitals 330 Marine Inspection and Naviga- tion 15 Marine Inspection and Naviga- tion Offices, U. S. Bureau of___ 330 Marine Labora tory. University oTMaine (306) 113 Marine Laboratory, University of New Hampshire (330) 250 Marine Railways and Drydocks, List of 332 Mariner (post office) (315) 228 Mariners, Instructions in case of shipwreck 13 Mariners, Notice to 9^27 Mark Island, Casco Bay (315) ___ 219 Mark Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 141 368 INDEX Page Mark Island, liOwer, Sheepscot River (314) 206 Mark Island, Moosabec Reacli (304) 88 Mark Island, West Penobscot Bay (310) 163 Mark Island, Winter Harbor (317) 107 Mark Island Ledge, Casco Bay (315) 219 Mark Island Ledge, Sheepscot River (230) 208 Marsh Cove (225) 147 Marsh Harbor and Island (313)- 193 Marsh River (311) 180 Marshall Island and Ledge (308) _ 125 Marshall Point (311) 165 Marshall Point Lighthouse (312) _ 185 Martin Point (313) 191 Martinsville (312) 185 Marvin Island (329) 245 Mary Ann Rocks (1208) 312 Mason Bay (304) 87 Massachusetts Bay from the sea. Approaching 48 Massachusetts Humane Society lifesaving stations 32 Matinicus (225) 148 Matinicus Harbor (225) 148 Matinicus Island (225) 147 Matinicus Island lighted bell buoy (225) z 148 Matinicus Rock (225) 147 Matinicus Rock direct, Sailing directions. Cape Ann to (1106) _ 52 Matinicus Rock Lighthouse (225)- 147 Mavo Beach (581) 314 McFarland Island (230) 202 McFarlands Cove (313) 196 McFarlands Ledges (313) 196 McGee Island (312) 187 McGlathery (227) 142 McHeardCove (307) — 132 Mcintosh Ledge (310) 163 McKinley (307) 128 Meadow Point (306) 113 Measured mile course between Thompson and Spectacle Is- land (246) 281 Medical advice by radio 22 Medomak (313) 191 Medomak River (313) 191 Medomak River, Muscongus Bay to (313) 194 Meduncook River (313) 190 Mercator bearings, Conversion of radio to 23 Merchant Island (309) 143 Merchant Row (309) 143 Merchant Row, Islands between Deer Island Thorofare and (227) 142 Merchant Row to Casco Passage, Sailing directions (308, 309) 59 Mere Point (315) 227 Page Mere Point Bay and Neck (315) __ 227 Mericoneag Sound (315) 223 Merrill Ledge (314) 209 Merrimack River (331) 252 Bridges 253 Cape Ann to (1206) 256 Directions 255 Newburyport Harbor and (331) 252 Merrimacport 253 Merriman Ledge ( 309 ) 139 Merrymeeting Bay (314, 1204) „ 215 Meteorological tables: Boston, Mass 342 Eastport, Maine 340 Nantucket, Mass 343 Portland, Maine 341 Metinic Green Island (312) 150 Metinic Island (312) 150 Metinic Island Ledge (312) 150 Middle and Inner Breakers (240) 267 Middle Bay (315) 226 Middle Brewster Island (246)— 279 Middle Ground (801) 65 Middle Ground Rock (315) 222 Middle Ledge, Schoodic Harbor (308) 105 Middle Ledge, Sheepscot River (230) 208 Middle Mark Island (230) 208 Middle Rock (309) 153 Middle Shoal (303) 78 Mile Ledge (314) 212 Miles Channel (245) 309 Milk Island (243) 261 Mill Cove, Campobello Island (801) 69 Mill Cove, St. Croix River (801)- 71 Mill Cove, Union River (307) 134 Mill River, Annisquam River (233) 258 Mill River, Harrington River (305) 95 Millbridge (305) 97 Millet Island (227) 143 Mingo Beach (240) 273 Mingo Rock (330) 250 Ministerial Island (315) 226 Mink Island. Blue Hill Bay (307) 132 Mink Island, Cross Narrows (303) 78 Mink Island, Pleasant Bay ( 305 ) - 94 Minot Islands and Ledge (310) __ 164 Minots Ledge Lighthouse (242) „ 305 Minturn (308) 124 Miscellaneous navigational publi- cations 28 Mississippi River charts 36 Mistake Harbor, Directions (304) 91 Mistake Island (304) 91 Mitchell Cove (307) 128 Mitchell Point (305) 97 Mitchell Rock (243) 259 INDEX 369 Page Money Cove (Schooner Brook Cove) (303) 79 Monhegan (312) 151 Monhegan Harbor (812) 151 Monhegan Island (312) 150 Monhegan Island Lighthouse (312) 150 Monroe Island (320) 168 Monthly bulletins, Cape Cod Canal 35 Montsweag Bay, Sheepscot River (230, 314) 205, 209 Moon Head (246) 302 Moon Head and Long Island, Bos- ton, Currents between (246) — 288 Moon Ledge black buoy (306) 112 Moore Harbor (309) 144 Moore Point (315) 227 Moosabec Reach (304) 88 Islands and channels south of (304) 90 Petit Mauan through (304, 305) 62 to West Quoddy Head, Sail- ing directions (303, 304, 1201) 63 Moose Cove (303) 77,78 Moose Cove, West Quoddy Head to (1201) 77 Moose Cove to Englishman Bay (303) 78 Moose Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) 129 Moose Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 140 Moose Island, Eastport (801) ___ 66,68 Moose Peak Lighthouse (304) ___ 91 Moose River (303) 78 Morgan Bay (307) 132 Morse River (314) 212 Morton Ledge (1201) 77 Moser Ledge (313) 192 Mosquito Harbor, Head, and Island (312) 185 Motions, The (314) 200 Moulton Ledge (305) 101 Mount Agamenticus (1205) 241 Mount Battle (321) 172 Page Mount Desert, Currents eastvv^ard of 41 Mount Desert and Portland, Cur- rents along the coast between. 41 Mount Desert Island (306) 106 Mount Desert Lighthouse (1202) 105 Mount Desert Narrows (307) __ 113 Mount Desert Post OflSce (Somes- ville) (306) . 119 Mount Desert Rock (1202) 105 Mount Megunticook (310) 173 Mountain Head (303) 82 Mountainville (309) 137 Mouse Island, Booth Bay (314) _ 201 Mouse Island, Penobscot Bay (310) 163 Mud Hole (304) 91 Mud Hole Channel, Directions (304) 91 Murphy Ledge (313) 190 Murr Ledges (1106) 78 Murray Hill (314) 201 Murray Rock (1205) 242 Muscle Ridge Channel (312) ___ 167 Muscle Ridge Channel, Sailing directions, Davis Straits to Owls Head via (312) 56 Muscle Ridge Channel, Two Bush Channel and (312) 166 Muscle Ridge Channel to Geor- ges Islands, Coast from (312) 184 Muscongus Bay (313) 190 Cape Elizabeth to (1204)___ 190 Directions (313) 193 Directions from westward (313) 194 Medomak River to. Direc- tions (313) 194 West side (313) 192 Muscongus Harbor (313) 193 Muscongus Island (313) 192 Muscongus Sound (313) 192 From eastward. Directions (313) 194 From southward or west- ward, Directions (313) __ 194 Mystic River (248) 283 N Nahant (240) 274 Nahant Bay (240) 274 Nahant Harbor (240) 275 Nantasket Beach (246) 304 Nantasket Gut (246) 302 Nantasket Gut, Sailing direc- tions, Nantasket Roads to Quincy (Weymouth Fore Riv- er) via (246) 298 Nantasket Gut currents (246)— 287 Nantasket Hill (246) 277,303 Nantasket Roads (246) 280 Nantasket Roads, Currents (246) 287 Nantasket Roads to Quincy (Weymouth Fore River) via Nantasket Gut, Sailing direc- tions (246) 298 Nantucket meteorological table. Nantucket shoals (1107) Nantucket Shoals Lightship (1107) Narraguagus Bay (305) 93,95 Narraguagus Bay, Anchorages (305) Narraguagus Bay, Directions (305) Narraguagus Lighthouse Tower (305) 96 343 37 37 98 99 370 INDEX Page Narraguagus River (305) 97 Narrows, Boston Lightship to Deer Island Lighthouse, Sail- ing directions (246, 1207) 295 Narrows, Damariscotta River (313) 198 Narrows, The (246) 278 Narrows Island Ledge (305) 93 Narrows Lighthouse (246) 279 Nash Island (305) 93 Chandler Bay to (304) 88 Englishman Bay to (304) __ 84 Lighthouse (304) 88,93 Petit Manan to (305) 93 Naskeag (309) 137 Naskeag Harbor (309) 137 Naskeag Point (307) 131 Naturalization offices, U. S. Im- migration and 330 Nautical charts 3, 26 Naval Trial Course, Monroe Island (320) 168 Naval Trial Courses (Province- town) (580) 315 Navigable waters. Protection of- 29 Navigation, Aids to (see also name of place) 9 Navigation : Defects in aids to 12 Marine Inspection and 15, 330 Suggestions as to aids to 12 Navigational ranges. Determina- tion of compass error by the use of 3 Navigational publications -_ 25 Navigational warnings, radio- telegraphic 21 Navigator, Government services to the 1 Navy Island (801) 71 Navy Yard, Charlestown, U. S. (248) 282 Navy Yard, Portsmouth, U. S. (329) ^5 Neck, The (312) 167 Ned Island (317) 107 Negro Island, Linekin Bay (314) _ 201 Negro Island, Saco Bay (231) 238 Negro Ledge (231) 238 Neponset River (246) 301 New Harbor (313) 192 New Harbor Dry Ledges ( 313 )— 192 New Harbor Sunken Ledges (313) 193 New Inlet (1207) 306 New. Meadows 221 New Meadows River (315) 220 New Meadows River, Directions - (315) 221 New York, Vessels coming from. Routes for 49 New York Harbor, Boston to 35 New York Harbor to Delaware Bay -, 35 New York State Canal System 85 Page Newagen (314) 200 Newbury Old Town (1206) 256 Newburyport (331) 253 Coast from Portsmouth (1206) 251 Harbor, Merrimack River and (331) 252 Harbor Lighthouse (331)___ 253 Newcastle, Maine (313) 199 Newcastle, N. H. (329) 245 Newcastle Island (329) 245 Newcomb Point (303) 83 Newmarket (229) 249 Newport Cove and Ledge (306)— 116 Nightcap Island (305) 93,94,99 Nightcap Ledge (305) M Nixes Mate (246) 280 No Mans Island (227) 142 No Mans Land (225) 147,148 Nobscusset Point (339) 313 Normans Woe (233) 262 Normans Woe Rock (233) 262 North and South Gooseberry Islets (240) 267 North Blacksnake (315) 220 North Brooksville (311) 178 North Castine (311) 178 North Channel, Broad Sound (246) 277 North Cutler (303) 80 North Dennis (339) 313 North Deer Isle (309) 138 North Hancock (306)— 112 North Haven (235) 157 North Haven Island, Directions passage north of (309) 153 North Haven Island, North coast (310) 162 North Islesboro (310) 165 North Jenny Ledge (315) 222 North Ledge (315) 222 North Pier (331) 255 North Plymouth (245) 310 North Popplestone Ledge (309) __ 143 North River, Beverly Harbor (240) 270 North River, Fourth Cliff ( 1207 ) _ 306 North Rock, North of Campobello Island (801) 60 North Rock, off Machias Seal Island (303 77 North Shoal (303) 78 North Sugarloaf (314) 213 North Truro (580) 315 Northeast Grave (246) 279 Northeast Harbor (306) 120 Northeast Ledges (321) 172 Northeast Passage (321) 172 Northeast Point (321) 172 Northeast Point Light (321) 172 Northeast Pond Ledge (312) 166 Northern Triangles (312) 149 Northport (310) 173 Northport Camp Ground (Bay- side post office) (311) 175 INDEX 371 Page Northport Yacht Club (311) 175 Northwest Cove (307) 180 Northwest Harbor, Cross Island (303) 81 Northwest Harbor, Deer Isle (309) 152 Norton Island (312) 167 Norton Island Ledge, Pleasant Bay (305) 93 Norton Island Ledges, Wheeler Bay (312) 184 Page Norwood Cove (306) 119 Notice to Mariners 9, 27 Nova Rocks (304) 89 Nova Scotia, Currents off 41 Nova Scotia, Boston Lightship to various fishing banks and points in. Sailing directions (70, 1000, 1106, 1107) 300 Nubble Channel, The (246) 278 Nubbles Islet (801) 69 Nut Islet (246) 302 o Oak Island (309) 153,154 Oak Point, Blue Hill Bay (307) __ 130 Oak Point, Penobscot River (311) 183 Oak Point, St. Croix River (801). 71 Oak Reef (1205) 241 Obstructions 10 Ocean Point (314) 201 Ocean View (243) 259 Oceanographer Canyon (1107) 39 Oceanville (227) 140 Odom Ledge (311) 179,182 Old Harbor, Penobscot Bay ( 310) _ 160 Old Harbor, South Boston (246)_ 300 Old Man, Little Machias Bay (303) 80 Old Man, Prospect Harbor (305)- 104 Old Man Ledge, Georges Islands (312) 186 Old Orchard Beach (231) 237 Oflflying dangers in southern ap- proach to Grand Manan Chan- nel (303) 77 Offshore buoys 10 Offshore canyons (1107) 39 Offshore shoals and banks. Gulf of Maine (1000) 37 Ogunquit Beach (1205) 241 Oil bunkering (See name of place. Old Cellar Rock (1206) 252 Old Cilley Ledge (312) 185 Old Cove (225) 148 Old Henry (330) 2"0 Old Horse Ledge (312) .— 187 Old Point (306) 112 Old Prince, The (231) 240 Old Proprietor (231) 236 Old Whale Ledge (306) 116 Old Woman (305) 104 Old Woman Ledge (312) 186 Opechee Island (307) 130 Operating Areas, Submarine (1206) 244 Page Rock (801) 67 Pamet River (580) 316 Pancake Ground (233) 263 Parker Cove (311) 166 Parker Head (314) 213 Orcutt Harbor (309) 139 Orland (311) -_ 179 Orland River (311) 179 Orono Island, York Narrows (227, 308) 127, 123 Orr Island (315) 224 Orrington (311) 181 Otis Cove (312) 187 Otter ClifE Ledge (306) 116 Otter Cove (306) 116 Otter Cove, Bar Harbor to (306) _ 115 Otter Island, Harrington Bay (305) 95, 99 Otter Island, Two Bush Channel (312) 167 Otter Island Ledge (312) 167 Otter Ledge (308) 123 Otter Point (306) 116 Outer Brewster Island (246) 279 Outer Dawes Ledge (308) 122 Outer Green Island (315) 225 Outer Heron Island (313) 199 Outer Ledge (321) 172 Outer Minot (242) 305 Outer Sand Island (304) 92 Outer Scrag Ledge, Merchant Row (309) 143 Outer Shag Ledge, off Hooper Island (312) 187 Oven Mouth (314) 200 Owls Head (320) 168,169 Bay, Harbor, Ledge, and Light (320) 168 Casco Passage to, via Egge- moggin Reach, Sailing di- rections (227, 308-310) 59 Davis Straits to, via Muscle Ridge Channel, Sailing di- rections (312) 56 Through Fox Islands Thoro- fare. Sailing directions (235, 309, 310) 57 Oyster River (229) 249 Parker River (1206) 256 Passagasawakoag River (319) 175 Passagasawakeag River and Bel- fast Bay. Directions (319) 176 Passamaquoddy Bay (801) 69,70 372 INDEX Page Patten Bay (307) ' 133 Peak Island (325) 231 Peaked Cliff (1208) 312 Peaked Hill Bar (1208) 317 Pell Island (309) 143 Peraaquid (313) 195 Beach and Harbor (313) 195 Ledge and Neck (313) 192 Point Lighthouse (313) 192 River (313) 195 Pemberton (216) 302 Pembroke (801) 72 Peunamaquan River (801) 72 Penobscot (311) 178 Penobscot Bay (1203) 146 Approaches (1203) 146 Cape Elizabeth 'and 42 Islands and rocks southward, off (225) — 147 Islands and rocks southwest- ward, off (312) 149 North end (311) 175 West Quoddy Head to, Gen- eral description 42 Penobscot Bay (West), Direc- tions 173 Penobscot Bay (West), East side of (310) 159 Penobscot River (311) 179 Penobscot River, Directions (311) 182 Penobscot Yacht Club (311) 181 Pepperell Cove (329)-_.- 245 Perch Island (314) 201 Perkins Island (314) 213 Perry Cove (235) 157 Petit Manan, Nash Island to (305) 93 Petit Manan, West Quoddy Head to (1201) 77 Petit Manan Bar, Island, Light- house, Point, and Pool ( 305 ) _ _ _ 98 Petit Manan through Moosabec Reach, Sailing directions (304, 305) - 62 Petit Manan to Jericho Bay (1202) 101 Petit Manan to Schoodic Island (305) 101 Petit Manan via direct route, Sailing directions, Bass Harbor Bar to (305, 306) 61 Petit Manan via western way. Sailing directions, Bass Harbor Bar to (305, 306) 61 Pettis Rocks (314) 214 Phillips Point (Littles Point) (240) 274 Phippsburg (314) 214 Phoebe Island (227) 143 Pickering Island (309) 153 Pickett Ledge (240) 265 Pierson Ledge (304) 85 Pig Rock (246) 302 Pigeon Cove (243) 259 Page Pigeon Ground (225) 149 Pigeon Hill (305) 97 Pigeon Hill Bay (305) 93,97 Pigeon Rock (243) 259 Pilgrim Ledge (240) 265 Pilgrim Monument (580) 315 Pilot, U. S. Inside Route Coast__ 35 Pilots {see also name of place) 32 Boston 284 Cape Cod Canal 321 Lynn, Salem, and Beverly 276 Office, Nahant (240) 275 Pinkham Bay (305) 101 Piscataqua River above Ports- suouth (229) 249 Placentia Island (.:J08) 122 Plane of reference for soundings on charts 3 Planimetric maps 6, 327 Platts Bank (1106) 40 Platts Bank, Boston Lightship to, Sailing directions (70. lOCO, or 1106) 300 Pleasant Bay (305) 93 Anchorages (305) 99 Directions (305) 99 Pleasant Cove (31?) 198 Pleasant Cove Ledges (313) 198 Pleasant Point (801) 68 Pleasant Point Gut (312) 187 Pleasant River (305) 94 Pleasure Bay (248) 282 Plum Island River, Sound (1206) 256 Plummer Island (304) 92 Plymouth (245) 309 Bay (245) 308 Beach (245) 308 Cordage Co. Wharf (245)_ 309 Entrance between Cape Ann and. General description of coast 42 Gloucester to (1207) 265 Gurnet Lighthouse (245)— 308 Plymouth Harbor (245) 309 Boston from, Directions (1207, 1208) 311 Cape Ann from. Directions (1207, 1208) 311 Sailing directions (245) 310 Point (See name of place.) Point Allerton (246) 279 Point Allerton, Currents between Boston Lighthouse and (246). 287 Point Francis (305) 103 Poland Ledges (313) 192 Poland North Ledge (313) 193 Poland South Ledge (313) 193 Pomp Island (304) 90 Pond Cove (304) 87 Pond Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) 130 Pond Island, Blue Hill Bay, Pas- sage north of (307) 130 Pond Island, Casco Bay (315)— 223 INDEX 373 Page Pond Island, Eggemoggin Reach (309) 139 Poud Island, Keimebec River (314) 212 Pond Island, Narraguagus Buy (305) %, 100 Poud Island Ledges (315) 223 Pond Island Lighthouse (314)- 213 Pond Island Shoal (314) 212 Pool Hill (243) 258 Pool, The, Biddleford (231) 238 Pool, The, Great Cranberry Is- land (306) 118 Pool, The, Haycock Harbor (1201) 77 Pope Head (240) 267 Pope Islet (801) 70 Popes Folly (801) 66 Popham Beach (314) 213 Porcupine Dry Ledge (318) 114 Port {Sec name of place.) Port and terminal charges at United States Ports 8 Port Clyde, Directions (312)___ 186 Port Clyde (Herring Gut) (312) 185 Port Clyde Village (312) 185 Port Series 7,327 Port Series No. 24, Ports- mouth 245 Porter Landing (315) 227 Porterfield Ledge (321) 171 Portland (325) {see also Port- land Harbor and Portland Lightship) 231 Cape Cod and. Coast be- tween 48,41) Cow Island to, Sailing di- rections (315, 325) 53 Directions, eastward of 47 Meteorological table 341 Port of (325) 232 Routes eastward of 47 Wrecks eastward of 43 Yacht Club (325) 233 Portland Harbor (325) 230 Bridges (325) 232 Directions (325) 234 Portland Head Lighthouse (325) 230 Portland Lightship (315) 229 Bantam Rock Lighted Whis- tle Buoy to, Sailing direc- tions (1204) 52 Cape Ann to, Sailing direc- tions (1205, 1206) 51 Currents 41 Portsmouth to, Sailing direc- tions (1205) 52 West Quoddy Head to. Sail- ing directions (1106, 1201) 53 Ports, Distances between 6 Ports of Entry, Customs 329 Ports of entry and collection dis- tricts 15 Page Portsmouth (329) 245 Anchorages (329) 247 Cape Ann to, Sailing direc- tions (1206) 51 Cape Elizabeth and, Coast between 42 Cape Elizabeth to (1205) 236 Coast southward of 42 Dover and Exeter to (229) __ 249 Gloucester to (1206) 244 Harbor (329) 244 Harbor, Directions 248 Harbor Lighthouse (329) 244 Kittery to, Bridges (329) ___ 245 Newburyport, Coast to (1206) 251 Offshore dangers in northern approach to (1205) 241 Piscataqua River above (229) 249 Portland Lightship to, Sail- ing directions (1205) 52 Pot Rock (305) 93 Potato Island (227) 142 Potato Lodge (227) 14] Potts Harbor (315) 225 Powderhorn Island (230 1 208 Powderhorn Ledge (230) 208 [•owderhorn South Ledge (230) _ 208 Powow River 253 Pratts Island (314) 207 Preble Island (306) 110 Preface IX President Roads (246) 281 Presumpscot River (325) 232 Pretty Marsh Harbor (307) 129 Prevailing winds 33 Prince Gurnet (315) 224 Prospect Ferry (311) 180 Prospect Harbor (305) 104 Prospect Harbor, Directions, en- tering from eastward (305) 105 Prospect Harbor, Directions, en- tering from westward (305) __ 105 Prospect Harbor Lighthouse (305) 104 Protection of navigable waters 20 Prout Neck (231) 237 Provincetown (580) 316 Provincetown Harbor (580) 314 Public Health Service, U. S— .^- 16, 330 Publications : Miscellaneous navigational- 28 Navigational 25 Radio 27 Pulpit Harbor (310) 162 Pulpit Ledge (317) 108 Pulpit Rock, Off Englishman Bay (304) 85 Pulpit Rock, Penobscot Bay (310) 162 Pumpkin Cove Ledge (313) 192 Pumpkin Island (313) 199 Pumpkin Island abandoned light tower (309) 137 540825 O - 43 - 25 374 INDEX Q Page Quarantine, Boston 285 Quarantine anchorage buoys 10 Quarantine and liealth {see also name of place) 16 Quarantine Kocks (246) 280 Quarantine Stations {see also name of place) 331 Quiucy Bay (24G) 301 Quincy Great Hill (246) 302 Quincy I'oint (24G) 303 Quincy (Weymouth Fore River), Sailing directions, Deer Island Light to (246) 21)7 Pagg Quiucy (Weymouth Fore River) via Nantasket Gut, Sailing di- rections, Nantasket Roads to (246) 298 Quoddy Roads (801) 64 Quoddy Roads, Currents ap- proaching entrance to 73 Quoddy Roads to St. Croix River (801) 65 Quoddy Village (801) G8 Quohog Bay (315) 222 R Raccoon Cove (306) 312 Race Point Coast Guard Station (580) 315 Race Point Lighthouse (580) 315 Racer Rock (801) 67 Radio 17 Accuracy of radiobeacon bearings 22 Bearings 22 Bearings from other vessels^ 23 Bearings to Mercutor bear- ings, Conversion of 23 Derelicts, Reporting 21 Direction finder stations 328 Ice reports 20 Inspectors 17 Legal responsibility 17 Local weather bulletins 18 Major weather bulletins 18 Medical advice by 22 Navigational warnings, Radi- otelegraphic 21 Publications 27 Reports from ships (weather and hydrographic) 20 Responsibility 17 Responsibility of shipmas- ters 17 Service documents 17 Service log 17 Ships in distress 22 Small craft in distress 22 Stations, U. S. Naval shore— 18 Storm warnings 18, 20 Supervision 17 Table of corrections for con- version of radio to merca- tor bearings 25 Telephone navigational warnings 21 Time signals, United States system of 21 Weather information, Radio- telephonic 19 Weather reports 18, 20 West Indies hurricanes IS Radiobeacon beatings, Accuracy of 22 Itadiobeacon charts 9 Radiobeacons 12 Caution in approaching 13 Radiotelephone 21 Radiotelephonic broadcasts of weather information 10 Ragged Island, Casco Bay (315) _ 222 Ragged Island, off Penobscot Bay ( 225) 147 Ragged Neck Point (1206) 251 Rainsford Island (246) 280 Ram Head (246) 280 Ram Head Flats (246) 280 Ram Island, Booth Bay (314) 200 Ram Island, Casco Bay (315)__ 223,224 Ram Island, Foster Channel (303) 81 Ram Island, Kennebec River (314) 214 Ram Island, Merchant Row (300) 143 Ram Island, off Great Wass Island (304) 90,92 Ram Island, off Swans Island (308) 123 Ram Island, Saco Bay (231) ___ 236,237 Ram Island Ledge, Merchant Row (309) 143 Ram Island Ledge, Saco Bay (231) 238 Ram Island Ledge, Sheepscot Riv- er (230) 209 Ram Island Ledge Lighthouse (322) 230 Ram Island Light (314) 214 Ram Island Lighthouse (314) ___ 200 Ram Islet, off Manchester (240) _ 208 Ram Islet, Penobscot Bay (320) _ 170 Rams Horn Rock (240) 271 Randolph (289) 216 Raspberry Island (305) 94 Reach. The (310) 159 Red Beach (801) 71 Red Point (308) 123 INDEX 375 Red Rock (240) 274 Reflectors on buoys and beacons-- 12 Regulations : Anchorage area (sec also name of place 7 Bridge 32 Cape Cod Canal 321 Fishing structures and ap- pliances 33 Relief Stations, U. S. Public Health Service 16,330 Repairs (see also name of place > _ 32 Reporting of dangers, shoals, changes in channel depths, etc 1 Reports : Derelicts 21 Radio ice 20 Radio weather 18, 20 Weather and Hydrographic from ships 20 Rescue with breeches buoy or life car 14 Rescue with lifeboat or surfboat- 13 Reserved Channel (24S) 282 Resolution Island (310) 163 Responsibility of shipmasters, radio regulations 17 Revere (240) 270 Revere Beach (240) 27(j Rexhame (1207) 306 Richmond (288) 215 Richmond Island (231) 236 Richmond Island H;irbor (2U)-- 236 Richs Point (309) 144 Ridley Cove (315) 222 Riggs Cove (2311) 205 Riggsville (Robinhood) (230) __ 205 Ringtown Island (308) 125 Ripley (305) 94 Ripley Islands (305) 99 Ripley Neck (305) 94,90 Roaring Bull, Marblehead Chan- nel (240) 268 Roaring Bull, Penobscot Bay (312) 150 Roaring Bull, Prospect Harbor (305) 104 Roaring Bull Ledge (309) 144 Page Roaring Bulls (246) 280 Robbinston (801) 71 Roberts Harbor (309) 154 Robinhood Cove (230) 205 Robinhood (Riggsville) (2,50) -__ 205 Robinson Cove (313) 196 Robinson Point (309) *- 145 Robinson Rock CUO) 163 Rock Harbor (581) 314 Rock Island (227) 143 Rockland (320) 169 Rockland Breakwater Light (320) 169 Rockland Harbor (320) 168 Rockland Harbor, Directions (320) — 170 Rockport (243) 260 Rockport and Camden (321) 170 Rockport Harbor, Maine (321) __ 170 Rockport Harbor, Mass. (243) __- 260 Rocks Nose (228) 243 Rocky Neck (2:i3) 262 Rocky Point (245) 308 Rogers Point (305) 103 Rogue Island (315) 220 Rogues Island (315) 226 Roqne Island Harbor (304) 85 Roque Bluffs (304) 86 Roque Island Harbor, Directions (304) 86 Roque Island Ledge (304) 88 Ross Island (313) 192 Round Island, Mackerel Cove (308) 123 Round Island, Merchant Row (227) 141, 142 Round Pond (313) 193 Round Rock, Casco Bay (315) -__ 222 Round Rock, Quoddy Roads (801 65 Round Rock Shoal (233) 261 Routes (iS'ee directions.) Rowley (1200) 256 Rowley River (120G) 256 Royal River (315) 228 Runiell Island (307) 128 Russ Island (227) 143 Rutherford Island (313) 195,196 Rye Harbor and Ledge ( 1206)— 251 s Sabbathday Harbor (310) 165 Saco (231) 237 Bay (231) 236 Bay and vicinity (231) 230 Bay to Cape Neddick Harbor (1205) 239 River (231) 237 Saddle Island (310) 163 Saddleback Island (227) 141 Saddleback Ledge, Merchant Row (309) 143 Saddleback Ledge, Quohog Bay (315) 222 Saddleback Ledge Lighthouse (309) 152 Saddleback Ledge Shoal (309) __ 154 Sagadahoc Bay (314 ) 213 Sagamore Beach (1208) 312 Sagamore Head (240) 304 Sail Rock (801) 64 Sailing directions (See Direc- tions, Sailing.) 376 INDEX Page St. Andrews (801) 70 St. Croix River (801) 69,71 and approaches, Currents 73 Currents 74 Cape Cod to 1 Cape Cod to, Lifeboat sta- tions 329 Quoddy Roads to (801) 65 St. George River, Directions (312, 313) 188 St. George River and Thomaston (312) 18G St. Helena Island (227) 143 St. Lawrence River, Troy to 36 St. Mary Ledge (1100) 78 St. Stephen (SOI) 71,72 Salem, Beverly, and Marblehead Harbors (240) 266 Salem, Beverly, and Marblehead Harbors, Directions (240) 272 Salem Harbor (240) 209 Salem Harbor, Directions (240)- 272 Sales agencies 2 Salisbury Beach (1200) 251 Sally Islands (305) 102 Salsbury Cove (3'J6) 113 Salt Island (243) 261 Salt Island Ledge (213) 261 Salt Pond (307) 131 Salt Rock (240) 265 Salter Island (314) 213 Salvage ( Src name of place.) Sammy RMck (240) 268 Sand Reach. The (306) 116 Sand <_'ove. Great Wass Island (304) 91,92 Sand Cove, Prospect Harbor (305) 104 Sand Cove, Vinalhaven Island (310) 159 Sand Cove, Winter Harbor (317)- 108 Sand Island, Casco Bay (315)— 220 Sand Island, Merchant Row (227) 143,156 Sand Island, off Great Wass Is- land (304) 92 Sand Islet (307) 131 Sand Ledge Buoy (304) 80 Sandv Bav (243) 2.59 Sandy Bav Ledge (243) 260 Sandy Cove (1201) 77 Sandy Ledge (801) 70 Sandy Neck Lighthouse (339)— 313 Sandy Point (311) 180 Sandypoint (311) 179 Sandwich Harbor (1208) 312 Saquish Head and Neck (245)— 308 Sargentville (309) 138 Sasanoa River (230) 205 Sasanoa River, Bridge over (230) 204 Satan Rock (240) 267 Saturday Cove (310) 173 Saturday Cove, Camden to (310) _ 173 Saugus River bridges (240) 275 SauliRock (240) 266 Page Sawver Cove (307) 129 Sawyer Island (230) 205 Sawyer Ledge (309) 145 Scabby Island Ledge (304) 85 Scabby Islands (304) 84 Scales of Charts 3 Scarboro River (231) 237 Scargo Hill (339) 313 Schoodic Harbor and Island (306) 105 Schoodic Head (306) 106 Schoodic Island, Petit Manan to (305) 101 Schoodic Ledge (306) 105 Schoodic Peninsula (306) 106 Schoodic Yacht Club (Calais) (801) 71 Schooner Brook Cove (Money Cove) (303) 79 Schooner Cove (801) 69 Schooner Head (306) 116 Schooner (Old Whale) Ledge (306) 116 Scitnate Coast Guard Station (232) 306 Scitnate Harbor (232) 305 Seorton Harbor and Ledge (1208) 313 Scotts Landing (309) 138 Scrag Island (308) 125 Scraggy Island (227) 142 Scraggy Ledge (309) 143 Sculpin Ledge (307) 132 Sculpin Ledge Channel (246) _— 278 Sea Wall Point (304) 84 Seal Bay (309) 154 Seal Cove, Blue Hill Bay (307)_ 129 Seal Cove, Cape Elizabeth (231)_ 236 Seal Cove, Damariscotta River (313) 198 Seal Cove, Fox Islands Thoro- fare (235) 157 Seal Cove, Swans Island (308) _ 124 Seal Harbor, Long Island (310)- 165 Seal Harbor, Mount Desert Is- land (306) 121 Seal Harbor, Muscle Ridge Channel, Directions (312) 167 Seal Harbor lighted buoy (306) _ 121 Seal Island, off Long Island (310) 165 Seal Island, off Penobscot Bay (225) 147 Seal Ledge, Blue Hill Bay (307) _ 132 Seal Ledge, Fox Islands Thoro- fare (235) 158 Seal Ledge, Rockland Harbor (320) 169 Seal Ledge, Roque Island Har- bor (304) 86 Seal Rock, Kennebec River (314) 214 Seal Rocks, Linekin Bay (314) _ 201 Seal Rocks, off Cape Elizabeth (231) 236 INDEX 377 Page, Seal Rocks, off Great Wass Is- land (304) 92 Seahorse Rock (304) 92 Sears Islaud (311) 177 Sears Island Ledge (311) 177 Searsport (311) 176 Searsport and StOcktou Har- bors (311) 176 Seashore Ledge (303) 82 Seavey Island, Maine (312) 187 Seavey Island, N. H. (329)_,^_ 245 Seavey Ledges (312) 184 Sebasco (315) 220 Sebasco Estates (315) 220 Sebasco Harbor (315) 220 Second Cliff (232) 306 Second Island (227) 141 Sedgwick (309) 138 Seguin Island (314) 212 Seguin Island Lighthouse (314) _ 212 Seguin Ledges (314) 212 Segnin SSW Led-e (314) 2l2 Sellers Rock (309) 152 Serial No. 414, Distances between United States I'oris 6 Service documents. International Telec( mmunicalion Conven- tion 17 Services, Local . 32 Services to the navigato"f, Gov- ernment 1 Sesuit Harbor (581) 313 Seven Hundred Acre Island (310) 164 Sh:d)bit Island (304) 90,92 Shabbit Island Ledge (304) 90 Shabbv Island (227) 141 Shag Island (305) UO Shag Islet (305) 95 Shag Lodge, oft" Little Kennebi^c Bay (304) So Shag Ledge, oft' Penobscot 13ay (225) 148 Shag Rock, Kennebec River (314) 2J3 Shag Rock, off Englishman Bav (3;)4) 85 Sliag Rock, Rockland Harbor (320) 160 Shng Rocks, Entrance to Boston Il.irbor (240) 270 Sliag Rocks, off Nahant (240)— 275 Shank Painter P.ar (5S0) 315 Shark Island (313) 193 Sheep Island, Blue Hill Bay (307) 130 Slieep Island, Dyer Bay (305)— 101, 102 Sheen Island, Penobscot Bav (320) 1 168 Slu>ep Island, Tahbott Narrows (304) 90 Sheep Porcupin.e Island (318) _ -114, 115 Sheephead Ledges (309) 152 Page Sheepscot (1204) 210 River (230,314) 206,207 River, Directions (314) 210 River, Northern Part (314) __ 209 River above Wiscasset (314) 210 Sherman Cove (321) 171 Ship and Barges Ledge (307) 131 Ship Channel (Eastern Way) (305) 102 Ship Island (307) 131 Shipping Commissioners, U. S. 16, 330 Ships, Weather and hydrographic reports from {see also vessels) _ 20 Ships in distress 22 Shipstern Island (305) 96,100 Shipwreck, Instructions to mar- iners in case of 13 Shoals, Reporting of 1 Shooting Ledge (306) 112 Shoppee Island (304) 86 Shorey Cove (304) 86 Signals, Radio time 21 Signals, Wreck 15 Signals for surveying vessels 45 Signals used by submarine and aircraft. Distress 31 Significance of light characteris- tics 11 SimmsRock (3r'5) 98 Simon Gurnet (315) 224 Sister Island, Casco Bay (315)— 227 Sister Island, off Blue Hill Bay (308) 123 Sister Ishind Ledge (315) 227 Sisters, The, Davis Straits (312) _ 187 Sisters, The, Seal Cove (231) 236 Sisters, The, Sheepscot River (314) 206 Skillings RiA^er (3C6) 112 Sloop Ledge (314) 206 Small, Cape (314) 212 Small craft in distress 22 Small craft warning 34 Small Point (315) 219 Small Point Harbor (315) 219 Small scale charts, CautioQ ia using 3 Smalls Point (303) 82 Sniedrick Ledge (314) 200 Smith Cove, Gloucester Harbor (233) 262 Smith Cove, Vinalhaven Island (309) 154 Smutty Nose Island (307) 130 Smuttyiiose Island (330) 250 Snipi)ei'slian Ledge (225) 155 Snows Rock Beacon (304) 89 Snug Cove (801^ 66 Somes Harbor and Sound (306) __ 119 Somesville (Mt. Desert post of- fice) (306) 119 Soi'rento (306) 110 Sorrento Harbor (306) 110 378 INDEX Page Soundings on charts, Plane of ref- erence for 3 South Blue Hill (3U7) 131 South Boston (248) 282 South Breaker, off Penobscot Bay (225) 147 South Breaker, Two Bush Chan- nel (312) 166 South Brewer (311) 181 South Bristol ( 313 ) 198 South Brooksville (309) 139 South Bunker Ledge (306) 118 South Channel, Broad Sound (246) 277 South Channel, Kingston Bay (245) 309 South Channel, Little Mystic River (248) 283 South Channel, Marblehead Channel (240) 267 South Channel currents, Boston (246) 287 South Freeport (315) 227 South Gardiner (289) 216 South Gooseberry Islet (240) 267 South Gouldsboro (306) 109 South Harpswell (315) 225 South Islesboro (310) 164 South Ledge, Blue Hill Bay (307 ) _ 132 South Ledge, Casco Bay (315) 222 South Pier (331) 255 South Portland (325). South River, New Inlet (1207). 231 306 South River. Salens (2^0) 26i) South Rcbbinston (sQi; 71 South Sugarloaf (314) 213 South Thomaston (312) 167 South Trescott (ll;01) 77 Southeast Breaker (312) 150 Southeast Harbo:-, Deei Isle (227) 140 Southeast Harbor, Gloucester Harbor (233) 262 Southeast Ledge (1106, 1201 )___ 78 Southeast Rock (305) 98 Southeast Shoal (303) 77 Southern Harbor (235) 157 Southern Murk Island (309) 143 Southern Mark Tslard Ledge (227) 142 Southern Triai:gles (312) 150 Southport (230) 204 Southport Yacht Club (314) 207 Southwest Harbor, i>eer Isle (309) 152 Southwest Harbor, Mt. Desert Island (306) 118,119 Southwest Harbor, Mt. Desert Island, Directions (306) 121 Southwest Harbor, Mt. Desert Island and appn^nclifs (306) 117 Southwest Head (.^03) 77 Soward Island (306) 110 Spar buoys 10 Sparrow Lsland (227) 142 Sparrow Island Ledges (227) ___ 142 Pag« Spears Rock (320) 169 Special buoys 10 Special signals for surveying ves- sels 45 Spectacle and Thompsou Islands measured mile course (246) 281 Spectacle Island, T5osto?i (246) __ 281 Spectacle Island, Boston, Cur- rents between Thompson Island and (246) 288 Spectacle Island, Frenchman Bay (317) 107 Spectacle IsUmds, Eggemoggin Reach (309) 139 Spectacle Islands, Sheepscot River (230) 208 Spectacles Islet (SOI) 69 Spirit Ledge (308) 125 Spoon Ledge (309) 154 Sprague Ledge (311) 165 Sprague River (334) 212 Spring Hill Beach (1208) 312 Spring Point Ledge Lighthouse (325) 231 Spruce Head, Duck Trap Harbor (310) 173 Spruce Head, Seal Harbor (312) _ 167 Spruce Island, Deer Island Thoro- fare (227) 143 Spruce Island, East Quoddy Head (801) 70 Spruce Island, Penobscot Bay ( 310) 164 Spruce Point (314) 201 Spruce Point Ledges (314) 201 Sprucehead Ishind (312) 167 Spurling Cove (306) 118 Squantum (246) 302 Squantum Point (246) 301 Squaw Point (311) 177 Squire Point (304) 88 Squirrel Cove and Island (314)- 201 Stage Island, Kennebec River (314) 213 Stage Island, Saco Bay (231) ___ 238 Stage Island Bay (314) 213 Stage Island Harbor (1205) 239 Stage Island Shoal (231) 238 Stage Neck (228) 243 Standish Monument (245) 310 Stanlev Ledge (304) 92 Staple Ledge (308) 123 Star Island (330) 2.50 Starboard Cove (303) 81 Starboard Island Ledge (303)— 81 Starboard post office (303) 82 Station buoys 10 Stations : Lifesaving 13, 329 Massachusetts Hun^ane Soci- etv Lifesaving 32 Public Health Service relief- 16, 330 Quarantine 331 Radio direction finder 328 Storm warning display. List of 333 INDEX 379 Pagm Stave Island, Casco Bay (315) — 22G Stave Islaud, Eggemoggin iieacb (309) 138 Stave IsiaiiU, Fieuchmau i>ay (3U6) 109 Stave Islaud Harbor (3UU) 10"J Stave Island Ledge (315) 220 Steels Harbur Island (304) 91 Steels Ledge (319) 175 Steliwagen Bank (110(5) 40 Stellwagen Bank, Currents over 42 Steliwagen Ledges (1-'U7) 27(3 Stellwagen Bock (12U8) 312 Steuben (305) 102,103 Steuben Harbor (305) 103 Stevens Island (304) 92 Stinipsons island (235) 150 Stinson Neck (227) 140 Stoekbridge Point (315) 227 Stockman Island (315) 220 Stockton Harbor, Directions (311) 177 Stockton Springs (311) 177 Stone Horse Ledge (305) 101 Stone Island (303) 81 Stone Island Ledge (303) 81 Stoneborse Bocks (1208) 312 Stonington (227) 14U Storm warnings : Display stations, List of 333 Radijo 18, 20 Straitsmouth Island and Ligbt- house (243) 2G0 Straiten Island (231) 237 Straw Boint (IL'OG) 251 Strawberry Hill (246) 277,304 Strout Inland (305) 95,99 Strout Island Lodges, and Nar- rows (305) 95 Sturdivant Island (315) 228 Sturdivan; Island Ledge (315).- 228 Submarine distress signals 31 Submarine operating a r e a s ( 120(5) 244 Pugo Submarine trial course, Province- town (5S0) 315 Sugar Loaves (235) 157,158 Sugarloaf, North and South (314) 213 Suggtstions as to aids to naviga- tion 12 Sullivan (300) 111 Bay and Taunton Bay, Direc- tions (300) 111 Falls (306) 111 Harbor (306) 111 Harbor, Fren^liman Bay, east side, Winter Harbor to (306) 109 Harbor to Eiustern Bay (306) 112 Summer Harbor (300) 109 Sunken Bbick Ledge (235) 156 Suidven Duck Bock (312) 151 Sunken Lodge (246) 301 Sunken Money Ledge (308) 123 Sunset (SOi)) 152 Supervising Inspector 330 Surtboat or lifeboat, Bescne with. 13 Surry (307) 133 Surveying vessels. Special signals for 45 Surveys 44 Sutton (306) 120 Sutton Island (306) 120 Sutton Island, Directions, South- west Harbor from eastward, northward of (300) 121 Swnmpscott (240) 274 Swan Island (2sS) 215 Swans Island (308) 123,124 Swans Islnnds, Passage between Long and (308) 123 Sylvester Cove (300) 152 System of buoyage, colors, shapes, and numl)ers 10 T 'I'lildcs : Correclions for conversion of r.'idio to Mcrcator bearings^ 25 Comp.-iss variiilion., 327 Conversion, Feet, fathoms, and nx'tei's 338 Conversion. True to magnetic courses 335 Current 4, 20 Current velocity due to wind. Xoi'tb Atlantic coasr 5 Distances lietween ports. Ca- lais to C.Tjie Cod 326 Hdiirs of oiier;ition of fog sig- nals 334 Murine rnilway and drydock capacities ' 332 M.^eorological 340-343 Tal)les—Continued. Significance of light charac- teristics 11 Srr Tables—Sailing direc- tions. Tide 4. 26 Variations of tlie compass^ 327 Tables Sailiiic: directions (.sVr Dii'ecti(»ns. Sailing.) Tarbnx Landing (314) 209 Tarritim.' Yaclit Club (310) 164 Taunton Bav, Dii'cctions, Sulli- van ITarl)or and (306) 111 Temple Hciglits (311) 175 Tenants Harbor (312) ISt Tenants Harbor B.ea con (312)^ ISl Tenants Harbor Lighted B(>11 Buov (312) 184 380 INDEX Page Tenders, Lighthouse 12 Tenpound Island, Gloucester (233 ) 262 Tenpound Island, Off Penobscot Bay (225) 147,148 Terminal charges at United States ports 8 Thachcr Island (243) 261 The Ark (314) 201 The Barrel (225) 148 The Basin. Dingley Island (315) _ 221 The Basin, Vinalhaven Island (23.-,) 159 The Black Rocks (314) 206 The Boulders (300) 137 The Brandies (309) 144 The Breakers (310) 161 The Brothers, Englishman Bay (304) 85 The Brothers, Off Port Clyde (312) 185 The Brothers, Saco Bay (231) __ 236 Th<" Brown Cow (309) 143 The Bulldog (313) 106,197 The Castle (305) 101,102 The Cuckolds (314) 200 The Cuckolds Lighthouse (314) _ 200 The Drums (30S) 122 The Fort (313) 195 The Grampuses (242) 305 The Graves, Boston (24G) 279 The Graves, Penobscot Bay (321 ) 171 The Giaves L'ghted Whistle Ra- diobeacon Buoy (246) 279 The Graves Lighthouse (246) ___ 279 The (Gurnet (315) 222 The Gut (313) 196,198 The Hogshead (225) 148 The Hypocrites (314) 200 The Ladle (3'r)) 93,99 The Ledge (SOD 71 The Londoner (243) 261 The Motions (314) 200 The Narrows (216) 278 The Narrows, Sinling directions, Bostim Lightship to Deer Is- land L-:ghthouse via (246, 1207) 295 The Neck (312) 1(37 The Nubble Channel (240) 278 The Old Prince (131) 240 The Pool, Bidleford (231) 238 The Pool, Great Cranberry Island (306) _' 118 The Pool, Ilavcock Harbor (1201) 77 The Reach (310) 159 The Sand Beach (306) 116 The Sisters, Davis Straits (312) _ 187 The Sisters, Seal Cove (231) 236 The Sisters, Sheepscot River (314) 206 The Thorofare (304) 86 r-ago The Thumper (306) 117 The Triangles, Casco Passage (227) 127 The Triangles, Naskeag Harbor (307) 132 Tliieves Ledge (246) 278 Thomas Island (307) 113 Thomaston (312) 188 Thomaston, St. George River and (312) 186 Thompson and Spectacle Islands measured mile course (240) 281 Thompson Cove (230) 204 Thompson Island (312) 187 Thompson Island and Spectacle Island, Boston, Currents be- tween (246) 288 Thorofare, The (304) 86 Thread of Life, Directions to pass through (313) 196 Thread of Life Ledges (313) ___ 196 Three Fathom Ledge (225) 147 Thrumcap (315) 225 Thrumcap Island, Eggemoggin Reach (309) 139 Thrumcap Island, Frenchman Bay (306) 115 Thrumcap Island, Johns Bay (313) 196 Thrumcap Ledge (309) 139 Thumper, The (306) 117 Thurston Ledges (313) 195 Tibbett Rock (305) 98 Tidal current charts 5,20 Tidal current charts for Boston Harbor 287 Tide Tables 4,26 Tides and currents (.see also name of place) 4 Time signals. Radio 21 Tinker Island, Blue Hill Bav (307) 1.31 Tiiikor Island Ledge (8iil) 70 Tinker Ledges (309) 138 L'iiikers Island, Marblehead Chan- nol (240) 208 Todd Bay (314) 213 1-om Moore Rock (240) 2C8 Tom Rock (314) 206 Tommy Island (305) 86,100 Toolhachcr Cove (308) 124 lorry Islands (309) 137 Towboats 32 Town River Bay (216) 303 Towsend Gut (230) 204 Towsend Gut, Bridge over (230)_ 204 Trafton Island (305) 96,99 Trafton Island Lcdue (305) 90 Trap Rock (307) 114 Treat Island (801) 66 Trefethen (325) 231 Trenton f307) 130 Trevett (314) 209 INDEX o81 Troy to St. LawTeuce River True to magnetic courses, Conver- sion tables Trumpet IsJand (307) Truro (580) Tuckanuck Ledge (225) Tumbledown Head (305) Tumbler Island (230) Tupper Ledge (307) Turkey Cove (312) Turnip Island, Casco Bay (315 )__ Turnip Lsland, Johns Bay (313)_ Turnip Yard (309) Turtle Head (311) Page 36 335 13] 316 148 09 202 134 187 2-23 196 144 166 Page Turtle Head Cove (311) 165 Turtle Island (317) 107 Turtle Island Ledge (317) 107 Two Bush Channel (312) 166 Two Bush Channel, Directions 174 Two Bush Channel and Muscle Ridge Channel (312) 166 Two Bush Island (309) 139 Two Bush Island Lighthouse (312) 166 Two Bush Islet (225) 148 Two Bush Ledge, Off Penobscot Bay (225) 148 Twobush Ledge, Casco Boy (315) _ 222 u Ultonla Ledge (246) Union River (307) Union Kiver, Directions (307) Union River Bay (307) University of Maine Marine Lab- oratory (306) University of New Hampshire Marine Laboratory (330) Upper Basket Ledge (315) Upper Flag Island (315) Upper Goose Island (315) Upper Hell Gate (220) Upper Ledge (303) Upper Mark Island (230) U. S. Army Engineers 7, U. S. Bureau of Marine Inspi c-tiou and Navigation Otlices U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey (See Coast and Geodetic Sur- vey, U. S.) 279 133 134 133 113 250 228 225 22ti 2(!5 80 20" 327 330 U. S. Coast Guard {Sec Coast Guard, U. S.) U. S. Customs Ports of Entry 329 U. S. Hydrographic Otlice (See Ilydrographic Office, U. S.) U. S. Navy Yard, Chariestowu (24S) 282 U. S. Navy Yard, Portsmouth (329) 245 U. S. Public Health Service 16. 330 U. S. Shipping Commissioners 16, 330 U. S. Weather Bureau ( i««wi»i«iwiiiifMiiwiBiwiiiM«miMM— W^yuuum|jyuuuu||u^^ t r ' r ^ «